close
1.

図書
図書
1. Seltene Erden : Elemente, Hydride und gegenseitige Legierungen (: gw ; : us)
N. Achiwa ... [et al.] ; Herausgeber, H.P.J. Wijn
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1991  xviii, 393 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Gruppe 3 . Kristall- und Festkörperphysik ; Bd. 19 . Magnetische Eigenschaften von Metallen ; Teilbd. d1
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
Magnetic properties of rare earth elements, alloys and compounds / H. Drulis ; M. Drulis2：
Rare earth elements / 2.1：
Introduction / 2.1.1：
Tables / 2.1.2：
Figures / 2.1.3：
Rare earth metals: General / 2.1.3.1：
Cerium / 2.1.3.2：
Praseodymium / 2.1.3.3：
Neodymium / 2.1.3.4：
Samarium / 2.1.3.5：
Europium / 2.1.3.6：
Gadolinium / 2.1.3.7：
Terbium / 2.1.3.8：
Dysprosium / 2.1.3.9：
Holmium / 2.1.3.10：
Erbium / 2.1.3.11：
Thulium / 2.1.3.12：
Ytterbium / 2.1.3.13：
Lutetium / 2.1.3.14：
Scandium / 2.1.3.15：
References for 2.1 / 2.1.4：
Alloys between rare earth elements / S. Kawano ; N. Achiwa2.2：
Alloys between light rare earth elements / 2.2.1：
General remarks / 2.2.2.1：
Ce-La / 2.2.2.2：
Nd-La / 2.2.2.3：
Pr-Nd / 2.2.2.4：
Alloys between heavy and light rare earth elements / 2.2.3：
Gd - light rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.1：
Tb - light rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.3：
Dy - light rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.4：
Ho - light rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.5：
Er - light rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.6：
Yb-Eu / 2.2.3.7：
Sm-type structure alloys / 2.2.3.8：
Y - light rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.9：
La-rich heavy rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.10：
Alloys between heavy rare earth elements / 2.2.4：
Gd-Y, Sc, Lu, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er or Tm / 2.2.4.1：
Gd-Y or Sc alloys / 2.2.4.2.1：
Gd-Lu / 2.2.4.2.2：
Gd-Tb / 2.2.4.2.3：
Gd-Dy / 2.2.4.2.4：
Gd-Ho / 2.2.4.2.5：
Gd-Er / 2.2.4.2.6：
Tb-Y, Sc, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb or Lu / 2.2.4.3：
Tb-Y, Lu or Sc / 2.2.4.3.1：
Tb-Dy / 2.2.4.3.2：
Tb-Ho / 2.2.4.3.3：
Tb-Er / 2.2.4.3.4：
Tb-Tm / 2.2.4.3.5：
Tb-Yb / 2.2.4.3.6：
Dy-Y, Ho or Er / 2.2.4.4：
Dy-Y / 2.2.4.4.1：
Dy-Ho / 2.2.4.4.2：
Dy-Er / 2.2.4.4.3：
Ho-Y, Sc or Er / 2.2.4.5：
Ho-Y or Sc / 2.2.4.5.1：
Ho-Er / 2.2.4.5.2：
Er-Y, Tm or Lu / 2.2.4.6：
Er-Y or Lu / 2.2.4.6.1：
Er-Tm / 2.2.4.6.2：
Tm-Y or Lu / 2.2.4.7：
Y, Sc or Lu-rich heavy rare earth alloys / 2.2.4.8：
References for 2.2 / 2.2.5：
Rare earth hydrides / R.R. Arons2.3：
Survey / 2.3.1：
Crystallographic and thermal properties, phase diagrams / 2.3.3：
Magnetic properties / 2.3.4：
Crystal field properties / 2.3.5：
Electrical properties / 2.3.6：
Electron spin resonance / 2.3.7：
Nuclear spin resonance / 2.3.8：
Spectroscopic properties / 2.3.9：
Acoustic sound velocities / 2.3.10：
References for 2.3 / 2.3.11：
Introductory material
Magnetic properties of rare earth elements, alloys and compounds / H. Drulis ; M. Drulis2：
Rare earth elements / 2.1：
2.

図書
図書
2. Structure (: gw ; : us)
editor, G. Chiarotti ; contributors, G. Chiarotti, ... [et al.]
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1993  xi, 362 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Group 3 . Solid state physics ; v. 24 . Physics of solid surfaces ; subvolume a
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
General introduction (G. CHIAROTTI) / 1：
Motivations for a Landolt-Bornstein volume on surface physics / 1.1：
Outline of the volume / 1.2：
How to consult the volume / 1.3：
List of frequently used symbols and abbreviations / 1.4：
Conversion tables / 1.5：
Crystal structures and bulk lattice parameters of materials quoted in the volume / 1.6：
References for 1 / 1.7：
The structure of surfaces / 2：
The structure of ideal surfaces (J.F. NICHOLAS) / 2.1：
Introduction / 2.1.1：
Definitions / 2.1.1.1：
Description of a half-crystal defined by an (hkl) plane / 2.1.1.2：
Symmetry / 2.1.1.3：
Symmetry of a half-crystal / 2.1.1.3.1：
Symmetry of a surface layer / 2.1.1.3.2：
Coordination of surface atoms / 2.1.1.4：
Theory / 2.1.1.4.1：
Results for nearest neighbour bonds in face- and body-centred cubic crystals / 2.1.1.4.2：
Models of surfaces / 2.1.1.5：
The terrace-ledge-kink (TLK) model / 2.1.1.5.1：
Ball models of surfaces / 2.1.1.5.2：
Some useful crystallographic formulae / 2.1.1.6：
Surface diagrams / 2.1.2：
Positions of surface atoms in particular surfaces / 2.1.2.1：
Face-centred and body-centred cubic crystals / 2.1.2.1.1：
NaCl and diamond type structures / 2.1.2.1.2：
Hexagonal close-packed structures / 2.1.2.1.3：
Conversion formulae and extension to other atoms / 2.1.2.2：
References for 2.1 / 2.1.3：
Surface reconstruction and relaxation (A. FASOLINO, A. SELLONI, A. SHKREBTII) / 2.2：
Outline / 2.2.1：
Relaxation and reconstruction / 2.2.1.2：
Surface periodicity: notations for surface structures / 2.2.1.3：
Techniques / 2.2.1.4：
Surface preparation / 2.2.1.5：
Models of reconstruction / 2.2.1.6：
Data / 2.2.2：
Metals / 2.2.2.1：
Semiconductors and insulators / 2.2.2.2：
References for 2.2 / 2.2.3：
Structural defects at surfaces (H. HENZLER, W. RANKE) / 2.3：
Preliminary remarks / 2.3.1：
Methods of investigation / 2.3.1.2：
Microscopy / 2.3.1.2.1：
Diffraction / 2.3.1.2.2：
Ion scattering / 2.3.1.2.3：
Other methods / 2.3.1.2.4：
Experimentally observed stabile of surfaces, stepped surfaces / 2.3.2：
Metals and metal alloys / 2.3.2.1.1：
Group IV semiconductors / 2.3.2.1.2：
III-V semiconductors / 2.3.2.1.3：
Chalcogenides / 2.3.2.1.4：
Halides / 2.3.2.1.5：
Phase transitions / 2.3.2.2：
Roughening transition of stepped metal surfaces / 2.3.2.2.1：
Phase transitions on low index metal surfaces / 2.3.2.2.2：
References for 2.3 / 2.3.3：
General index (See Vol.24D) Introduction
Index of surfaces
Introductory material
General introduction (G. CHIAROTTI) / 1：
Motivations for a Landolt-Bornstein volume on surface physics / 1.1：
3.

図書
図書
3. Magnetic alloys for technical applications. Hard magnetic alloys (: gw ; : us)
editor, H.P.J. Wijn ; contributors, D. Bonnenberg ... [et al.]
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer-Verlag, c1992  xiv, 327 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Group 3 . Crystal and solid state physics ; v. 19 . Magnetic properties of metals ; subvolume i2
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
Magnetic alloys for technical applications / 7：
Soft magnetic alloys, Invar and Elinvar alloys (See Vol.19I1) / 7.1：
Hard magnetic alloys / 7.2：
Magnet alloys based on 3d elements / T. Nakamichi7.2.1：
Introduction and list of abbreviations / 7.2.1.1：
Introduction / 7.2.1.1.1：
List of frequently used abbreviations / 7.2.1.1.2：
Magnet alloys with martensitic transformation / 7.2.1.2：
Fe-C base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.2.1：
Survey of the properties of Fe-C base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.2.1.1：
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-C, Fe-Cr-C and Fe-W-C alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.2.1.2：
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-Al-C alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.2.1.3：
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-Co-C alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.2.1.4：
Fe-Ni and Fe-Mn base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.2.2：
Survey of the properties of Fe-Ni and Fe-Mn base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.2.2.1：
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-Ni base alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.2.2.2：
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-Mn base alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.2.2.3：
Fe-Co-V magnet alloys / 7.2.1.2.3：
Survey of the properties of Fe-Co-V magnet alloys / 7.2.1.2.3.1：
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-Co-V alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.2.3.2：
fcc-type magnet alloys with a simple precipitation / 7.2.1.3：
Co-Fe base magnet alloys with high Co content and Co-Fe-Ni alloys with a small amount of Nb / 7.2.1.3.1：
Survey of the properties of the magnet system / 7.2.1.3.2.1：
Permanent magnet properties of the alloy system as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.3.2.2：
bcc-type magnet alloys with a simple precipitation (Fe-Co-Mo and Fe-Co-W alloys) / 7.2.1.4：
bcc-type magnet alloys with spinodal decomposition / 7.2.1.5：
General introduction / 7.2.1.5.1：
Fe-Ni-Al base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.5.2：
Fe-Ni-Al alloy system / 7.2.1.5.2.1：
Fe-(5-18) wt % Co-Ni-Al-Cu alloy system / 7.2.1.5.2.3：
Fe-24 wt % Co-Ni-Al-Cu alloy system / 7.2.1.5.2.4：
Fe-(30-40) wt % Co-Ni-Al-Ti-Cu alloy system / 7.2.1.5.2.5：
Fe-Cr-Co base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.5.3：
Fe-Cr-(0-5) wt % Co alloy system / 7.2.1.5.3.1：
Fe-Cr-(10-15) wt % Co alloy system / 7.2.1.5.3.3：
Fe-Cr-(23-25) wt % Co alloy system / 7.2.1.5.3.4：
Fe-Mo-Ni base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.5.4：
fcc-type magnet alloys with spinodal decomposition (Cu-Ni-Co and Cu-Ni-Fe alloys) / 7.2.1.6：
Permanent magnet properties of Cu-Ni-Co alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.6.1：
Permanent magnet properties of Cu-Ni-Fe alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.6.3：
Magnet alloys with order transformation (Co-Pt and Fe-Pt alloys) / 7.2.1.7：
Permanent magnet properties of Co-Pt alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.7.1：
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-Pt alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.7.3：
Intermediate-phase magnet alloys (MnAl and MnAl (C) alloys) / 7.2.1.8：
Permanent magnet properties of MnAl and MnAl (C) alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.8.1：
Magnet alloys of the intermetallic compound MnBi / 7.2.1.9：
Fe-Cu magnet alloys / 7.2.1.10：
References for 7.2.1 / 7.2.1.11：
Rare earth - 3d magnet alloys / D. Bonnenberg ; H.P.J. Wijn7.2.2：
Sm-Co magnet alloys / 7.2.2.1：
Sm-Co-Fe- (M) magnet alloys, M = Cr, Mn / 7.2.2.3：
Sm-Co-Cu magnet alloys / 7.2.2.4：
Sm-Co-Cu-Fe- (M) magnet alloys, M = Ti, Zr, Mn, Ni, Hf / 7.2.2.5：
(Sm)-R-Co-Cu- (Fe) magnet alloys (R = rare earth element) / 7.2.2.6：
References for 7.2.2 / 7.2.2.7：
Intrinsic properties / 7.2.3：
Sintered magnets / 7.2.3.3：
Melt-quenched magnets / 7.2.3.4：
References for 7.2.3 / 7.2.3.5：
Preparation, crystal structure and lattice parameters / E. Burzo ; H.R. Kirchmayr7.2.4：
Magnetization and Curie temperature / 7.2.4.3：
Magnetic structure / 7.2.4.4：
Hyperfine parameters determined by nuclear gamma resonance / 7.2.4.5：
Hyperfine parameters determined by nuclear magnetic resonance / 7.2.4.6：
Electrical resistivity / 7.2.4.7：
Specific heat / 7.2.4.8：
Magnetostriction / 7.2.4.9：
Magnetic anisotropy / 7.2.4.10：
Permanent magnet properties / 7.2.4.11：
References for 7.2.4 / 7.2.4.12：
Rare-earth-iron interstitial compounds / 7.2.5：
General / 7.2.5.1：
Preparation of the alloys / 7.2.5.1.1：
Crystal structure and lattice parameters / 7.2.5.2：
Hyperfine parameter determined by nuclear gamma resonance / 7.2.5.2.2：
References for 7.2.5 / 7.2.5.3.5：
Introductory material
Magnetic alloys for technical applications / 7：
Soft magnetic alloys, Invar and Elinvar alloys (See Vol.19I1) / 7.1：
4.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
4. Guidelines for Chemical Reactivity Evaluation and Application to Process Design
Center for Chemical Process Safety (Ccps, Center for Chemical Process Safety, American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1995
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
List of Tables
List of Figures
Preface
Acknowledgments
Glossary
List of Symbols
Introduction / Chapter 1：
General / 1.1：
Chemical Reactivity / 1.2：
Detonations, Deflagrations, and Runaways / 1.3：
Assessment and Testing Strategies / 1.4：
Identification of Hazardous Chemical Reactivity / Chapter 2：
Summary/Strategy / 2.1：
Hazard Identification Strategy / 2.1.1：
Exothermic Reactions / 2.1.3：
Experimental Thermal and Reactivity Measurements / 2.1.4：
Test Strategies / 2.1.5：
Overview of Thermal Stability Test methods / 2.1.6：
Examples of Interpretation and Application of Test Data / 2.1.7：
Technical Section / 2.2：
Identification of High Energy Substances / 2.2.2：
Hazard Prediction by Thermodynamic Calculations / 2.2.3：
Oxygen Balance / 2.2.3.1：
Calculation of the Reaction Enthalpy / 2.2.3.2：
Application of Computer Programs / 2.2.3.3：
Instability/Incompatibility Factors / 2.2.4：
Factors Influencing Stability / 2.2.4.1：
Redox Systems / 2.2.4.2：
Reactions with Water / 2.2.4.3：
Reactions between Halogenated Hydrocarbons and Metals / 2.2.4.4：
Practical Testing / 2.3：
Screening Tests / 2.3.1：
Thermal Analysis / 2.3.1.1：
Isoperibolic Calorimetry / 2.3.1.2：
Thermal Stability and Runaway Testing / 2.3.2：
Isothermal Storage Tests / 2.3.2.1：
Dewar Flask Testing and Adiabatic Storage Tests / 2.3.2.2：
Accelerating Rate Calorimeter (ARC) / 2.3.2.3：
Stability Tests for Powders / 2.3.2.4：
Explosibility Testing / 2.3.3：
.Detonation Testing / 2.3.3.1：
Deflagration Testing and Autoclave Testing / 2.3.3.2：
Mechanical Sensitivity Testing / 2.3.3.3：
Sensitivity to heating Under Confinement / 2.3.3.4：
Reactivity Testing / 2.3.4：
Pyrophoric Properties / 2.3.4.1：
Reactivity with Water / 2.3.4.2：
Oxidizing Properties / 2.3.4.3：
Flammability Testing / 2.3.5：
Chemical Reactivity Considerations in Process/Reactor Design and Operation / Chapter 3：
Thermal Hazards: Identification and Analysis / 3.1：
Cause, Definition, and Prevention of a Runaway / 3.1.1.1：
Some Simple Rules for Inherent Safety / 3.1.1.2：
Strategy for Inherent Safety in Design and Operation / 3.1.1.3：
Equipment to be Used for the Analysis of Hazards / 3.1.1.4：
Reactor, Heat and Mass Balance Considerations / 3.2：
Heat and Mass Balances, Kinetics, and Reaction Stability / 3.2.1：
Adiabatic Temperature Rise / 3.2.1.1：
The Reaction / 3.2.1.2：
Reaction Rate / 3.2.1.3：
Reaction Rate Constant / 3.2.1.4：
Concentration of Reactants / 3.2.1.5：
Effect of Surrounding Temperature on Stability / 3.2.1.6：
Effect of Agitation and Surface Fouling on Stability / 3.2.1.7：
Mass Balance / 3.2.1.8：
Choice of Reactor / 3.2.2：
Heat Transfer / 3.2.3：
Heat Transfer in Nonagitated Vessels / 3.2.3.1：
Heat Transfer in Agitated Vessels / 3.2.3.2：
Acquisition and Use of Process Design data / 3.3：
Bench-Scale Equipment for Batch/Tank Reactors / 3.3.1：
Reaction Calorimeter (RC1) / 3.3.2.1：
Contalab / 3.3.2.2：
CPA ThermoMetric Instruments / 3.3.2.3：
Quantitative Reaction Calorimeter / 3.3.2.4：
Specialized Rectors / 3.3.2.5：
Vent Size Package (VSP) / 3.3.2.6：
Reactive System Screening Tool (RSST) / 3.3.2.7：
Process Safety for Reactive Systems / 3.3.3：
Test Plan / 3.3.3.1：
System Under Investigation / 3.3.3.2：
Test Results / 3.3.3.3：
Malfunction and Process Deviation Testing / 3.3.3.4：
Pressure Effect / 3.3.3.5：
Results from the ARC, RSST, and VSP / 3.3.3.6：
Scale-up and Pilot Plants / 3.3.4：
General Remarks / 3.3.4.1：
Chemical Kinetics. 3 / 3.3.4.2：
List of Tables
List of Figures
Preface
5.

図書
図書
5. Guidelines for chemical reactivity evaluation and application to process design
American Institute of Chemical Engineers. Center for Chemical Process Safety
出版情報: New York : Center for Chemical Process Safety of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, c1995  xxvii, 210 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
List of Tables
List of Figures
Preface
Acknowledgments
Glossary
List of Symbols
Introduction / Chapter 1：
General / 1.1：
Chemical Reactivity / 1.2：
Detonations, Deflagrations, and Runaways / 1.3：
Assessment and Testing Strategies / 1.4：
Identification of Hazardous Chemical Reactivity / Chapter 2：
Summary/Strategy / 2.1：
Hazard Identification Strategy / 2.1.1：
Exothermic Reactions / 2.1.3：
Experimental Thermal and Reactivity Measurements / 2.1.4：
Test Strategies / 2.1.5：
Overview of Thermal Stability Test methods / 2.1.6：
Examples of Interpretation and Application of Test Data / 2.1.7：
Technical Section / 2.2：
Identification of High Energy Substances / 2.2.2：
Hazard Prediction by Thermodynamic Calculations / 2.2.3：
Oxygen Balance / 2.2.3.1：
Calculation of the Reaction Enthalpy / 2.2.3.2：
Application of Computer Programs / 2.2.3.3：
Instability/Incompatibility Factors / 2.2.4：
Factors Influencing Stability / 2.2.4.1：
Redox Systems / 2.2.4.2：
Reactions with Water / 2.2.4.3：
Reactions between Halogenated Hydrocarbons and Metals / 2.2.4.4：
Practical Testing / 2.3：
Screening Tests / 2.3.1：
Thermal Analysis / 2.3.1.1：
Isoperibolic Calorimetry / 2.3.1.2：
Thermal Stability and Runaway Testing / 2.3.2：
Isothermal Storage Tests / 2.3.2.1：
Dewar Flask Testing and Adiabatic Storage Tests / 2.3.2.2：
Accelerating Rate Calorimeter (ARC) / 2.3.2.3：
Stability Tests for Powders / 2.3.2.4：
Explosibility Testing / 2.3.3：
.Detonation Testing / 2.3.3.1：
Deflagration Testing and Autoclave Testing / 2.3.3.2：
Mechanical Sensitivity Testing / 2.3.3.3：
Sensitivity to heating Under Confinement / 2.3.3.4：
Reactivity Testing / 2.3.4：
Pyrophoric Properties / 2.3.4.1：
Reactivity with Water / 2.3.4.2：
Oxidizing Properties / 2.3.4.3：
Flammability Testing / 2.3.5：
Chemical Reactivity Considerations in Process/Reactor Design and Operation / Chapter 3：
Thermal Hazards: Identification and Analysis / 3.1：
Cause, Definition, and Prevention of a Runaway / 3.1.1.1：
Some Simple Rules for Inherent Safety / 3.1.1.2：
Strategy for Inherent Safety in Design and Operation / 3.1.1.3：
Equipment to be Used for the Analysis of Hazards / 3.1.1.4：
Reactor, Heat and Mass Balance Considerations / 3.2：
Heat and Mass Balances, Kinetics, and Reaction Stability / 3.2.1：
Adiabatic Temperature Rise / 3.2.1.1：
The Reaction / 3.2.1.2：
Reaction Rate / 3.2.1.3：
Reaction Rate Constant / 3.2.1.4：
Concentration of Reactants / 3.2.1.5：
Effect of Surrounding Temperature on Stability / 3.2.1.6：
Effect of Agitation and Surface Fouling on Stability / 3.2.1.7：
Mass Balance / 3.2.1.8：
Choice of Reactor / 3.2.2：
Heat Transfer / 3.2.3：
Heat Transfer in Nonagitated Vessels / 3.2.3.1：
Heat Transfer in Agitated Vessels / 3.2.3.2：
Acquisition and Use of Process Design data / 3.3：
Bench-Scale Equipment for Batch/Tank Reactors / 3.3.1：
Reaction Calorimeter (RC1) / 3.3.2.1：
Contalab / 3.3.2.2：
CPA ThermoMetric Instruments / 3.3.2.3：
Quantitative Reaction Calorimeter / 3.3.2.4：
Specialized Rectors / 3.3.2.5：
Vent Size Package (VSP) / 3.3.2.6：
Reactive System Screening Tool (RSST) / 3.3.2.7：
Process Safety for Reactive Systems / 3.3.3：
Test Plan / 3.3.3.1：
System Under Investigation / 3.3.3.2：
Test Results / 3.3.3.3：
Malfunction and Process Deviation Testing / 3.3.3.4：
Pressure Effect / 3.3.3.5：
Results from the ARC, RSST, and VSP / 3.3.3.6：
Scale-up and Pilot Plants / 3.3.4：
General Remarks / 3.3.4.1：
Chemical Kinetics. 3 / 3.3.4.2：
List of Tables
List of Figures
Preface
6.

図書
図書
6. Proposals for the generation and use of refrigeration in the 21st. Century : proceedings of meetings of: Commission: B2 - C2 - E2, (September 7-9, 1992) = Propositions pour la production et l'utilisation du froid au XXI e Siécle : compte rendu des réunions de la: Commission: B2 - C2 - E2
International Institute of Refrigeration. Commission B2 ; International Institute of Refrigeration. Commission C2 ; International Institute of Refrigeration. Commission E2
出版情報: Buenos Aires : Its Organizing Committee, 1992  364 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
7.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
7. Guidelines for Pressure Relief and Effluent Handling Systems
Center for Chemical Process Safety, Center for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS), American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1998
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Acronyms and Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
Objective / 1.1：
Scope / 1.2：
Design Codes and Regulations, and Sources of Information / 1.3：
Organization of This Book / 1.4：
General Pressure Relief Systems Design Criteria / 1.5：
Process Hazards Analysis / 1.5.1：
Process Safety Information / 1.5.2：
Problems Inherent in Pressure Relief and Effluent Handling System Design / 1.5.3：
Relief Design Criteria and Strategy / 2：
Limitations of the Technology / 2.1：
General Pressure Relief Strategy / 2.2：
Mechanism of Pressure Relief / 2.2.1：
Approach to Design / 2.2.2：
Limitations of Systems Actuated by Pressure / 2.2.3：
Considerations of Consequences / 2.2.4：
Codes, Standards, and Guidelines / 2.3：
Scope of Principal USA Documents / 2.3.1：
General Provisions / 2.3.2：
Protection by System Design / 2.3.3：
Relief Device Types and Operation / 2.4：
General Terminology / 2.4.1：
Pressure Relief Valves / 2.4.2：
Rupture Disk Devices / 2.4.3：
Devices in Combination / 2.4.4：
Miscellaneous Nonreclosing Devices / 2.4.5：
Miscellaneous Low-Pressure Devices / 2.4.6：
Miscellaneous Relief System Components / 2.4.7：
Selection of Pressure Relief Devices / 2.4.8：
Relief System Layout / 2.5：
General Code Requirements / 2.5.1：
Low-Pressure Devices / 2.5.2：
Series/Parallel Devices / 2.5.5：
Header System / 2.5.6：
Mechanical Integrity / 2.5.7：
Material Selection / 2.5.8：
Drainage and Freeze-up Provisions / 2.5.9：
Noise / 2.5.10：
Design Flows and Code Provisions / 2.6：
Safety Valves / 2.6.1：
Relief Valves / 2.6.2：
Low Pressure Devices / 2.6.3：
Scenario Selection Considerations / 2.6.4：
Events Requiring Relief Due to Overpressure / 2.7.1：
Design Scenarios / 2.7.2：
Fluid Properties and System Characterization / 2.8：
Data Sources/Determination/Estimation / 2.8.1：
Pure-Component Properties / 2.8.2：
Mixture Properties / 2.8.3：
Phase Behavior / 2.8.4：
Chemical Reaction / 2.8.5：
Miscellaneous Fluid Characteristics / 2.8.6：
Fluid Behavior in Vessel / 2.9：
Accounting for Chemical Reaction / 2.9.1：
Two-Phase Venting Conditions and Effects / 2.9.2：
Flow to Fluids through Relief Systems / 2.10：
Conditions for Two-Phase Flow / 2.10.1：
Nature of Compressible Flow / 2.10.2：
Stagnation Pressure and Critical Pressure Ratio / 2.10.3：
Flow Rate to Effluent Handling System / 2.10.4：
Relief System Reliability / 2.11：
Relief Device Reliability / 2.11.1：
System Reliability / 2.11.2：
International Codes and Standards / Appendix 2A：
Property Mixing Rules / Appendix 2B：
Code Case: Protection by System Design / Appendix 2C：
Relief System Design and Rating Computations / 3：
Purpose and Scope / 3.1：
Required Background / 3.1.2：
Vessel Venting Background / 3.2：
General / 3.2.1：
material and Energy Balances / 3.2.2：
Two-Phase Venting Technology / 3.2.3：
Methods of Solution / 3.2.5：
Venting Requirements for Nonreacting Cases / 3.3：
Thermal Expansion / 3.3.1：
Fire Exposure / 3.3.2：
Loss of Heating/Cooling Control / 3.3.3：
Excess Inflow/Outflow / 3.3.4：
Structural Failure / 3.3.5：
Loss of Agitation / 3.3.6：
Miscellaneous / 3.3.7：
Vent Rate for Reacting Systems / 3.4：
Computer Simulations / 3.4.1：
Special-Case Integral Equations / 3.4.3：
Computational Strategy and Tools for Relief Flow / 3.5：
Gas/Vapor Flow / 3.5.1：
Two-Phase Flow / 3.5.2：
Nozzle and Piping Configuration for COMFLOW and TPHEM / 3.5.3：
Relief System Sizing and Rating / 3.6：
Pipe Runs / 3.6.1：
Safety / 3.6.2：
Preface
Acknowledgments
Acronyms and Abbreviations
8.

図書
図書
8. The theory of 2-structures : a framework for decomposition and transformation of graphs
A. Ehrenfeucht, T. Harju, G. Rozenberg
出版情報: Singapore : World Scientific, c1999  xvi, 290 p. ; 23 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Preliminaries / Chapter 1：
Notations / 1.1：
Sets and functions / 1.1.1：
Closure operators / 1.1.2：
Relations / 1.1.3：
Equivalence relations / 1.1.4：
Partial orders / 1.2：
Downsets / 1.2.1：
Order embeddings / 1.2.2：
Linear orders / 1.2.3：
Semigroups and groups / 1.3：
Notations for semigroups and monoids / 1.3.1：
Free monoids (with involution) / 1.3.2：
Preliminaries on groups / 1.3.3：
Group actions / 1.3.4：
Free groups, commutators and verbal identities / 1.3.5：
Graph Theoretical Preliminaries / Chapter 2：
Directed and Undirected Graphs / 2.1：
Basic notions / 2.1.1：
Connectivity of graphs / 2.1.2：
Some special graphs / 2.1.3：
Comparability graphs / 2.2：
Transitively oriented graphs / 2.2.1：
Permutation graphs and cographs / 2.2.2：
Construction trees of cographs / 2.2.3：
2-Structures and Their Clans / Chapter 3：
Introduction and representations / 3.1：
Definition of a 2-structure / 3.1.1：
Isomorphic 2-structures / 3.1.2：
Reversibility / 3.1.3：
Substructures and clans / 3.2：
Substructures, clans and factors / 3.2.1：
Refinements and similarity / 3.2.2：
Reversible version / 3.2.3：
Graphs and packed components / 3.2.4：
Some special 2-structures / 3.2.5：
Closure properties of clans / 3.3：
Basic closures / 3.3.1：
Sibas: set theoretic closure properties / 3.3.2：
Clans of factors / 3.3.3：
Prime clans / 3.4：
Prime members in sibas / 3.4.1：
Minimal overlapping clans / 3.4.2：
Quotients and Homomorphisms / Chapter 4：
Quotients / 4.1：
Factorizations and quotients / 4.1.1：
Homomorphisms / 4.1.2：
Natural epimorphisms and decompositions / 4.1.3：
Clans and epimorphisms / 4.2：
Homomorphism theorem / 4.2.1：
Prime clans in quotients / 4.2.2：
Primitive quotients / 4.2.3：
Other operations / 4.3：
Premorphisms / 4.3.1：
Extensions / 4.3.2：
Clan Decomposition / Chapter 5：
The clan decomposition theorem / 5.1：
Maximal prime clans / 5.1.1：
Special sibas and 2-structures / 5.1.2：
The relationship of sibas to 2-structures / 5.1.3：
The shape of a 2-structure / 5.2：
The shape and its representation as a tree / 5.2.1：
Same shapes / 5.2.2：
A construction of prime clans / 5.3：
A construction of clans / 5.3.1：
Primitive 2-Structures / 5.3.2：
Small primitive substructures / 6.1：
Uniformly imprimitive 2-structures / 6.1.1：
Primitive substructures of 3 or 4 nodes / 6.1.2：
Hereditary properties / 6.2：
Local and global nodes / 6.2.1：
Critically primitive 2-structures / 6.2.2：
The parity theorem / 6.3.1：
The list of critically primitive 2-structures / 6.3.2：
Angular 2-Structures / Chapter 7：
Angularity / 7.1：
All-connectivity / 7.1.1：
All-connected skew angular 2-structures / 7.1.2：
T-structures / 7.2：
T-structures and partial orders / 7.2.1：
T[subscript 2]-structures / 7.2.2：
Linear orders and Schroder numbers / 7.3：
Bi-orders and linear orders / 7.3.1：
Uniformly imprimitive linear orders / 7.3.2：
Parenthesis words and Schroder numbers / 7.3.3：
Labelled 2-Structures / Chapter 8：
Introduction to l2-structures / 8.1：
Definitions / 8.1.1：
Substructures, clans and quotients / 8.1.2：
Clan decomposition of l2-structures / 8.2：
Uniqueness of decompositions / 8.2.1：
The shape of an l2-structure / 8.2.2：
Graphs and their representations / 8.2.3：
Graphs as l2-structures / 8.3.1：
On comparability graphs / 8.3.2：
Unstable Labelled 2-Structures / Chapter 9：
Triangle free and unstable l2-structures / 9.1：
Removable edges / 9.1.1：
Internal and external nodes / 9.1.2：
Triangle-free l2-structures / 9.1.3：
Heredity in unstable l2-structures / 9.2：
The partition of nodes / 9.2.1：
Alternating structures / 9.2.2：
Degrees of nodes / 9.2.3：
A composition of unstable l2-structures / 9.3：
A constructive reduction of primitive l2-structures / 9.3.1：
Pendant components / 9.3.2：
Automorphisms of Labelled 2-Structures / Chapter 10：
Label preserving automorphisms / 10.1：
The l-automorphism groups / 10.1.1：
Transitivity / 10.1.2：
Automorphic actions on factors / 10.1.3：
Universality of l-automorphism groups / 10.1.4：
Nonpreserving automorphisms / 10.2：
Connections to l-automorphisms / 10.2.1：
Transitivity and associated permutations / 10.2.2：
Representing labels by automorphisms / 10.2.3：
Switching of Graphs / Chapter 11：
Introduction to switching / 11.1：
The group of graphs / 11.1.1：
Switching classes / 11.1.3：
Structural properties of switching classes / 11.2：
A local characterization / 11.2.1：
Automorphisms / 11.2.2：
Special problems on undirected graphs / 11.3：
Two-graphs / 11.3.1：
Eulerian graphs / 11.3.2：
Pancyclic graphs / 11.3.3：
Trees / 11.3.4：
Labelled Structures over Groups / Chapter 12：
Introduction / 12.1：
Groups and involutions / 12.1.1：
Selectors and switching classes / 12.1.2：
An interpretation in networks / 12.2：
Concurrent behaviour in networks / 12.2.1：
Reducing the actions to groups / 12.2.2：
Introducing reversibility / 12.2.3：
Examples for some special groups / 12.3：
The cyclic groups Z[subscript 3] and Z[subscript 4] / 12.3.1：
The symmetric group S[subscript 3] / 12.3.2：
Clans of Switching Classes / Chapter 13：
Associated groups / 13.1：
The group of selectors / 13.1.1：
The group of abelian switching classes / 13.1.2：
Clans and horizons / 13.2：
Spanning trees / 13.2.1：
Horizons and constant selectors / 13.2.2：
Clans / 13.2.3：
Cardinalities of switching classes / 13.3：
Some special cases / 13.3.1：
Centralizers / 13.3.2：
Some improvements / 13.3.3：
Quotients and Plane Trees / Chapter 14：
Quotients of switching classes / 14.1：
Planes and plane trees / 14.1.1：
Planes / 14.2.1：
Plane trees / 14.2.2：
Bijective correspondence of plane trees / 14.2.3：
Forms / 14.2.4：
Invariants / Chapter 15：
Free invariants / 15.1：
General invariants / 15.1.1：
Edge monoids / 15.1.2：
Variable functions and free invariants / 15.1.3：
Group properties of free invariants / 15.2：
Abelian property / 15.2.1：
Graphs of words / 15.2.2：
Verbal identities / 15.2.3：
Invariants on abelian groups / 15.3：
Independency of free invariants / 15.3.1：
Complete sets of invariants / 15.3.2：
Invariants on nonabelian groups / 15.4：
General observations / 15.4.1：
Central characters / 15.4.2：
A characterization theorem / 15.4.3：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Preliminaries / Chapter 1：
Notations / 1.1：
9.

学位論文
学位
9. Phase relationship and electrical conductivity of fluorite-related phases in the Y2O3-Nb2O5 and ZrO2-Y2O3-Nb2O5 systems
Jin-Ho Lee
出版情報: 東京工業大学, 1997
所蔵情報: loading…
10.

図書
図書
10. Analytical electrochemistry
Joseph Wang
出版情報: New York, N.Y. : VCH, c1994  xi, 198 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Abbreviations and Symbols
Fundamental Concepts / 1：
Why Electroanalysis? / 1.1：
Faradaic Processes / 1.2：
Mass-Transport-Controlled Reactions / 1.2.1：
Potential-Step Experiment / 1.2.1.1：
Potential-Sweep Experiments / 1.2.1.2：
Reactions Controlled by the Rate of Electron Transfer / 1.2.2：
Activated Complex Theory / 1.2.2.1：
Electrical Double Layer / 1.3：
Electrocapillary Effect / 1.4：
Supplementary Reading / 1.5：
Problems
References
Study of Electrode Reactions and Interfacial Properties / 2：
Cyclic Voltammetry / 2.1：
Data Interpretation / 2.1.1：
Reversible Systems / 2.1.1.1：
Irreversible and Quasi-reversible Systems / 2.1.1.2：
Study of Reaction Mechanisms / 2.1.2：
Study of Adsorption Processes / 2.1.3：
Quantitative Applications / 2.1.4：
Spectroelectrochemistry / 2.2：
Experimental Arrangement / 2.2.1：
Principles and Applications / 2.2.2：
Electrochemiluminescence / 2.2.3：
Optical Probing of Electrode-Solution Interfaces / 2.2.4：
Scanning Probe Microscopy / 2.3：
Scanning Tunneling Microscopy / 2.3.1：
Atomic Force Microscopy / 2.3.2：
Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy / 2.3.3：
Electrochemical Quartz Crystal Microbalance / 2.4：
Impedance Spectroscopy / 2.5：
Examples
Controlled-Potential Techniques / 3：
Chronoamperometry / 3.1：
Polarography / 3.2：
Pulse Voltammetry / 3.3：
Normal-Pulse Voltammetry / 3.3.1：
Differential-Pulse Voltammetry / 3.3.2：
Square-Wave Voltammetry / 3.3.3：
Staircase Voltammetry / 3.3.4：
AC Voltammetry / 3.4：
Stripping Analysis / 3.5：
Anodic Stripping Voltammetry / 3.5.1：
Potentiometric Stripping Analysis / 3.5.2：
Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry and Potentiometry / 3.5.3：
Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry / 3.5.4：
Abrasive Stripping Voltammetry / 3.5.5：
Applications / 3.5.6：
Flow Analysis / 3.6：
Principles / 3.6.1：
Cell Design / 3.6.2：
Mass Transport and Current Response / 3.6.3：
Detection Modes / 3.6.4：
Practical Considerations / 4：
Electrochemical Cells / 4.1：
Solvents and Supporting Electrolytes / 4.2：
Oxygen Removal / 4.3：
Instrumentation / 4.4：
Working Electrodes / 4.5：
Mercury Electrodes / 4.5.1：
Solid Electrodes / 4.5.2：
Rotating Disk and Rotating Ring Disk Electrodes / 4.5.2.1：
Carbon Electrodes / 4.5.2.2：
Glassy Carbon Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.1：
Carbon Paste Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.2：
Carbon Fiber Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.3：
Diamond Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.4：
Metal Electrodes / 4.5.2.3：
Chemically Modified Electrodes / 4.5.3：
Self-Assembled Monolayers / 4.5.3.1：
Carbon-Nanotube-Modified Electrodes / 4.5.3.2：
Sol-gel Encapsulation of Reactive Species / 4.5.3.3：
Electrocatalytically Modified Electrodes / 4.5.3.4：
Preconcentrating Electrodes / 4.5.3.5：
Permselective Coatings / 4.5.3.6：
Conducting Polymers / 4.5.3.7：
Microelectrodes / 4.5.4：
Diffusion at Microelectrodes / 4.5.4.1：
Microelectrode Configurations / 4.5.4.2：
Composite Electrodes / 4.5.4.3：
Potentiometry / 5：
Principles of Potentiometric Measurements / 5.1：
Ion-Selective Electrodes / 5.2：
Glass Electrodes / 5.2.1：
pH Electrodes / 5.2.1.1：
Glass Electrodes for Other Cations / 5.2.1.2：
Liquid Membrane Electrodes / 5.2.2：
Ion Exchanger Electrodes / 5.2.2.1：
Neutral Carrier Electrodes / 5.2.2.2：
Solid-State Electrodes / 5.2.3：
Coated-Wire Electrodes and Solid-State Electrodes Without an Internal Filling Solution / 5.2.4：
On-line, On-site, and In Vivo Potentiometric Measurements / 5.3：
Electrochemical Sensors / 6：
Electrochemical Biosensors / 6.1：
Enzyme-Based Electrodes / 6.1.1：
Practical and Theoretical Considerations / 6.1.1.1：
Enzyme Electrodes of Analytical Significance / 6.1.1.2：
Glucose Sensors / 6.1.1.2.1：
Preface
Abbreviations and Symbols
Fundamental Concepts / 1：
11.

図書
図書
11. The physics and chemistry of SiO[2] and the Si-SiO[2] interface-3, 1996 : proceedings of the Third International Symposium on the Physics and Chemistry of SiO[2] and the Si-SiO[2] Interface
editors, Hisham Z. Massoud, Edward H. Poindexter, C. Robert Helms
出版情報: Pennington, NJ : Electrochemical Society, c1996  xv, 780 p. ; 27 cm
シリーズ名: Proceedings / [Electrochemical Society] ; v. 96-1
所蔵情報: loading…
12.

図書
図書
12. Granate (: gw ; : us)
Z.A. Kazei ... [et al.] ; Herausgeber, H.P.J. Wijn
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer-Verlag, c1991  ix, 263 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Gruppe 3 . Kristall- und Festkörperphysik ; Bd. 27 . Magnetische Eigenschaften nicht-metallischer anorganischer Verbindungen von Übergangselementen ; Teilbd. e
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
Magnetic properties of garnets / 4：
Iron garnets / P. Novak4.1：
Introduction / 4.1.1：
General remarks / 4.1.1.1：
List of frequently used symbols and abbreviations / 4.1.1.2：
Magnetic properties / 4.1.2：
Magnetic moments and molecular field data / 4.1.2.1：
Saturation magnetization and Curie temperature / 4.1.2.1.1：
Molecular-field- and exchange constants / 4.1.2.1.2：
Magnetic moments of the rare earth ions / 4.1.2.1.3：
Magnetic phase transitions / 4.1.2.2：
Spontaneous spin-reorientational transitions / 4.1.2.2.1：
Field induced transitions / 4.1.2.2.2：
Magnetocrystalline anisotropy / 4.1.2.3：
Cubic anisotropy / 4.1.2.3.1：
Non-cubic anisotropy / 4.1.2.3.2：
Ferromagnetic resonance (FMR) / 4.1.2.4：
Resonance field / 4.1.2.4.1：
FMR line width / 4.1.2.4.2：
g-factor / 4.1.2.4.3：
Spin waves, magnetostatic modes and relaxation / 4.1.2.5：
Spin waves and magnetostatic modes / 4.1.2.5.1：
Non-linear effects and relaxation / 4.1.2.5.2：
Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) / 4.1.2.6：
Mossbauer spectroscopy / 4.1.2.7：
Magnetic domains (stripe and bubble domains) / 4.1.2.8：
Static properties / 4.1.2.8.1：
Dynamic properties / 4.1.2.8.2：
Magnetoelastic properties / 4.1.3：
Magnetostriction / 4.1.3.1：
Magnetoelastic waves / 4.1.3.2：
Elastic properties / 4.1.4：
Optical and magnetooptical properties / 4.1.5：
Optical properties / 4.1.5.1：
Absorption of light / 4.1.5.1.1：
Reflection of light / 4.1.5.1.2：
Refractive index / 4.1.5.1.3：
Magnetooptical properties / 4.1.5.2：
Faraday rotation / 4.1.5.2.1：
Magnetic circular dichroism (MCD) / 4.1.5.2.2：
Kerr effects / 4.1.5.2.3：
Magnetic linear birefringence (MLB) and nonmagnetic linear birefringence / 4.1.5.2.4：
Magnetic linear dichroism (MLD) / 4.1.5.2.5：
Photoinduced effects / 4.1.5.3：
Thermal properties / 4.1.6：
Electrical properties / 4.1.7：
Electrical conductivity / 4.1.7.1：
Magnetoresistance and magnetoelectric effect / 4.1.7.2：
Crystal structure / 4.1.8：
References for 4.1 / 4.1.9：
List of iron garnets in Vols.4A, 4B, 12A and 27E / 4.1.10：
Non-iron garnets / Z.A. Kazei ; N.P. Kolmakova ; V.I. Sokolov4.2：
List of frequently used symbols and abbreviation / 4.2.1：
Magnetic susceptibility / 4.2.2：
Rare earth garnets / 4.2.2.1：
3d-ion garnets / 4.2.2.2：
Magnetization and magnetic structure / 4.2.3：
Magnetic moments and magnetic anisotropies of terbium, dysprosium and holmium aluminum garnets / 4.2.3.1：
Magnetic moments of rare earth gallium garnets / 4.2.3.2：
Magnetic neutron scattering in dysprosium aluminum garnets / 4.2.3.3：
Magnetic neutron scattering in terbium, holmium and dysprosium gallium garnets / 4.2.3.4：
Magnetization and magnetic phase transitions in manganese germanium garnets / 4.2.3.5：
Garnets with several 3d-ions / 4.2.3.6：
Results of magnetic resonance experiments / 4.2.4：
Electron paramagnetic resonance of paramagnetic metal ions in diamagnetic garnets / 4.2.4.1：
Electron paramagnetic resonance of rare earth ions in diamagnetic garnets / 4.2.4.2：
Electron paramagnetic resonance of impurities in paramagnetic garnets / 4.2.4.3：
Nuclear magnetic resonance / 4.2.4.4：
Antiferromagnetic resonance / 4.2.4.5：
Crystal-field parameters / 4.2.5：
Optical spectra and index of refraction / 4.2.5.2：
Information on colour centres / 4.2.5.3：
Further references for results from optical measurements / 4.2.5.4：
Electron spin-lattice relaxation of paramagnetic ions in garnets / 4.2.5.5：
Heat capacity / 4.2.8：
Derived thermodynamic functions / 4.2.8.2：
Debye temperature / 4.2.8.3：
Thermal expansion / 4.2.8.4：
Kapitza conductance / 4.2.8.5：
Thermal conductivity / 4.2.8.6：
Ultrasound attenuation / 4.2.8.7：
Elastic and photoelastic properties / 4.2.9：
Elastic and photoelastic constants at room temperature / 4.2.9.1：
Temperature dependences / 4.2.9.2：
Magnetostriction of rare earth garnets / 4.2.10：
Magnetostriction of antiferromagnetic garnets with 3d-ions / 4.2.10.2：
Electrical conductivity and thermoelectric power / 4.2.11：
Photoconductivity / 4.2.11.2：
References for 4.2 / 4.2.12：
List of non-iron garnets in Vols.4B, 12A and 27E / 4.2.13：
Introductory material
Magnetic properties of garnets / 4：
Iron garnets / P. Novak4.1：
13.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
13. ISO/IEC 8802-2:1998 ANSI/IEEE Std 802.2, 1998 edition (Incorporating ANSI/IEEE Stds 802.2c-1997, 802.2f-1997, and 802.2h-1997): IEEE International Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local
出版情報: IEEE Electronic Library (IEL) Standards , IEEE, 1998
所蔵情報: loading…
14.

図書
図書
14. Spatial data analysis in the social and environmental sciences. 1st pbk. ed (: pbk)
Robert Haining
出版情報: Cambridge [England] ; New York : Cambridge University Press, 1993, c1990  xxi, 409 p. ; 23 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
List of tables and displays
Preface
Acknowledgements
Introduction to issues in the analysis of spatially referenced data / Part A：
Introduction / 1：
Notes
Issues in analysing spatial data / 2：
Spatial data: sources, forms and storage / 2.1：
Sources: quality and quantity / 2.1.1：
Forms and attributes / 2.1.2：
Data storage / 2.1.3：
Spatial data analysis / 2.2：
The importance of space in the social and environmental sciences / 2.2.1：
Measurement error / 2.2.1 (a)：
Continuity effects and spatial heterogeneity / 2.2.1 (b)：
Spatial processes / 2.2.1 (c)：
Types of analytical problems / 2.2.2：
Problems in spatial data analysis / 2.3：
Conceptual models and inference frameworks for spatial data / 2.3.1：
Modelling spatial variation / 2.3.2：
Statistical modelling of spatial data / 2.3.3：
Dependency in spatial data / 2.3.3 (a)：
Spatial heterogeneity: regional subdivisions and parameter variation / 2.3.3 (b)：
Spatial distribution of data points and boundary effects / 2.3.3 (c)：
Assessing model fit / 2.3.3 (d)：
Distributions / 2.3.3 (e)：
Extreme data values / 2.3.3 (f)：
Model sensitivity to the areal system / 2.3.3 (g)：
Size-variance relationships in homogeneous aggregates / 2.3.3 (h)：
A statistical framework for spatial data analysis / 2.4：
Data adaptive modelling / 2.4.1：
Robust and resistant parameter estimation / 2.4.2：
Robust estimation of the centre of a symmetric distribution / 2.4.2 (a)：
Robust estimation of regression parameters / 2.4.2 (b)：
Parametric models for spatial variation / Part B：
Statistical models for spatial populations / 3：
Models for spatial populations: preliminary considerations / 3.1：
Spatial stationarity and isotropy / 3.1.1：
Second order (weak) stationarity and isotropy / 3.1.1 (a)：
Second order (weak) stationarity and isotropy of differences from the mean / 3.1.1 (b)：
Second order (weak) stationarity and isotropy of increments / 3.1.1 (c)：
Order relationships in one and two dimensions / 3.1.2：
Population models for continuous random variables / 3.2：
Models for the mean of a spatial population / 3.2.1：
Trend surface models / 3.2.1 (a)：
Regression model / 3.2.1 (b)：
Models for second order or stochastic variation of a spatial population / 3.2.2：
Interaction models for V of a MVN distribution / 3.2.2 (a)：
Interaction models for other multivariate distributions / 3.2.2 (b)：
Direct specification of V / 3.2.2 (c)：
Intrinsic random functions / 3.2.2 (d)：
Population models for discrete random variables / 3.3：
Boundary models for spatial populations / 3.4：
Edge structures, weighting schemes and the dispersion matrix / 3.5：
Conclusions: issues in representing spatial variation / 3.6：
Simulating spatial models / Appendix：
Statistical analysis of spatial populations / 4：
Model selection / 4.1：
Statistical inference with interaction schemes / 4.2：
Parameter estimation: maximum likelihood (ML) methods / 4.2.1：
[mu] unknown; V known / 4.2.1 (a)：
[mu] known; V unknown / 4.2.1 (b)：
[mu] and V unknown / 4.2.1 (c)：
Models with non-constant variance / 4.2.1 (d)：
Parameter estimation: other methods / 4.2.2：
Ordinary least squares and pseudo-likelihood estimators / 4.2.2 (a)：
Coding estimators / 4.2.2 (b)：
Moment estimators / 4.2.2 (c)：
Parameter estimation: discrete valued interaction models / 4.2.3：
Properties of ML estimators / 4.2.4：
Large sample properties / 4.2.4 (a)：
Small sample properties / 4.2.4 (b)：
A note on boundary effects / 4.2.4 (c)：
Hypothesis testing for interaction schemes / 4.2.5：
Likelihood ratio tests / 4.2.5 (a)：
Lagrange multiplier tests / 4.2.5 (b)：
Statistical inference with covariance functions and intrinsic random functions / 4.3：
Parameter estimation: maximum likelihood methods / 4.3.1：
Properties of estimators and hypothesis testing / 4.3.2：
Validation in spatial models / 4.4：
The consequences of ignoring spatial correlation in estimating the mean / 4.5：
Spatial data collection and preliminary analysis / Part C：
Sampling spatial populations / 5：
Spatial sampling designs / 5.1：
Point sampling / 5.2.1：
Quadrat and area sampling / 5.2.2：
Sampling spatial surfaces: estimating the mean / 5.3：
Fixed populations with trend or periodicity / 5.3.1：
Populations with second order variation / 5.3.2：
Results for one-dimensional series / 5.3.2 (a)：
Results for two-dimensional surfaces / 5.3.2 (b)：
Standard errors for confidence intervals and selecting sample size / 5.3.3：
Sampling spatial surfaces: second order variation / 5.4：
Kriging / 5.4.1：
Scales of variation / 5.4.2：
Sampling applications / 5.5：
Concluding comments / 5.6：
Preliminary analysis of spatial data / 6：
Preliminary data analysis: distributional properties and spatial arrangement / 6.1：
Univariate data analysis / 6.1.1：
General distributional properties / 6.1.1 (a)：
Spatial outliers / 6.1.1 (b)：
Spatial trends / 6.1.1 (c)：
Second order non-stationarity / 6.1.1 (d)：
Regional subdivisions / 6.1.1 (e)：
Multivariate data analysis / 6.1.2：
Data transformations / 6.1.3：
Preliminary data analysis: detecting spatial pattern, testing for spatial autocorrelation / 6.2：
Available test statistics / 6.2.1：
Constructing a test / 6.2.2：
Interpretation / 6.2.3：
Choosing a test / 6.2.4：
Describing spatial variation: robust estimation of spatial variation / 6.3：
Robust estimators of the semi-variogram / 6.3.1：
Robust estimation of covariances / 6.3.2：
Concluding remarks / 6.4：
Modelling spatial data / Part D：
Analysing univariate data sets / 7：
Describing spatial variation / 7.1：
Non-stationary mean, stationary second order variation: trend surface models with correlated errors / 7.1.1：
Non-stationary mean, stationary increments: semi-variogram models and polynomial generalised covariance functions / 7.1.2：
Discrete data / 7.1.3：
Interpolation and estimating missing values / 7.2：
Ad hoc and cartographic techniques / 7.2.1：
Distribution based techniques / 7.2.2：
Sequential approaches (sampling a continuous surface) / 7.2.2 (a)：
Simultaneous approaches / 7.2.2 (b)：
Extensions / 7.2.3：
Obtaining areal properties / 7.2.3 (a)：
Reconciling data sets on different areal frameworks / 7.2.3 (b)：
Categorical data / 7.2.3 (c)：
Other information for interpolation / 7.2.3 (d)：
Analysing multivariate data sets / 8：
Measures of spatial correlation and spatial association / 8.1：
Correlation measures / 8.1.1：
Measures of association / 8.1.2：
Regression modelling / 8.2：
Problems due to the assumptions of least squares not being satisfied / 8.2.1：
Problems of model specification and analysis / 8.2.2：
Model discrimination / 8.2.2 (a)：
Specifying W / 8.2.2 (b)：
Parameter estimation and inference / 8.2.2 (c)：
Model evaluation / 8.2.2 (d)：
Interpretation problems / 8.2.3：
Problems due to data characteristics / 8.2.4：
Numerical problems / 8.2.5：
Regression applications / 8.3：
Model diagnostics and model revision (a) new explanatory variables / Example 8.1：
Model diagnostics and model revision (b) developing a spatial regression model / Example 8.2：
Regression modelling with census variables: Glasgow health data / Example 8.3：
Identifying spatial interaction and heterogeneity: Sheffield petrol price data / Example 8.4：
Robust estimation of the parameters of interaction schemes
Postscript
Glossary
References
Index
List of tables and displays
Preface
Acknowledgements
15.

図書
図書
15. Programming concepts, methods and calculi : proceedings of the IFIP TC2/WG2.1/WG2.2/WG2.3 Working Conference on Programming Concepts, Methods, and Calculi (PROCOMET '94), San Miniato, Italy, 6-10 June 1994
edited by Ernst-Rüdiger Olderog
出版情報: Amsterdam ; New York : Elsevier, 1994  x, 592 p. ; 23 cm
シリーズ名: IFIP transactions ; A . Computer science and technology ; 56
所蔵情報: loading…
16.

図書
図書
16. Radar meteorology
by Henri Sauvageot
出版情報: Boston : Artech House, c1991  xii, 366 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Basic Concepts of Radar / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
The Sensor / 1.2：
Noncoherent Pulse Radar / 1.2.1：
Pulsed Doppler Radar / 1.2.2：
Display of the Data / 1.2.3：
Sensitivity of the Receiver / 1.2.4：
Antenna / 1.2.5：
Resolution / 1.2.6：
Refraction / 1.2.7：
Attenuation / 1.2.8：
The Radar Equation: General Forms / 1.3：
Single Scatterer / 1.3.1：
Distributed Target / 1.3.2：
Calibration and Setting Up / 1.4：
Meteorological Signals / 1.5：
Meteorological Targets / 1.5.1：
Signal Statistics / 1.5.2：
Decorrelation Time: Independent Samples / 1.5.3：
Sample Time Averaging: Reducing the Variance of the Mean / 1.5.4：
Reducing the Integration Time / 1.5.5：
Detecting Weak Signals / 1.5.6：
Sampling and Demultiplexing / 1.5.7：
Hydrological Measurements / Chapter 2：
Clouds and Precipitation / 2.1：
Physical Processes of Formation / 2.2.1：
Hydrometeor Size Distributions: General Forms / 2.2.2：
Integral Parameters / 2.2.3：
Clouds / 2.2.4：
Precipitation / 2.2.5：
Terminal Fall Velocity of Hydrometeors / 2.2.6：
The Shape of Hydrometeors / 2.2.7：
Scattering and Attenuation Cross Sections / 2.3：
Homogeneous Spherical Particles / 2.3.1：
Nonhomogeneous Particles / 2.3.2：
Nonspherical Particles / 2.3.3：
Atmospheric Attenuation / 2.4：
Attenuation by Gases / 2.4.1：
Attenuation by Clouds / 2.4.2：
Attenuation by Precipitation / 2.4.3：
Backscattering by Clouds and Precipitation / 2.5：
Radar Reflectivity Factor / 2.5.1：
Z and X Relations / 2.5.2：
Polarization Measurements / 2.5.3：
Hail Precipitation Detection / 2.5.4：
Lightning Detection / 2.5.5：
Artifacts / 2.5.6：
Particular Meteorological Forms of the Radar Equation / 2.5.7：
Precipitation Measurements / 2.6：
Single-Wavelength Reflectivity / 2.6.1：
Radar and Rain Gauge / 2.6.3：
Single-Wavelength Attenuation Measurements / 2.6.4：
Dual-Wavelength a-R Method / 2.6.5：
Dual-Wavelength N(D) Method / 2.6.6：
Dual Polarization / 2.6.7：
Area Integral Methods for Convective Rainfall / 2.6.8：
Radar Networks / 2.7：
Short-Term Forecasting / 2.8：
Radars and Satellites / 2.9：
Technical Aspects / 2.9.1：
Estimation of Precipitation with Visible and Infrared Data / 2.9.2：
Rain Estimation by Passive Microwave Methods / 2.9.3：
Orbital Radars / 2.9.4：
Velocity Measurements / Chapter 3：
The Doppler Spectrum / 3.1：
Spectral Parameters / 3.1.1：
Discrete-Fourier Transform / 3.1.2：
Estimators of Spectral Moments / 3.1.3：
Factors Affecting the Width of the Doppler Spectrum / 3.1.4：
Ground Clutter Suppression / 3.1.5：
Doppler Spectra at Vertical Incidence / 3.2：
Size Distribution of Precipitation / 3.2.1：
Vertical Air Velocity / 3.2.2：
Measurement of the Velocity Fields with a Single Doppler Radar / 3.3：
Analysis of the Mean Field by the VAD Method / 3.3.1：
The VVP Method / 3.3.2：
Display of the Radial Velocity / 3.3.3：
Measurement of Turbulence / 3.4：
The Inertial Domain / 3.4.1：
Measurement of Rate of Dissipation of Turbulent Kinetic Energy / 3.4.2：
The Turbulence Field / 3.4.3：
Measurement of the Velocity Fields with Several Doppler Radars / 3.5：
Retrieval of the Thermodynamic and Microphysical Fields / 3.6：
Airborne Radar / 3.7：
Observation of Clear Air / Chapter 4：
Scattering of Electromagnetic Waves by a Turbulent Medium / 4.1：
General Relations / 4.2.1：
Reflectivity in the Inertial Domain / 4.2.2：
Relationship Between Radar Reflectivity and the Average Atmospheric Field / 4.2.3：
ST Radar / 4.3：
Influence of the Wavelength / 4.3.1：
Wind Measurements / 4.3.2：
Reflectivity / 4.3.3：
Networks of ST Radar / 4.3.4：
Rass / 4.4：
Insects / 4.5：
General Characteristics / 4.5.1：
Insects and Birds / 4.5.2：
Observations / 4.5.3：
Artificial Tracers / 4.6：
General Properties / 4.6.1：
Applications to Atmospheric Observation / 4.6.2：
Introduction to the Study of Some Meteorological Structures by Radar / Chapter 5：
Diversity of Meteorological Structures / 5.1：
Movements of the Atmosphere / 5.1.2：
The Area of Radar Application / 5.1.3：
Convection in the Planetary Boundary Layer / 5.2：
The Convective Boundary Layer / 5.2.1：
Observation of the Convective Field / 5.2.2：
The Aerobiological Field / 5.2.3：
Pollution and Plumes / 5.2.4：
Deep Convection and Thunderstorms / 5.3：
The Convective Cells / 5.3.1：
Convective Storm Structure / 5.3.2：
Squall Lines / 5.3.3：
Microbursts / 5.3.4：
Hail / 5.3.5：
Electrical Activity of Storms / 5.3.6：
Tornadoes and Vortexes / 5.4：
Identification of Vortexes by Radar / 5.4.1：
Application to Warning Systems / 5.4.3：
Extratropical Cyclone Disturbances and Stratiform Clouds / 5.5：
Structure of Extratropical Cyclone Disturbances / 5.5.1：
Stratiform Precipitation / 5.5.2：
Tropical Cyclones / 5.6：
Turbulent Stratifications and Shear Instability / 5.7：
Experimental Modification of Clouds and Precipitation / 5.8：
Bibliographical Note / Appendix 1：
Units and Symbols / Appendix 2：
List of Constants / Appendix 3：
Definitions and Various Numerical Values / Appendix 4：
References
Index
Preface
Basic Concepts of Radar / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
17.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
17. Guidelines for Process Safety Fundamentals in General Plant Operations
Center for Chemical Process Safety (Ccps, American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1995
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Acronyms and Abbreviations
Glossary
Introduction / 1：
Objective / 1.1：
Scope / 1.2：
Organization / 1.3：
References
Materials/Chemical Handling / 2：
Hazardous Property Identification / 2.1：
Material handling Hazards / 2.2：
Fire and Explosive Properties / 2.2.1：
Chemical Toxicity / 2.2.2：
Biological Hazards / 2.2.3：
Radiation Hazards / 2.2.4：
Electrical Hazards / 2.2.5：
Thermal Hazards / 2.2.6：
Physical Plant Hazards / 2.2.7：
Material Transport / 2.3：
Liquid Handling / 2.4：
Liquid Transport / 2.4.1：
Liquid Storage / 2.4.2：
Spill Control and Cleanup / 2.4.3：
Solids Handling / 2.5：
Storage Procedures / 2.5.1：
Transfer Procedures / 2.5.2：
Bulk Conveying / 2.5.3：
Solids Packaging / 2.5.4：
Gas Handling / 2.6：
Classification of Gases / 2.6.1：
Regulations and Standards / 2.6.2：
Gas Containers / 2.6.3：
Cylinder Auxiliaries / 2.6.4：
Cylinder Handling Procedures / 2.6.5：
Handling Hazardous Gases / 2.6.6：
Cryogenic Liquids / 2.6.7：
Waste Handling / 2.7：
Waste Disposal Plan / 2.7.1：
Release Reporting / 2.7.2：
Scrap and Salvage / 2.7.3：
Vessel Decommissioning / 2.7.4：
Waste Containers / 2.7.5：
Process Equipment and Procedures / 3：
Materials of Construction / 3.1：
Material Selection / 3.1.1：
Material Application / 3.1.2：
Corrosion / 3.2：
Types of Corrosion / 3.2.1：
Sources of Corrosion Information / 3.2.2：
Small Containers / 3.3：
Container Specification / 3.3.1：
Manufacturer's Quality Control / 3.3.2：
Receiving / 3.3.3：
Emptying of Containers / 3.3.4：
Warehousing / 3.3.5：
Loading and Shipping / 3.3.6：
Disposal of Containers / 3.3.7：
Piping / 3.4：
Piping Codes and Specifications / 3.4.1：
Piping Design Safety / 3.4.2：
Piping Installation Safety / 3.4.3：
Piping Operation Safety / 3.4.4：
Piping Maintenance Safety / 3.4.5：
Transfer Hoses / 3.5：
Safety in Design and Installation / 3.5.1：
Safety in Operation / 3.5.3：
Inspection and Maintenance / 3.5.4：
Pumps / 3.6：
Pump Types / 3.6.1：
Pump Design Safety / 3.6.2：
Pump Installation Safety / 3.6.3：
Pump Operation Safety / 3.6.4：
Pump Maintenance Safety / 3.6.5：
Fans and Compressors / 3.7：
Classification of Gas Movers / 3.7.1：
Gas Mover Operating Parameters / 3.7.2：
Gas Mover Safety Precautions / 3.7.3：
Drivers / 3.8：
Motors / 3.8.1：
Steam Turbines / 3.8.2：
Transmission / 3.8.3：
Filters / 3.9：
Safety Considerations / 3.9.1：
Waste Minimization and Disposal / 3.9.2：
Centrifuges / 3.10：
Types of Centrifuges / 3.10.1：
Design Considerations / 3.10.2：
Operation / 3.10.3：
Drying and Particle Size Reduction / 3.10.4：
Dryers / 3.11.1：
Size Reduction Equipment / 3.11.2：
Screening Equipment / 3.11.3：
Packaging of Hot Materials / 3.11.4：
Deflagration Hazards / 3.11.5：
Environmental Concerns and Hygiene / 3.11.6：
Instrument and Controls / 3.12：
I & C Design Safety / 3.12.1：
I & C Installation Safety / 3.12.2：
I & C Operation Safety / 3.12.3：
I & C Maintenance Safety / 3.12.4：
General Topics / 4：
Inspection, Maintenance, and Calibration / 4.1：
Inspection Techniques / 4.1.1：
Maintenance Manuals / 4.1.2：
Preventive Maintenance / 4.1.3：
Equipment Calibration / 4.1.4：
Spare Parts and Equipment / 4.2：
Storage / 4.2.1：
Disbursement / 4.2.3：
Storage and Warehousing / 4.3：
General Storage Techniques / 4.3.1：
Stored Materials and Containers / 4.3.2：
Material Movement / 4.3.3：
Shipping Vehicles / 4.3.4：
Plant Modification / 4.4：
Change Control Program / 4.4.1：
Change/Work Authorization / 4.4.2：
Training / 4.4.3：
Hazardous Work / 4.5：
Confined Space Entry / 4.5.1：
Equipment Lockout / 4.5.2：
Line Breaking and System Opening / 4.5.3：
Hazardous materials / 4.5.4：
4.5
Preface
Acknowledgments
Acronyms and Abbreviations
18.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
18. Electrostatic Ignitions of Fires and Explosions
Thomas H. Pratt, Center for Chemical Process Safety, American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1997
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Basic Concepts / Chapter 1：
The Electrostatic Charge / 1.1：
Electrons, Protons, and Ions / 1.1.1：
Charge Distribution: Point, Space, and Surface Charges / 1.1.2：
The Electric Field / 1.2：
Mapping Electric Fields / 1.2.1：
Dielectrics / 1.2.2：
Dielectric Breakdown / 1.2.3：
Ground Potential / 1.3：
Grounding / 1.3.1：
Bonding / 1.3.2：
Requirements for a Fire or an Explosion / 1.4：
Ignitable Mixture / 1.4.1：
Separation / 1.4.2：
Accumulation / 1.4.3：
Discharge / 1.4.4：
Separation and Accumulation of Charge / Chapter 2：
Mechanisms of Charge Generation / 2.1：
Charge Alignment / 2.2：
Contact and Frictional Charging / 2.3：
Surface Charging / 2.3.1：
Powder Charging / 2.3.2：
Double Layer Charging / 2.4：
Charging of Drops, Mists, and Aerosols / 2.5：
Two Phase Flow / 2.6：
Charge Separation at Phase Boundaries / 2.7：
Charge Relaxation / 2.8：
Host Material / 2.9：
Bulk Conductivity / 2.9.1：
Surface Conductivity / 2.9.2：
Apparent Conductivity / 2.9.3：
Separation vs. Relaxation / 2.10：
constant Voltage Case / 2.10.1：
Constant Amperage Case / 2.10.2：
Induction / 2.11：
Classification of Discharges / Chapter 3：
Characteristics of Discharges / 3.2：
Corona Discharge / 3.2.1：
Brush Discharge / 3.2.2：
Bulking Brush Discharge / 3.2.3：
Propagating Brush Discharge / 3.2.4：
Spark or Capacitor Discharge / 3.2.5：
Lightning / 3.2.6：
Minimum Ignition Energies / Chapter 4：
Testing of Materials / 4.1：
Minimum Ignition Energy, MIE / 4.2：
MIEs of Gasses and Vapors / 4.2.1：
MIEs of Dusts / 4.2.2：
MIEs of Hybrid Mixtures / 4.2.3：
MIEs in Enriched Oxygen Atmospheres / 4.2.4：
MIEs of Explosives / 4.2.5：
Discharge Energies / Chapter 5：
Ignitions by Electrostatic Discharges / 5.1：
Capacitive Discharges / 5.2：
Human Sparks / 5.2.1：
Clothing / 5.2.2：
Brush Discharges / 5.3：
Brush Discharges in Spaces / 5.3.1：
Brush Discharges at Surfaces / 5.3.2：
Bulking Brush Discharges / 5.4：
Propagating Brush Discharges / 5.5：
Corona Discharges / 5.6：
Electrification in Industrial Processes / Chapter 6：
Charges in Liquids / 6.1：
Streaming Currents / 6.1.1：
Charge Relaxation in Liquids / 6.1.2：
Liquid Conductivity / 6.1.3：
Antistatic Additives / 6.1.4：
Sedimentation / 6.1.5：
Charges in Mists / 6.2：
Washing / 6.2.1：
Splash Loading / 6.2.2：
Steaming / 6.2.3：
Carbon Dioxide / 6.2.4：
Charge Decay From Mists / 6.2.5：
Charges in Powders / 6.3：
Streaming Currents in Powders / 6.3.1：
Charge Compaction in Powder Bulking / 6.3.2：
Charge Relaxation in Powders / 6.3.3：
Surface Charges / 6.4：
Triboelectric Charging / 6.4.1：
Humidity / 6.4.2：
Conductive Cloth and Plastics / 6.4.3：
Neutralizers / 6.4.4：
Intense Electrification / 6.5：
Phase Separation Charges / 6.6：
Design and Operating Criteria / Chapter 7：
Grounding and Bonding / 7.1：
Insulation from Ground / 7.1.1：
Spark Promoters / 7.1.2：
In-Process Relaxation Times / 7.2：
Quiescent Relaxations / 7.2.1：
Relaxation Downstream of Filters / 7.2.2：
Simultaneous Operations / 7.3：
Sounding Pipes / 7.4：
Measurements / Chapter 8：
Multimeters / 8.1：
Electrometers / 8.2：
Electrostatic Voltmeters / 8.3：
Fieldmeters / 8.4：
Faraday Cage / 8.5：
Radios / 8.6：
Quantification of Electrostatic Scenarios / Chapter 9：
Approximations / 9.1：
Approximating Capacitance / 9.1.1：
Approximating / 9.1.2：
Basic Concepts / Chapter 1：
The Electrostatic Charge / 1.1：
Electrons, Protons, and Ions / 1.1.1：
19.

図書
図書
19. Models and tools for managing development processes
Bernhard Westfechtel
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1999  xiv, 418 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Lecture notes in computer science ; 1646
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / Part I：
Development Processes / 1：
Management / 1.2：
Definition / 1.2.1：
Managerial and Technical Level / 1.2.2：
Products, Activities, and Resources / 1.2.3：
Tools for Managing Development Processes / 1.3：
Management, System: Structure and Functionality / 1.3.1：
Scope of the Management System / 1.3.2：
Models for Managing Development Processes / 1.4：
Process Models / 1.4.1：
Models as Tool Specifications / 1.4.2：
Dynamics of Development Processes / 1.5：
Comparison to Other Business Domains / 1.5.1：
Dynamics at the Instance Level / 1.5.2：
Dynamics at the Definition Level / 1.5.3：
Approach and Contributions / 1.6：
Overall Approach / 1.6.1：
Context of Research / 1.6.2：
Models / 1.6.3：
Formal Specification / 1.6.4：
Tools / 1.6.5：
Related Work / 1.7：
Overview / 1.7.1：
Management of Development Processes: State of the Art / Part II：
Process Management / 2：
Product Management / 2.1：
Documents and Configurations / 2.1.1：
Version Control / 2.1.2：
Workspace Management / 2.1.3：
Activity Management / 2.2：
Modeling of Activities / 2.2.1：
Functions of Activity Management / 2.2.3：
Tools for Activity Management / 2.2.4：
Resource Management / 2.3：
Human Resources / 2.3.1：
Computer Resources / 2.3.2：
Conclusion / 2.4：
Functions of Product Management / 3：
Models for Product Management / 3.2：
Product Space / 3.2.1：
Version Space / 3.2.2：
Interplay of Product Space and Version Space / 3.2.3：
Construction of Versions / 3.2.4：
Workspaces / 3.2.5：
Tools for Product Management / 3.3：
System Descriptions / 3.3.1：
Universe of Discourse / 3.4：
Functions and Objectives of Process Management. / 4.1.1：
Characterization of Development Processes / 4.1.2：
Models for Activity Management / 4.2：
Conceptual Framework / 4.2.1：
Process Meta Models / 4.2.2：
Product Development / 4.2.3：
Management of Human Resources / 4.3：
Models for Human Resource Management / 5.1.1：
Tools for Human Resource Management / 5.1.2：
Management of Computer Resources / 5.2：
Tool Integration / 5.3：
Tool Integration: Classification and Overview / 6.1：
Tool Integration Technologies / 6.2：
A Management System for Mechanical Engineering / 6.3：
The SUKITS Project / 7：
Overview of the SUKITS Project / 7.1：
Motivation / 7.1.1：
Goals / 7.1.2：
Application Domain / 7.1.3：
Project Structure and Results / 7.1.4：
The SUKITS Approach to Process Management / 7.2：
Contributions / 7.2.1：
Management Models / 7.2.2：
Management Tools / 7.2.3：
Management Model: Informal Description / 7.3：
Product Management Model / 8.1：
Documents, Dependencies, and Configurations / 8.1.1：
Versions and Versioned Objects / 8.1.2：
Version and Configuration Graphs / 8.1.3：
Consistency Control and Data Integration / 8.1.4：
Activity Management Model / 8.2：
Product-Centered Activity Management / 8.2.1：
Process Dynamics / 8.2.2：
Resource Management Model / 8.3：
Integration of Formal and Informal Cooperation / 8.4：
Management Model: Formal Specification / 8.5：
PROGRES at a First Glance / 9.1：
Graph Schema / 9.2：
Graph Transformations / 9.2.2：
Model Adaptation / 9.3：
Adaptation in SUKITS / 9.5.1：
PROGRES Specification of Model Adaptation / 9.5.2：
Discussion / 9.6：
Specification-in-the-Small / 9.6.1：
Specification-in-the-Large / 9.6.2：
Management System / 9.7：
Tools: Functionality and User Interface / 10.1：
Management Environment / 10.1.1：
Modeling Environment / 10.1.2：
Work Environment / 10.1.3：
Realization / 10.2：
Communication and Distribution / 10.2.1：
Applications, Experiences, and Evaluation / 10.3：
SUKITS Prototypes / 11.1：
Demonstration: Development of a Drill / 11.2：
Demo Steps / 11.2.1：
Evaluation / 11.3：
ManagementModel / 11.3.1：
Applications / 11.3.2：
Toward an Adaptable Environment for Modeling and Managing Development Processes / 11.4：
Dimensions of Management / 12：
Model Architecture / 12.1.2：
Limitations of the SUKITS Approach / 12.1.3：
Modeling of Management Configurations / 12.2：
Architectural Issues / 12.2.1：
Models for Managing Products, Activities, and Resources / 12.2.2：
PROGRES Environment / 12.3：
Process Support Environment / 12.3.4：
Dynamic Task Nets / 12.4：
Informal Description / 13.1：
Structure of Task Nets / 13.1.1：
Levels of Modeling / 13.1.2：
Behavior of Task Nets / 13.1.3：
Examples / 13.1.4：
Base Model / 13.2：
Standard Behavior / 13.2.2：
Structural Adaptation / 13.2.3：
Behavioral Adaptation / 13.2.4：
Net-based approaches / 13.2.5：
Rule-based approaches / 13.3.2：
State-based approaches / 13.3.3：
Procedural approaches / 13.3.4：
Unified Multi-Project Resource Management / 13.4：
Features of RESMOD / 14.1：
Resources / 14.1.2：
Resource Configurations / 14.1.3：
Plan and Actual Resources / 14.1.4：
Base and Project Resources / 14.1.5：
Task Assignments / 14.1.6：
Layer 1: Resource Hierarchies / 14.2：
Layer 2: Actual and Required Resources / 14.2.2：
Layer 3: Base and Project Resources / 14.2.3：
Object-Oriented Process Modeling / 14.2.4：
Meta Process / 15.1：
Process Analysis / 15.3：
Process Specification / 15.4：
Structural Modeling / 15.4.1：
Model Structuring / 15.4.2：
Behavioral Modeling / 15.4.3：
Environment Generation / 15.5：
Lessons Learned / 15.6：
Current Status and Future Work / 15.7：
Management Model / 16.1：
Modeling Languages / 16.2：
Glossary / 16.3：
References
Index
Introduction / Part I：
Development Processes / 1：
Management / 1.2：
20.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
20. Models and Tools for Managing Development Processes
Bernhard Westfechtel
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / Part I：
Development Processes / 1：
Management / 1.2：
Definition / 1.2.1：
Managerial and Technical Level / 1.2.2：
Products, Activities, and Resources / 1.2.3：
Tools for Managing Development Processes / 1.3：
Management, System: Structure and Functionality / 1.3.1：
Scope of the Management System / 1.3.2：
Models for Managing Development Processes / 1.4：
Process Models / 1.4.1：
Models as Tool Specifications / 1.4.2：
Dynamics of Development Processes / 1.5：
Comparison to Other Business Domains / 1.5.1：
Dynamics at the Instance Level / 1.5.2：
Dynamics at the Definition Level / 1.5.3：
Approach and Contributions / 1.6：
Overall Approach / 1.6.1：
Context of Research / 1.6.2：
Models / 1.6.3：
Formal Specification / 1.6.4：
Tools / 1.6.5：
Related Work / 1.7：
Overview / 1.7.1：
Management of Development Processes: State of the Art / Part II：
Process Management / 2：
Product Management / 2.1：
Documents and Configurations / 2.1.1：
Version Control / 2.1.2：
Workspace Management / 2.1.3：
Activity Management / 2.2：
Modeling of Activities / 2.2.1：
Functions of Activity Management / 2.2.3：
Tools for Activity Management / 2.2.4：
Resource Management / 2.3：
Human Resources / 2.3.1：
Computer Resources / 2.3.2：
Conclusion / 2.4：
Functions of Product Management / 3：
Models for Product Management / 3.2：
Product Space / 3.2.1：
Version Space / 3.2.2：
Interplay of Product Space and Version Space / 3.2.3：
Construction of Versions / 3.2.4：
Workspaces / 3.2.5：
Tools for Product Management / 3.3：
System Descriptions / 3.3.1：
Universe of Discourse / 3.4：
Functions and Objectives of Process Management. / 4.1.1：
Characterization of Development Processes / 4.1.2：
Models for Activity Management / 4.2：
Conceptual Framework / 4.2.1：
Process Meta Models / 4.2.2：
Product Development / 4.2.3：
Management of Human Resources / 4.3：
Models for Human Resource Management / 5.1.1：
Tools for Human Resource Management / 5.1.2：
Management of Computer Resources / 5.2：
Tool Integration / 5.3：
Tool Integration: Classification and Overview / 6.1：
Tool Integration Technologies / 6.2：
A Management System for Mechanical Engineering / 6.3：
The SUKITS Project / 7：
Overview of the SUKITS Project / 7.1：
Motivation / 7.1.1：
Goals / 7.1.2：
Application Domain / 7.1.3：
Project Structure and Results / 7.1.4：
The SUKITS Approach to Process Management / 7.2：
Contributions / 7.2.1：
Management Models / 7.2.2：
Management Tools / 7.2.3：
Management Model: Informal Description / 7.3：
Product Management Model / 8.1：
Documents, Dependencies, and Configurations / 8.1.1：
Versions and Versioned Objects / 8.1.2：
Version and Configuration Graphs / 8.1.3：
Consistency Control and Data Integration / 8.1.4：
Activity Management Model / 8.2：
Product-Centered Activity Management / 8.2.1：
Process Dynamics / 8.2.2：
Resource Management Model / 8.3：
Integration of Formal and Informal Cooperation / 8.4：
Management Model: Formal Specification / 8.5：
PROGRES at a First Glance / 9.1：
Graph Schema / 9.2：
Graph Transformations / 9.2.2：
Model Adaptation / 9.3：
Adaptation in SUKITS / 9.5.1：
PROGRES Specification of Model Adaptation / 9.5.2：
Discussion / 9.6：
Specification-in-the-Small / 9.6.1：
Specification-in-the-Large / 9.6.2：
Management System / 9.7：
Tools: Functionality and User Interface / 10.1：
Management Environment / 10.1.1：
Modeling Environment / 10.1.2：
Work Environment / 10.1.3：
Realization / 10.2：
Communication and Distribution / 10.2.1：
Applications, Experiences, and Evaluation / 10.3：
SUKITS Prototypes / 11.1：
Demonstration: Development of a Drill / 11.2：
Demo Steps / 11.2.1：
Evaluation / 11.3：
ManagementModel / 11.3.1：
Applications / 11.3.2：
Toward an Adaptable Environment for Modeling and Managing Development Processes / 11.4：
Dimensions of Management / 12：
Model Architecture / 12.1.2：
Limitations of the SUKITS Approach / 12.1.3：
Modeling of Management Configurations / 12.2：
Architectural Issues / 12.2.1：
Models for Managing Products, Activities, and Resources / 12.2.2：
PROGRES Environment / 12.3：
Process Support Environment / 12.3.4：
Dynamic Task Nets / 12.4：
Informal Description / 13.1：
Structure of Task Nets / 13.1.1：
Levels of Modeling / 13.1.2：
Behavior of Task Nets / 13.1.3：
Examples / 13.1.4：
Base Model / 13.2：
Standard Behavior / 13.2.2：
Structural Adaptation / 13.2.3：
Behavioral Adaptation / 13.2.4：
Net-based approaches / 13.2.5：
Rule-based approaches / 13.3.2：
State-based approaches / 13.3.3：
Procedural approaches / 13.3.4：
Unified Multi-Project Resource Management / 13.4：
Features of RESMOD / 14.1：
Resources / 14.1.2：
Resource Configurations / 14.1.3：
Plan and Actual Resources / 14.1.4：
Base and Project Resources / 14.1.5：
Task Assignments / 14.1.6：
Layer 1: Resource Hierarchies / 14.2：
Layer 2: Actual and Required Resources / 14.2.2：
Layer 3: Base and Project Resources / 14.2.3：
Object-Oriented Process Modeling / 14.2.4：
Meta Process / 15.1：
Process Analysis / 15.3：
Process Specification / 15.4：
Structural Modeling / 15.4.1：
Model Structuring / 15.4.2：
Behavioral Modeling / 15.4.3：
Environment Generation / 15.5：
Lessons Learned / 15.6：
Current Status and Future Work / 15.7：
Management Model / 16.1：
Modeling Languages / 16.2：
Glossary / 16.3：
References
Index
Introduction / Part I：
Development Processes / 1：
Management / 1.2：
21.

図書
図書
21. Digital image warping (: microfiche ; : case)
George Wolberg
出版情報: Los Alamitos, Calif. ; Tokyo : IEEE Computer Society Press, c1990  xvi, 318 p. ; 27 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Background / 1.1：
Overview / 1.2：
Spatial Transformations / 1.2.1：
Sampling Theory / 1.2.2：
Resampling / 1.2.3：
Aliasing / 1.2.4：
Scanline Algorithms / 1.2.5：
Conceptual Layout / 1.3：
Preliminaries / Chapter 2：
Fundamentals / 2.1：
Signals and Images / 2.1.1：
Filters / 2.1.2：
Impulse Response / 2.1.3：
Convolution / 2.1.4：
Frequency Analysis / 2.1.5：
An Analogy to Audio Signals / 2.1.5.1：
Fourier Transforms / 2.1.5.2：
Discrete Fourier Transforms / 2.1.5.3：
Image Acquisition / 2.2：
Imaging Systems / 2.3：
Electronic Scanners / 2.3.1：
Vidicon Systems / 2.3.1.1：
Image Dissectors / 2.3.1.2：
Solid-State Sensors / 2.3.2：
CCD Cameras / 2.3.2.1：
CID Cameras / 2.3.2.2：
Mechanical Scanners / 2.3.3：
Video Digitizers / 2.4：
Digitized Imagery / 2.5：
Summary / 2.6：
Definitions / Chapter 3：
Forward Mapping / 3.1.1：
Inverse Mapping / 3.1.2：
General Transformation Matrix / 3.2：
Homogeneous Coordinates / 3.2.1：
Affine Transformations / 3.3：
Translation / 3.3.1：
Rotation / 3.3.2：
Scale / 3.3.3：
Shear / 3.3.4：
Composite Transformations / 3.3.5：
Inverse / 3.3.6：
Inferring Affine Transformations / 3.3.7：
Perspective Transformations / 3.4：
Inferring Perspective Transformations / 3.4.1：
Case 1: Square-to-Quadrilateral / 3.4.2.1：
Case 2: Quadrilateral-to-Square / 3.4.2.2：
Case 3: Quadrilateral-to-Quadrilateral / 3.4.2.3：
Bilinear Transformations / 3.5：
Bilinear Interpolation / 3.5.1：
Separability / 3.5.2：
Interpolation Grid / 3.5.3：
Polynomial Transformations / 3.6：
Inferring Polynomial Coefficients / 3.6.1：
Pseudoinverse Solution / 3.6.2：
Least-Squares With Ordinary Polynomials / 3.6.3：
Least-Squares With Orthogonal Polynomials / 3.6.4：
Weighted Least-Squares / 3.6.5：
Piecewise Polynomial Transformations / 3.7：
A Surface Fitting Paradigm for Geometric Correction / 3.7.1：
Procedure / 3.7.2：
Triangulation / 3.7.3：
Linear Triangular Patches / 3.7.4：
Cubic Triangular Patches / 3.7.5：
Global Splines / 3.8：
Basis Functions / 3.8.1：
Regularization / 3.8.2：
Grimson, 1981 / 3.8.2.1：
Terzopoulos, 1984 / 3.8.2.2：
Discontinuity Detection / 3.8.2.3：
Boult and Kender, 1986 / 3.8.2.4：
A Definition of Smoothness / 3.8.2.5：
Sampling / 3.9：
Reconstruction / 4.3：
Reconstruction Conditions / 4.3.1：
Ideal Low-Pass Filter / 4.3.2：
Sinc Function / 4.3.3：
Nonideal Reconstruction / 4.4：
Antialiasing / 4.5：
Image Resampling / 4.7：
Ideal Image Resampling / 5.1：
Interpolation / 5.3：
Interpolation Kernels / 5.4：
Nearest Neighbor / 5.4.1：
Linear Interpolation / 5.4.2：
Cubic Convolution / 5.4.3：
Two-Parameter Cubic Filters / 5.4.4：
Cubic Splines / 5.4.5：
B-Splines / 5.4.5.1：
Interpolating B-Splines / 5.4.5.2：
Windowed Sinc Function / 5.4.6：
Hann and Hamming Windows / 5.4.6.1：
Blackman Window / 5.4.6.2：
Kaiser Window / 5.4.6.3：
Lanczos Window / 5.4.6.4：
Gaussian Window / 5.4.6.5：
Exponential Filters / 5.4.7：
Comparison of Interpolation Methods / 5.5：
Implementation / 5.6：
Interpolation with Coefficient Bins / 5.6.1：
Fant's Resampling Algorithm / 5.6.2：
Discussion / 5.7：
Point Sampling / Chapter 6：
Area Sampling / 6.1.2：
Space-Invariant Filtering / 6.1.3：
Space-Variant Filtering / 6.1.4：
Regular Sampling / 6.2：
Supersampling / 6.2.1：
Adaptive Supersampling / 6.2.2：
Reconstruction from Regular Samples / 6.2.3：
Irregular Sampling / 6.3：
Stochastic Sampling / 6.3.1：
Poisson Sampling / 6.3.2：
Jittered Sampling / 6.3.3：
Point-Diffusion Sampling / 6.3.4：
Adaptive Stochastic Sampling / 6.3.5：
Reconstruction from Irregular Samples / 6.3.6：
Direct Convolution / 6.4：
Catmull, 1974 / 6.4.1：
Blinn and Newell, 1976 / 6.4.2：
Feibush, Levoy, and Cook, 1980 / 6.4.3：
Gangnet, Perny, and Coueignoux, 1982 / 6.4.4：
Greene and Heckbert, 1986 / 6.4.5：
Prefiltering / 6.5：
Pyramids / 6.5.1：
Summed-Area Tables / 6.5.2：
Frequency Clamping / 6.6：
Antialiased Lines and Text / 6.7：
Separable Mapping / 6.8：
Incremental Algorithms / 7.2：
Texture Mapping / 7.2.1：
Gouraud Shading / 7.2.2：
Incremental Texture Mapping / 7.2.3：
Incremental Perspective Transformations / 7.2.4：
Approximation / 7.2.5：
Quadratic Interpolation / 7.2.6：
Cubic Interpolation / 7.2.7：
Braccini and Marino, 1980 / 7.3：
Weiman, 1980 / 7.3.2：
Catmull and Smith, 1980 / 7.3.3：
Paeth, 1986/ Tanaka, et. al., 1986 / 7.3.4：
Cordic Algorithm / 7.3.5：
2-Pass Transforms / 7.4：
First Pass / 7.4.1：
Second Pass / 7.4.1.2：
2-Pass Algorithm / 7.4.1.3：
An Example: Rotation / 7.4.1.4：
Another Example: Perspective / 7.4.1.5：
Bottleneck Problem / 7.4.1.6：
Foldover Problem / 7.4.1.7：
Fraser, Schowengerdt, and Briggs, 1985 / 7.4.2：
Smith, 1987
2-Pass Mesh Warping / 7.5：
Special Effects / 7.5.1：
Description of the Algorithm / 7.5.2：
Examples / 7.5.2.1：
Source Code / 7.5.4：
More Separable Mappings / 7.6：
Perspective Projection: Robertson, 1987 / 7.6.1：
Warping Among Arbitrary Planar Shapes: Wolberg, 1988 / 7.6.2：
Spatial Lookup Tables: Wolberg and Boult, 1989 / 7.6.3：
Separable Image Warping / 7.7：
Spatial Lookup Tables / 7.7.1：
Intensity Resampling / 7.7.2：
Coordinate Resampling / 7.7.3：
Distortions and Errors / 7.7.4：
Filtering Errors / 7.7.4.1：
Perspective / 7.7.4.2：
Distortion Measures / 7.7.4.4：
Bottleneck Distortion / 7.7.4.6：
Representing Foldovers / 7.7.5：
Tracking Foldovers / 7.7.5.2：
Storing Information From Foldovers / 7.7.5.3：
Intensity Resampling with Foldovers / 7.7.5.4：
Compositor / 7.7.6：
Epilogue / 7.7.7：
Fast Fourier Transforms / Appendix 1：
Discrete Fourier Transform / A1.1：
Danielson-Lanczos Lemma / A1.2：
Butterfly Flow Graph / A1.2.1：
Putting It All Together / A1.2.2：
Recursive FFT Algorithm / A1.2.3：
Cost of Computation / A1.2.4：
Cooley-Tukey Algorithm / A1.3：
Computational Cost / A1.3.1：
Cooley-Sande Algorithm / A1.4：
Cooley-Tukey FFT Algorithm / A1.5：
Interpolating Cubic Splines / Appendix 2：
Definition / A2.1：
Constraints / A2.2：
Solving for the Spline Coefficients / A2.3：
Derivation of A[subscript 2] / A2.3.1：
Derivation of A[subscript 3] / A2.3.2：
Derivation of A[subscript 1] and A[subscript 3] / A2.3.3：
Evaluting the Unknown Derivatives / A2.4：
First Derivatives / A2.4.1：
Second Derivatives / A2.4.2：
Boundary Conditions / A2.4.3：
Ispline / A2.5：
Ispline_gen / A2.5.2：
Forward Difference Method / Appendix 3：
References
Index
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Background / 1.1：
Overview / 1.2：
22.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
22. PREMO: A Framework for Multimedia Middleware
David J. Duke, David J. Duke, Ivan Herman, Scott Marshall, M. Scott Marshall
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
PREMO: A Standard for Distributed Multimedia
Introduction / 1.1：
What PREMO Is / 1.1.1：
What PREMO Isn't / 1.1.2：
Formal Description Techniques and PREMO / 1.2：
Structure of the Book / 1.3：
Typographical Conventions / 1.4：
Graphical Conventions / 1.5：
An Overview of PREMO
The Structure of PREMO / 2.1：
The PREMO Object Model / 2.3：
Overview / 2.3.1：
From Language Bindings to Environment Bindings / 2.3.2：
Object References / 2.3.3：
Active Objects / 2.3.4：
Operation Dispatching / 2.3.5：
Attributes / 2.3.6：
Non-object Data Types / 2.3.7：
The Foundation Component / 2.4：
Structures, Services, and Types / 2.4.1：
Inter-Object Communication / 2.4.2：
Synchronization / 2.4.3：
Time / 2.4.4：
Property Management / 2.4.5：
Object Factories / 2.4.6：
The Multimedia Systems Services Component / 2.5：
The Paradigm of Media Networks / 2.5.1：
Virtual Resources / 2.5.2：
Stream Control / 2.5.3：
Virtual Devices / 2.5.4：
Virtual Connections / 2.5.5：
Higher-Levels of Organization: Groups and Logical Devices / 2.5.6：
Working in Unison / 2.5.7：
The Modelling, Rendering, and Interaction Component / 2.6：
Object-Oriented Rendering / 2.6.1：
Primitives / 2.6.2：
Modelling and Rendering Devices / 2.6.3：
Coordination / 2.6.4：
Closing Remarks / 2.7：
The Fundamentals of PREMO
Basic Concepts / 3.1：
PREMO Objects and Object Types / 3.2.1：
Non-object Types / 3.2.2：
Object Identity and Object References / 3.2.4：
Operations / 3.3：
Subtyping / 3.4：
Inheritance / 3.5：
Protected Operations / 3.6：
Operation Selection, and Casting / 3.7：
Operation Request Modes / 3.8：
Exceptions / 3.9：
The Object and Object Reference Lifecycle / 3.10：
The Environment Binding / 3.11：
General Implementation Issues
Implementation Choices / 4.1：
Implementation Language / 4.1.1：
Implementation Environment / 4.1.2：
PREMO Specifications in Java and Java RMI / 4.2：
Constraints on the Specification Details / 4.2.1：
Registering Server Objects / 4.2.2：
PREMO Non-object Types / 5.1：
Basic Data Types / 5.2.1：
Constructed Data Types / 5.2.2：
Top Layer of the PREMO Object Hierarchy / 5.2.3：
The PREMOObject Interface / 5.3.1：
Simple PREMO Objects / 5.3.2：
Event Structures / 5.3.2.1：
Constraint Structures / 5.3.2.2：
Callbacks / 5.3.3：
Enhanced PREMO Objects / 5.3.4：
Enhanced PREMO Objects as Service Objects / 5.3.4.1：
Top Layer of PREMO / 5.3.4.2：
General Utility Objects / 5.4：
Event Management / 5.4.1：
The PREMO Event Model / 5.4.1.1：
The Event Handler Object / 5.4.1.2：
Synchronization Points / 5.4.1.3：
Finite State Machines: Controller Objects / 5.4.2：
Detailed Specification of a Controller / 5.4.2.1：
Activity of Controllers / 5.4.2.2：
Time Objects / 5.4.3：
General Notions / 5.4.3.1：
Specification of the PREMO Time Objects / 5.4.3.2：
Synchronization Facilities / 5.5：
Synchronizable Objects / 5.5.1：
Overview: Event-Based Synchronization / 5.5.1.1：
State Transition Monitoring / 5.5.1.2：
Detailed Specification of the Synchronizable Object / 5.5.1.3：
Synchronizable Objects as Callbacks / 5.5.1.4：
Time and Synchronizable Objects / 5.5.2：
Stop-Watch and Progression / 5.5.2.1：
Time and Progression Space / 5.5.2.2：
Reference Point Specifications in Time / 5.5.2.3：
Combining TimeSynchronizable Objects: Time Slaves / 5.5.3：
Time-Lines / 5.5.4：
Negotiation and Configuration Management / 5.6：
Property Inquiry Objects / 5.6.1：
Constraining Properties / 5.6.3：
Dynamic Change of Properties / 5.6.4：
Interaction among Properties / 5.6.5：
Some Conclusions on the Negotiation Facilities / 5.6.6：
Creation of Service Objects / 5.7：
Generic Factory Objects / 5.7.1：
Factory Finders / 5.7.2：
Use of Factories and Factory Finders / 5.7.3：
Multimedia Systems Services Component
Configuration Objects / 6.1：
Format Objects / 6.2.1：
Transport and Media Stream Protocol Objects / 6.2.2：
Quality of Service Descriptor Objects / 6.2.3：
The StreamControl Object / 6.3：
SyncStreamControl Objects / 6.3.2：
Property Control of Configurations / 6.4：
Resource and Configuration Management / 6.4.2：
Monitoring Resource Behaviour and Quality of Service Violations / 6.4.3：
Configuring Devices / 6.5：
Global Configuration / 6.5.1.1：
Port Configurations / 6.5.1.2：
Examples of Virtual Devices / 6.5.2：
Simple Media Devices / 6.5.2.1：
Transformer Devices / 6.5.2.2：
Detailed Specification of Virtual Connections / 6.6：
Examples of Virtual Connections / 6.6.3：
Multicast Connections / 6.6.4：
Groups / 6.7：
Logical Devices / 6.8：
The Role of Primitives in PREMO / 7.1：
The Hierarchy in Overview / 7.2.2：
Captured Primitives / 7.2.3：
Form Primitives / 7.2.4：
Tactile Primitives / 7.2.5：
Modifier Primitives / 7.2.6：
Wrapper Primitives / 7.2.7：
Tracer Primitives / 7.2.8：
Structured Primitives / 7.2.9：
Aggregate Primitives / 7.2.9.1：
TimeComposite / 7.2.9.2：
Reference Primitives / 7.2.10：
Coordinate Spaces / 7.3：
Coordinate / 7.3.1：
TimeLocation / 7.3.2：
Colour / 7.3.3：
Devices for Modelling, Rendering, and Interaction / 7.4：
MRI_Format / 7.4.1：
Efficiency Measures / 7.4.2：
MRI Device / 7.4.3：
Modeller / 7.4.4：
Renderer / 7.4.5：
MediaEngine / 7.4.6：
Input Devices, and Routing / 7.5：
InputDevice / 7.5.1：
Router / 7.5.2：
The Scene Database / 7.6：
Management / 7.7：
Allocation / 7.7.2：
Detailed Java Specifications of the PREMO Objects / 7.7.3：
Foundation Objects / 8.1：
Enumerations / 8.2.1：
Additional Data Types / 8.2.2：
Top Level of PREMO Hierarchy / 8.2.3：
Structures / 8.2.4：
Controllers / 8.2.5：
Sychronization Objects / 8.2.5.3：
Multimedia Systems Services / 8.2.7：
Structures and Additional Data Types / 8.3.1：
Virtual Resource / 8.3.3：
Virtual Device / 8.3.6：
Group / 8.3.7：
Logical Device / 8.3.9：
Objects for Coordinate Spaces / 8.4：
Coordinate Object / 8.4.1.1：
Colour Object / 8.4.1.2：
TimeLocation Object / 8.4.1.3：
Name Object / 8.4.2：
Objects for Media Primitives / 8.4.3：
Primitive Object / 8.4.3.1：
Captured Object / 8.4.3.2：
Primitives with Spatial and/or Temporal Form / 8.4.3.3：
Form Primitives for Audio Media Data / 8.4.3.4：
Form Primitives for Geometric Media Data / 8.4.3.5：
Primitives for the Modification of Media Data / 8.4.3.6：
Modifier Primitives for Audio Media Data / 8.4.3.7：
Modifier Primitives for Structural Aspects of Media Data / 8.4.3.8：
Modifier Primitives for Visual Aspects of Media Data / 8.4.3.9：
Organising Primitives into Structures / 8.4.3.10：
Organising Media Data within Time / 8.4.3.11：
Objects for Describing Properties of Devices / 8.4.4：
MRI_Format Object / 8.4.4.1：
EfficiencyMeasure Object / 8.4.4.2：
Processing Devices for Media Data / 8.4.5：
MRI_Device Object / 8.4.5.1：
Modeller Object / 8.4.5.2：
Renderer Object / 8.4.5.3：
MediaEngine Object / 8.4.5.4：
Scene Object / 8.4.6：
Objects for Supporting Interaction / 8.4.7：
InputDevice Object / 8.4.7.1：
Router Object / 8.4.7.2：
Coordinator Object / 8.4.8：
Selected Implementation Issues
The PREMO Environment / A.1：
Activity of Objects / A.1.1：
Top Level of the PREMO Hierarchy / A.1.2：
Distribution and the Creation of PREMO Objects / A.1.3：
Specific Part 3 Objects / A.2：
Virtual Connection Objects / A.2.1：
Devices on the Same JVM: Piped Streams / A.2.1.1：
Devices on Different JVM's: Sockets / A.2.1.2：
References / A.2.1.3：
Index
PREMO: A Standard for Distributed Multimedia
Introduction / 1.1：
What PREMO Is / 1.1.1：
23.

図書
図書
23. Dipolmomente, Quadrupolkopplugskonstanten, gehinderte Rotation und magnetische Konstanten diamagnetischer Molekeln (: gw ; : us)
J. Demaison ... [et al.] ; Herausgeber: W. Hüttner
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1992  x, 295 p., ill.
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Neue Serie, Gruppe 2 . Atom- und Molekularphysik ; Bd. 19. Erg. der Bd. 2/4 u, 2/6 u. 2/14 . Molekelkonstanten ; Teilbd. c
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
The references are presented below the abstract of each pdf-document to allow cross-reference linking / Group V：
Title Page, Preface
Introductory material
Landolt-Bornstein
Title Page
Group III: Condensed Matter / Landolt-Börnstein ; H. Fischer0：
Group II: Molecules and Radicals
Contributors
Preface
Geophysics / 2：
Authors / Volume 16：
Notations, constants, and general relations / J. DemaisonVolume 2：
Astronomical instruments
Ferroelectrics and Related Substances
Molecular Constants Mostly from Microwave, Molecular Beam, and Electron Resonance Spectroscopy
Magnetic properties of 3d, 4d and 5d elements, alloys and compounds
Introduction / 6：
Magnetic properties of rare earth elements, alloys and compounds
Geophysics of the Solid Earth, the Moon and the Planets
General introduction
Non-Oxides / 1.1：
Subvolume A
Diamagnetic Molecules / M. Hantel ; W. Huttner1.1 - 1.4：
Ocean waves / Subvolume A：
List of space group symbols for various settings
See Vol.19A
2.3 See Vol.19D1
See Vol.19D1
Title Page, Contributors, Preface
Nucleon nucleon scattering / J.R. Morton
Optical telescopes
3d elements / D. Griller
Alphabetical list of frequently used prototypes / 6.1：
General remarks / H. Kraus1.5：
List of symbols and abbreviations / L. Magaard2.4：
List of syrnbols and abbreviations
2.5 See Vol.19D2
The earth in the planetary system (See Vol. 2A) / H.R. Kirchmayr
Alloys and compounds of 3d elements with main group elements / K.F. Preston ; H. Paul ; J.J.M. FranseI：
Total cross sections / C.-D. Schonwiese2.6：
Solar telescopes
The earth in the planetary system
Carbon-centered radicals: Radical-radical reactions
Literature covered and selection of data / L.A. Mysak1.5.1：
See Vol.19E1
Tables / E. Burzo ; R. Gersdorf1.3：
Elements / G. Zibold
Constants of diamagnetic molecules / 2.7：
Properties of the solid earth
Inorganic radicals
Nonconjugated carbon radicals
AgAlCdS - CuTeYb (See Vol.14B1) / H. WänkeI A：
Climate definition
Total and integrated cross sections for pp, pd and dd scattering / P. Morin2.1 - 2.4：
Photoelectric photometry
Classification and basic features
Arrangement of tables and data / 11.1：
Compounds of rare earth elements and 3d elements
Seismicity and the interior of the earth (See Vol. 2A)
Ti, V, Cr, Mn / 1.1.2：
DyErTe - HoPrS / 6.2：
3d elements and Cu, Ag or Au
Borides
lntroduction / 2.4.1：
Origin of the earth in the solar system / I B：
Qualitative definitions of climate / W. Rosenthal1.1.1.1：
Compounds of rare earth elements and Be, Mg, Zn, Cd or Hg / 4：
See Vol.19B
Total and integrated cross sections for neutrons on protons and nuclei / 3.1：
Photographic emulsions
Self-reactions
HoS - PTeU
Abbreviations and units used for presenting the data / 11.2：
Heat flow and temperature distribution in the earth's interior / 2.7.1：
Definition of ferroelectrics and antiferroelectrics / 1.1.3：
Ti / E. Tiemann ; E. Groten
Carbides
Alkyl radicals / 2.4.1.1：
Wind waves and swell / I C：
PaS - TeZr
The climate system / 1.5.1.2：
Dipole moments / 5：
Total cross sections of antiprotons on protons and deuterons / 1.2.1：
Spectrometers and spectrographs
Cross reactions
Indexes / 6.2.0：
General / 2.7.1.1：
Oceanic and continental heat-flow data / 2.6.1：
Remarks on some fundamental concepts and quantities / 1.6：
Survey
The motion of the earth
V
Definition of the various kinds of magnetism
Hydrides
Hydrogen-centered radicals / 2.4.1.2：
Primary alkyl radicals
List of symbols / I D：
Figures
Crystallography and metallurgy / 1.5.1.2.1：
Oceanic heat flow data (See Vol. 2A)
Differential cross sections and polarization parameters for elastic pp, pd and dd scattering / 1.2.2：
Optical high resolution methods
Relative rate constants
References for 2 and 3 (See Vol.14B1) / 6.2.1：
List of symbols and units / 11.4：
Phase diagrams. Crystal structure / 2.7.1.2：
Symbols and units / 2.2.1.2：
Abbreviations, notation and units
Cr
Spin-glass behaviour and micromagnetism
Diatomic molecules / 2.4.1.3：
Lithium-centered radicals / D.S. Chapman
Noncyclic secondary alkyl radicals
Alphabetical index of mineral and common names / J.P. LorandI E：
References for 11 / 1.5.1.2.2：
Magnetism
Differential cross sections for elastic pp scattering at low momenta / 2.6.2：
X-ray and gamma-ray instruments
Diatomic molecules: Rotational and related constants
List of universal constants / 6.2.2：
Survey of contents / G. Wlodarczak2.7.2：
Mn / 2.3：
Diamagnetism
Climate models (See Vol.4C2)
Continental heat flow data
Beryllium-centered radicals
Noncyclic tertiary alkyl radicals
Carbon-centered radicals: Radical-molecule addition reactions / I F：
The deterministic description of a linear plane wave, its energy and momentum density / 1.1.1.5：
RX compounds / 1.5.1.2.3：
Differential cross sections for elastic pp scattering at high momenta / 2.4.1.3.1：
Infrared techniques
The present global surface climate (See Vol.4C2) / 2.0：
Glossary of general abbreviations
Linear molecules / 2.7.3：
Publications on ferroelectrics / 1.9：
Units and definitions
References for 1.1.1
Paramagnetism
Units / 14：
Boron-centered radicals
Monocyclic alkyl radicals
Linear molecules: Rotational and related constants / II：
The energy density spectrum
Differential cross sections for elastic pd and dd scattering / 1.5.1.2.4：
Radio astronomical receiver systems
Tables of nuclear quadrupole interaction parameters / M.B. Stearns6.2.4：
Data
Orbital motion of the earth
Ferromagnetism
Definitions / 2.7.4：
Carbon-centered radicals
Polycyclic alkyl radicals
Methyl radical
Surface waves in deep water
Specific Surfaces Climates / 1.5.1.2.5：
Symmetric top molecules / 6.4：
Polarization parameters for elastic pp scattering / 2.2.1.2.2：
Positions and time determination, astronomical constants
Oxides (See Vol.16A)
Fe, Co, Ni
Introductory remarks / 6.2.5：
Symmetric top molecules: Rotational and related constants / 2.4.1.3.3：
Primary parameters of the earth's rotational motion in space
Antiferromagnetism / 1.1.2.1：
Measurements / J. Vogt
Nitrogen-centered radicals
σ-electronic carbon radicals
Inorganic crystals other than oxides
Other acyclic hydrocarbon radicals
Surface waves in shallow water
Scope of consideration / 1.5.1.2.6：
Differential cross sections and polarization parameters for np elastic and charge exchange scattering / 2.7.5：
Determination of astronomical latitude and longitude
Nuclear constants of quadrupolar elements / 6.2.6：
Forced nutation / 1.3.0：
Metamagnetism / 1.1.2.2：
X-rich compounds
Continental heat flow literature / 2.4.2：
Oxygen-centered radicals
Vinyl-type radicals
SbSI family
Cycloalkyl radicals
References for 6.2
Physical principles generally governing Specific Surfaces Climates / 1.5.1.3：
Time determination / 2.7.6：
Asymmetric top molecules: Rotational and related constants / 15：
Phase diagrams, lattice constants and elastic moduli
Ratios of nuclear quadrupole moments of isotopic nuclides / 14.3：
J. Demaison
The rotation of the earth / 1.3.1：
Remarks and relations concerning various quantities / D. Olbers1.1.2.3：
Continental heat flow results / 2.4.2.1：
Fluorine-centered radicals
Aryl radicals
HCl family
Inorganic molecules
Cumyl radical
Tables of differential elastic np cross sections (including charge exchange scattering) at low energies / 1.5.1.3.1：
The system of astronomical constants
Paramagnetic properties / 16：
Values of <$$> for the valence states of some neutral atoms / 14.4：
Quadrupole coupling constants / 2.7.7：
Methane, ethane, propane derivatives / 1.3.2：
Tidal dissipation
Internal gravity waves / 1.1.2.4：
Curie-Weiss law
Global heat flow
Sodium-centered radicals
Acyl radicals
NaNO2 family
Alkyl radicals containing heteroatoms
References for 14 / 6.3.0：
Ternary compounds
Differential elastic np cross sections at high energies / 2.4.2.2：
The solar system
Aliphatic molecules with double and triple carbon-bonds / 17：
Spontaneous magnetization, magnetic moments and high-field susceptibility
Atomic quadrupole coupling constants of some elements
The Celestial Ephemeris Pole / 2.7.8：
List of symbols and indices / 1.1.2.5：
Magnetization
References for 2.2.1.2
Magnesium-centered radicals
References for 3.1 and 3.2
KNO3 family
Elemento-organic compounds
Phenyl radicals
References for 2.7 / 6.3.1：
Differential np charge exchange cross sections at high energies / 2.2.2：
The sun
Magnetocrystalline anisotropy constants / 18：
Sternheimer antishielding factor for atoms, free ions and ions in crystals
Radioactive heat production in the continental crust (See Vol. 2A) / 2.8：
Elements with two or three internal rotors / A. Berndt1.3.4：
Bibliography for 1.2
Arrott plots / 1.1.2.6：
Climate variations
Aluminum-centered radicals / H. Oesterreicher2.4.2.3：
PbHPO4 family
Vinyl and acyl radicals
Polarization parameters of elastic np scattering / E.A. Lubimova6.3.2：
The quiet sun
Saturated cyclic compounds / 19：
Magnetostriction coefficients
Transition frequencies between nuclear quadrupole energy levels
Carbon radicals with conjugated &pi-systems / K. Oesterreicher
Observational techniques / 1.1.2.7：
Magnetic anisotropy
Silicon-centered radicals
KDP (KH2PO4) family / 4.1：
Unsaturated cyclic and aromatic compounds
Aromatic radical cations
Temperature profiles in the earth's interior / 6.3.3：
Differential cross sections and polarization of elastic (anti-p)p scattering / 1.2.13：
Solar activity
Form factors, densities and magnetic moments / 20：
Eigenvalues for the nuclear quadrupole resonance spectra for I = 5/2
Compounds based on rare earth elements and B
Seismicity and the interior of the earth / 2.4.2.4：
Space-time scales / 1.1.2.8：
High-frequency properties
Information sources
Phosphorus-centered radicals / F.D. Stacey2.8.1：
(NH4)2SO4 family / 4.2：
Polymer radicals / 2.1.1：
The planets and their satellites / 6.3.4：
Hyperfine fields, isomer shifts and relaxation time / G. Schneider21：
Eigenvalues for the nuclear quadrupole resonance spectra for I = 7/2
Binary rare earth borides
Radicals with 3 conjugated π-electrons
Equations of motion / A.L.J. Beckwith1.4.1：
Hall resistivity
Remarks on statistical problems
Heat transport in the earth's interior / 2.10：
Sulfur-centered radicals
NH4HSO4 family / 4.2.1：
Mechanical data of the planets and satellites / 6.3.5：
Seismicity / 22：
Spin wave properties
Eigenvalues for the nuclear quadrupole resonance spectra for I = 9/2
Allyl and deuterated allyl radicals
Carbon-centered radicals: Fragmentation and rearrangement reactions / 1.4.2：
Kinematics of linear small-scale waves / 1.1.2.10：
Remarks on some concepts of metallurgy
History of paleoclimate and neoclimate before the modern interval
Electrical properties of the earth's interior
Chlorine-centered radicals
(NH4)3H(SO4)2 family / 4.2.2：
Linear and symmetric top moleculesJ. Demaison
General features of the data / 6.3.6：
Physics of the planets and satellites
g factors and ferromagnetic resonance properties / 23：
Nuclear quadrupole resonance data
Alkyl-substituted allyl radicals / U. Schmucker
Spectral models / 1.4.3：
Quenched bulk alloys
History of neoclimate since the modern interval (1659 AD)
Potassium-centered radicals / 2.4.2.6：
NH4LiSO4 family / 4.2.3：
Table of differential cross sections for elastic (anti-p)p scattering / 6.3.7：
Small bodies in the solar system
Asymmetric top molecules / 24：
Fermi surfaces, band structures, exchange energies and electron spin polarizations
Depth distribution of the electrical conductivity
Allyl radicals containing F, Cl, Br
Fragmentation reactions / 1.4.4：
Spectral dynamics / 1.1.2.12：
Quench-condensation
Overview of the northern hemisphere temperature variations
Calcium-centered radicals / 2.8.1.3：
Langbeinite-type family / 4.2.4：
Table of polarization parameters for elastic (anti-p)p scattering / 6.3.8：
The asteroids (minor planets)
Geometric and dynamic source parameters / 25：
Optical constants, magneto-optic Kerr or Faraday effect
Resonance data tables
Hindered rotation / 2.4.2.7：
Allyl radicals containing O
Rearrangement reactions / 1.4.5：
References for 6.3 / 1.1.2.13：
Annealing
Spectral overview of the northern hemisphere temperature variations
Scandium-centered radicals / 2.8.2：
Lecontite (NaNH4SO4·2H2O) family / 4.2.5：
Errata
References for 1.4 / 1.5.1.4.4：
Meteors and meteorites
Radiation pattern and source mechanisms / 26：
Index of substances (See Vol.13E)
Specific heat, resistivity, magnetoresistance, Hall coefficients, Seebeck coefficients and thermal conductivity
Deuterium / W. Zahel
Allyl radicals containing S
Ageing / 3.3.3：
Summary of possible causes of climate variations
Vanadium-centered radicals / 2.3.1.2：
Alum (NH4Fe(SO4)2·12H2O) family / 4.2.6：
Symmetric top rnolecules / 1.5.1.4.5：
Kaon nucleon elastic and charge exchange scattering / 1.2.20：
Comets
Seismic source spectrum and magnitude / 27：
References for 1.1.2
Astronomical tides
Lithium
Derivation of apparent resistivity estimates from experimental electric and electromagnetic data / 2.8.1.5：
Allyl radicals containing N and P
Cold working / 3.3.4：
Cobalt-centered radicals / 2.3.1.3：
GASH (C(NH2)3Al(SO4)2·6H2O) family / 4.2.7：
Linear and symmetric top molecules
Survey of data / 1.5.1.5：
Interplanetary dust and zodiacal light
The spatial distribution of earthquake foci / 28：
Alloys between 3d elements
Beryllium
Inversion of electromagnetic response estimates
Allyl radicals containing Si, Ge, and Sn
Surveys / 3.3.5：
Glossary
Copper-centered radicals / 2.3.1.4：
LiH3(SeO3)2 family / 4.2.8：
Interplanetary particles and magnetic field / D. Bonnenberg1.5.1.6：
Seismic return period and earthquake statistics / 29：
The tide-generating potential
Boron
Asymmetric top rnolecules / 2.4.2.9：
Principle constraints of interpretation
Methylene allyl radicals
3d transition elements with Cu / K.A. Hempel3.4：
References for 15
Zinc-centered radicals / 2.8.2.1：
Colemanite (Ca2B6O11·5H2O) / 4.2.9：
Tables of total cross sections of (K+-)p and (K+-)d scattering / 1.5.1.7：
Abundances of the elements in the solar system
Macroseismic effects / 30：
The tidal dynamical equations / H.P.J. Wijn
- 9 Nitrogen / D. Etling
Magnetic constants
General notes on response data and models in figures and tables of subsection 2.3.1
Iminoallyl radicals
3d transition elements with Ag / A. Dubrulle3.5：
Gallium-centered radicals / 10：
Tables of differential cross sections for elastic (K+-)p scattering / 4.2.10：
Chronology of the solar system
K4Fe(CN)6·3H2O family
Earthquake prediction
Alloys between Fe, Co or Ni
Time dependence of the tidal field of motion
The Planetary Boundary Layer (PBL)
Oxygen
The electrical resistivity in the continental crust / 2.8.2.2：
Phenyl- and aryl-substituted allyl radicals
Comprehensive index (See Vol.2C)
3d transition elements with Au / 31：
RNi compounds / 16.1：
Germanium-centered radicals / 2.3.1.7：
Diatomic rnolecules / 4.2.11：
Tables of differential cross sections for charge exchange scattering / 1.2.25：
SC(NH2)2
C-C bonds
References for 2.1.1
Phase diagrams, lattice parameters
Open ocean tides
Sodium
The electrical resistivity of the mantle from observations on continents / 2.9.2：
Aza-allyl and phospha-allyl radicals
References for 1.5.1 / 32：
Arsenic-centered radicals / W. HUTtner16.2：
C-Si and C-Ge bonds / 4.2.12：
Tables of polarizations in elastic (K+-)p scattering / G. Müller1.5.2：
N(CH3)4HgCl3 family
Magnetic properties
Co-oscillating tides
The vertical structure of the PBL
Magnesium
The resistivity of crust and mantle beneath oceans
Semicyclic allyl radicals
C-O bonds / 33：
Selenium-centered radicals / W. Zürn1.2.1.2.1：
References for 2 / 4.2.13：
Cu(HCOO)2·4H2O
C-S and C-Se bonds
Vertical distribution of tidal currents
3d elements and Be, Mg, Zn or Hg
Theoretical basis
Aluminum
References for 2.3.1 / 2.8.2.4：
Cyclopropenyl radicals
Seismic waves and free oscillations / 34：
Bromine-centered radicals / 1.2.1.2.2：
C-N and C-P bonds / 4.2.14：
DSP (Ca2Sr(CH3CH2COO)6) family / V. Haak2.1.2.0：
Hyperfine magnetic fields, isomer shifts
References for 6.4
Alloys and compounds of 3d elements with Be
The surface layer
Sulfur
Isocyclic allyl radicals
Other bonds / 35：
Krypton-centered radicals / 1.2.1.2.3：
Index of substances (See Vol.19D3) / E. Mittelsteadt4.2.15：
Anomalies of the electrical conductivity in the earth's crust and upper mantle
CH2ClCOONH4 family / 1.2.29：
Spin waves
Alloys and compounds of 3d elements with Mg
The Planetary Boundary Layer
Chlorine
Heterocyclic allyl radicals / 2.8.2.5：
Body waves / 36：
Rubidium-centered radicals / 1.2.1.2.4：
Upwelling regions / 4.2.16：
Chlorine (See Vol.20B)
TGS ((NH2CH2COOH)3·H2SO4) family / 1.2.30：
Atomic magnetic moment, magnetic moment density, g and g' factor
Alloys and compounds of 3d elements with Zn or Hg / 7.1：
Observations in the PBL
Potassium - Rubidium (See Vol.20B)
Bicyclic and tricyclic allyl radicals / 2.3.2.1：
Surface waves / 37：
Zirconium - Bismuth (See Vol.20C) / 1.2.1.2.5：
Strontium-centered radicals
NH2CH2COOH·AgNO3 / 4.2.17：
Spontaneous magnetization, Curie temperature
References for 1.5.2 / 7.2：
Modelling of the PBL
Diagrams of NQR frequencies and related properties (See Vol.20C)
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on allyl radicals / 2.3.2.2：
Free oscillations / 38：
Yttrium-centered radicals / 1.2.1.2.6：
Open ocean upwelling zones / 4.2.18：
Representation of experimental data / J.G. Booth
(NH2CH2COOH)2·HNO3 / 1.2.32：
High-field susceptibility
Allenyl (propargyl) radicals / 7.3：
Diagrams / 39：
Niobium-centered radicals / 2.4.2.16：
Coastal upwelling / 4.2.19：
3d elements and B, Al, Ga, In or TI
Resolution and reliability / 4.3：
(NH2CH2COOH)2·MnCl2·2H2O / 1.2.33：
References for 2.1.2
Magnetocrystalline anisotropy
References for chapter 4 / 7.4：
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on allenyl radicals / 2.3.2.4：
Rhodium-centered radicals / 40：
References
References for 7 / A.M. Dziewonski
Structure formulas (See Vol.20C)
Selection of anomalies / 2.8.2.8：
(CH3NHCH2COOH)3·CaCl2 / 1.2.34：
Appendix: Additions to Chapter 2 Index of substances (See Vol.14B)
Magnetostriction
References for 16 / 8：
Radicals with 5 conjugated π-electrons / 2.4.2.17：
Indexes (See Vol.20C) / D.L. Anderson ; G. Koslowski41：
Silver-centered radicals
3d-B alloys and compounds / 4.3.1：
Presentation of results
Rochelle salt (NaKC4H4O6·4H2O) family / 1.2.35：
Magnetomechanical properties, elastic moduli, sound velocity
Index of gross molecular formulas / 1.5.3.3：
Pentadienyl radicals / 2.8.2.9：
Structure, elastic and rheological properties and density of the earth's interior / 42：
Ice in the ocean / 1.2.1.2.10：
Cadmium-centered radicals / 2.4.2.18：
3d-Al alloys and compounds / 4.3.2：
Index of substance names
List of compiled conductivity anomalies
LiNH4C4H4O6·H2O family / 1.2.36：
Thermomagnetic properties, thermal expansion coefficient, specific heat, Debye temperature, thermal conductivity
Pentadiinyl radicals / 1.5.3.3.1：
Index of CAS registry numbers / 1.2.1.2.11：
Indium-centered radicals
Miscellanea / 4.3.3：
Sc-Al / 2.1.3.1：
Errata (See Vol.20C)
Description of anomalies
Galvanomagnetic properties / 1.2.37：
Corrections (See Vol.31B) / 1.5.3.3.2：
Semicyclic pentadienyl radicals / 2.4.2.19：
The Gross Earth Data Set
Structure of sea ice / 1.2.1.2.12：
Tin-centered radicals
Miscellaneous crystals (including oxides) and polymers / 4.3.4：
Ti-Al / 2.1.3.2：
References for 2.3.2
Magneto-optical properties / 1.2.38：
Cyclopentadienyl radicals / 1.5.3.3.3：
The earth model
Salinity of sea ice / 1.2.1.2.13：
Composition of the earth's interior (See Vol. 2A) / 2.4.2.20：
Antimony-centered radicals
Liquid crystals and related liquids / 4.3.5：
V-Al / 2.1.3.3：
Ferromagnetic resonance properties / 1.2.39：
Tides of the earth (See Vol. 2A) / 1.5.3.3.4：
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on cyclopentadienyl radicals
Thermophysical properties of sea ice / 1.2.1.3：
Tellurium-centered radicals
Cr-Al / 4.3.6：
Gravity field and figure of the earth (See Vol. 2A) / 2.8.2.11：
References for 2.1.3 / 1.2.40：
References for 1.2.1
Cyclohexadienyl radicals / 1.5.3.3.5：
Elastic properties and deformation of sea ice / 2.1.4：
References for 2.4
Iodine-centered radicals
Mn-Al / C. Prodehl ; K. Adachi4.3.7：
Magnetic field of the earth
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on cyclohexadienyl radicals / A. Chelkowski1.2.41：
Strength of sea ice
Xenon-centered radicals
Structure of the earth's crust and upper mantle / 4.3.8：
Alloys between Ti, V, Cr or Mn
Fe-Al / 8.6：
Compounds of rare earth elements and 4d or 5d elements / 2.8.2.12：
Pyryl radicals
Ice cover characteristics of the world ocean
Sources of the geomagnetic field / 2.5.1：
Cesium-centered radicals
Co-Al / 4.3.9：
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on pyryl radicals / 4.1.1：
References for 8
External part of the earth's magnetic field / 2.5.2：
Barium-centered radicals
Procedure of interpretation / 4.3.10：
V-Ti
Ni-Al / 9：
Pseudoternary compounds / H.G. Gierloff-emden4.1.2：
Survey of compounds and properties
Thiapyryl radicals
Internal part of the earth's magnetic field / 2.8.3.1：
Lanthanum-centered radicals
Main features of continental and oceanic crustal structure / 4.3.11：
Cr-Ti
3d-Ga compounds
Coastal oceanography / 4.1.3：
Compounds with transition metal substitution / 1.5.3.4.1：
Pyridinyl radicals
Spherical harmonics in geomagnetism / 9.1：
Tungsten-centered radicals
Presentation of individual results / 4.3.12：
Cr-V
Sc-Ga
References for 2.5
Definitions and spatial extensions / 4.1.4：
Compounds with rare earth metal substitution / 1.5.3.4.2：
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on pyridinyl radicals
References for 4.1 / 9.2：
Gold-centered radicals
Main features of the structure of the lower lithosphere and asthenosphere / 4.3.13：
Mn-Ti
Ti-Ga
Classification of coasts / 1.2.47：
References for 2.8 / 1.5.3.4.3：
Phosphorinyl radicals
Magnetic field on the surface and the interior of the earth / 9.3：
Mercury-centered radicals
References for 2.1.4 / 4.4：
Mn-V
V-Ga
The high-energy environment of the coastal zone / 1.2.48：
Radicals with 7 conjugated π-electrons / W. Bosum1.5.3.4.4：
Thallium-centered radicals / 9.4：
Mn-Cr / 4.4.1：
Cr-Ga
Compounds of rare earth elements and Al, Ga, In or Tl
The shore as the interaction zone of sea and land / R. Pucher1.2.49：
Heptatrienyl radicals / 1.5.3.4.5：
Lead-centered radicals / H. Roeser9.5：
Mn-Ga / 4.4.2：
Wave effects on coasts / 1.2.50：
Cycloheptatrienyl radicals / 1.5.3.4.6：
Alloys of Fe, Co or Ni and Ti, V, Cr or Mn / R. Von Herzen
Crustal anomalies and their cause / 9.6：
Bismuth-centered radicals
Fe-Ga / 4.4.3：
Tide effects on coasts / 4.2.1.0：
Cyclooctatrienyl radicals / 1.5.3.4.7：
Oceanic heat flow data
Ytterbium-centered radicals / 9.7：
Co-Ga / 4.4.4：
Estuaries and lagoons as coastal water bodies / 4.2.1.1：
Benzyl radicals / 1.5.3.4.8：
Fe-Ti
Definition of the crustal anomalies / 9.8：
References for 1.2
Ni-Ga / 4.4.5：
References for 2.9
Coastal lagoons / 4.2.1.2：
Benzyl-type radicals containing heterocyclic 6 π-electron ring systems / A. V.Zelewsky1.5.3.4.9：
Western and South Pacific
Fe-V
Layout and execution of geomagnetic surveys / 9.9：
Cu-Ga / 4.4.6：
River discharge affecting coastal waters / C. Daul4.2.1.3：
Bicyclic benzyl-type radicals derived from indanone and phthalide / 1.5.3.5：
Northeast and Central Pacific
Fe-Cr
Compounds of rare earth elements and C, Si, Ge, Sn or Pb / 9.10：
Data handling
3d-In alloys and compounds / 4.4.7：
Radicals in metal complexes / 2.10.1：
Chemical and biological effects on the coastal zone
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on benzyl radicals / 1.5.3.5.1：
East Pacific
Fe-Mn
Interpretation methods / 9.11：
Sc-In / 4.5：
Climatologic-meteorologic effects on coasts. Oceanic-atmospheric coupled systems / 2.10.2：
Radicals with 9 conjugated π-electrons / 1.5.3.5.2：
North Atlantic
Co-Tl
Magnetic anomalies of the continental crust / 9.12：
Mn-In / 4.5.1：
Sea level change and the coastal zone / 2.10.3：
Cyclooctatetraenylmethyl / 1.5.3.5.3：
South Atlantic
Co-V
Marine magnetic anomalies / 9.13：
Ni-In / 4.5.2：
Complexes of group IIa: Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba / 2.10.4：
References for 9
Indenyl and related radicals / 1.5.3.6：
Indian Ocean
Co-Cr
References for 2.10
Economic aspects
3d-Tl alloys and compounds / 4.5.3：
Complexes of group IIIb: B, Al, Ga, In / 4.2.1.8：
alpha-Hydronaphthyl and related radicals / 1.5.3.7：
Marginal Seas
Co-Mn
Bibliography for 4.2.1
References for 1.5.3 / 4.5.4：
Complexes of group IVb: Ge, Sn, Pb
Cyclohexadienyl-type radicals derived from indole and carbazole
References for 2.2.1.1
Ni-Ti
Complexes of group Vb: Sb / 4.5.5：
Continental heat flow data (See Vol. 2B)
Magnetic and electric fields due to electromagnetic induction by external sources
beta-Hydronaphthyl and related radicals / 2.2.5：
Ni-V
Complexes of group IIIa: Y, La, Lu / L. Rybach4.2.2.0：
Quinolinyl and related radicals / 2.2.6：
Ni-Cr
Radioactive heat production in the continental crust / 4.2.2.1：
Complexes of group IVa: Ti / 1.2.3.12：
Basic observations and theoretical concepts
Cyclohexadienyl-type radicals derived from anthracene and phenanthrene and related to hydro-naphthyl / 2.2.7：
Temperature profiles in the earth's interior (See Vol. 2B)
Ni-Mn
Complexes of group Va: V / 4.2.2.2：
Heat transport in the earth's interior (See Vol. 2B)
Response functions for induced magnetic and electric fields
Radicals with 11 conjugated π-electrons / 2.2.8：
V-Cr-Mn
Electrical properties of the earth's interior (See Vol. 2B) / 4.2.2.3：
Complexes of group VIa: Cr, Mo, W / 1.2.3.14：
Natural earth potentials and earth currents
Radicals with 13 conjugated π-electrons / 2.2.9：
Fe-V-Cr / I. Jackson
Complexes of group VIIa: Mn, Re / 4.2.2.4：
Derivation of external source fields from surface observations
Phenalenyl (perinaphthenyl) radicals / 2.2.10：
Composition of the earth's interior
Fe-Cr-Mn
Complexes of group VIII: Fe, Ru, Co, Rh, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt / 4.2.2.5：
References for 4.2.2
Diphenylmethyl radicals / 2.2.11：
Co-V-Cr
Complexes of group Ib: Cu, Ag / D. Voppel4.7.3：
Fluorenyl radicals / 2.2.12：
Co-Cr-Mn
Observation and description of the main geomagnetic field and its secular variation / 4.7.4：
Complexes of group IIb: Zn, Cd, Hg
Dibenzocyclohexadienyl and related radicals / 4.2.3.0：
The crust
Fe-Co-Ti
List of symbols, quantities, units and abbreviations / 4.7.5：
References for 2.2
Index of Substances (See Vol.9D2) / 4.2.3.1：
Dibenzocycloheptatrienyl and related radicals
The upper mantle
Fe-Co-V
Benzo[cd]pyrenyl / 4.7.6：
The transition zone
Fe-Co-Cr
Observation of the earth's magnetic field / 4.7.7：
Xanthyl radicals / V：
The lower mantle
Fe-Co-Mn
Combined index of substances for Vols.16A and 16B / 4.7.8：
Analyses of observations / 2.4.7：
Thioxanthyl and related radicals / 4.2.3.4：
The core
Fe-Ni-V
Knowledge gained from spherical harmonic models / 4.7.9：
Selenoxanthyl and related radicals / 4.2.3.5：
Fe-Ni-Cr
References for 4.2.3 / 4.7.10：
Acridinyl and related radicals
Tides of the earth
Fe-Ni-Mn
Dibenzosilacyclohexadienyl and related radicals / F.H. Busse4.7.11：
List of symbols and abbreviations for 2.5.1 and 2.5.2
Co-Ni-Ti
Material properties entering the theory of the main geomagnetic field
Diphenylmethyl-type radicals containing heterocyclic 6 π-electron ring systems / H. Wilhelm ; H. Soffel4.7.12：
Co-Ni-Mn
Palaeomagnetism and archaeomagnetism / 4.7.13：
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on diphenylmethyl radicals
References for 1.2.2 and 1.2.3
Tidal forcing field / 4.3.0：
Radicals with 19 conjugated π-electrons / S. Misawa2.5.1.1：
Introduction, definitions, hypotheses / K. Kanematsu4.8.1：
Triphenylmethyl radicals
Expansion in spherical harmonics / 4.8.2：
4d and 5d elements, alloys and compounds
Apparent polar wander paths (APWP) / 2.5.1.3：
9-Phenylfluorenyl radicals
Equatorial and ecliptical coordinates / 4.8.3：
Introduction to the paramagnetism of 4d and 5d transition metals
Geomagnetic polarity time scale, magnetostratigraphy, palaeo-secular variation / 2.5.1.4：
9-Phenylxanthyl radicals
Components / 4.8.4：
Magnetic susceptibility
Determination of the intensity of the ancient geomagnetic field / 2.5.1.5：
9-Naphthylxanthyl radicals
Astronomical variables. Time / 4.8.5：
Magnetic susceptibility as a function of composition
Geomagnetic field during a polarity transition / 2.5.1.6：
Dioxydehydrocoranthryl and sesquixanthydryl
Harmonic development / 4.8.6：
High-field magnetization
Archaeomagnetism / 2.5.1.7：
9-Phenylthioxanthyl
References for 2.5.1 / 4.8.7：
Magnetization density
Palaeomagnetism of samples of extraterrestrial origin / 1.3.6：
9-Phenylselenoxanthyl
Knight shift / 4.8.8：
References for 4.3 / 1.3.7：
9-Phenylacridinyl
Tides of the solid earth / 4.8.9：
Transport of masses in the earth's interior / 1.3.8：
Triphenylmethyl-type radicals containing 5-membered ring systems especially thiophene
Magnetoresistance and Hall effect / 2.5.2.1：
Relief of the earth's surface and of the sea floor / 1.3.9：
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on triphenylmethyl radicals
Magnetic field dependence of the electronic specific heat coefficient / 2.5.2.2：
Body tides / H. Hagedorn
References for 4 / 1.3.10：
Effect of plastic deformation on the susceptibility / 2.5.2.3：
The relief of the earth's surface
Observations
References for 1.3 / 1.3.11：
The hypsographic curve
Load tides
Alloys and compounds of 3d elements and 4d or 5d elements / 5.1.1.2：
Area of continents and oceans
Systematic effects
Structural forms due to endogenic processes / M. Shiga5.1.1.3：
Local elastic inhomogeneities
3d elements and Zr, Nb, Mo or Hf, Ta, W, Re / 5.1.1.4：
Exogenic continental relief / 1.4.1.1：
Meteorological effects
Weathering / 5.1.1.5：
References for 2.5.2
Ti and V alloys and compounds / 5.1.1.6：
Exogenic relief-forming processes / P. Brosche1.4.1.3：
Cr alloys and compounds / J. Sündermann5.1.1.7：
Ice and glaciated areas / 1.4.1.4：
Tidal friction and dynamics of the earth-moon-system / 5.1.1.8：
Mn alloys and compounds
References for 5.1.1 / 2.5.3.0：
Fe alloys and compounds / 5.1.2：
The principle / H.G. Gierloff-Emden2.5.3.1：
Co and Ni alloys and compounds
Relief of the sea floor
References for 1.4.1 / 2.5.3.2：
Balances of energy and angular momentum / 2.5.3.3：
Geomorphology of the sea floor
Long time integration / 2.5.3.4：
Documentation and presentation of the relief of the sea on maps
3d elements and Ru, Rh, Pd or Os, Ir, Pt / 2.5.3.5：
Bibliography for 2.5.3 / 5.1.2.3：
Hypsography of the relief of the sea floor
3d-rich alloys
Hypsometric statistics of the sea floor / H.-G. Kahle5.1.2.4：
Concentrated alloys and intermetallic compounds
Gravity field and figure of the earth / 5.1.2.5：
Terms for horizontal and vertical dimensions of oceans and sea floors / 1.4.2.2.0：
Gravity potential of the earth / 5.1.2.6：
Subdivision of the seafloor into physiographic provinces / 1.4.2.2.1：
Sc, Ti, and V alloys and compounds
Fundamental notions of gravimetry / 5.1.2.7：
Classification of the ocean floor features / 1.4.2.2.2：
Gravimetric measuring techniques / 5.1.2.8：
Morphologic units of the oceans: description of forms / 1.4.2.2.3：
Reference ellipsoid and geoid / 5.1.2.9：
Tectonic-morphogenetic units of the mid-atlantic ridge and adjacent areas / 1.4.2.2.4：
Satellite geodesy and the earth's gravitational potential V / 5.1.2.10：
Classification of global physiographic units of the Atlantic Ocean, topographic-bathymetric dimension (metric) / 1.4.2.2.5：
Co alloys and compounds
References for 3 / 5.1.2.11：
The mid-ocean ridges: geomorphologic element of global scale and distribution / 1.4.2.2.6：
Magnetic field of the earth (See Vol. 2B)
Ni alloys and compounds
Classification of continental margins / 5.1.2.12：
4d- and 5d-rich alloys
Relief of the earth's surface and of the sea floor (See Vol. 2B) / 5.1.2.13：
Submarine canyons (features of macroscale)
References for 1.4.2 / 5.2：
Fracture zones (features of mesoscale to macroscale) / H. Mälzer5.1.2.14：
Recent crustal movements / 5.1.2.15：
Deep sea trenches (features of meso- to macroscale) / 5.2.0：
Abyssal hills and seamounts. Example: features of the Pacifc Ocean sea floor / 5.1.2.16：
Micro-relief of the sea floor: the roughness of the ocean bottom / 5.1.2.17：
Measurements of deformation within plate interiors and near active plate boundaries / 5.1.2.18：
Sedimentation of the ocean bottom / 5.2.3：
Measurements on a global scale / 5.1.2.19：
The mid-ocean ridges and the sea floor spreading / 5.2.4：
References for 5.2 / 5.1.2.20：
Plate tectonics and the relief of the sea floor / 5.3：
Theories and hypotheses of global tectonics (See Vol. 2B)
References for 5.1.2 / 5.1.2.21：
Recent crustal movements (See Vol. 2A)
Motions in the earth's core and core-mantle coupling
Theories and hypotheses of global tectonics / W.R. Jacoby ; R. Meissner ; P. Janle
Planetology of terrestrial planets / 5.3.0：
Historical review / 6.0：
Short description of the terrestrial planetary bodies / 5.3.3：
Plate kinematics
Absolute age determinations / 5.3.4：
Measurements of plate motions
Relative age determination / 5.3.5：
Results
Geological - geophysical interpretation of surface structures / 6.5：
Plate tectonics
Gravity studies from orbiters and density models of lithospheres / 6.6：
Plate dynamics: driving mechanisms
Additional studies from orbiter, fly-by, and descend missions / 6.7：
References for 5.3
Motions in the earth's core and core-mantle coupling (See Vol. 2A) / 6.8：
Lunar seismology
Planetology of terrestrial planets (See Vol. 2A) / 6.9：
Planetary magnetic fields and remanent magnetization
Subject index for volumes 1A, 1B and 2A, 2B
Electrical conductivity, heat flow and estimates on the lunar temperature / 6.10：
Physical conditions of the interior of planets / 6.11：
The evolution of terrestrial planets / 6.12：
Subject index for volumes 1A, 1B and 2A, 2B (see Vol. 2B) / 6.13：
The references are presented below the abstract of each pdf-document to allow cross-reference linking / Group V：
Title Page, Preface
Introductory material
24.

図書
図書
24. Verbindungen von Seltenen Erden mit 3d-, 4d- und 5d-Elementen (: gw ; : us)
E. Burzo, A. Chełkowski, H.R. Kirchmayr ; Herausgeber, H.P.J. Wijn
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1990  xiii, 545 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Gruppe 3 . Kristall- und Festkörperphysik ; Bd. 19 . Magnetische Eigenschaften von Metallen ; Teilbd. d2
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
The references are presented below the abstract of each pdf-document to allow cross-reference linking / Group V：
Title Page, Preface
Introductory material
Landolt-Bornstein
Title Page
Group III: Condensed Matter / Landolt-Börnstein ; H. Fischer0：
Group II: Molecules and Radicals
Contributors
Preface
Geophysics / 2：
Authors / Volume 16：
Notations, constants, and general relations / J. DemaisonVolume 2：
Astronomical instruments
Ferroelectrics and Related Substances
Molecular Constants Mostly from Microwave, Molecular Beam, and Electron Resonance Spectroscopy
Magnetic properties of 3d, 4d and 5d elements, alloys and compounds
Introduction / 6：
Magnetic properties of rare earth elements, alloys and compounds
Geophysics of the Solid Earth, the Moon and the Planets
General introduction
Non-Oxides / 1.1：
Subvolume A
Diamagnetic Molecules / M. Hantel ; W. Huttner1.1 - 1.4：
Ocean waves / Subvolume A：
List of space group symbols for various settings
See Vol.19A
2.3 See Vol.19D1
See Vol.19D1
Title Page, Contributors, Preface
Nucleon nucleon scattering / J.R. Morton
Optical telescopes
3d elements / D. Griller
Alphabetical list of frequently used prototypes / 6.1：
General remarks / H. Kraus1.5：
List of symbols and abbreviations / L. Magaard2.4：
List of syrnbols and abbreviations
2.5 See Vol.19D2
The earth in the planetary system (See Vol. 2A) / H.R. Kirchmayr
Alloys and compounds of 3d elements with main group elements / K.F. Preston ; H. Paul ; J.J.M. FranseI：
Total cross sections / C.-D. Schonwiese2.6：
Solar telescopes
The earth in the planetary system
Carbon-centered radicals: Radical-radical reactions
Literature covered and selection of data / L.A. Mysak1.5.1：
See Vol.19E1
Tables / E. Burzo ; R. Gersdorf1.3：
Elements / G. Zibold
Constants of diamagnetic molecules / 2.7：
Properties of the solid earth
Inorganic radicals
Nonconjugated carbon radicals
AgAlCdS - CuTeYb (See Vol.14B1) / H. WänkeI A：
Climate definition
Total and integrated cross sections for pp, pd and dd scattering / P. Morin2.1 - 2.4：
Photoelectric photometry
Classification and basic features
Arrangement of tables and data / 11.1：
Compounds of rare earth elements and 3d elements
Seismicity and the interior of the earth (See Vol. 2A)
Ti, V, Cr, Mn / 1.1.2：
DyErTe - HoPrS / 6.2：
3d elements and Cu, Ag or Au
Borides
lntroduction / 2.4.1：
Origin of the earth in the solar system / I B：
Qualitative definitions of climate / W. Rosenthal1.1.1.1：
Compounds of rare earth elements and Be, Mg, Zn, Cd or Hg / 4：
See Vol.19B
Total and integrated cross sections for neutrons on protons and nuclei / 3.1：
Photographic emulsions
Self-reactions
HoS - PTeU
Abbreviations and units used for presenting the data / 11.2：
Heat flow and temperature distribution in the earth's interior / 2.7.1：
Definition of ferroelectrics and antiferroelectrics / 1.1.3：
Ti / E. Tiemann ; E. Groten
Carbides
Alkyl radicals / 2.4.1.1：
Wind waves and swell / I C：
PaS - TeZr
The climate system / 1.5.1.2：
Dipole moments / 5：
Total cross sections of antiprotons on protons and deuterons / 1.2.1：
Spectrometers and spectrographs
Cross reactions
Indexes / 6.2.0：
General / 2.7.1.1：
Oceanic and continental heat-flow data / 2.6.1：
Remarks on some fundamental concepts and quantities / 1.6：
Survey
The motion of the earth
V
Definition of the various kinds of magnetism
Hydrides
Hydrogen-centered radicals / 2.4.1.2：
Primary alkyl radicals
List of symbols / I D：
Figures
Crystallography and metallurgy / 1.5.1.2.1：
Oceanic heat flow data (See Vol. 2A)
Differential cross sections and polarization parameters for elastic pp, pd and dd scattering / 1.2.2：
Optical high resolution methods
Relative rate constants
References for 2 and 3 (See Vol.14B1) / 6.2.1：
List of symbols and units / 11.4：
Phase diagrams. Crystal structure / 2.7.1.2：
Symbols and units / 2.2.1.2：
Abbreviations, notation and units
Cr
Spin-glass behaviour and micromagnetism
Diatomic molecules / 2.4.1.3：
Lithium-centered radicals / D.S. Chapman
Noncyclic secondary alkyl radicals
Alphabetical index of mineral and common names / J.P. LorandI E：
References for 11 / 1.5.1.2.2：
Magnetism
Differential cross sections for elastic pp scattering at low momenta / 2.6.2：
X-ray and gamma-ray instruments
Diatomic molecules: Rotational and related constants
List of universal constants / 6.2.2：
Survey of contents / G. Wlodarczak2.7.2：
Mn / 2.3：
Diamagnetism
Climate models (See Vol.4C2)
Continental heat flow data
Beryllium-centered radicals
Noncyclic tertiary alkyl radicals
Carbon-centered radicals: Radical-molecule addition reactions / I F：
The deterministic description of a linear plane wave, its energy and momentum density / 1.1.1.5：
RX compounds / 1.5.1.2.3：
Differential cross sections for elastic pp scattering at high momenta / 2.4.1.3.1：
Infrared techniques
The present global surface climate (See Vol.4C2) / 2.0：
Glossary of general abbreviations
Linear molecules / 2.7.3：
Publications on ferroelectrics / 1.9：
Units and definitions
References for 1.1.1
Paramagnetism
Units / 14：
Boron-centered radicals
Monocyclic alkyl radicals
Linear molecules: Rotational and related constants / II：
The energy density spectrum
Differential cross sections for elastic pd and dd scattering / 1.5.1.2.4：
Radio astronomical receiver systems
Tables of nuclear quadrupole interaction parameters / M.B. Stearns6.2.4：
Data
Orbital motion of the earth
Ferromagnetism
Definitions / 2.7.4：
Carbon-centered radicals
Polycyclic alkyl radicals
Methyl radical
Surface waves in deep water
Specific Surfaces Climates / 1.5.1.2.5：
Symmetric top molecules / 6.4：
Polarization parameters for elastic pp scattering / 2.2.1.2.2：
Positions and time determination, astronomical constants
Oxides (See Vol.16A)
Fe, Co, Ni
Introductory remarks / 6.2.5：
Symmetric top molecules: Rotational and related constants / 2.4.1.3.3：
Primary parameters of the earth's rotational motion in space
Antiferromagnetism / 1.1.2.1：
Measurements / J. Vogt
Nitrogen-centered radicals
σ-electronic carbon radicals
Inorganic crystals other than oxides
Other acyclic hydrocarbon radicals
Surface waves in shallow water
Scope of consideration / 1.5.1.2.6：
Differential cross sections and polarization parameters for np elastic and charge exchange scattering / 2.7.5：
Determination of astronomical latitude and longitude
Nuclear constants of quadrupolar elements / 6.2.6：
Forced nutation / 1.3.0：
Metamagnetism / 1.1.2.2：
X-rich compounds
Continental heat flow literature / 2.4.2：
Oxygen-centered radicals
Vinyl-type radicals
SbSI family
Cycloalkyl radicals
References for 6.2
Physical principles generally governing Specific Surfaces Climates / 1.5.1.3：
Time determination / 2.7.6：
Asymmetric top molecules: Rotational and related constants / 15：
Phase diagrams, lattice constants and elastic moduli
Ratios of nuclear quadrupole moments of isotopic nuclides / 14.3：
J. Demaison
The rotation of the earth / 1.3.1：
Remarks and relations concerning various quantities / D. Olbers1.1.2.3：
Continental heat flow results / 2.4.2.1：
Fluorine-centered radicals
Aryl radicals
HCl family
Inorganic molecules
Cumyl radical
Tables of differential elastic np cross sections (including charge exchange scattering) at low energies / 1.5.1.3.1：
The system of astronomical constants
Paramagnetic properties / 16：
Values of <$$> for the valence states of some neutral atoms / 14.4：
Quadrupole coupling constants / 2.7.7：
Methane, ethane, propane derivatives / 1.3.2：
Tidal dissipation
Internal gravity waves / 1.1.2.4：
Curie-Weiss law
Global heat flow
Sodium-centered radicals
Acyl radicals
NaNO2 family
Alkyl radicals containing heteroatoms
References for 14 / 6.3.0：
Ternary compounds
Differential elastic np cross sections at high energies / 2.4.2.2：
The solar system
Aliphatic molecules with double and triple carbon-bonds / 17：
Spontaneous magnetization, magnetic moments and high-field susceptibility
Atomic quadrupole coupling constants of some elements
The Celestial Ephemeris Pole / 2.7.8：
List of symbols and indices / 1.1.2.5：
Magnetization
References for 2.2.1.2
Magnesium-centered radicals
References for 3.1 and 3.2
KNO3 family
Elemento-organic compounds
Phenyl radicals
References for 2.7 / 6.3.1：
Differential np charge exchange cross sections at high energies / 2.2.2：
The sun
Magnetocrystalline anisotropy constants / 18：
Sternheimer antishielding factor for atoms, free ions and ions in crystals
Radioactive heat production in the continental crust (See Vol. 2A) / 2.8：
Elements with two or three internal rotors / A. Berndt1.3.4：
Bibliography for 1.2
Arrott plots / 1.1.2.6：
Climate variations
Aluminum-centered radicals / H. Oesterreicher2.4.2.3：
PbHPO4 family
Vinyl and acyl radicals
Polarization parameters of elastic np scattering / E.A. Lubimova6.3.2：
The quiet sun
Saturated cyclic compounds / 19：
Magnetostriction coefficients
Transition frequencies between nuclear quadrupole energy levels
Carbon radicals with conjugated &pi-systems / K. Oesterreicher
Observational techniques / 1.1.2.7：
Magnetic anisotropy
Silicon-centered radicals
KDP (KH2PO4) family / 4.1：
Unsaturated cyclic and aromatic compounds
Aromatic radical cations
Temperature profiles in the earth's interior / 6.3.3：
Differential cross sections and polarization of elastic (anti-p)p scattering / 1.2.13：
Solar activity
Form factors, densities and magnetic moments / 20：
Eigenvalues for the nuclear quadrupole resonance spectra for I = 5/2
Compounds based on rare earth elements and B
Seismicity and the interior of the earth / 2.4.2.4：
Space-time scales / 1.1.2.8：
High-frequency properties
Information sources
Phosphorus-centered radicals / F.D. Stacey2.8.1：
(NH4)2SO4 family / 4.2：
Polymer radicals / 2.1.1：
The planets and their satellites / 6.3.4：
Hyperfine fields, isomer shifts and relaxation time / G. Schneider21：
Eigenvalues for the nuclear quadrupole resonance spectra for I = 7/2
Binary rare earth borides
Radicals with 3 conjugated π-electrons
Equations of motion / A.L.J. Beckwith1.4.1：
Hall resistivity
Remarks on statistical problems
Heat transport in the earth's interior / 2.10：
Sulfur-centered radicals
NH4HSO4 family / 4.2.1：
Mechanical data of the planets and satellites / 6.3.5：
Seismicity / 22：
Spin wave properties
Eigenvalues for the nuclear quadrupole resonance spectra for I = 9/2
Allyl and deuterated allyl radicals
Carbon-centered radicals: Fragmentation and rearrangement reactions / 1.4.2：
Kinematics of linear small-scale waves / 1.1.2.10：
Remarks on some concepts of metallurgy
History of paleoclimate and neoclimate before the modern interval
Electrical properties of the earth's interior
Chlorine-centered radicals
(NH4)3H(SO4)2 family / 4.2.2：
Linear and symmetric top moleculesJ. Demaison
General features of the data / 6.3.6：
Physics of the planets and satellites
g factors and ferromagnetic resonance properties / 23：
Nuclear quadrupole resonance data
Alkyl-substituted allyl radicals / U. Schmucker
Spectral models / 1.4.3：
Quenched bulk alloys
History of neoclimate since the modern interval (1659 AD)
Potassium-centered radicals / 2.4.2.6：
NH4LiSO4 family / 4.2.3：
Table of differential cross sections for elastic (anti-p)p scattering / 6.3.7：
Small bodies in the solar system
Asymmetric top molecules / 24：
Fermi surfaces, band structures, exchange energies and electron spin polarizations
Depth distribution of the electrical conductivity
Allyl radicals containing F, Cl, Br
Fragmentation reactions / 1.4.4：
Spectral dynamics / 1.1.2.12：
Quench-condensation
Overview of the northern hemisphere temperature variations
Calcium-centered radicals / 2.8.1.3：
Langbeinite-type family / 4.2.4：
Table of polarization parameters for elastic (anti-p)p scattering / 6.3.8：
The asteroids (minor planets)
Geometric and dynamic source parameters / 25：
Optical constants, magneto-optic Kerr or Faraday effect
Resonance data tables
Hindered rotation / 2.4.2.7：
Allyl radicals containing O
Rearrangement reactions / 1.4.5：
References for 6.3 / 1.1.2.13：
Annealing
Spectral overview of the northern hemisphere temperature variations
Scandium-centered radicals / 2.8.2：
Lecontite (NaNH4SO4·2H2O) family / 4.2.5：
Errata
References for 1.4 / 1.5.1.4.4：
Meteors and meteorites
Radiation pattern and source mechanisms / 26：
Index of substances (See Vol.13E)
Specific heat, resistivity, magnetoresistance, Hall coefficients, Seebeck coefficients and thermal conductivity
Deuterium / W. Zahel
Allyl radicals containing S
Ageing / 3.3.3：
Summary of possible causes of climate variations
Vanadium-centered radicals / 2.3.1.2：
Alum (NH4Fe(SO4)2·12H2O) family / 4.2.6：
Symmetric top rnolecules / 1.5.1.4.5：
Kaon nucleon elastic and charge exchange scattering / 1.2.20：
Comets
Seismic source spectrum and magnitude / 27：
References for 1.1.2
Astronomical tides
Lithium
Derivation of apparent resistivity estimates from experimental electric and electromagnetic data / 2.8.1.5：
Allyl radicals containing N and P
Cold working / 3.3.4：
Cobalt-centered radicals / 2.3.1.3：
GASH (C(NH2)3Al(SO4)2·6H2O) family / 4.2.7：
Linear and symmetric top molecules
Survey of data / 1.5.1.5：
Interplanetary dust and zodiacal light
The spatial distribution of earthquake foci / 28：
Alloys between 3d elements
Beryllium
Inversion of electromagnetic response estimates
Allyl radicals containing Si, Ge, and Sn
Surveys / 3.3.5：
Glossary
Copper-centered radicals / 2.3.1.4：
LiH3(SeO3)2 family / 4.2.8：
Interplanetary particles and magnetic field / D. Bonnenberg1.5.1.6：
Seismic return period and earthquake statistics / 29：
The tide-generating potential
Boron
Asymmetric top rnolecules / 2.4.2.9：
Principle constraints of interpretation
Methylene allyl radicals
3d transition elements with Cu / K.A. Hempel3.4：
References for 15
Zinc-centered radicals / 2.8.2.1：
Colemanite (Ca2B6O11·5H2O) / 4.2.9：
Tables of total cross sections of (K+-)p and (K+-)d scattering / 1.5.1.7：
Abundances of the elements in the solar system
Macroseismic effects / 30：
The tidal dynamical equations / H.P.J. Wijn
- 9 Nitrogen / D. Etling
Magnetic constants
General notes on response data and models in figures and tables of subsection 2.3.1
Iminoallyl radicals
3d transition elements with Ag / A. Dubrulle3.5：
Gallium-centered radicals / 10：
Tables of differential cross sections for elastic (K+-)p scattering / 4.2.10：
Chronology of the solar system
K4Fe(CN)6·3H2O family
Earthquake prediction
Alloys between Fe, Co or Ni
Time dependence of the tidal field of motion
The Planetary Boundary Layer (PBL)
Oxygen
The electrical resistivity in the continental crust / 2.8.2.2：
Phenyl- and aryl-substituted allyl radicals
Comprehensive index (See Vol.2C)
3d transition elements with Au / 31：
RNi compounds / 16.1：
Germanium-centered radicals / 2.3.1.7：
Diatomic rnolecules / 4.2.11：
Tables of differential cross sections for charge exchange scattering / 1.2.25：
SC(NH2)2
C-C bonds
References for 2.1.1
Phase diagrams, lattice parameters
Open ocean tides
Sodium
The electrical resistivity of the mantle from observations on continents / 2.9.2：
Aza-allyl and phospha-allyl radicals
References for 1.5.1 / 32：
Arsenic-centered radicals / W. HUTtner16.2：
C-Si and C-Ge bonds / 4.2.12：
Tables of polarizations in elastic (K+-)p scattering / G. Müller1.5.2：
N(CH3)4HgCl3 family
Magnetic properties
Co-oscillating tides
The vertical structure of the PBL
Magnesium
The resistivity of crust and mantle beneath oceans
Semicyclic allyl radicals
C-O bonds / 33：
Selenium-centered radicals / W. Zürn1.2.1.2.1：
References for 2 / 4.2.13：
Cu(HCOO)2·4H2O
C-S and C-Se bonds
Vertical distribution of tidal currents
3d elements and Be, Mg, Zn or Hg
Theoretical basis
Aluminum
References for 2.3.1 / 2.8.2.4：
Cyclopropenyl radicals
Seismic waves and free oscillations / 34：
Bromine-centered radicals / 1.2.1.2.2：
C-N and C-P bonds / 4.2.14：
DSP (Ca2Sr(CH3CH2COO)6) family / V. Haak2.1.2.0：
Hyperfine magnetic fields, isomer shifts
References for 6.4
Alloys and compounds of 3d elements with Be
The surface layer
Sulfur
Isocyclic allyl radicals
Other bonds / 35：
Krypton-centered radicals / 1.2.1.2.3：
Index of substances (See Vol.19D3) / E. Mittelsteadt4.2.15：
Anomalies of the electrical conductivity in the earth's crust and upper mantle
CH2ClCOONH4 family / 1.2.29：
Spin waves
Alloys and compounds of 3d elements with Mg
The Planetary Boundary Layer
Chlorine
Heterocyclic allyl radicals / 2.8.2.5：
Body waves / 36：
Rubidium-centered radicals / 1.2.1.2.4：
Upwelling regions / 4.2.16：
Chlorine (See Vol.20B)
TGS ((NH2CH2COOH)3·H2SO4) family / 1.2.30：
Atomic magnetic moment, magnetic moment density, g and g' factor
Alloys and compounds of 3d elements with Zn or Hg / 7.1：
Observations in the PBL
Potassium - Rubidium (See Vol.20B)
Bicyclic and tricyclic allyl radicals / 2.3.2.1：
Surface waves / 37：
Zirconium - Bismuth (See Vol.20C) / 1.2.1.2.5：
Strontium-centered radicals
NH2CH2COOH·AgNO3 / 4.2.17：
Spontaneous magnetization, Curie temperature
References for 1.5.2 / 7.2：
Modelling of the PBL
Diagrams of NQR frequencies and related properties (See Vol.20C)
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on allyl radicals / 2.3.2.2：
Free oscillations / 38：
Yttrium-centered radicals / 1.2.1.2.6：
Open ocean upwelling zones / 4.2.18：
Representation of experimental data / J.G. Booth
(NH2CH2COOH)2·HNO3 / 1.2.32：
High-field susceptibility
Allenyl (propargyl) radicals / 7.3：
Diagrams / 39：
Niobium-centered radicals / 2.4.2.16：
Coastal upwelling / 4.2.19：
3d elements and B, Al, Ga, In or TI
Resolution and reliability / 4.3：
(NH2CH2COOH)2·MnCl2·2H2O / 1.2.33：
References for 2.1.2
Magnetocrystalline anisotropy
References for chapter 4 / 7.4：
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on allenyl radicals / 2.3.2.4：
Rhodium-centered radicals / 40：
References
References for 7 / A.M. Dziewonski
Structure formulas (See Vol.20C)
Selection of anomalies / 2.8.2.8：
(CH3NHCH2COOH)3·CaCl2 / 1.2.34：
Appendix: Additions to Chapter 2 Index of substances (See Vol.14B)
Magnetostriction
References for 16 / 8：
Radicals with 5 conjugated π-electrons / 2.4.2.17：
Indexes (See Vol.20C) / D.L. Anderson ; G. Koslowski41：
Silver-centered radicals
3d-B alloys and compounds / 4.3.1：
Presentation of results
Rochelle salt (NaKC4H4O6·4H2O) family / 1.2.35：
Magnetomechanical properties, elastic moduli, sound velocity
Index of gross molecular formulas / 1.5.3.3：
Pentadienyl radicals / 2.8.2.9：
Structure, elastic and rheological properties and density of the earth's interior / 42：
Ice in the ocean / 1.2.1.2.10：
Cadmium-centered radicals / 2.4.2.18：
3d-Al alloys and compounds / 4.3.2：
Index of substance names
List of compiled conductivity anomalies
LiNH4C4H4O6·H2O family / 1.2.36：
Thermomagnetic properties, thermal expansion coefficient, specific heat, Debye temperature, thermal conductivity
Pentadiinyl radicals / 1.5.3.3.1：
Index of CAS registry numbers / 1.2.1.2.11：
Indium-centered radicals
Miscellanea / 4.3.3：
Sc-Al / 2.1.3.1：
Errata (See Vol.20C)
Description of anomalies
Galvanomagnetic properties / 1.2.37：
Corrections (See Vol.31B) / 1.5.3.3.2：
Semicyclic pentadienyl radicals / 2.4.2.19：
The Gross Earth Data Set
Structure of sea ice / 1.2.1.2.12：
Tin-centered radicals
Miscellaneous crystals (including oxides) and polymers / 4.3.4：
Ti-Al / 2.1.3.2：
References for 2.3.2
Magneto-optical properties / 1.2.38：
Cyclopentadienyl radicals / 1.5.3.3.3：
The earth model
Salinity of sea ice / 1.2.1.2.13：
Composition of the earth's interior (See Vol. 2A) / 2.4.2.20：
Antimony-centered radicals
Liquid crystals and related liquids / 4.3.5：
V-Al / 2.1.3.3：
Ferromagnetic resonance properties / 1.2.39：
Tides of the earth (See Vol. 2A) / 1.5.3.3.4：
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on cyclopentadienyl radicals
Thermophysical properties of sea ice / 1.2.1.3：
Tellurium-centered radicals
Cr-Al / 4.3.6：
Gravity field and figure of the earth (See Vol. 2A) / 2.8.2.11：
References for 2.1.3 / 1.2.40：
References for 1.2.1
Cyclohexadienyl radicals / 1.5.3.3.5：
Elastic properties and deformation of sea ice / 2.1.4：
References for 2.4
Iodine-centered radicals
Mn-Al / C. Prodehl ; K. Adachi4.3.7：
Magnetic field of the earth
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on cyclohexadienyl radicals / A. Chelkowski1.2.41：
Strength of sea ice
Xenon-centered radicals
Structure of the earth's crust and upper mantle / 4.3.8：
Alloys between Ti, V, Cr or Mn
Fe-Al / 8.6：
Compounds of rare earth elements and 4d or 5d elements / 2.8.2.12：
Pyryl radicals
Ice cover characteristics of the world ocean
Sources of the geomagnetic field / 2.5.1：
Cesium-centered radicals
Co-Al / 4.3.9：
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on pyryl radicals / 4.1.1：
References for 8
External part of the earth's magnetic field / 2.5.2：
Barium-centered radicals
Procedure of interpretation / 4.3.10：
V-Ti
Ni-Al / 9：
Pseudoternary compounds / H.G. Gierloff-emden4.1.2：
Survey of compounds and properties
Thiapyryl radicals
Internal part of the earth's magnetic field / 2.8.3.1：
Lanthanum-centered radicals
Main features of continental and oceanic crustal structure / 4.3.11：
Cr-Ti
3d-Ga compounds
Coastal oceanography / 4.1.3：
Compounds with transition metal substitution / 1.5.3.4.1：
Pyridinyl radicals
Spherical harmonics in geomagnetism / 9.1：
Tungsten-centered radicals
Presentation of individual results / 4.3.12：
Cr-V
Sc-Ga
References for 2.5
Definitions and spatial extensions / 4.1.4：
Compounds with rare earth metal substitution / 1.5.3.4.2：
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on pyridinyl radicals
References for 4.1 / 9.2：
Gold-centered radicals
Main features of the structure of the lower lithosphere and asthenosphere / 4.3.13：
Mn-Ti
Ti-Ga
Classification of coasts / 1.2.47：
References for 2.8 / 1.5.3.4.3：
Phosphorinyl radicals
Magnetic field on the surface and the interior of the earth / 9.3：
Mercury-centered radicals
References for 2.1.4 / 4.4：
Mn-V
V-Ga
The high-energy environment of the coastal zone / 1.2.48：
Radicals with 7 conjugated π-electrons / W. Bosum1.5.3.4.4：
Thallium-centered radicals / 9.4：
Mn-Cr / 4.4.1：
Cr-Ga
Compounds of rare earth elements and Al, Ga, In or Tl
The shore as the interaction zone of sea and land / R. Pucher1.2.49：
Heptatrienyl radicals / 1.5.3.4.5：
Lead-centered radicals / H. Roeser9.5：
Mn-Ga / 4.4.2：
Wave effects on coasts / 1.2.50：
Cycloheptatrienyl radicals / 1.5.3.4.6：
Alloys of Fe, Co or Ni and Ti, V, Cr or Mn / R. Von Herzen
Crustal anomalies and their cause / 9.6：
Bismuth-centered radicals
Fe-Ga / 4.4.3：
Tide effects on coasts / 4.2.1.0：
Cyclooctatrienyl radicals / 1.5.3.4.7：
Oceanic heat flow data
Ytterbium-centered radicals / 9.7：
Co-Ga / 4.4.4：
Estuaries and lagoons as coastal water bodies / 4.2.1.1：
Benzyl radicals / 1.5.3.4.8：
Fe-Ti
Definition of the crustal anomalies / 9.8：
References for 1.2
Ni-Ga / 4.4.5：
References for 2.9
Coastal lagoons / 4.2.1.2：
Benzyl-type radicals containing heterocyclic 6 π-electron ring systems / A. V.Zelewsky1.5.3.4.9：
Western and South Pacific
Fe-V
Layout and execution of geomagnetic surveys / 9.9：
Cu-Ga / 4.4.6：
River discharge affecting coastal waters / C. Daul4.2.1.3：
Bicyclic benzyl-type radicals derived from indanone and phthalide / 1.5.3.5：
Northeast and Central Pacific
Fe-Cr
Compounds of rare earth elements and C, Si, Ge, Sn or Pb / 9.10：
Data handling
3d-In alloys and compounds / 4.4.7：
Radicals in metal complexes / 2.10.1：
Chemical and biological effects on the coastal zone
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on benzyl radicals / 1.5.3.5.1：
East Pacific
Fe-Mn
Interpretation methods / 9.11：
Sc-In / 4.5：
Climatologic-meteorologic effects on coasts. Oceanic-atmospheric coupled systems / 2.10.2：
Radicals with 9 conjugated π-electrons / 1.5.3.5.2：
North Atlantic
Co-Tl
Magnetic anomalies of the continental crust / 9.12：
Mn-In / 4.5.1：
Sea level change and the coastal zone / 2.10.3：
Cyclooctatetraenylmethyl / 1.5.3.5.3：
South Atlantic
Co-V
Marine magnetic anomalies / 9.13：
Ni-In / 4.5.2：
Complexes of group IIa: Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba / 2.10.4：
References for 9
Indenyl and related radicals / 1.5.3.6：
Indian Ocean
Co-Cr
References for 2.10
Economic aspects
3d-Tl alloys and compounds / 4.5.3：
Complexes of group IIIb: B, Al, Ga, In / 4.2.1.8：
alpha-Hydronaphthyl and related radicals / 1.5.3.7：
Marginal Seas
Co-Mn
Bibliography for 4.2.1
References for 1.5.3 / 4.5.4：
Complexes of group IVb: Ge, Sn, Pb
Cyclohexadienyl-type radicals derived from indole and carbazole
References for 2.2.1.1
Ni-Ti
Complexes of group Vb: Sb / 4.5.5：
Continental heat flow data (See Vol. 2B)
Magnetic and electric fields due to electromagnetic induction by external sources
beta-Hydronaphthyl and related radicals / 2.2.5：
Ni-V
Complexes of group IIIa: Y, La, Lu / L. Rybach4.2.2.0：
Quinolinyl and related radicals / 2.2.6：
Ni-Cr
Radioactive heat production in the continental crust / 4.2.2.1：
Complexes of group IVa: Ti / 1.2.3.12：
Basic observations and theoretical concepts
Cyclohexadienyl-type radicals derived from anthracene and phenanthrene and related to hydro-naphthyl / 2.2.7：
Temperature profiles in the earth's interior (See Vol. 2B)
Ni-Mn
Complexes of group Va: V / 4.2.2.2：
Heat transport in the earth's interior (See Vol. 2B)
Response functions for induced magnetic and electric fields
Radicals with 11 conjugated π-electrons / 2.2.8：
V-Cr-Mn
Electrical properties of the earth's interior (See Vol. 2B) / 4.2.2.3：
Complexes of group VIa: Cr, Mo, W / 1.2.3.14：
Natural earth potentials and earth currents
Radicals with 13 conjugated π-electrons / 2.2.9：
Fe-V-Cr / I. Jackson
Complexes of group VIIa: Mn, Re / 4.2.2.4：
Derivation of external source fields from surface observations
Phenalenyl (perinaphthenyl) radicals / 2.2.10：
Composition of the earth's interior
Fe-Cr-Mn
Complexes of group VIII: Fe, Ru, Co, Rh, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt / 4.2.2.5：
References for 4.2.2
Diphenylmethyl radicals / 2.2.11：
Co-V-Cr
Complexes of group Ib: Cu, Ag / D. Voppel4.7.3：
Fluorenyl radicals / 2.2.12：
Co-Cr-Mn
Observation and description of the main geomagnetic field and its secular variation / 4.7.4：
Complexes of group IIb: Zn, Cd, Hg
Dibenzocyclohexadienyl and related radicals / 4.2.3.0：
The crust
Fe-Co-Ti
List of symbols, quantities, units and abbreviations / 4.7.5：
References for 2.2
Index of Substances (See Vol.9D2) / 4.2.3.1：
Dibenzocycloheptatrienyl and related radicals
The upper mantle
Fe-Co-V
Benzo[cd]pyrenyl / 4.7.6：
The transition zone
Fe-Co-Cr
Observation of the earth's magnetic field / 4.7.7：
Xanthyl radicals / V：
The lower mantle
Fe-Co-Mn
Combined index of substances for Vols.16A and 16B / 4.7.8：
Analyses of observations / 2.4.7：
Thioxanthyl and related radicals / 4.2.3.4：
The core
Fe-Ni-V
Knowledge gained from spherical harmonic models / 4.7.9：
Selenoxanthyl and related radicals / 4.2.3.5：
Fe-Ni-Cr
References for 4.2.3 / 4.7.10：
Acridinyl and related radicals
Tides of the earth
Fe-Ni-Mn
Dibenzosilacyclohexadienyl and related radicals / F.H. Busse4.7.11：
List of symbols and abbreviations for 2.5.1 and 2.5.2
Co-Ni-Ti
Material properties entering the theory of the main geomagnetic field
Diphenylmethyl-type radicals containing heterocyclic 6 π-electron ring systems / H. Wilhelm ; H. Soffel4.7.12：
Co-Ni-Mn
Palaeomagnetism and archaeomagnetism / 4.7.13：
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on diphenylmethyl radicals
References for 1.2.2 and 1.2.3
Tidal forcing field / 4.3.0：
Radicals with 19 conjugated π-electrons / S. Misawa2.5.1.1：
Introduction, definitions, hypotheses / K. Kanematsu4.8.1：
Triphenylmethyl radicals
Expansion in spherical harmonics / 4.8.2：
4d and 5d elements, alloys and compounds
Apparent polar wander paths (APWP) / 2.5.1.3：
9-Phenylfluorenyl radicals
Equatorial and ecliptical coordinates / 4.8.3：
Introduction to the paramagnetism of 4d and 5d transition metals
Geomagnetic polarity time scale, magnetostratigraphy, palaeo-secular variation / 2.5.1.4：
9-Phenylxanthyl radicals
Components / 4.8.4：
Magnetic susceptibility
Determination of the intensity of the ancient geomagnetic field / 2.5.1.5：
9-Naphthylxanthyl radicals
Astronomical variables. Time / 4.8.5：
Magnetic susceptibility as a function of composition
Geomagnetic field during a polarity transition / 2.5.1.6：
Dioxydehydrocoranthryl and sesquixanthydryl
Harmonic development / 4.8.6：
High-field magnetization
Archaeomagnetism / 2.5.1.7：
9-Phenylthioxanthyl
References for 2.5.1 / 4.8.7：
Magnetization density
Palaeomagnetism of samples of extraterrestrial origin / 1.3.6：
9-Phenylselenoxanthyl
Knight shift / 4.8.8：
References for 4.3 / 1.3.7：
9-Phenylacridinyl
Tides of the solid earth / 4.8.9：
Transport of masses in the earth's interior / 1.3.8：
Triphenylmethyl-type radicals containing 5-membered ring systems especially thiophene
Magnetoresistance and Hall effect / 2.5.2.1：
Relief of the earth's surface and of the sea floor / 1.3.9：
References to further papers concerning ESR studies on triphenylmethyl radicals
Magnetic field dependence of the electronic specific heat coefficient / 2.5.2.2：
Body tides / H. Hagedorn
References for 4 / 1.3.10：
Effect of plastic deformation on the susceptibility / 2.5.2.3：
The relief of the earth's surface
Observations
References for 1.3 / 1.3.11：
The hypsographic curve
Load tides
Alloys and compounds of 3d elements and 4d or 5d elements / 5.1.1.2：
Area of continents and oceans
Systematic effects
Structural forms due to endogenic processes / M. Shiga5.1.1.3：
Local elastic inhomogeneities
3d elements and Zr, Nb, Mo or Hf, Ta, W, Re / 5.1.1.4：
Exogenic continental relief / 1.4.1.1：
Meteorological effects
Weathering / 5.1.1.5：
References for 2.5.2
Ti and V alloys and compounds / 5.1.1.6：
Exogenic relief-forming processes / P. Brosche1.4.1.3：
Cr alloys and compounds / J. Sündermann5.1.1.7：
Ice and glaciated areas / 1.4.1.4：
Tidal friction and dynamics of the earth-moon-system / 5.1.1.8：
Mn alloys and compounds
References for 5.1.1 / 2.5.3.0：
Fe alloys and compounds / 5.1.2：
The principle / H.G. Gierloff-Emden2.5.3.1：
Co and Ni alloys and compounds
Relief of the sea floor
References for 1.4.1 / 2.5.3.2：
Balances of energy and angular momentum / 2.5.3.3：
Geomorphology of the sea floor
Long time integration / 2.5.3.4：
Documentation and presentation of the relief of the sea on maps
3d elements and Ru, Rh, Pd or Os, Ir, Pt / 2.5.3.5：
Bibliography for 2.5.3 / 5.1.2.3：
Hypsography of the relief of the sea floor
3d-rich alloys
Hypsometric statistics of the sea floor / H.-G. Kahle5.1.2.4：
Concentrated alloys and intermetallic compounds
Gravity field and figure of the earth / 5.1.2.5：
Terms for horizontal and vertical dimensions of oceans and sea floors / 1.4.2.2.0：
Gravity potential of the earth / 5.1.2.6：
Subdivision of the seafloor into physiographic provinces / 1.4.2.2.1：
Sc, Ti, and V alloys and compounds
Fundamental notions of gravimetry / 5.1.2.7：
Classification of the ocean floor features / 1.4.2.2.2：
Gravimetric measuring techniques / 5.1.2.8：
Morphologic units of the oceans: description of forms / 1.4.2.2.3：
Reference ellipsoid and geoid / 5.1.2.9：
Tectonic-morphogenetic units of the mid-atlantic ridge and adjacent areas / 1.4.2.2.4：
Satellite geodesy and the earth's gravitational potential V / 5.1.2.10：
Classification of global physiographic units of the Atlantic Ocean, topographic-bathymetric dimension (metric) / 1.4.2.2.5：
Co alloys and compounds
References for 3 / 5.1.2.11：
The mid-ocean ridges: geomorphologic element of global scale and distribution / 1.4.2.2.6：
Magnetic field of the earth (See Vol. 2B)
Ni alloys and compounds
Classification of continental margins / 5.1.2.12：
4d- and 5d-rich alloys
Relief of the earth's surface and of the sea floor (See Vol. 2B) / 5.1.2.13：
Submarine canyons (features of macroscale)
References for 1.4.2 / 5.2：
Fracture zones (features of mesoscale to macroscale) / H. Mälzer5.1.2.14：
Recent crustal movements / 5.1.2.15：
Deep sea trenches (features of meso- to macroscale) / 5.2.0：
Abyssal hills and seamounts. Example: features of the Pacifc Ocean sea floor / 5.1.2.16：
Micro-relief of the sea floor: the roughness of the ocean bottom / 5.1.2.17：
Measurements of deformation within plate interiors and near active plate boundaries / 5.1.2.18：
Sedimentation of the ocean bottom / 5.2.3：
Measurements on a global scale / 5.1.2.19：
The mid-ocean ridges and the sea floor spreading / 5.2.4：
References for 5.2 / 5.1.2.20：
Plate tectonics and the relief of the sea floor / 5.3：
Theories and hypotheses of global tectonics (See Vol. 2B)
References for 5.1.2 / 5.1.2.21：
Recent crustal movements (See Vol. 2A)
Motions in the earth's core and core-mantle coupling
Theories and hypotheses of global tectonics / W.R. Jacoby ; R. Meissner ; P. Janle
Planetology of terrestrial planets / 5.3.0：
Historical review / 6.0：
Short description of the terrestrial planetary bodies / 5.3.3：
Plate kinematics
Absolute age determinations / 5.3.4：
Measurements of plate motions
Relative age determination / 5.3.5：
Results
Geological - geophysical interpretation of surface structures / 6.5：
Plate tectonics
Gravity studies from orbiters and density models of lithospheres / 6.6：
Plate dynamics: driving mechanisms
Additional studies from orbiter, fly-by, and descend missions / 6.7：
References for 5.3
Motions in the earth's core and core-mantle coupling (See Vol. 2A) / 6.8：
Lunar seismology
Planetology of terrestrial planets (See Vol. 2A) / 6.9：
Planetary magnetic fields and remanent magnetization
Subject index for volumes 1A, 1B and 2A, 2B
Electrical conductivity, heat flow and estimates on the lunar temperature / 6.10：
Physical conditions of the interior of planets / 6.11：
The evolution of terrestrial planets / 6.12：
Subject index for volumes 1A, 1B and 2A, 2B (see Vol. 2B) / 6.13：
The references are presented below the abstract of each pdf-document to allow cross-reference linking / Group V：
Title Page, Preface
Introductory material
25.

図書
図書
25. Dynamics : numerical explorations. 2nd, rev. and enl. ed
Helena E. Nusse, James A. Yorke
出版情報: New York : Springer, c1998  xvi, 608 p., [8] p. of plates ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Applied mathematical sciences ; v. 101
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Getting the program running / 1：
The Dynamics program and hardware Smalldyn: a small version of Dynamics / 1.1：
Getting started with Dynamics Using the mouse Appendix: description of the interrupts / 1.2：
Questions / 1.3：
Samples of Dynamics: pictures you can make simply / 2：
Introduction Example / 2.1：
Plot a trajectory Example / 2-1a：
Draw a box Example / 2-1b：
Viewing the Parameter Menu Example / 2-1c：
Refresh the screen and continue plotting Example / 2-1d：
Clear the screen and continue plotting Example / 2-1e：
Single stepping through a trajectory Example / 2-1f：
Plot a cross at current position Example / 2-1g：
Draw axes and print picture Example / 2-1h：
Initializing Example / 2-1i：
Viewing the Y Vectors Example / 2-1j：
Find a fixed point Example / 2-1k：
Find a period 2 orbit Example / 2-1l：
Search for all periodic points of period 5 Example / 2-1m：
Change RHO Example / 2-1n：
Plotting permanent crosses Example / 2-1o：
Set storage vector y1 and initialize Example / 2-1p：
Change X Scale or Y Scale / 2-1q：
Complex pictures that are simple to make Example / 2.2：
Chaotic attractor Example / 2-2a：
Computing Lyapunov exponents Example / 2-2b：
Plotting trajectory versus time Example / 2-2c：
Graph of iterate of one dimensional map Example / 2-3a：
Cobweb plot of a trajectory Example / 2-3b：
The Henon attractor Example / 2-3c：
The first iterate of a quadrilateral Example / 2-5：
Plotting direction field and trajectories Example / 2-6：
Bifurcation diagram for the quadratic map Example / 2-7：
Bifurcation diagram with bubbles Example / 2-8：
All the Basins and Attractors Example / 2-9：
Metamorphoses in the basin of infinity Example / 2-10：
Search for all periodic points with period 10 Example / 2-11：
Search for all period 1 and period 2 points Example / 2-12：
Following orbits as a parameter is varied Example / 2-13：
The Mandelbrot set Example / 2-14：
3-Dimensional views on the Lorenz attractor Example / 2-15：
Unstable manifold of a fixed point Example / 2-17：
Stable and unstable manifolds Example / 2-18：
Plotting a Saddle Straddle Trajectory Example / 2-19a：
The unstable manifold of a fixed point Example / 2-19b：
The stable manifold of a fixed point Example / 2-19c：
Saddle Straddle Trajectory, and manifolds Example / 2-19d：
The basin of attraction of infinity Example / 2-20：
A trajectory on a basin boundary Example / 2-21：
A BST trajectory for the Tinkerbell map Example / 2-22：
Lyapunov exponent bifurcation diagram Example / 2-23：
Chaotic parameters Example / 2-24：
Box-counting dimension of an attractor Example / 2-25：
Zooming in on the Tinkerbell attractor Example / 2-26：
Period plot in the Mandelbrot set Appendix Commands for plotting a graph Commands from the Numerical / 2-27：
Explorations Menu Plotting multiple trajectories simultaneously
Screen utilities / 3：
Basic screen features (Screen Menu SM) / 3.1：
Commands for clearing the screen Commands for controlling the screen Level of Text output
Writing on pictures
The arrow keys and boxes (BoX Menu, BXM) / 3.2：
Initializing trajectories, plotting crosses, drawing circles and their iterates (Kruis Menu KM) / 3.3：
Drawing axes (AXes Menu AXM) / 3.4：
Windows and rescaling (Window Menu WM) Detailed view on the structure of an attractor / 3.5：
Zooming in or zooming out (ZOOm Menu ZOOM) / 3.6：
Setting colors (Color Menu CM and Color Table Menu CTM) Color screens Core copy of the picture / 3.7：
Color planes Commands for erasing colors
Utilities / 4：
Setting parameters (Parameter Menu PM) / 4.1：
Setting and replacing a vector (Vector Menu VM) Y Vectors "Own" and the coordinates of yÃââÇ ÃâÅô / 4.2：
Setting step size (Differential Equation Menu DEM) / 4.3：
Saving pictures and data (Disk Menu DM) Creating a batch file of commands Commands for reading disk files / 4.4：
Setting the size of the core (Size of Core Menu SCM) / 4.5：
Printing pictures (PriNter Menu PNM) Commands for specifying printer / 4.6：
Encapsulated PostScript Commands for printer options
Text to printer Printing color pictures
Printing pictures with any p
Preface
Getting the program running / 1：
The Dynamics program and hardware Smalldyn: a small version of Dynamics / 1.1：
26.

図書
図書
26. Progrès dans la science et la technique en industrie alimentaire : compte rendu des réunions des: Commissions B2, C2, D1, D2/3 (September 24-28, 1990) = Progress in the science and technology of refrigeration in food engineering : proceedings of meetings of: Commissions B2, C2, D1, D2/3
International Institute of Refrigeration
出版情報: Paris, France : Institut international du froid (International Institute of Refrigeration), 1990  871 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Science et technique du froid = Refrigeration science and technology ; 1990-4
所蔵情報: loading…
27.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
27. Organische Stickstoff-Verbindungen 1 Teil 2/2
Dieter Klamann, Jutta Backes
出版情報: Thieme Chemistry E-Books , Georg Thieme Verlag, 1991
所蔵情報: loading…
28.

図書
図書
28. Electronic structure of solids : photoemission spectra and related data (subvolume b : gw ; subvolume b : us)
A. Goldmann ... [et al.] ; editor, A. Goldmann
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1994  viii, 327 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; New series, Group 3 . Solid state physics ; v. 23
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
Introduction / A. Goldmann1：
Historical remarks / 1.1：
Arrangement of data / 1.2：
Definition of quantities / 1.3：
Frequently used symbols / 1.4：
List of abbreviations / 1.5：
References to other volumes of Landolt-Bornstein / 1.6：
References for 1 / 1.7：
Data / 2：
See Vol.23A / 2.1- 2.5：
Transition metal compounds / T. Ishii2.6：
Tables and figures / 2.6.1：
References for 2.6 / 2.6.3：
Photoelectron spectra of layered compounds / R. Manzke ; M. Skibowski2.7：
Introduction - overview / 2.7.0：
IVB-VIA compounds / 2.7.1：
Titanium dichalcogenides / 2.7.1.1：
Zirconium dichalcogenides / 2.7.1.2：
Hafnium dichalcogenides / 2.7.1.3：
VB-VIA compounds / 2.7.2：
Vanadium dichalcogenides / 2.7.2.1：
Niobium dichalcogenides / 2.7.2.2：
Tantalum dichalcogenides / 2.7.2.3：
VIB-VIA compounds / 2.7.3：
Molybdenum dichalcogenides / 2.7.3.1：
Tungsten dichalcogenides / 2.7.3.2：
IIIA-VIA compounds / 2.7.4：
GaS / 2.7.4.1：
GaSe / 2.7.4.2：
GaTe / 2.7.4.3：
InSe / 2.7.4.4：
IVA-VIA compounds / 2.7.5：
GeS / 2.7.5.1：
GeSe / 2.7.5.2：
GeTe / 2.7.5.3：
SnS / 2.7.5.4：
SnSe / 2.7.5.5：
SnTe / 2.7.5.6：
VA-VIA compounds / 2.7.5.7：
IIB-, IVA-, VA-Iodides / 2.7.6.1：
References for 2.7 / 2.7.7.1：
Actinides and some of their alloys and compounds / J.R. Naegele2.8：
Ac (Z = 89) / 2.8.1：
Th (Z = 90) / 2.8.3：
Pa (Z = 91) / 2.8.4：
U (Z = 92) / 2.8.5：
Np (Z = 93) / 2.8.6：
Pu (Z = 94) / 2.8.7：
Am (Z = 95) / 2.8.8：
Cm (Z = 96) / 2.8.9：
Bk (Z = 97) / 2.8.10：
Cf (Z = 98) / 2.8.11：
Es (Z = 99) / 2.8.12：
References for 2.8 / 2.8.13：
Introductory material
Introduction / A. Goldmann1：
Historical remarks / 1.1：
29.

図書
図書
29. Graphical models for machine learning and digital communication
Brendan J. Frey
出版情報: Cambridge, Mass : The MIT Press, c1998  xiii, 195 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Adaptive computation and machine learning
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
A probabilistic perspective / 1.1：
Pattern classification / 1.1.1：
Unsupervised learning / 1.1.2：
Data compression / 1.1.3：
Channel coding / 1.1.4：
Probabilistic inference / 1.1.5：
Graphical models: Factor graphs, Markov random fields and Bayesian belief networks / 1.2：
Factor graphs / 1.2.1：
Markov random fields / 1.2.2：
Bayesian networks / 1.2.3：
Ancestral simulation in Bayesian networks / 1.2.4：
Dependency separation in Bayesian networks / 1.2.5：
Example 1: Recursive convolutional codes and turbocodes / 1.2.6：
Parameterized Bayesian networks / 1.2.7：
Example 2: The bars problem / 1.2.8：
Organization of this book / 1.3：
Probabilistic Inference in Graphical Models / 2：
Exact inference using probability propagation (the sum-product algorithm) / 2.1：
The generalized forward-backward algorithm / 2.1.1：
The burglar alarm problem / 2.1.2：
Probability propagation (the sum-product algorithm) / 2.1.3：
Grouping and duplicating variables in Bayesian networks / 2.1.4：
Exact inference in multiply-connected networks is NP-hard / 2.1.5：
Monte Carlo inference: Gibbs sampling and slice sampling / 2.2：
Inference by ancestral simulation in Bayesian networks / 2.2.1：
Gibbs sampling / 2.2.2：
Gibbs sampling for the burglar alarm problem / 2.2.3：
Slice sampling for continuous variables / 2.2.4：
Variational inference / 2.3：
Choosing the distance measure / 2.3.1：
Choosing the form of the variational distribution / 2.3.2：
Variational inference for the burglar alarm problem / 2.3.3：
Bounds and extended representations / 2.3.4：
Helmholtz machines / 2.4：
Factorial recognition networks / 2.4.1：
Nonfactorial recognition networks / 2.4.2：
The stochastic Helmholtz machine / 2.4.3：
A recognition network that solves the burglar alarm problem / 2.4.4：
Pattern Classification / 3：
Bayesian networks for pattern classification / 3.1：
Autoregressive networks / 3.2：
The logistic autoregressive network / 3.2.1：
MAP estimation for autoregressive networks / 3.2.2：
Scaled priors in logistic autoregressive networks / 3.2.3：
Ensembles of autoregressive networks / 3.2.4：
Estimating latent variable models using the EM algorithm / 3.3：
The expectation maximization (EM) algorithm / 3.3.1：
The generalized expectation maximization algorithm / 3.3.2：
Multiple-cause networks / 3.4：
Estimation by iterative probability propagation / 3.4.1：
Estimation by Gibbs sampling / 3.4.2：
Generalized EM using variational inference / 3.4.3：
Hierarchical networks / 3.4.4：
Ensembles of networks / 3.4.6：
Classification of handwritten digits / 3.5：
Logistic autoregressive classifiers: LARC-1,ELARC-1 / 3.5.1：
The Gibbs machine: GM-1 / 3.5.2：
The mean field Bayesian network: MFBN-1 / 3.5.3：
Stochastic Helmholtz machines: SHM-1, SHM-2, ESHM-1 / 3.5.4：
The classification and regression tree: CART-1 / 3.5.5：
The naive Bayes classifier: NBAYESC-1 / 3.5.6：
The k-nearest neighbor classifier: KNN-CLASS-1 / 3.5.7：
Results / 3.5.8：
Unsupervised Learning / 4：
Extracting structure from images using the wake-sleep algorithm / 4.1：
Wake-sleep parameter estimation / 4.1.1：
Automatic clean-up of noisy images / 4.1.2：
Wake-sleep estimation without positive parameter constraints / 4.1.3：
How hard is the bars problem? / 4.1.4：
Simultaneous extraction of continuous and categorical structure / 4.2：
Continuous sigmoidal Bayesian networks / 4.2.1：
Inference using slice sampling / 4.2.2：
Parameter estimation using slice sampling / 4.2.3：
Nonlinear Gaussian Bayesian networks (NLGBNs) / 4.3：
The model / 4.3.1：
Variational inference and learning / 4.3.2：
Results on the continuous stereo disparity problem / 4.3.3：
Pattern classification using the variational bound / 4.3.4：
Data Compression / 5：
Fast compression with Bayesian networks / 5.1：
Communicating extra information through the codeword choice / 5.2：
Example: A simple mixture model / 5.2.1：
The optimal bits-back coding rate / 5.2.2：
Suboptimal bits-back coding / 5.2.3：
Relationship to maximum likelihood estimation / 5.3：
The "bits-back" coding algorithm / 5.4：
The bits-back coding algorithm with feedback / 5.4.1：
Queue drought in feedback encoders / 5.4.2：
Experimental results / 5.5：
Bits-back coding with a multiple-cause model / 5.5.1：
Compressing handwritten digits / 5.5.2：
Integrating over model parameters using bits-back coding / 5.6：
Channel Coding / 6：
Review: Simplifying the playing field / 6.1：
Additive white Gaussian noise (AWGN) / 6.1.1：
Capacity of an AWGN channel / 6.1.2：
Signal constellations / 6.1.3：
Linear binary codes can get us to capacity / 6.1.4：
Bit error rate (BER) and signal-to-noise ratio (Eb/N0) / 6.1.5：
Capacity of an AWGN channel with binary signalling / 6.1.6：
Achievable BER for an AWGN channel with binary signalling / 6.1.7：
Graphical models for error correction: Turbocodes, low-density parity-check codes and more / 6.2：
Hamming codes / 6.2.1：
Convolutional codes / 6.2.2：
Decoding convolutional codes by probability propagation / 6.2.3：
Turbocodes: parallel concatenated convolutional codes / 6.2.4：
Serially-concatenated convolutional codes, low-density parity-check codes, and product codes / 6.2.5：
"A code by any other network would not decode as sweetly" / 6.3：
Trellis-constrained codes (TCCs) / 6.4：
Homogeneous trellis-constrained codes / 6.4.1：
Ring-connected trellis-constrained codes / 6.4.2：
Decoding complexity of iterative decoders / 6.5：
Parallel iterative decoding / 6.6：
Concurrent turbodecoding / 6.6.1：
Speeding up iterative decoding by detecting variables early / 6.6.2：
Early detection / 6.7.1：
Early detection for turbocodes: Trellis splicing / 6.7.2：
Future Research Directions / 6.7.3：
Modularity and abstraction / 7.1：
Faster inference and learning / 7.2：
Scaling up to the brain / 7.3：
Improving model structures / 7.4：
Iterative decoding / 7.5：
Iterative decoding in the real world / 7.6：
Unification / 7.7：
References
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
A probabilistic perspective / 1.1：
30.

図書
図書
30. Electronic and vibrational properties (: gw ; : us)
editor, G. Chiarotti ; contributors, C. Calandra, ... [et al.]
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1994  xii, 519 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; New series, Group 3 . Solid state physics ; v. 24 . Physics of solid surfaces ; subvol. b
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
General introduction / G. Chiarotti1：
Motivations for a Landolt-Börnstein volume on surface physics / 1.1：
Outline of the volume / 1.2：
How to consult the volume / 1.3：
List of frequently used symbols and abbreviations / 1.4：
Conversion tables / 1.5：
Crystal structures and bulk lattice parameters of materials quoted in the volume / 1.6：
References for 1 / 1.7：
The structure of surfaces (See Vol.24A) / 2：
Electronic structure of surfaces / 3：
Electronic structure of surfaces: metals / K. Jakobi3.1：
Introduction / 3.1.1：
General remarks / 3.1.1.1：
The jellium model / 3.1.1.2：
Surface states / 3.1.1.3：
Image states / 3.1.1.4：
Surface Fermi-surfaces / 3.1.1.5：
Surface plasmon / 3.1.1.6：
Experimental methods / 3.1.1.7：
Data / 3.1.2：
Arrangement of the data / 3.1.2.1：
Data on the jellium model / 3.1.2.2：
Surface states and image states / 3.1.2.3：
Theoretical studies on image states / 3.1.2.3.1：
Comparative studies of image states and surface states / 3.1.2.3.2：
Work function data / 3.1.2.4：
Surface core-level shift data / 3.1.2.5：
SCLS - Theory / 3.1.2.5.1：
SCLS - Experimental results / 3.1.2.5.2：
Group IA (alkali metals): Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs / 3.1.2.6：
Group IIA (alkaline earth metals): Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba / 3.1.2.7：
Group IB (noble metals): Cu, Ag, Au / 3.1.2.8：
Group IIB: Zn, Cd / 3.1.2.9：
Group IIIA: Al, In / 3.1.2.10：
Group IVA: Pb, and Group VA: Bi / 3.1.2.11：
3d transition metals: Sc, Ti, Cr, Fe, Co, Ni / 3.1.2.12：
4d transition metals: Y, Nb, Mo, Ru, Rh, Pd / 3.1.2.13：
5d transition metals: La, Hf, Ta, W, Ir,.Pt / 3.1.2.14：
Lanthanides (4f) (rare-earth metals): Ce, Sm, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Yb / 3.1.2.15：
Actinides (5f): Th, Pu, Am / 3.1.2.16：
References for 3.1 / 3.1.3：
Electronic structure of surfaces: semiconductors / C. Calandra ; F. Manghi3.2：
Preliminary remarks / 3.2.1：
Theory / 3.2.1.2：
Arrangement of data / 3.2.2：
Surfaces of covalent semiconductors: C, Si, Ge / 3.2.2.2：
(110) surfaces of partially ionic compounds: GaAs, GaP, GaSb, InAs, InP, InSb, CdTe, ZnSe / 3.2.2.3：
GaAs polar surfaces / 3.2.2.4：
References for 3.2 / 3.2.3：
Vibrational and excitational properties of surfaces / 4：
Surface phonons (R.F. WALLIS, S.Y. TONG) / 4.1：
Background and general layout / 4.1.1：
Surface acoustic waves / 4.1.1.2：
Isotropic media / 4.1.1.2.1：
Anisotropic media / 4.1.1.2.2：
Microscopic approach to surface phonons / 4.1.1.3：
Lattice vectors, reciprocal lattice vectors / 4.1.1.3.1：
Dynamical matrix and normal modes of vibration / 4.1.1.3.2：
Characterization of surface modes of vibration / 4.1.1.3.3：
General remarques about surface force constants and surface modes of vibration / 4.1.1.3.4：
Surface phonons in specific categories of materials / 4.1.1.3.5：
Insulators (ionic bonding) / 4.1.1.3.5.1：
Semiconductors (covalent bonding) / 4.1.1.3.5.2：
Metals / 4.1.1.3.5.3：
Inelastic helium atom scattering / 4.1.1.4：
Inelastic electron scattering / 4.1.1.4.2：
Correspondence of units / 4.1.1.5：
Theoretical models / 4.1.1.6：
References for 4.1 / 4.1.2：
Surface polaritons (A.A. MARADUDIN) / 4.2：
Surface polaritons in two-layer systems / 4.2.1：
Two isotropic media / 4.2.1.2.1：
An anisotropic medium in contact with an isotropic medium / 4.2.1.2.2：
Surface polaritons on magnetic media / 4.2.1.2.3：
Experimental determinations of surface polariton dispersion curves / 4.2.1.3：
A uniaxial crystal in contact with an isotropic medium / 4.2.2：
A biaxial crystal in contact with an isotropic medium / 4.2.2.3：
Surface polaritons in a magnetic field / 4.2.2.4：
An organic crystal in contact with an isotropic medium / 4.2.2.5：
References for 4.2 / 4.2.3：
Magnetic properties of single crystal surfaces (U. GRADMANN) / 5：
Methods and definitions / 5.1：
Surface magnetization at fixed temperatures / 5.2：
Magnetic hyperfine fields near surfaces at fixed temperatures / 5.2.2：
Temperature dependence of magnetic order near surfaces / 5.2.3：
Surface magnetization at low temperatures / 5.2.3.1：
Critical behavior of surface magnetization; live layers / 5.2.3.2：
Magnetic surface anisotropies / 5.2.4：
References for 5 / 5.3：
General index (See Vol.24D) Introduction
Index of surfaces
Introductory material
General introduction / G. Chiarotti1：
Motivations for a Landolt-Börnstein volume on surface physics / 1.1：
31.

図書
図書
31. Complexity and approximation : combinatorial optimization problems and their approximability properties
G. Ausiello ... [et al.]
出版情報: Berlin : Springer, c1999  xix, 524 p. ; 25 cm.
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
The Complexity of Optimization Problems / 1：
Analysis of algorithms and complexity of problems / 1.1：
Complexity analysis of computer programs / 1.1.1：
Upper and lower bounds on the complexity of problems / 1.1.2：
Complexity classes of decision problems / 1.2：
The class NP / 1.2.1：
Reducibility among problems / 1.3：
Karp and Turing reducibility / 1.3.1：
NP-complete problems / 1.3.2：
Complexity of optimization problems / 1.4：
Optimization problems / 1.4.1：
PO and NPO problems / 1.4.2：
NP-hard optimization problems / 1.4.3：
Optimization problems and evaluation problems / 1.4.4：
Exercises / 1.5：
Bibliographical notes / 1.6：
Design Techniques for Approximation Algorithms / 2：
The greedy method / 2.1：
Greedy algorithm for the knapsack problem / 2.1.1：
Greedy algorithm for the independent set problem / 2.1.2：
Greedy algorithm for the salesperson problem / 2.1.3：
Sequential algorithms for partitioning problems / 2.2：
Scheduling jobs on identical machines / 2.2.1：
Sequential algorithms for bin packing / 2.2.2：
Sequential algorithms for the graph coloring problem / 2.2.3：
Local search / 2.3：
Local search algorithms for the cut problem / 2.3.1：
Local search algorithms for the salesperson problem / 2.3.2：
Linear programming based algorithms / 2.4：
Rounding the solution of a linear program / 2.4.1：
Primal-dual algorithms / 2.4.2：
Dynamic programming / 2.5：
Randomized algorithms / 2.6：
Approaches to the approximate solution of problems / 2.7：
Performance guarantee: chapters 3 and 4 / 2.7.1：
Randomized algorithms: chapter 5 / 2.7.2：
Probabilistic analysis: chapter 9 / 2.7.3：
Heuristics: chapter 10 / 2.7.4：
Final remarks / 2.7.5：
Approximation Classes / 2.8：
Approximate solutions with guaranteed performance / 3.1：
Absolute approximation / 3.1.1：
Relative approximation / 3.1.2：
Approximability and non-approximability of TSP / 3.1.3：
Limits to approximability: The gap technique / 3.1.4：
Polynomial-time approximation schemes / 3.2：
The class PTAS / 3.2.1：
APX versus PTAS / 3.2.2：
Fully polynomial-time approximation schemes / 3.3：
The class FPTAS / 3.3.1：
The variable partitioning technique / 3.3.2：
Negative results for the class FPTAS / 3.3.3：
Strong NP-completeness and pseudo-polynomiality / 3.3.4：
Input-Dependent and Asymptotic Approximation / 3.4：
Between APX and NPO / 4.1：
Approximating the set cover problem / 4.1.1：
Approximating the graph coloring problem / 4.1.2：
Approximating the minimum multi-cut problem / 4.1.3：
Between APX and PTAS / 4.2：
Approximating the edge coloring problem / 4.2.1：
Approximating the bin packing problem / 4.2.2：
Approximation through Randomization / 4.3：
Randomized algorithms for weighted vertex cover / 5.1：
Randomized algorithms for weighted satisfiability / 5.2：
A new randomized approximation algorithm / 5.2.1：
A 4/3-approximation randomized algorithm / 5.2.2：
Algorithms based on semidefinite programming / 5.3：
Improved algorithms for weighted 2-satisfiability / 5.3.1：
The method of the conditional probabilities / 5.4：
NP, PCP and Non-approximability Results / 5.5：
Formal complexity theory / 6.1：
Turing machines / 6.1.1：
Deterministic Turing machines / 6.1.2：
Nondeterministic Turing machines / 6.1.3：
Time and space complexity / 6.1.4：
NP-completeness and Cook-Levin theorem / 6.1.5：
Oracles / 6.2：
Oracle Turing machines / 6.2.1：
The PCP model / 6.3：
Membership proofs / 6.3.1：
Probabilistic Turing machines / 6.3.2：
Verifiers and PCP / 6.3.3：
A different view of NP / 6.3.4：
Using PCP to prove non-approximability results / 6.4：
The maximum satisfiability problem / 6.4.1：
The maximum clique problem / 6.4.2：
The PCP theorem / 6.5：
Transparent long proofs / 7.1：
Linear functions / 7.1.1：
Arithmetization / 7.1.2：
The first PCP result / 7.1.3：
Almost transparent short proofs / 7.2：
Low-degree polynomials / 7.2.1：
Arithmetization (revisited) / 7.2.2：
The second PCP result / 7.2.3：
The final proof / 7.3：
Normal form verifiers / 7.3.1：
The composition lemma / 7.3.2：
Approximation Preserving Reductions / 7.4：
The World of NPO Problems / 8.1：
AP-reducibility / 8.2：
Complete problems / 8.2.1：
NPO-completeness / 8.3：
Other NPO-complete problems / 8.3.1：
Completeness in exp-APX / 8.3.2：
APX-completeness / 8.4：
Other APX-complete problems / 8.4.1：
Probabilistic analysis of approximation algorithms / 8.5：
Introduction / 9.1：
Goals of probabilistic analysis / 9.1.1：
Techniques forthe probabilistic analysis of algorithms / 9.2：
Conditioning in the analysis of algorithms / 9.2.1：
The first and the second moment methods / 9.2.2：
Convergence of random variables / 9.2.3：
Probabilistic analysis and multiprocessor scheduling / 9.3：
Probabilistic analysis and bin packing / 9.4：
Probabilistic analysis and maximum clique / 9.5：
Probabilistic analysis and graph coloring / 9.6：
Probabilistic analysis and Euclidean TSP / 9.7：
Heuristic methods / 9.8：
Types of heuristics / 10.1：
Construction heuristics / 10.2：
Local search heuristics / 10.3：
Fixed-depth local search heuristics / 10.3.1：
Variable-depth local search heuristics / 10.3.2：
Heuristics based on local search / 10.4：
Simulated annealing / 10.4.1：
Genetic algorithms / 10.4.2：
Tabu search / 10.4.3：
Mathematical preliminaries / 10.5：
Sets / A.1：
Sequences, tuples and matrices / A.1.1：
Functions and relations / A.2：
Graphs / A.3：
Strings and languages / A.4：
Booleanlogic / A.5：
Probability / A.6：
Random variables / A.6.1：
Linear programming / A.7：
Two famous formulas / A.8：
A List of NP Optimization Problems / B：
Bibliography
Index
The Complexity of Optimization Problems / 1：
Analysis of algorithms and complexity of problems / 1.1：
Complexity analysis of computer programs / 1.1.1：
32.

図書
図書
32. Computer networks : a systems approach
Larry L. Peterson & Bruce S. Davie
出版情報: San Francisco, Calif. : Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, c1996  xxiii, 552 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword
Foreword to the First Edition
Preface / Chapter 1：
Foundation
Direct Link Networks / 1：
Problem: Building a Network / Chapter 3：
Packet Switching
Internetworking / 1.1：
Applications
End-to-End Protocols / Chapter 5：
Requirements / Chapter 6：
Congestion Control & Resource Allocation
End-to-end Data / 1.2.1：
Connectivity
Security / Chapter 8：
Cost-Effective Resource Sharing / Chapter 9：
Support for Common Services / 1.2.3：
Network Architecture / 1.3：
Layering and Protocols / 1.3.1：
OSI Architecture / 1.3.2：
Internet Architecture / 1.3.3：
Implementing Network Software / 1.4：
Application Programming Interface (Sockets) / 1.4.1：
Example Application / 1.4.2：
Protocol Implementation Issues / 1.4.3：
Performance / 1.5：
Bandwidth and Latency / 1.5.1：
Delay x Bandwidth Product / 1.5.2：
High-Speed Networks / 1.5.3：
Application Performance Needs / 1.5.4：
Summary / 1.6：
Open Issue: Ubiquitous Networking
Further Reading
Exercises
Problem: Physically Connecting Hosts / 2：
Hardware Building Blocks / 2.1：
Nodes / 2.1.1：
Links / 2.1.2：
Encoding (NRZ, NRZI, Manchester, 4B/5B) / 2.2：
Framing / 2.3：
Byte-Oriented Protocols (BISYNC, PPP, DDCMP) / 2.3.1：
Bit-Oriented Protocols (HDLC) / 2.3.2：
Clock-Based Framing (SONET) / 2.3.3：
Error Detection / 2.4：
Two-Dimensional Parity / 2.4.1：
Internet Checksum Algorithm / 2.4.2：
Cyclic Redundancy Check / 2.4.3：
Reliable Transmission / 2.5：
Stop-and-Wait / 2.5.1：
Sliding Window / 2.5.2：
Concurrent Logical Channels / 2.5.3：
Ethernet (802.3) / 2.6：
Physical Properties / 2.6.1：
Access Protocol / 2.6.2：
Experience with Ethernet / 2.6.3：
Token Rings (802.5, FDDI) / 2.7：
Token Ring Media Access Control / 2.7.1：
Token Ring Maintenance / 2.7.3：
Frame Format / 2.7.4：
FDDI / 2.7.5：
Wireless (802.11) / 2.8：
Collision Avoidance / 2.8.1：
Distribution System / 2.8.3：
Network Adaptors / 2.8.4：
Components / 2.9.1：
View from the Host / 2.9.2：
Memory Bottleneck / 2.9.3：
Open Issue: Does It Belong in Hardware? / 2.10：
Problem: Not All Networks Are Directly Connected / 3：
Switching and Forwarding / 3.1：
Datagrams / 3.1.1：
Virtual Circuit Switching / 3.1.2：
Source Routing / 3.1.3：
Bridges and LAN Switches / 3.2：
Learning Bridges / 3.2.1：
Spanning Tree Algorithm / 3.2.2：
Broadcast and Multicast / 3.2.3：
Limitations of Bridges / 3.2.4：
Cell Switching (ATM) / 3.3：
Cells / 3.3.1：
Segmentation and Reassembly / 3.3.2：
Virtual Paths / 3.3.3：
Physical Layers for ATM / 3.3.4：
ATM in the LAN / 3.3.5：
Implementation and Performance / 3.4：
Ports / 3.4.1：
Fabrics / 3.4.2：
Open Issue: The Future of ATM / 3.5：
Problem: There Is More Than One Network / 4：
Simple Internetworking (IP) / 4.1：
What Is an Internetwork? / 4.1.1：
Service Model / 4.1.2：
Global Addresses / 4.1.3：
Datagram Forwarding in IP / 4.1.4：
Address Translation (ARP) / 4.1.5：
Host Configuration (DHCP) / 4.1.6：
Error Reporting (ICMP) / 4.1.7：
Virtual Networks and Tunnels / 4.1.8：
Routing / 4.2：
Network as a Graph / 4.2.1：
Distance Vector (RIP) / 4.2.2：
Link State (OSPF) / 4.2.3：
Metrics / 4.2.4：
Routing for Mobile Hosts / 4.2.5：
Global Internet / 4.3：
Subnetting / 4.3.1：
Classless Routing (CIDR) / 4.3.2：
Interdomain Routing (BGP) / 4.3.3：
Routing Areas / 4.3.4：
IP Version 6 (IPv6) / 4.3.5：
Multicast / 4.4：
Link-State Multicast / 4.4.1：
Distance-Vector Multicast / 4.4.2：
Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) / 4.4.3：
Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) / 4.5：
Destination-Based Forwarding / 4.5.1：
Explicit Routing / 4.5.2：
Virtual Private Networks and Tunnels / 4.5.3：
Open Issue: Deployment of IPV6 / 4.6：
Problem: Getting Processess to Communicate / 5：
Simple Demultiplexer (UDP) / 5.1：
Reliable Byte Stream (TCP) / 5.2：
End-to-End Issues / 5.2.1：
Segment Format / 5.2.2：
Connection Establishment and Termination / 5.2.3：
Sliding Window Revisited / 5.2.4：
Triggering Transmission / 5.2.5：
Adaptive Retransmission / 5.2.6：
Record Boundaries / 5.2.7：
TCP Extensions / 5.2.8：
Alternative Design Choices / 5.2.9：
Remote Procedure Call / 5.3：
Bulk Transfer (BLAST) / 5.3.1：
Request/Reply (CHAN) / 5.3.2：
Dispatcher (SELECT) / 5.3.3：
Putting It All Together (SunRPC, DCE) / 5.3.4：
Open Issue: Application-Specific Protocols / 5.4：
Congestion Control and Resource Allocation / 6：
Problem: Allocating Resources
Issues in Resource Allocation / 6.1：
Network Model / 6.1.1：
Taxonomy / 6.1.2：
Evaluation Criteria / 6.1.3：
Queuing Disciplines / 6.2：
FIFO / 6.2.1：
Fair Queuing / 6.2.2：
TCP Congestion Control / 6.3：
Additive Increase/Multiplicative Decrease / 6.3.1：
Slow Start / 6.3.2：
Fast Retransmit and Fast Recovery / 6.3.3：
Congestion-Avoidance Mechanisms / 6.4：
DECbit / 6.4.1：
Random Early Detection (RED) / 6.4.2：
Source-Based Congestion Avoidance / 6.4.3：
Quality of Service / 6.5：
Application Requirements / 6.5.1：
Integrated Services (RSVP) / 6.5.2：
Differentiated Services (EF, AF) / 6.5.3：
ATM Quality of Service / 6.5.4：
Equation-Based Congestion Control / 6.5.5：
Open Issue: Inside versus Outside the Network / 6.6：
End-to-End Data / 7：
Problem: What Do We Do with the Data?
Presentation Formatting / 7.1：
Examples (XDR, ASN. 1, NDR) / 7.1.1：
Markup Languages (XML) / 7.1.3：
Data Compression / 7.2：
Lossless Compression Algorithms / 7.2.1：
Image Compression (JPEG) / 7.2.2：
Video Compression (MPEG) / 7.2.3：
Transmitting MPEG over a Network / 7.2.4：
Audio Compression (MP3) / 7.2.5：
Open Issue: Computer Networks Meet Consumer Electronics / 7.3：
Network Security / 8：
Problem: Securing the Data
Cryptographic Algorithms / 8.1：
Secret Key Encryption (DES) / 8.1.1：
Public Key Encryption (RSA) / 8.1.3：
Message Digest Algorithms (MD5) / 8.1.4：
Security Mechanisms / 8.1.5：
Authentication Protocols / 8.2.1：
Message Integrity Protocols / 8.2.2：
Public Key Distribution (X.509) / 8.2.3：
Example Systems / 8.3：
Pretty Good Privacy (PGP) / 8.3.1：
Secure Shell (SSH) / 8.3.2：
Transport Layer Security (TLS, SSL, HTTPS) / 8.3.3：
IP Security (IPSEC) / 8.3.4：
Firewalls / 8.4：
Filter-Based Firewalls / 8.4.1：
Proxy-Based Firewalls / 8.4.2：
Limitations / 8.4.3：
Open Issue: Denial-of-Service Attacks / 8.5：
Problem: Applications Need Their Own Protocols / 9：
Name Service (DNS) / 9.1：
Domain Hierarchy / 9.1.1：
Name Servers / 9.1.2：
Name Resolution / 9.1.3：
Traditional Applications / 9.2：
Electronic Mail (SMTP, MIME, IMAP) / 9.2.1：
World Wide Web (HTTP) / 9.2.2：
Network Management (SNMP) / 9.2.3：
Multimedia Applications / 9.3：
Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) / 9.3.1：
Session Control and Call Control (SDP, SIP, H.323) / 9.3.2：
Overlay Networks / 9.4：
Routing Overlays / 9.4.1：
Peer-to-Peer Networks / 9.4.2：
Content Distribution Networks / 9.4.3：
Open Issue: New Network Artichitecture / 9.5：
Glossary
Bibliography
Solutions to Selected Exercises
Index
About the Authors
Foreword
Foreword to the First Edition
Preface / Chapter 1：
33.

図書
図書
33. Kinematics of human motion
Vladimir M. Zatsiorsky
出版情報: Champaign, Ill. : Human Kinetics, c1998  xi, 419 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Notations and Conventions
Kinematic Geometry of Human Motion: Body Position and Displacement / Chapter 1：
Defining body location / 1.1：
The coordinate method / 1.1.1：
Cartesian versus oblique coordinates / 1.1.2：
Defining body orientation / 1.2：
Fixation of a local system with a rigid body / 1.2.1：
Fixation of a somatic system with a human body / 1.2.2：
Indirect method of defining body orientation / 1.2.3：
What is ""body rotation""? / 1.2.4：
Describing position and displacement / 1.2.5：
Advantages and disadvantages of the various angular conventions / 1.2.6：
Determining body position from experimental recordings / 1.2.7：
Three-dimensional representation of human movement: Eye movement / 1.3：
Eye orientation / 1.3.1：
Motions actually made by the human eye (Donders' law and Listing's law) / 1.3.2：
Rotation surfaces. The laws obeyed by the pointing head and arm movements / 1.3.3：
Summary / 1.4：
Questions for Review / 1.5：
Bibliography / 1.6：
Kinematic Geometry of Human Motion: Body Posture / Chapter 2：
Joint configuration / 2.1：
Technical and somatic systems / 2.1.1：
The clinical reference system / 2.1.2：
Globographic representation / 2.1.3：
Segment coordinate systems / 2.1.4：
Joint rotation convention / 2.1.5：
Kinematic chains / 2.2：
Degrees of freedom. Mobility of kinematic chains / 2.2.1：
Open kinematic chains: The end-effector mobility / 2.2.2：
Kinematics models and mobility of the human body / 2.2.3：
Constraints on human movements / 2.2.4：
Position analysis of kinematic chains / 2.2.5：
Biological solutions to kinematic problems / 2.3：
Internal representation of the immediate extrapersonal space / 2.3.1：
Internal representation of the body posture / 2.3.2：
Differential Kinematics of Human Movement / 2.4：
Velocity of a kinematic chain / 3.1：
Planar movement / 3.1.1：
Motion in three dimensions / 3.1.2：
Acceleration of a kinematic chain / 3.2：
Acceleration of a planar two-link chain / 3.2.1：
Acceleration of a two-link chain in three dimensions / 3.2.2：
Acceleration of a multi-link chain / 3.2.3：
Jerk and snap / 3.2.4：
Biological solutions to the problems of differential kinematics: Control of movement velocity / 3.3：
Control of approach: The tau hypothesis / 3.3.1：
Control of velocity in reaching movement / 3.3.2：
Joint Geometry and Joint Kinematics / 3.4：
Intrajoint kinematics / 4.1：
Articular surfaces and types of joints / 4.1.1：
Movement of articular surfaces / 4.1.2：
Geometry and algebra of intra-articular motion / 4.1.3：
Ligaments and joint motion: A joint as a mechanical linkage / 4.1.4：
Centers and axes of rotation / 4.2：
Planar joint movement / 4.2.1：
Three-dimensional joint movement / 4.2.2：
Kinematics of Individual Joints / 4.3：
Nominal joint axes / 5.1：
The joints of the foot / 5.2：
Metatarsophalangeal joints. The foot as a two-speed construction / 5.2.1：
The joints of the midfoot / 5.2.2：
The ankle joint complex / 5.3：
The talocrural joint / 5.3.1：
The subtalar joint / 5.3.2：
The knee / 5.4：
The tibiofemoral joint / 5.4.1：
The patellofemoral joint / 5.4.2：
The hip joint and the pelvic girdle / 5.5：
The spine / 5.6：
Movement in synarthroses / 5.6.1：
The lumbar and thoracic spine / 5.6.2：
The cervical region: Head and neck movement / 5.6.3：
The rib cage / 5.6.4：
The shoulder complex / 5.7：
Individual joints / 5.7.1：
Movement of the shoulder complex: The scapulohumeral rhythm / 5.7.2：
The elbow complex / 5.8：
Flexion and extension / 5.8.1：
Supination and pronation / 5.8.2：
The wrist / 5.9：
The joints of the hand / 5.10：
The joints of the thumb / 5.10.1：
The joints of the fingers / 5.10.2：
The temporomandibular joint / 5.11：
Glossary / 5.12：
Index
About the Author"
Preface
Acknowledgments
Notations and Conventions
34.

図書
図書
34. Vision science : photons to phenomenology
Stephen E. Palmer
出版情報: Cambridge, MA : MIT Press, c1999  xxii, 810 p., [8] p. of plates ; 26 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Brief Contents
Contents
Preface
Organization of the Book
Foundations
Spatial Vision
Visual Dynamics
Tailoring the Book to Different Needs
Acknowledgments
An Introduction to Vision Science / Part I：
Visual Perception / 1.1：
Defining Visual Perception / 1.1.1：
The Evolutionary Utility of Vision / 1.1.2：
Perception as a Constructive Act / 1.1.3：
Perception as Modeling the Environment / 1.1.4：
Perception as Apprehension of Meaning / 1.1.5：
Optical Information / 1.2：
The Behavior of Light / 1.2.1：
The Formation of Images / 1.2.2：
Vision as an "Inverse" Problem / 1.2.3：
Visual Systems / 1.3：
The Human Eye / 1.3.1：
The Retina / 1.3.2：
Visual Cortex / 1.3.3：
Theoretical Approaches / 2：
Classical Theories of Vision / 2.1：
Structuralism / 2.1.1：
Gestaltism / 2.1.2：
Ecological Optics / 2.1.3：
Constructivism / 2.1.4：
A Brief History of Information Processing / 2.2：
Computer Vision / 2.2.1：
Information Processing Psychology / 2.2.2：
Biological Information Processing / 2.2.3：
Information Processing Theory / 2.3：
The Computer Metaphor / 2.3.1：
Three Levels of Information Processing / 2.3.2：
Three Assumptions of Information Processing / 2.3.3：
Representation / 2.3.4：
Processes / 2.3.5：
Four Stages of Visual Perception / 2.4：
The Retinal Image / 2.4.1：
The Image-Based Stage / 2.4.2：
The Surface-Based Stage / 2.4.3：
The Object-Based Stage / 2.4.4：
The Category-Based Stage / 2.4.5：
Color Vision: A Microcosm of Vision Science / 3：
The Computational Description of Color Perception / 3.1：
The Physical Description of Light / 3.1.1：
The Psychological Description of Color / 3.1.2：
The Psychophysical Correspondence / 3.1.3：
Image-Based Color Processing / 3.2：
Basic Phenomena / 3.2.1：
Theories of Color Vision / 3.2.2：
Physiological Mechanisms / 3.2.3：
Development of Color Vision / 3.2.4：
Surface-Based Color Processing / 3.3：
Lightness Constancy / 3.3.1：
Chromatic Color Constancy / 3.3.2：
Color Naming / 3.4：
Focal Colors and Prototypes / 3.4.2：
A Fuzzy-Logical Model of Color Naming / 3.4.3：
Processing Image Structure / Part II：
Retinal and Geniculate Cells / 4.1：
Striate Cortex / 4.1.2：
Striate Architecture / 4.1.3：
Development of Receptive Fields / 4.1.4：
Psychophysical Channels / 4.2：
Spatial Frequency Theory / 4.2.1：
Physiology of Spatial Frequency Channels / 4.2.2：
Computational Approaches / 4.3：
Marr's Primal Sketches / 4.3.1：
Edge Detection / 4.3.2：
Alternative Computational Theories / 4.3.3：
A Theoretical Synthesis / 4.3.4：
Visual Pathways / 4.4：
Physiologlcal Evidence / 4.4.1：
Perceptual Evidence / 4.4.2：
Perceiving Surfaces Oriented in Depth / 5：
The Problem of Depth Perception / 5.1：
Heuristic Assumptions / 5.1.1：
Marr's 2.5-D Sketch / 5.1.2：
Ocular Information / 5.2：
Accormmodation / 5.2.1：
Convergence / 5.2.2：
Stereoscopic Information / 5.3：
Binocular Disparity / 5.3.1：
The Correspondence Problem / 5.3.2：
Computational Theories / 5.3.3：
Vertical Disparity / 5.3.4：
Da Vinci Stereopsis / 5.3.6：
Dynamic Information / 5.4：
Motion Parallax / 5.4.1：
Optic Flow Caused by a Moving Observer / 5.4.2：
Optic Flow Caused by Moving Objects / 5.4.3：
Accretion/Deletion of Texture / 5.4.4：
Pictorial Information / 5.5：
Perspective Projection / 5.5.1：
Convergence of Parallel Lines / 5.5.2：
Position Relative to the Horizon of a Surface / 5.5.3：
Relative Size / 5.5.4：
Familiar Size / 5.5.5：
Texture Gradients / 5.5.6：
Edge Interpretation / 5.5.7：
Shading Information / 5.5.8：
Aerial Perspective / 5.5.9：
Integrating Information Sources / 5.5.10：
Development of Depth Perception / 5.6：
Organizing Objects and Scenes / 5.6.1：
Perceptual Grouping / 6.1：
The Classical Principles of Grouping / 6.1.1：
New Principles of Grouping / 6.1.2：
Measuring Grouping Effects Quantitatively / 6.1.3：
Is Grouping an Early or Late Process? / 6.1.4：
Past Experience / 6.1.5：
Region Analysis / 6.2：
Uniform Connectedness / 6.2.1：
Region Segmentation / 6.2.2：
Texture Segregation / 6.2.3：
Figure/Ground Organization / 6.3：
Principles of Figure/Ground Organization / 6.3.1：
Ecological Considerations / 6.3.2：
Effects of Meaningfulness / 6.3.3：
The Problem of Holes / 6.3.4：
Visual Interpolation / 6.4：
Visual Completion / 6.4.1：
Illusory Contours / 6.4.2：
Perceived Transparency / 6.4.3：
Figural Scission / 6.4.4：
The Principle of Nonaccidentalness / 6.4.5：
Multistability / 6.5：
Connectionist Network Models / 6.5.1：
Neural Fatigue / 6.5.2：
Eye Fixations / 6.5.3：
The Role of Instructions / 6.5.4：
Development of Perceptual Organization / 6.6：
The Habituation Paradigm / 6.6.1：
The Development of Grouping / 6.6.2：
Perceiving Object Properties and Parts / 7：
Size / 7.1：
Size Constancy / 7.1.1：
Size Illusions / 7.1.2：
Shape / 7.2：
Shape Constancy / 7.2.1：
Shape Illusions / 7.2.2：
Orientation / 7.3：
Orientation Constancy / 7.3.1：
Orientation Illusions / 7.3.2：
Position / 7.4：
Perception of Direction / 7.4.1：
Position Constancy / 7.4.2：
Position Illusions / 7.4.3：
Perceptual Adaptation / 7.5：
Parts / 7.6：
Evidence for Perception of Parts / 7.6.1：
Part Segmentation / 7.6.2：
Global and Local Processing / 7.6.3：
Representing Shape and Structure / 8：
Shape Equivalence / 8.1：
Defining Objective Shape / 8.1.1：
Invariant Features / 8.1.2：
Transformational Alignment / 8.1.3：
Object-Centered Reference Frames / 8.1.4：
Theories of Shape Representation / 8.2：
Templates / 8.2.1：
Fourier Spectra / 8.2.2：
Features and Dimensions / 8.2.3：
Structural Descriptions / 8.2.4：
Figural Goodness and Pragnanz / 8.3：
Theories of Figural Goodness / 8.3.1：
Structural Information Theory / 8.3.2：
Perceiving Function and Category / 9：
The Perception of Function / 9.1：
Direct Perception of Affordances / 9.1.1：
Indirect Perception of Function by Categorization / 9.1.2：
Phenomena of Perceptual Categorization / 9.2：
Categorical Hierarchies / 9.2.1：
Perspective Viewing Conditions / 9.2.2：
Part Structure / 9.2.3：
Contextual Effects / 9.2.4：
Visual Agnosia / 9.2.5：
Theories of Object Categorization / 9.3：
Recognition by Components Theory / 9.3.1：
Accounting for Empirical Phenomena / 9.3.2：
Viewpoint-Specific Theories / 9.3.3：
Identifying Letters and Words / 9.4：
Identifying Letters / 9.4.1：
Identifying Words and Letters Within Words / 9.4.2：
The Interactive Activation Model / 9.4.3：
Perceiving Motion and Events / Part III：
Image Motion / 10.1：
The Computational Problem of Motion / 10.1.1：
Continuous Motion / 10.1.2：
Apparent Motion / 10.1.3：
Object Motion / 10.1.4：
Perceiving Object Velocity / 10.2.1：
Depth and Motion / 10.2.2：
Long-Range Apparent Motion / 10.2.3：
Dynamic Perceptual Organization / 10.2.4：
Self-Motion and Optic Flow / 10.3：
Induced Motion of the Self / 10.3.1：
Perceiving Self-Motion / 10.3.2：
Understanding Events / 10.4：
Biological Motion / 10.4.1：
Perceiving Causation / 10.4.2：
Intuitive Physics / 10.4.3：
Visual Selection: Eye Movements And Attention / 11：
Eye Movements / 11.1：
Types Of Eye Movements / 11.1.1：
The Physiology Of The Oculomotor System / 11.1.2：
Saccaadic Exploration Of The Visual Environment / 11.1.3：
Visual Attention / 11.2：
Early Versus Late Selection / 11.2.1：
Costs and Benefits of Attention / 11.2.2：
Theories of Spatial Attention / 11.2.3：
Selective Attention to Properties / 11.2.4：
Distributed versus Focused Attention / 11.2.5：
Feature Integration Theory / 11.2.6：
The Physiology of Attention / 11.2.7：
Attention and Eye Movements / 11.2.8：
Visual Memory and Imagery / 12：
Visual Memory / 12.1：
Three Memory Systems / 12.1.1：
Iconic Memory / 12.1.2：
Visual Short-Term Memory / 12.1.3：
Visual Long-Term Memory / 12.1.4：
Memory Dynamics / 12.1.5：
Visual Imagery / 12.2：
The Analog/Propositional Debate / 12.2.1：
Mental Transformtions / 12.2.2：
Image Inspection / 12.2.3：
Kosslyn's Model of Imagery / 12.2.4：
The Relation of Imagery to Perception / 12.2.5：
Visual Awareness / 13：
Philosophical Foundations / 13.1：
The Mind-Body Problem / 13.1.1：
The Problem of Other Minds / 13.1.2：
Neuropsychology of Visual Awareness / 13.2：
Split-Brain Patients / 13.2.1：
Blindsight / 13.2.2：
Unconscious Processing in Neglect and Balint's Syndrome / 13.2.3：
Unconscious Face Recognition in Prosopagnosia / 13.2.4：
Visual Awareness in Normal Observers / 13.3：
Perceptual Defense / 13.3.1：
Subliminal Perception / 13.3.2：
Inattentional Blindsight / 13.3.3：
Theories of Consciousness / 13.4：
Functional Architecture Theories / 13.4.1：
Biological Theories / 13.4.2：
Consciousness and the Limits of Science / 13.4.3：
Psychophysical Methods / Appendix A：
Measuring Thresholds / A.1：
Method of Adjustment / A.1.1：
Method of Limits / A.1.2：
Method of Constant Stimuli / A.1.3：
The Theoretical Status of Thresholds / A.1.4：
Signal Detection Theory / A.2：
Response Bias / A.2.1：
The Signal Detection Paradigm / A.2.2：
The Theory of Signal Detectability / A.2.3：
Difference Thresholds / A.3：
Just Noticeable Differences / A.3.1：
Weber's Law / A.3.2：
Psychophysical Scaling / A.4：
Fechner's Law / A.4.1：
Stevens's Law / A.4.2：
Suggestions for Futher Reading
Connectionist Modeling / Appendix B：
Network Behavior / B.1：
Unit Behavior / B.1.1：
System Architecture / B.1.2：
Systemic Behavior / B.1.3：
Connectionist Learning Algorithms / B.2：
Back Propagation / B.2.1：
Gradient Descent / B.2.2：
Color Technology / Appendix C：
Additive versus Subtractive Color Mixture / C.1：
Adding versus Multiplying Spectra / C.1.1：
Maxwell's Color Triangle / C.1.2：
C.I.E. Color Space / C.1.3：
Subtractive Color Mixture Space? / C.1.4：
Color Television / C.2：
Paints and Dyes / C.3：
Subtractive Combination of Paints / C.3.1：
Additive Combination of Paints / C.3.2：
Color Photography / C.4：
Color Printing / C.5：
Suggestions for Further Reading
Glossary
References
Name Index
Subject Index
Brief Contents
Contents
Preface
35.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
35. Incremental Speech Translation
Jan Willers Amtrup
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Overview
Introduction / 1：
Incremental Natural Language Processing / 1.1：
Incremental Speech Understanding / 1.2：
Incremental Architectures and the Architecture of MILC / 1.3：
Summary / 1.4：
Graph Theory and Natural Language Processing / 2：
General Definitions / 2.1：
The Use of Word Graphs for Natural Language Processing Systems / 2.2：
Evaluation of Word Graphs: Size and Quality Measures / 2.3：
Evaluation of Word Graphs: Quality Measures / 2.4：
Further Operations on Word Graphs / 2.5：
Removing Isolated Silence / 2.5.1：
Removing Consecutive Silence / 2.5.2：
Removing All Silence Edges / 2.5.3：
Merging Mutually Unreachable Vertices / 2.5.4：
Hypergraphs / 2.6：
Formal Definition of Hypergraphs / 2.6.1：
Merging of Hyperedges / 2.6.2：
Combination of Hyperedges / 2.6.3：
Search in Graphs / 2.7：
Unification-Based Formalisms for Translation in Natural Language Processing / 2.8：
Unification-Based Formalisms for Natural Language Processing / 3.1：
Definition of Typed Feature Structures with Appropriateness / 3.1.1：
Type Lattices / 3.1.2：
Feature Structures / 3.1.3：
Functions as Values of Features / 3.1.4：
Unification-Based Machine Translation / 3.2：
Architecture and Implementation of the Formalism / 3.3：
Definition and Implementation of Type Lattices / 3.3.1：
Definition and Implementation of Feature Structures / 3.3.2：
MILC: Structure and Implementation / 3.4：
Layered Charts / 4.1：
Communication Within the Application / 4.2：
Communication Architecture of an Application / 4.2.1：
Channel Models / 4.2.2：
Information Service and Synchronization / 4.2.3：
Termination / 4.2.4：
Overview of the Architecture of MILC / 4.3：
Word Recognition / 4.4：
Idiom Processing / 4.5：
Parsing / 4.6：
Derivation of Verbal Complexes / 4.6.1：
Spontaneous Speech and Word Recognition / 4.6.2：
Structure and Processing Strategies / 4.6.3：
Utterance Integration / 4.7：
Transfer / 4.8：
Chart-Based Transfer / 4.8.1：
The Implementation of Transfer for MILC / 4.8.2：
Generation / 4.9：
Visualization / 4.10：
Extensions / 4.11：
Extension of the Architecture / 4.11.1：
Anytime Translation / 4.11.2：
System Size / 4.12：
Experiments and Results / 4.13：
Translation / 5.1：
Data Material / 5.2.1：
Linguistic Knowledge Sources / 5.2.2：
Experiments and System Parameters / 5.2.3：
Evaluation / 5.2.4：
Comparison With Non-incremental Methods / 5.2.5：
Conclusion and Outlook / 5.4：
Bibliography
Glossary
Index
Overview
Introduction / 1：
Incremental Natural Language Processing / 1.1：
36.

図書
図書
36. View synthesis using stereo vision
Daniel Scharstein
出版情報: Berlin ; New York : Springer, c1999  xv, 163 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Lecture notes in computer science ; 1583
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Applications / 1.1.1：
The Computer Graphics Approach / 1.1.2：
Avoiding the Model / 1.1.3：
A Review of Stereo Vision / 1.2：
Camera Model and Image Formation / 1.2.1：
Stereo Geometry / 1.2.2：
The Correspondence Problem / 1.2.3：
The Epipolar Constraint / 1.2.4：
A Simple Stereo Geometry / 1.2.5：
Rectification / 1.2.6：
Example: SSD / 1.2.7：
Contributions and Outline / 1.3：
A Survey of Image-Based Rendering and Stereo / 2：
Image-Based Rendering / 2.1：
View Synthesis Based on Stereo / 2.1.1：
View Interpolation / 2.1.2：
Mosaics and Layered Representations / 2.1.3：
Stereo / 2.2：
A Framework for Stereo / 2.2.1：
Preprocessing / 2.2.2：
Matching Cost / 2.2.3：
Evidence Aggregation / 2.2.4：
Disparity Selection / 2.2.5：
Sub-Pixel Disparity Computation / 2.2.6：
Diffusion-Based Techniques / 2.2.7：
Other Techniques / 2.2.8：
Promising Recent Approaches / 2.2.9：
Computer Vision Books / 2.3：
View Synthesis / 3：
Geometry / 3.1：
Three-View Rectification / 3.1.1：
The Linear Warping Equation / 3.1.2：
Computing the Rectifying Homographies / 3.1.3：
Synthesizing a New View / 3.2：
Resolving Visibility / 3.2.1：
Holes and Sampling Gaps / 3.2.2：
Combining Information from Both Images / 3.2.3：
Adjusting Intensities / 3.2.4：
Filling Holes / 3.2.5：
The View Synthesis Algorithm / 3.2.6：
Limitations of the Approach / 3.2.7：
Experiments / 3.3：
Image-Based Scene Representations / 3.4：
Summary / 3.5：
Re-evaluating Stereo / 4：
Traditional Applications of Stereo / 4.1：
Automated Cartography / 4.1.1：
Robot Navigation / 4.1.2：
3D Reconstruction / 4.1.3：
3D Recognition / 4.1.4：
Visual Servoing / 4.1.5：
Full vs. Weak Calibration / 4.1.6：
Comparison of Requirements / 4.1.7：
Stereo for View Synthesis / 4.2：
Accuracy / 4.3：
Correct vs. Realistic Views / 4.4：
Areas of Uniform Intensities / 4.5：
Geometric Constraints / 4.5.1：
Interpolated Views / 4.5.2：
Extrapolated Views / 4.5.3：
General Views and the Aperture Problem / 4.5.4：
Assigning Canonical Depth Interpretations / 4.5.5：
Does Adding More Cameras Help? / 4.5.6：
Partial Occlusion / 4.6：
Gradient-Based Stereo / 4.7：
Similarity and Confidence / 5.1：
Displacement-Oriented Stereo / 5.2：
The Evidence Measure / 5.3：
Comparing Two Gradient Vectors / 5.3.1：
Comparing Gradient Fields / 5.3.2：
Computing Gradients of Discrete Images / 5.3.3：
Accumulating the Measure / 5.4：
Stereo: 1D Search Range / 5.5：
General Motion: 2D Search Range / 5.5.3：
Computing Disparity Maps for View Synthesis / 5.6：
Occlusion Boundaries / 5.6.1：
Detecting Partially Occluded Points and Uniform Regions / 5.6.2：
Extrapolating the Disparities / 5.6.3：
Efficiency / 5.7：
Discussion and Possible Extensions / 5.8：
Stereo Using Diffusion / 5.9：
Disparity Space / 6.1：
The SSD Algorithm and Boundary Blurring / 6.2：
Aggregating Support by Diffusion / 6.3：
The Membrane Model / 6.3.1：
Support Function for the Membrane Model / 6.3.2：
Diffusion with Local Stopping / 6.4：
A Bayesian Model of Stereo Matching / 6.5：
The Prior Model / 6.5.1：
The Measurement Model / 6.5.2：
Explicit Local Distribution Model / 6.5.3：
Conclusion / 6.6：
Contributions in View Synthesis / 7.1：
Contributions in Stereo / 7.2：
Extensions and Future Work / 7.3：
Bibliography
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Applications / 1.1.1：
37.

図書
図書
37. Interaction of charged particles and atoms with surfaces (: gw ; : us)
editor, G. Chiarotti ; contributors, P. Alkemade, ... [et al.]
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1995  xii, 328 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Group 3 . Solid state physics ; v. 24 . Physics of solid surfaces ; subvolume C
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
General introduction (G. CHIAROTTI) / 1：
Motivations for a Landolt-Bornstein volume on surface physics / 1.1：
Outline of the volume / 1.2：
How to consult the volume / 1.3：
List of frequently used symbols and abbreviations / 1.4：
Conversion tables / 1.5：
Crystal structures and bulk lattice parameters of materials quoted in the volume / 1.6：
References for 1 / 1.7：
See Vol.24A / 2：
See Vol.24B / 3-5：
Interaction of charged particles with surfaces / 6：
Elastic scattering and diffraction of electrons and positrons / E. Zanazzi6.1：
Introduction / 6.1.1：
Definitions and historical layout / 6.1.1.1：
The diffraction of electrons and positrons / 6.1.1.2：
Experimental considerations / 6.1.1.3：
Diffraction theories and methods / 6.1.1.4：
LEED / 6.1.1.4.1：
Alternative methods using LEED / 6.1.1.4.1.1：
Simplifications and calculations / 6.1.1.4.1.2：
The scattering potential in LEED / 6.1.1.4.1.3：
The effect of temperature / 6.1.1.4.1.4：
Structure determination / 6.1.1.4.1.5：
Precision and reliability / 6.1.1.4.1.6：
VLEED / 6.1.1.4.2：
SPLEED / 6.1.1.4.3：
RHEED / 6.1.1.4.4：
LEPD / 6.1.1.4.5：
Clean surfaces / 6.1.1.5：
Data / 6.1.2：
Appendix / 6.1.3：
References for 6.1 / 6.1.4：
Inelastic scattering of electrons (M. ROCCA) / 6.2：
Preliminary remarks / 6.2.1：
The EELS experiment / 6.2.1.2：
EEL-spectrometer designs / 6.2.1.3：
Inelastic cross section / 6.2.1.4：
Dipole scattering / 6.2.1.4.1：
Impact scattering / 6.2.1.4.2：
Metals and semimetals / 6.2.2：
Surface phonons / 6.2.2.1.1：
Surface plasmons / 6.2.2.1.2：
Electron-hole pair and Stoner excitations / 6.2.2.1.3：
Semiconductors / 6.2.2.2：
III-V semiconductors / 6.2.2.2.1：
Si and Ge / 6.2.2.2.2：
Insulators and oxides / 6.2.2.3：
References for 6.2 / 6.2.3：
Elastic and inelastic scattering of ions (P. ALKEMADE) / 6.3：
Low energy ion scattering / 6.3.1：
Scattering phenomena / 6.3.1.2.1：
Charge exchange / 6.3.1.2.2：
Surface structure determination / 6.3.1.2.3：
Medium and high energy ion scattering / 6.3.1.3：
Channeling, shadowing and blocking / 6.3.1.3.1：
References for 6.3 / 6.3.1.3.2：
Interaction of atoms with surfaces (V. CELLI) / 7：
Elastic scattering: the atom-surface potential / 7.1：
Kinematics and resonant scattering / 7.1.2.1：
Semi-empirical atom-surface potentials / 7.1.2.2：
Hard wall models / 7.1.2.3：
Theory of the elastic atom-surface potential / 7.1.2.4：
The static repulsive potential / 7.1.2.4.1：
The static attractive potential / 7.1.2.4.2：
The total static potential / 7.1.2.4.3：
Inelastic scattering: surface phonons / 7.1.3：
Kinematics / 7.1.3.1：
Kinematic focussing / 7.1.3.1.1：
Dynamical theory / 7.1.3.2：
The distorted wave Born approximation (DWBA) / 7.1.3.2.1：
Relation to phonon density of states and correlation functions / 7.1.3.2.2：
The inelastic atom-surface interaction / 7.1.3.3：
The dynamic repulsion and the cutoff factor / 7.1.3.3.1：
Dynamical effects of the attractive potential / 7.1.3.3.2：
Phonon spectra and surface potential data / 7.2：
References for 7 / 7.3：
General index (See Vol.24D)
Index of surfaces
Introductory material
General introduction (G. CHIAROTTI) / 1：
Motivations for a Landolt-Bornstein volume on surface physics / 1.1：
38.

図書
図書
38. The economics of contracts : a primer
Bernard Salanié
出版情報: Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press, c1997  viii, 223 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword to the Second Edition
Foreword to the First Edition
Introduction / 1：
The Great Families of Models / 1.1：
The Principal-Agent Model / 1.2：
Overview of the Book / 1.3：
References
Adverse Selection: General Theory / 2：
Mechanism Design / 2.1：
General Mechanisms / 2.1.1：
Application to Adverse Selection Models / 2.1.2：
A Discrete Model of Price Discrimination / 2.2：
The Consumer / 2.2.1：
The Seller / 2.2.2：
The First-Best: Perfect Discrimination / 2.2.3：
Imperfect Information / 2.2.4：
The Standard Model / 2.3：
Analysis of the Incentive Constraints / 2.3.1：
Solving the Model / 2.3.2：
Exercises
Adverse Selection: Examples and Extensions / 3：
Examples of Applications / 3.1：
Regulating a Firm / 3.1.1：
Optimal Taxation / 3.1.2：
The Insurer as a Monopolist / 3.1.3：
Extensions / 3.2：
Perfect Competition in Contracts / 3.2.1：
Multiple Principals / 3.2.2：
The Theory of Auctions / 3.2.3：
Collusion / 3.2.4：
Risk-Averse Agents / 3.2.5：
Multidimensional Characteristics / 3.2.6：
Bilateral Private Information / 3.2.7：
Type-Dependent Reservation Utilities / 3.2.8：
Auditing the Agent / 3.2.9：
Signaling Models / 4：
The Market for Secondhand Cars / 4.1：
Costly Signals / 4.2：
Separating Equilibria / 4.2.1：
Pooling Equilibria / 4.2.2：
The Selection of an Equilibrium / 4.2.3：
Costless Signals / 4.3：
A Simple Example / 4.3.1：
The General Model / 4.3.2：
Other Examples / 4.4：
The Informed Principal / 4.5：
Moral Hazard / 5：
The Agent's Program / 5.1：
The Principal's Program / 5.2.2：
Properties of the Optimal Contract / 5.2.3：
Informativeness and Second-Best Loss / 5.3：
A Continuum of Actions / 5.3.2：
The Limited Liability Model / 5.3.3：
An Infinity of Outcomes / 5.3.4：
The Multisignal Case / 5.3.5：
Imperfect Performance Measurement / 5.3.6：
Models with Several Agents / 5.3.7：
Models with Several Principals / 5.3.8：
The Robustness of Contracts / 5.3.9：
The Multitask Model / 5.3.10：
Insurance / 5.4：
Wage Determination / 5.4.2：
The Dynamics of Complete Contracts / 6：
Commitment and Renegotiation / 6.1：
Strategic Commitment / 6.2：
Adverse Selection / 6.3：
Full Commitment / 6.3.1：
Long-Term Commitment / 6.3.2：
No Commitment / 6.3.3：
Short-Term Commitment / 6.3.4：
Conclusion / 6.3.5：
Renegotiation after Effort / 6.4：
Convergence to the First-Best / 6.4.2：
Finitely Repeated Moral Hazard / 6.4.3：
Incomplete Contracts / 7：
Property Rights, Holdup, and Underinvestment / 7.1：
The Buyer-Seller Model / 7.1.1：
The Complete Contract / 7.1.2：
Incomplete Contracts and Property Rights / 7.1.3：
The Irrelevance Theorems / 7.2：
Restoring Efficient Investment Incentives / 7.2.1：
Using Mechanism Design / 7.2.2：
Concluding Remarks / 7.3：
Some Empirical Work / 8：
Dealing with Unobserved Heterogeneity / 8.1：
Auctions / 8.2：
Tests of Asymmetric Information in Insurance Markets / 8.3：
Some Noncooperative Game Theory / Appendix：
Games of Perfect Information / A.1：
Nash Equilibrium / A.1.1：
Subgame-Perfect Equilibrium / A.1.2：
Games of Incomplete Information / A.2：
Bayesian Equilibrium / A.2.1：
Perfect Bayesian Equilibrium / A.2.2：
Refinements of Perfect Bayesian Equilibrium / A.2.3：
Name Index
Subject Index
Foreword to the Second Edition
Foreword to the First Edition
Introduction / 1：
39.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
39. View Synthesis Using Stereo Vision
Daniel Scharstein
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Applications / 1.1.1：
The Computer Graphics Approach / 1.1.2：
Avoiding the Model / 1.1.3：
A Review of Stereo Vision / 1.2：
Camera Model and Image Formation / 1.2.1：
Stereo Geometry / 1.2.2：
The Correspondence Problem / 1.2.3：
The Epipolar Constraint / 1.2.4：
A Simple Stereo Geometry / 1.2.5：
Rectification / 1.2.6：
Example: SSD / 1.2.7：
Contributions and Outline / 1.3：
A Survey of Image-Based Rendering and Stereo / 2：
Image-Based Rendering / 2.1：
View Synthesis Based on Stereo / 2.1.1：
View Interpolation / 2.1.2：
Mosaics and Layered Representations / 2.1.3：
Stereo / 2.2：
A Framework for Stereo / 2.2.1：
Preprocessing / 2.2.2：
Matching Cost / 2.2.3：
Evidence Aggregation / 2.2.4：
Disparity Selection / 2.2.5：
Sub-Pixel Disparity Computation / 2.2.6：
Diffusion-Based Techniques / 2.2.7：
Other Techniques / 2.2.8：
Promising Recent Approaches / 2.2.9：
Computer Vision Books / 2.3：
View Synthesis / 3：
Geometry / 3.1：
Three-View Rectification / 3.1.1：
The Linear Warping Equation / 3.1.2：
Computing the Rectifying Homographies / 3.1.3：
Synthesizing a New View / 3.2：
Resolving Visibility / 3.2.1：
Holes and Sampling Gaps / 3.2.2：
Combining Information from Both Images / 3.2.3：
Adjusting Intensities / 3.2.4：
Filling Holes / 3.2.5：
The View Synthesis Algorithm / 3.2.6：
Limitations of the Approach / 3.2.7：
Experiments / 3.3：
Image-Based Scene Representations / 3.4：
Summary / 3.5：
Re-evaluating Stereo / 4：
Traditional Applications of Stereo / 4.1：
Automated Cartography / 4.1.1：
Robot Navigation / 4.1.2：
3D Reconstruction / 4.1.3：
3D Recognition / 4.1.4：
Visual Servoing / 4.1.5：
Full vs. Weak Calibration / 4.1.6：
Comparison of Requirements / 4.1.7：
Stereo for View Synthesis / 4.2：
Accuracy / 4.3：
Correct vs. Realistic Views / 4.4：
Areas of Uniform Intensities / 4.5：
Geometric Constraints / 4.5.1：
Interpolated Views / 4.5.2：
Extrapolated Views / 4.5.3：
General Views and the Aperture Problem / 4.5.4：
Assigning Canonical Depth Interpretations / 4.5.5：
Does Adding More Cameras Help? / 4.5.6：
Partial Occlusion / 4.6：
Gradient-Based Stereo / 4.7：
Similarity and Confidence / 5.1：
Displacement-Oriented Stereo / 5.2：
The Evidence Measure / 5.3：
Comparing Two Gradient Vectors / 5.3.1：
Comparing Gradient Fields / 5.3.2：
Computing Gradients of Discrete Images / 5.3.3：
Accumulating the Measure / 5.4：
Stereo: 1D Search Range / 5.5：
General Motion: 2D Search Range / 5.5.3：
Computing Disparity Maps for View Synthesis / 5.6：
Occlusion Boundaries / 5.6.1：
Detecting Partially Occluded Points and Uniform Regions / 5.6.2：
Extrapolating the Disparities / 5.6.3：
Efficiency / 5.7：
Discussion and Possible Extensions / 5.8：
Stereo Using Diffusion / 5.9：
Disparity Space / 6.1：
The SSD Algorithm and Boundary Blurring / 6.2：
Aggregating Support by Diffusion / 6.3：
The Membrane Model / 6.3.1：
Support Function for the Membrane Model / 6.3.2：
Diffusion with Local Stopping / 6.4：
A Bayesian Model of Stereo Matching / 6.5：
The Prior Model / 6.5.1：
The Measurement Model / 6.5.2：
Explicit Local Distribution Model / 6.5.3：
Conclusion / 6.6：
Contributions in View Synthesis / 7.1：
Contributions in Stereo / 7.2：
Extensions and Future Work / 7.3：
Bibliography
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Applications / 1.1.1：
40.

図書
図書
40. Le froid et la qualité des légumes frais : compte rendu de la réunion des Commissions C2, D2/3 = Refrigeration and the quality of fresh vegetables : proceedings of the meetings of Commissions C2, D2/3
édité par Institut international du froid = issued for International Institute of Refrigeration
出版情報: Paris, France : Institut International du Froid, [1994]  372 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Science et technique du froid = Refrigeration science and technology ; 1994-5
所蔵情報: loading…
41.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
41. Avoiding Static Ignition Hazards in Chemical Operations (Revised Edition)
Laurence G. Britton
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Purpose / 1.1：
Exclusive / 1.2：
Units / 1.3：
Organization of the Book / 1.4：
Fundamentals of Static Electricity / Chapter 2：
What is Static Electricity / 2.1：
Charge Separation / 2.1.1：
Magnitude of Current and Potential / 2.1.2：
Concentration of Charged Species / 2.1.3：
Importance of Trace Contaminants / 2.1.4：
Hazard Evaluation / 2.1.5：
Statistics / 2.1.6：
Charge Generation / 2.2：
Induction Charging / 2.2.1：
Ionic Charging / 2.2.2：
Charge Dissipation / 2.3：
Variability of Conductivity / 2.3.1：
Charge Accumulation / 2.4：
Ignition / 2.5：
Effective Energy / 2.5.1：
Static Discharges / 2.6：
Corona Discharge / 2.6.1：
Brush Discharge / 2.6.2：
Bulking Brush Discharge / 2.6.3：
Spark Discharge / 2.6.4：
Propagating Brush Discharge (PBD) / 2.6.5：
Surface Streamer / 2.6.6：
Personnel Spark and Shock Hazards / 2.7：
Body Capacitance and Resistance / 2.7.1：
Voltage (V) and Energy (W) Attained / 2.7.2：
Human Shock Response / 2.7.3：
Evaluating the Hazard of Static Electricity / Chapter 3：
General / 3.1：
Hazard Identification Methods / 3.2：
Decision Trees / 3.2.1：
Conductive Objects / 3.3：
Nonconductive Objects / 3.3.2：
Energy Estimates / 3.4：
Charge Sharing / 3.4.1：
Instrumentation / 3.5：
Charge / 3.5.1：
Electric Field / 3.5.2：
Potential / 3.5.3：
Ignition Energy / 3.5.4：
Conductivity of Liquids / 3.5.5：
Resistivity of Solids / 3.5.6：
Resistance / 3.5.7：
Direct Observation of Discharges / 3.6：
Radio Frequency Detection of Discharges / 3.7：
Measuring the Effective Energy of Nonspark Discharges / 3.8：
Gas Composition / 3.8.1：
Controlling Electrostatic Hazards / Chapter 4：
Bonding and Grounding / 4.1：
Definitions / 4.1.1：
Purpose of Bonding and Grounding / 4.1.2：
Resistance to Ground / 4.1.3：
Bonding and Grounding Systems / 4.1.4：
Ground Rods / 4.1.5：
Grounding and Cathodic Protection / 4.1.6：
Control of Charge Relaxation / 4.2：
Increase of Conductivity / 4.2.1：
Charge Neutralizers / 4.2.2：
Control of Personnel Charging / 4.3：
Personnel Grounding / 4.3.1：
Clothing / 4.3.2：
Gloves / 4.3.3：
Control of Flammable Atmospheres / 4.4：
Liquid Nitrogen/Liquid Air Hazards / 4.4.1：
Flammable Liquids, Vapors, and Gases / Chapter 5：
Ignition Hazards of Liquid Vapor and Mist / 5.1：
Flammable Liquid / 5.1.1：
Flammable Limits / 5.1.2：
Liquid Mist / 5.1.3：
Minimum Ignition Energy (MIE) / 5.1.4：
Explosion Prevention Systems / 5.1.5：
Generation and Relaxation (Loss) of Charge in Liquid Systems / 5.2：
Charge Density / 5.2.1：
Factors Influencing Charge Generation / 5.2.3：
Charge Relaxation / 5.2.4：
Classification of Liquids based on Conductivity / 5.2.5：
Antistatic Additives / 5.2.6：
Flow in Pipe, Hose, and Tubing / 5.2.7：
Metallic Piping Systems / 5.3.1：
Nonconductive Pipe and Linings / 5.3.2：
Flexible Hoses / 5.3.3：
Dip Pipes / 5.3.4：
Filters and Relaxation Tanks / 5.3.5：
Suspended Material / 5.3.6：
Valves and Other Line Restrictions / 5.3.7：
Filling Criteria for Tank Operations / 5.4：
Storage Tanks / 5.4.1：
Road Tankers / 5.4.2：
Rail Cars / 5.4.3：
Liquid Phase Mixers, Blenders, and Reactors / 5.4.4：
Liquid-Solid Mixers, Blenders and Reactors / 5.4.5：
Vacuum Trucks / 5.4.6：
Plastic Tanks / 5.4.7：
Sampling, Gauging, and Analysis / 5.5：
Sample Container Cord / 5.5.1：
Sampling / 5.5.2：
Gauging / 5.5.3：
Portable Flammable Gas Analyzers / 5.5.4：
Tank Cleaning / 5.6：
Water Washing / 5.6.1：
Solvent Washing / 5.6.2：
Steam Cleaning / 5.6.3：
Acid Washing / 5.6.4：
Grit Blasting / 5.6.5：
Portable Tanks / 5.7：
Metal Portable Tanks / 5.7.1：
Plastic Portable Tanks / 5.7.2：
Portable Containers Le / 5.8：
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Chapter 1：
42.

図書
図書
42. Cluster beam synthesis of nanostructured materials
Paolo Milani, Salvatore Iannotta
出版情報: New York : Springer, c1999  viii, 190 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Springer series in cluster physics
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Molecular Beams and Cluster Nucleation / 2：
Molecular Beams / 2.1：
Continuous Effusive Beams / 2.1.1：
Continuous Supersonic Beams / 2.1.2：
Pulsed Beams / 2.1.3：
Nucleation and Aggregation Processes / 2.2：
Classical Theory / 2.2.1：
Homogeneous Nucleation by Monomer Addition / 2.2.2：
Homogeneous Nucleation by Aggregation / 2.2.3：
Nucleation of Clusters in Beams / 2.2.4：
Semi-empirical Approach to Clustering in Free Jets / 2.2.5：
Cluster Sources / 3：
Vaporization Methods / 3.1：
Joule Heating / 3.1.1：
Plasma Generation for Cluster Production / 3.1.2：
Laser Vaporization / 3.1.3：
Glow and Arc Discharges / 3.1.4：
Continuous Sources / 3.2：
Effusive Joule-Heated Gas Aggregation Sources / 3.2.1：
Magnetron Plasma Sources / 3.2.2：
Supersonic Sources / 3.2.3：
Pulsed Sources / 3.3：
Pulsed Valves / 3.3.1：
Laser Vaporization Sources / 3.3.2：
Arc Pulsed Sources / 3.3.3：
Characterization and Manipulation of Cluster Beams / 4：
Mass Spectrometry / 4.1：
Quadrupole Mass Spectrometry / 4.1.1：
Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometry / 4.1.2：
Retarding Potential Mass Spectrometry / 4.1.3：
Detection Methods / 4.2：
Ionization of Clusters / 4.2.1：
Charged Cluster Detection / 4.2.2：
Cluster Beam Characterization / 4.2.3：
Cluster Selection and Manipulation / 4.3：
Size and Energy Selection / 4.3.1：
Quadrupole Filter / 4.3.2：
Separation of Gas Mixtures in Supersonic Beams / 4.3.3：
Thin Film Deposition and Surface Modification by Cluster Beams / 5：
Kinetic Energy Regimes / 5.1：
Diffusion and Coalescence of Clusters on Surfaces / 5.2：
Low-Energy Deposition / 5.3：
Cluster Networks and Porous Films / 5.3.1：
Composite Nanocrystalline Materials / 5.3.2：
High-Energy Deposition / 5.4：
Implantation, Sputtering, Etching / 5.4.1：
Thin Film Formation / 5.4.2：
Outlook and Perspectives / 6：
Cluster Beam Processing of Surfaces / 6.1：
Nanostructured Materials Synthesis / 6.2：
Perspectives / 6.3：
Appendix
References
Introduction / 1：
Molecular Beams and Cluster Nucleation / 2：
Molecular Beams / 2.1：
43.

図書
図書
43. Parallel database techniques
[edited by] Mahdi Abdelguerfi, Kam-Fai Wong
出版情報: Los Alamitos, CA : IEEE Computer Society, c1998  vii, 222 p. ; 26 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Background / 1.1：
Parallel Database Systems / 1.2：
Computation Model / 1.2.1：
Engineering Model / 1.2.2：
About this Manuscript / 1.3：
Bibliography
Request Manager / I：
Designing an Optimizer for Parallel Relational Systems / 2：
Overall Design Issues / 2.1：
Design a Simple Parallel Execution Model / 2.2.1：
The Two-Phase Approach / 2.2.2：
Parallelizing is Adding Information! / 2.2.3：
Two-Phase versus Parallel Approaches / 2.2.4：
Parallelization / 2.3：
Kinds of Parallelism / 2.3.1：
Specifying Parallel Execution / 2.3.2：
Search Space / 2.4：
Slicing Hash Join Trees / 2.4.1：
Search Space Size / 2.4.2：
Heuristics / 2.4.3：
The Two-Phase Heuristics / 2.4.4：
Cost Model / 2.5：
Exceptions to the Principle of Optimality / 2.5.1：
Resources / 2.5.2：
Skew and Size Model / 2.5.3：
The Cost Function / 2.5.4：
Search Strategies / 2.6：
Deterministic Search Strategies / 2.6.1：
Randomized Strategies / 2.6.2：
Conclusion / 2.7：
New Approaches to Parallel Join Utilizing Page Connectivity Information / 3：
The Environment and a Motivating Example / 3.1：
The Methodology / 3.3：
Definition of Parameters / 3.3.1：
The Balancing Algorithm / 3.3.2：
Schedules for Reading Join Components and Data Pages / 3.3.3：
Performance Analysis / 3.4：
The Evaluation Method / 3.4.1：
Evaluation Results / 3.4.2：
Concluding Remarks and Future Work / 3.5：
A Performance Evaluation Tool for Parallel Database Systems / 4：
Performance Evaluation Methods / 4.1：
Analytical Modeling / 4.2.1：
Benchmarks / 4.2.2：
Observations / 4.2.3：
The Software Testpilot / 4.3：
The Experiment Specification / 4.3.1：
The Performance Assessment Cycle / 4.3.2：
The System Interface / 4.3.3：
The Software Testpilot and Oracle/Ncube / 4.4：
Database System Performance Assessment / 4.4.1：
The Oracle/Ncube Interface / 4.4.2：
Preliminary Results / 4.5：
Load Placement in Distributed High-Performance Database Systems / 4.6：
Investigated System / 5.1：
System Architecture / 5.2.1：
Load Scenarios / 5.2.2：
Trace Analysis / 5.2.3：
Load Setup / 5.2.4：
Load Placement Strategies Investigated / 5.3：
Scheduling Strategies for Transactions / 5.4：
Simulation Results / 5.5：
Influence of Scheduling / 5.5.1：
Evaluation of the Load Placement Strategies / 5.5.2：
Lessons Learned / 5.5.3：
Decision Parameters Used / 5.5.4：
Conclusion and Open Issues / 5.6：
Parallel Machine Architecture / II：
Modeling Recovery in Client-Server Database Systems / 6：
Uniprocessor Recovery and Formal Approach to Modeling Recovery / 6.1：
Basic Formal Concepts / 6.2.1：
Logging Mechanisms / 6.2.2：
Runtime Policies for Ensuring Correctness / 6.2.3：
Data Structures Maintained for Efficient Recovery / 6.2.4：
Restart Recovery--The ARIES Approach / 6.2.5：
LSN Sequencing Techniques for Multinode Systems / 6.3：
Recovery in Client-Server Database Systems / 6.4：
Client-Server EXODUS (ESM-CS) / 6.4.1：
Client-Server ARIES (ARIES/CSA) / 6.4.2：
Shared Nothing Clients with Disks (CD) / 6.4.3：
Summary of Recovery Approaches in Client-Server Architectures / 6.4.4：
Parallel Strategies for a Petabyte Multimedia Database Computer / 6.5：
Multimedia Data Warehouse, Databases, and Applications / 7.1：
Three Waves of Multimedia Database Development / 7.2.1：
National Medical Practice Knowledge Bank Application / 7.2.2：
Massively Parallel Architecture, Infrastructure, and Technology / 7.3：
Parallelism / 7.3.1：
Teradata-MM Architecture, Framework, and New Concepts / 7.4：
Teradata-MM Architecture / 7.4.1：
Key New Concepts / 7.4.2：
SQL3 / 7.4.3：
Federated Coordinator / 7.4.4：
Teradata Multimedia Object Server / 7.4.5：
Parallel UDF Execution Analysis / 7.5：
UDF Optimizations / 7.5.1：
PRAGMA Facility / 7.5.2：
UDF Value Persistence Facility / 7.5.3：
Spatial Indices for Content-Based Querying / 7.5.4：
The MEDUSA Project / 7.6：
Indexing and Data Partitioning / 8.1：
Standard Systems / 8.2.1：
Grid Files / 8.2.2：
Dynamic Load Balancing / 8.3：
Data Access Frequency / 8.3.1：
Data Distribution / 8.3.2：
Query Partitioning / 8.3.3：
The MEDUSA Architecture / 8.4：
Software / 8.4.2：
Grid File Implementation / 8.4.3：
Load Balancing Strategy / 8.4.4：
MEDUSA Performance Results / 8.5：
Test Configuration / 8.5.1：
Transaction Throughput / 8.5.2：
Speedup / 8.5.3：
Load Balancing Test Results / 8.5.4：
Conclusions / 8.6：
Partitioned Data Store / III：
System Software of the Super Database Computer SDC-II / 9：
Architectural Overview of the SDC-II / 9.1：
Design and Organization of the SDC-II System Software / 9.3：
Parallel Execution Model / 9.3.1：
I/O Model and Buffer Management Strategy for Bulk Data Transfer / 9.3.2：
Process Model and Efficient Flow Control Mechanism / 9.3.3：
Structure of the System Software Components / 9.3.4：
Evaluation of the SDC-II System / 9.4：
Details of a Sample Query Processing / 9.4.1：
Comparison with Commercial Systems / 9.4.2：
Data Placement in Parallel Database Systems / 9.5：
Overview of Data Placement Strategies / 10.1：
Declustering and Redistribution / 10.2.1：
Placement / 10.2.2：
Effects of Data Placement / 10.3：
STEADY and TPC-C / 10.3.1：
Dependence on Number of Processing Elements / 10.3.2：
Dependence on Database Size / 10.3.3：
Contributors / 10.4：
Introduction / 1：
Background / 1.1：
Parallel Database Systems / 1.2：
44.

図書
図書
44. Verschiedene andere Oxide (: gw ; : us)
G. Albanese ... [et al.] ; Herausgeber: H.P.J. Wijn
出版情報: Berlin ; New York : Springer, c1992  ix, 238 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Gruppe 3 . Kristall- und Festkörperphysik ; Bd. 27 . Magnetische Eigenschaften nicht-metallischer anorgnischer Verbindungen von Übergangselementen ; Teilbd. g
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
Magnetic properties of oxides with various other structures / 6：
Binary oxides of d transition elements / M.S. Seehra ; H.P.J. Wijn6.1：
Introduction / 6.1.1：
Scope of the review / 6.1.1.1：
Earlier reviews / 6.1.1.2：
Symbols and abbreviations / 6.1.1.3：
Monoxides of 3d transition elements / 6.1.2：
Simple monoxides MO / 6.1.2.1：
Mixed monoxides <$>{\rm M}_{1-{\rm p}^{\rm I}{\rm M}_{\rm p}^{\rm II}<$> / References for 6.1.2.1：
Diluted monoxides <$>{\rm M}_{\rm p}{\rm N}_{1-{\rm p}}<$> / References for 6.1.2.2：
Electronic structures / References for 6.1.2.3：
Dioxides of 3d transition elements / 6.1.3：
Simple dioxides MO2 / 6.1.3.5：
Pseudo binary vanadium dioxides V1-xMxO2 / 6.1.3.6：
Intermediate phase binary oxides / References for 6.1.3：
Magneli phases MnO2n-1 / 6.1.4.1：
The vanadium compounds VnO2n+1 / 6.1.4.2：
Oxides of 4d and 5d transition elements / References for 6.1.4：
Oxides with trirutile and pyrochlore structure (J.E. Greedan) / References of 6.1.5：
Trirutile structure oxides / 6.2.1：
Crystal structure and crystallographic data / 6.2.1.1：
Magnetic properties / 6.2.1.2：
A6+B3+2O6 / 6.2.1.2.1：
A2+B5+2O6 / 6.2.1.2.2：
References for 6.2.1 / 6.2.1.3：
Pyrochlore structure oxides
Crystal structure / 6.2.2.1：
Space group and atomic positions / 6.2.2.1.1：
B2O6 network / 6.2.2.1.2：
A2O' network / 6.2.2.1.3：
Magnetic sublattices / 6.2.2.1.4：
A3+2B4+2O6O' pyrochlores / 6.2.2.2：
A3+2BB'C7 pyrochlo / 6.2.2.2.2：
(AA') (BB')C7 / 6.2.2.2.3：
A2+2B5+2O7 pyrochlores / 6.2.2.2.4：
(AA')2+(BB')5+O7 / 6.2.2.2.5：
References for 6.2.2 / 6.2.2.3：
Hexagonal ferrites (G. Albanese, A. Deriu) / 6.3：
General remarks / 6.3.1：
Quantities and units / 6.3.1.2：
List of symbols and abbreviations / 6.3.1.3：
See Vol.4B / 6.3.2 and 6.3.3：
M(magnetoplumbite)-type ferrites / 6.3.4：
Reviewed compositions / 6.3.4.1：
Intrinsic magnetic properties and crystalline structure / 6.3.4.2：
Extrinsic magnetic properties and microstructure / 6.3.4.3：
Phase formation and morphology studies / 6.3.4.4：
Electric and dielectric properties / 6.3.4.5：
High frequency magnetic properties / 6.3.4.6：
Optical properties / 6.3.4.7：
W-type ferrites / 6.3.5：
Y-type ferrites / 6.3.5.1：
Z-type ferrites / 6.3.6.1：
X-type ferrites / 6.3.7.1：
Further compositions / 6.3.8.1：
Microwave device applications of hexagonal ferrites / 6.3.2：
Magnetic recording applications of hexagonal ferrites / 6.3.3：
References for 6.3 / 6.3.12：
RFe2O4 compounds (K. Siratori) / 6.4：
General background and scope / 6.4.1：
Exchange coupling constants estimated from the data in the paramagnetic region / 6.4.3：
The Verwey transition / 6.4.4：
Magnetization in the state of 2-dimensional spin order / 6.4.5：
Relaxation / 6.4.6：
References for 6.4 / 6.4.7：
Introductory material
Magnetic properties of oxides with various other structures / 6：
Binary oxides of d transition elements / M.S. Seehra ; H.P.J. Wijn6.1：
45.

図書
図書
45. The software project manager's handbook : principles that work at work
Dwayne Phillips
出版情報: Los Alamitos, Calif. : IEEE Computer Society, c1998  xvi, 387 p. ; 26 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Elements of Effective Software Management / Part 1：
What Makes a Good Software Manager? / Chapter 1：
People perspective / 1.1：
Business perspective / 1.2：
Process perspective / 1.3：
Successful process techniques / 1.3.1：
Best practices / 1.3.2：
Management "secrets" / 1.3.3：
Key thoughts in this chapter / 1.4：
References
Four Basics that Work / Chapter 2：
People, process, and product / 2.1：
People / 2.1.1：
Process / 2.1.2：
Product / 2.1.3：
Balancing the 3Ps / 2.1.4：
Visibility / 2.2：
Basic visibility techniques / 2.2.1：
Using the techniques / 2.2.2：
Configuration management / 2.3：
The CM plan / 2.3.1：
Basic baselines / 2.3.2：
Activities / 2.3.3：
CM people / 2.3.4：
CM sketch / 2.3.5：
Standards / 2.4：
What Doesn't Work and Why / 2.5：
When the 3Ps are out of balance / 3.1：
When there's not enough visibility / 3.2：
When configuration management is missing or abused / 3.3：
When standards are dismissed / 3.4：
Managing a Project Day by Day / 3.5：
Balancing the 3Ps to create a good environment / 4.1：
Emotional safety / 4.1.1：
Emphasis on team empowerment / 4.1.2：
High degree of personal interaction / 4.1.3：
Good balance of work and rest / 4.1.4：
Structure that promotes success / 4.1.5：
Visibility: Project control in a simple equation / 4.2：
Collecting status / 4.2.1：
Collection guidelines / 4.2.2：
Making status visible and undistorted / 4.2.3：
Analyzing the situation / 4.2.4：
Taking action / 4.2.5：
Making and communicating decisions / 4.2.6：
Making a decision visible / 4.2.7：
Keeping the environment good / 4.2.8：
Managing an external supplier / 4.2.9：
CM: Managing baselines with milestones / 4.3：
Looking to standards for help / 4.4：
The Development Life-Cycle: Early Stages / 4.5：
Requirements / Chapter 5：
Balancing the 3Ps: Requirements gathering and analysis / 5.1：
Selecting the requirements engineer / 5.1.1：
Interviewing customers / 5.1.2：
Conducting group meetings / 5.1.3：
Diffusing tense situations / 5.1.4：
Evolving requirements / 5.1.5：
Requirements vs. design / 5.1.6：
Visibility: Making requirements known / 5.2：
An overview of techniques / 5.2.1：
Joint Application Development / 5.2.2：
Design by Walking Around / 5.2.3：
System Storyboarding Technique / 5.2.4：
Concept of operations / 5.2.5：
Mind maps / 5.2.6：
Gilb charts / 5.2.7：
Method 315 / 5.2.8：
Rapid prototyping / 5.2.9：
Software diagrams / 5.2.10：
The software requirements specification / 5.2.11：
Database support / 5.2.12：
Using CM / 5.3：
Using standards / 5.4：
Planning / 5.5：
Elements of a good plan / 6.1：
Balancing the 3Ps: Selecting the process / 6.2：
Prototyping / 6.2.1：
Rapid application development / 6.2.2：
Microsoft process / 6.2.3：
Spiral process / 6.2.4：
Process improvement mechanisms / 6.2.5：
Making the project visible: Planning techniques / 6.3：
Project context / 6.3.1：
Creating a task network / 6.3.2：
Cards on the wall planning / 6.3.3：
Making the project visible: Estimating techniques / 6.4：
Rayleigh model / 6.4.1：
PSP's Probe / 6.4.2：
A technique for simple estimation / 6.4.3：
Judging an estimate / 6.4.4：
Tailoring techniques to the process model / 6.4.5：
All-in-one military and commercial standards / 6.5：
Documenting the plan / 6.6.2：
Risk Management / 6.7：
A task overview / 7.1：
Balancing the 3Ps: Uncertainty and choice / 7.2：
Risk identification / 7.2.1：
Risk planning / 7.2.2：
Risk control / 7.2.3：
Risk monitoring / 7.2.4：
Risk directing and staffing / 7.2.5：
Making risk visible / 7.3：
Risk estimating / 7.3.1：
Risk evaluation / 7.3.2：
Risk analysis products / 7.3.3：
The Development Life-Cycle: Middle to Late Stages / 7.4：
Design / Chapter 8：
The challenges of the 3Ps / 8.1：
Managing creativity / 8.1.1：
Reducing design frustration / 8.1.2：
Evaluating and selecting from design alternatives / 8.1.3：
Visibility--Expressing the design / 8.2：
Words / 8.2.1：
Pictures / 8.2.2：
Configuration control boards / 8.3：
Design documents / 8.3.2：
Tracing requirements / 8.3.3：
Standards: Writing the SDD / 8.4：
Contents / 8.4.1：
Organization / 8.4.2：
Integration and Testing / 8.5：
Some I&T myths / 9.1：
Managing the 3Ps: People / 9.2：
Managing the 3Ps: Process / 9.3：
Common testing problems / 9.3.1：
IDEA / 9.3.2：
Verification and validation / 9.3.3：
Visibility: Testing techniques and details / 9.4：
Elements of effective testing / 9.4.1：
Black box testing / 9.4.2：
White box testing / 9.4.3：
Combining white box and black box testing / 9.4.4：
Integration testing / 9.4.5：
Acceptance testing / 9.4.6：
Regression testing / 9.4.7：
Cleanroom testing / 9.4.8：
How testing relates to other activities / 9.5：
Controlling test artifacts / 9.5.2：
Using the requirements traceability matrix / 9.5.3：
Standards: Documenting the test plan / 9.6：
Software Maintenance / 9.7：
What is maintenance? / 10.1：
Maintenance or development? / 10.1.1：
Maintenance activities / 10.1.2：
Why use configuration management? / 10.1.3：
Why is it so expensive and difficult? / 10.1.4：
Balancing the 3Ps: Managing the maintainers / 10.2：
Balancing the 3Ps: Managing the process / 10.3：
Balancing the 3Ps: Making the most of the product / 10.4：
Visibility: Understanding the maintenance stages / 10.5：
Identification and classification / 10.5.1：
Analysis / 10.5.2：
Implementation / 10.5.3：
System test / 10.5.5：
Acceptance test / 10.5.6：
Delivery / 10.5.7：
Keeping baselines straight / 10.6：
Managing releases / 10.6.2：
Pacing the process / 10.6.3：
Applying the Principles / 10.7：
Cookbook / Chapter 11：
Essentials / 11.1：
Use journals and decision records / 11.1.1：
Perform all CM activities / 11.1.2：
Manage day by day / 11.1.3：
Use standards / 11.1.4：
Conduct post-mortems / 11.1.5：
OPT: A waterfall project / 11.2：
Context / 11.2.1：
Project details / 11.2.2：
System upgrade: An evolutionary project / 11.3：
CTRan: A spiral project / 11.3.1：
Risks / 11.4.1：
Quadrants of the spiral / 11.4.3：
Cycles of the spiral / 11.4.5：
Appendices / 11.5：
Documents for the OPT Project / Appendix A：
OPT Executive Sponsor Memorandum
OPT Project Context Document
OPT Configuration Management Plan
OPT Concept of Operations
OPT Software Requirements Specification
OPT Software Project Management Plan
OPT Software Design Description
Configuration Management / Appendix B：
Will the Real CM please stand up? / B.1：
The main ingredients / B.2：
Baselines / B.3：
Basics / B.3.1：
Applying baselines in a waterfall project / B.3.2：
Applying baselines in a non-waterfall project / B.3.3：
Documenting baselines / B.3.4：
Baseline contents / B.3.5：
Interface control documents / B.3.6：
CM Activities / B.4：
Identification / B.4.1：
Control / B.4.2：
Auditing / B.4.3：
Status accounting / B.4.4：
CM staff / B.5：
Project manager / B.5.3：
CM plan / B.6：
A CM sketch / B.7：
Summary / B.8：
Structured Analysis and Design / Appendix C：
Structured analysis / C.1：
Environmental model / C.1.2：
Preliminary behavioral model / C.1.3：
Final behavioral model / C.1.4：
Finished essential model / C.1.5：
Structured design / C.2：
User implementation model / C.2.1：
Systems implementation model / C.2.2：
Program implementation model / C.2.3：
Annotated Bibliography / Appendix D：
Index
About the Author
Preface
Elements of Effective Software Management / Part 1：
What Makes a Good Software Manager? / Chapter 1：
46.

図書
図書
46. New developments in refrigeration for food safety and quality : proceedings of the meeting of Commission C2 with Commissions B2, D1, and D2-3 = Derniers progrès en matière de froid pour la sécurité et la qualité alimentaires : compte rendu de la réunion de Commission C2 avec Commissions B2, D1, et D2-3
issued for International Institute of Refrigeration = edité par Institute international de froid
出版情報: [St. Joseph, Mich.] : American Society of Agricultural Engineers, c1996  viii, 318 p. ; 23 cm
シリーズ名: Science et technique du froid = Refrigeration science and technology ; 1996-6
所蔵情報: loading…
47.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
47. Interactive Multimedia Documents
Michalis Vazirgiannis
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Book Overview
Acknowledgements
Table of Contents
Background / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Basic Concepts / 1.2：
Temporal Aspects of IMDs / 1.3：
Spatial Aspects of an IMD / 1.4：
Multimedia Document Models / 1.5：
Multimedia Document Standards / 1.6：
Multimedia and Hypermedia Information Coding Experts Group (M H E G ) / 1.6.1：
H Y T I M E / 1.6.2：
Comparison of MHEG and Hytime / 1.6.3：
SMIL / 1.6.4：
Modeling Interactive Multimedia Documents / 2：
Interaction / 2.1：
Events Classification / 2.1.1：
Object-Oriented Modeling of Events / 2.1.2：
Algebraic Composition of Events / 2.1.3：
Spatiotemporal Composition of Events / 2.1.4：
Spatiotemporal Composition of Media Objects / 2.2：
Spatiotemporal Composition Model / 2.2.1：
Interactive Scenario Modeling / 2.3：
Authoring Interactive Multimedia Presentations / 3：
Actor Specifications and Transformations / 3.1：
Event Specification / 3.2：
Scenario Tuples Specifications / 3.3：
Spatiotemporal Specification & Verification for Multimedia Scenarios / 4：
Authoring Spatiotemporal Compositions for IMD Documents / 4.1：
Authoring Environment / 4.1.1：
Verification of IMD Documents / 4.2：
Temporal Layout Tool / 4.2.1：
Spatial Layout / 4.2.2：
Scenario Animation Tool / 4.2.3：
Execution Table / 4.2.4：
Conclusions / 4.3：
Transformation of Declarative Specifications to Algorithmic Representation / 5：
Events / 5.1：
User Events / 5.1.1：
Intra-objects Events / 5.1.2：
Application and System Events / 5.1.3：
Synch Events / 5.1.4：
Non-state Events / 5.1.5：
State Events / 5.1.6：
Complex Events / 5.1.7：
Scenario Tuples / 5.2：
Start Stop Event Detection Handlers / 5.2.1：
Enabling and Disabling Scenario Tuples / 5.2.2：
Rendering Interactive Multimedia Scenarios / 6：
A Single Threaded Approach / 6.1：
Overall Architecture / 6.1.1：
Auxiliary Structures / 6.1.2：
Event Detection and Evaluation / 6.1.3：
Scenario Rendering Algorithms / 6.1.4：
Presentation Engine / 6.1.5：
A Multithreaded Approach / 6.2：
The Server / 6.2.1：
Rendering Scheme Architecture - The Client / 6.2.2：
Event Handling / 6.2.3：
Starting and Interrupting Scenario Tuples / 6.2.4：
Synchronized Presentation of Media-Objects / 6.2.5：
Indexing Large Multimedia Applications: A Spatiotemporal Indexing Scheme / 7：
A Sample Multimedia Composition / 7.1：
Indexing Schemes / 7.3：
A Simple Spatial and Temporal Indexing Scheme / 7.3.1：
A Unified Spatiotemporal Indexing Scheme / 7.3.2：
Retrieval of Spatiotemporal Operators Using R-trees / 7.3.3：
Estimation of the Retrieval Cost / 7.4：
Cost Analysis of R-trees / 7.4.1：
Analytical Comparison of the Indexing Schemes / 7.4.2：
IMD Scenario Script, a Sample Application / Appendix A：
Scenario Model, the BNF Grammar / Appendix B：
References
Subject Index
Preface
Book Overview
Acknowledgements
48.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
48. ISO/IEC 15068-2 : 1999 (1387.2-1995)
出版情報: IEEE Electronic Library (IEL) Standards , IEEE, 1999
所蔵情報: loading…
49.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
49. Guidelines for Postrelease Mitigation Technology in the Chemical Process Industry
Center for Chemical Process Safety, American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1996
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction to Postrelease Mitigation / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Scope of This Book / 1.2：
Benefits of Postrelease mitigation Techniques / 1.3：
How to Use This Guideline / 1.4：
Guideline Organization and Content / 1.5：
References / 1.6：
Overview of release Scenarios and Post release / Chapter 2：
Mitigation
Mitigation Categories / 2.1：
Prerelease Mitigation Techniques / 2.3：
Inherently Safer Design / 2.3.1：
Physical Integrity of a Plant / 2.3.2：
Process Integrity / 2.3.3：
Emergency Relief Treatment Systems / 2.3.4：
Emergency Process Abort Systems / 2.3.5：
Emergency Isolation of Releases / 2.3.6：
Release Scenarios and Consequences / 2.4：
Types of Releases / 2.4.1：
Liquid Releases / 2.4.2：
Liquid Pool Formation / 2.4.3：
Flashing, Mixed Liquid-Vapor Releases / 2.4.4：
Behavior of Flashing, Mixed Liquid-Vapor Releases / 2.4.5：
Gases/Vapors / 2.4.6：
Consequences of a release / 2.5：
Nature of Hazards / 2.5.1：
Toxic and Flammable Dispersion / 2.5.2：
Thermal Radiation / 2.5.3：
Explosions / 2.5.4：
Explosion Hazards / 2.5.5：
Postrelease Mitigation Techniques / 2.6：
Containment or Suppression to Limit Releases to the Air / 2.6.1：
Countermeasures / 2.6.2：
Vaporization Reduction / 2.7：
Why Reduce Vaporization Rates? / 3.1：
Methodology / 3.1.2：
Refrigeration / 3.2：
Effect of Refrigeration on Vaporization Rates / 3.2.1：
System Issues / 3.2.2：
Reactive Materials / 3.2.3：
Covers / 3.3：
Vapor Suppression Foams / 3.3.1：
Dry Chemical Covers / 3.3.2：
Other Covering Techniques / 3.3.3：
Deliberate Ignition / 3.4：
Fluid Curtains / 3.5：
Previous Work / 4.1：
Absorption/Mass Transfer / 4.3：
Air Dilution / 4.4：
Defining Spray Requirements for Mitigation / 4.5：
Water Curtain Design Example / 4.5.1：
Spray Nozzles / 4.5.2：
Water Supply Capacity, Pressurization, and Reliability / 4.5.3：
Fixed Water-Spray Systems / 4.5.4：
Monitor Nozzle and Hydrant Protection / 4.5.5：
Environmental Considerations / 4.5.6：
Vapor-Phase Dilution Systems / 4.6：
Overview / 4.6.1：
Steam Curtains / 4.6.2：
Air Curtains / 4.6.3：
Foam Scrubbing / 4.6.4：
Dry Powder Curtains / 4.6.5：
Secondary Containment / 4.7：
Diking / 5.1：
Optimal Dike Geometry / 5.2.1：
Materials for Dike Construction / 5.2.2：
Provisions for Removal of Materials From a Dike / 5.2.3：
Regulatory Requirements Regarding Diking / 5.2.4：
Emergency Response Dikes / 5.2.5：
Double-Wall Containment / 5.3：
Enclosures / 5.4：
Transfer Vessels / 5.5：
Leak Plugging / 5.6：
Patching / 5.6.1：
Freezing / 5.6.2：
Physical Vapor Barriers / 5.7：
Vapor Fences / 5.7.1：
Vapor Boxes / 5.7.3：
Applicability of Vapor Barrier Devices / 5.7.4：
Effects of Process Equipment and Structures / 5.7.5：
Detection and Response / 5.8：
Leak Detection / 6.1：
Fixed-Point Detectors / 6.2.1：
Sampling Systems / 6.2.2：
Portable Detectors / 6.2.3：
Detector System Response Times / 6.2.4：
Detector Placement / 6.2.5：
System Reliability / 6.2.6：
Emergency Response / 6.3：
Fundamentals of a Comprehensive Emergency Response Plan / 6.3.1：
Emergency Response Training / 6.3.3：
Community Relationships and Interactions / 6.4：
Drills and Simulations / 6.5：
Table-Top Exercises / 6.5.1：
Plant-Wide Emergency Drills / 6.5.2：
Full-Scale Emergency Simulations / 6.5.3：
Temporary Havens / 6.6：
Criteria for Use / 6.6.1：
Design Criteria / 6.6.2：
Capacity / 6.6.3：
Communications and Other Equipment / 6.6.4：
Examples of Mitigation Effectiveness / 6.7：
Consequence Modeling / 7.1：
Bas / 7.3：
Introduction to Postrelease Mitigation / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Scope of This Book / 1.2：
50.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
50. ISO/IEC 9945-2:19939 ANSI/IEEE Std 1003.2-1993: ISO/IEC/IEEE Internatiional Standard - Information technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 2: Shell and Utilities
出版情報: IEEE Electronic Library (IEL) Standards , IEEE, 1993
所蔵情報: loading…
51.

図書
図書
51. Atomare Fehlstellen in Metallen (: gw ; : us)
P. Ehrhart ... [et al.] ; herausgeber, H. Ullmaier
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer-Verlag, c1991  xiii, 437 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Gruppe 3 . Kristall- und Festkörperphysik ; Bd. 25
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
Production of atomic defects in metals / P. Jung1：
Introduction / 1.1：
General remarks / 1.1.1：
Definitions / 1.1.2：
Symbols and units / 1.1.3：
Abbreviations / 1.1.4：
Methods to produce atomic defects in metals
Stability of atomic defects in metals / 1.2：
Methods to determine concentrations of atomic defects in metals / 1.3：
Production of atomic defects in metals in thermal equilibrium / 1.4：
Production of atomic defects in metals by plastic deformation / 1.5：
Production of atomic defects in metals by irradiation / 1.6：
Production of atomic defects in pure, polycrystalline metals / 1.7.1：
Electron irradiation / 1.7.1.1：
Ion irradiation / 1.7.1.2：
Ion implantation / 1.7.1.3：
Thermal neutron irradiation / 1.7.1.4：
Fission neutron, fast neutron, and fission fragment irradiation / 1.7.1.5：
Production of atomic defects in pure, single crystalline metals / 1.7.2：
Displacement energy maps / 1.7.2.1：
Average displacement energy / 1.7.2.2：
Production of atomic defects in predamaged metals / 1.7.3：
Quenched metals / 1.7.3.1：
Deformed metals / 1.7.3.2：
Preirradiated metals / 1.7.3.3：
Production of atomic defects in metals at high defect densities / 1.7.4：
Subthreshold effects / 1.7.4.1：
Defect saturation / 1.7.4.2：
Cascade production / 1.7.4.3：
Production of atomic defects in alloys / 1.7.5：
Dilute alloys / 1.7.5.1：
Concentrated alloys / 1.7.5.2：
Ordered alloys / 1.7.5.3：
Production of atomic defects in metallic glasses
Surface effects
Threshold energy for sputtering / 1.7.7.1：
Energy dependence of the sputtering yield / 1.7.7.2：
Dependence of the sputtering yield on crystal orientation / 1.7.7.3：
Temperature dependence of the sputtering yield / 1.7.7.4：
Temperature effects on the production of atomic defects in metals / 1.7.8：
Computer simulation of atomic defeat production / 1.7.9：
Computer simulation of low energy events / 1.7.9.1：
Computer simulation of high energy cascades / 1.7.9.2：
Computer simulation of temperature effects on atomic defect production / 1.7.9.3：
Figures for 1
References for 1
Properties and interactions of atomic defects in metals and alloys / 2：
Frequently used symbols and abbreviations / P. Ehrhart2.1：
Characterization of interstitial atoms and vacancies / 2.1.3：
Formation entropies and energies and equilibrium concentrations / 2.1.3.1：
Structure of defects and their agglomerates / 2.1.3.2：
Defect dynamics, migration energies and jump frequencies / 2.1.3.3：
Defect-solute interaction / 2.1.3.4：
Defect reactions and annealing stages / 2.1.3.5：
Experimental methods / 2.1.4：
Residual electrical resistivity (Ap) / 2.1.4.1：
Calorimetry (Cal) / 2.1.4.2：
Differential dilatometry (DD) / 2.1.4.3：
Diffuse scattering of X-rays or neutrons, Huang scattering (DXS) / 2.1.4.4：
Extended X-ray absorption fine structure (EXAFS) / 2.1.4.5：
Inelastic neutron scattering (INS) / 2.1.4.6：
Mechanical relaxation (elastic after-effect, internal friction, ultrasonic attenuation) (MechR) / 2.1.4.7：
Magnetic relaxation (MagR) / 2.1.4.8：
Mössbauer spectroscopy (MS) / 2.1.4.9：
Perturbed angular correlation (PAC) / 2.1.4.11：
Positron annihilation spectroscopy (PAS) / 2.1.4.12：
Muon spin rotation experiments (?SR) / 2.1.4.13：
Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) / 2.1.4.14：
Ion channeling (Chann) / 2.1.4.15：
Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) / 2.1.4.16：
Field ion microscopy (FIM) / 2.1.4.17：
Thermal helium desorption spectroscopy (THDS) / 2.1.4.18：
Figures for 2.1
bcc metals / H. Schultz2.2：
Special remarks / 2.2.1：
Concepts of data evaluation / 2.2.2：
Data / 2.2.3：
Cr
Fe
K
Li
Mo
Na
Nb
Ta
V
W
References for 2.2
fcc metals / 2.3：
Ag / 2.3.1：
Al
Au
Ce
Cu
Ir
Ni
Pb
Pd
Pt
Rh
Th
hcp metals / 2.4：
Be / 2.4.1：
Cd
Co
Mg
Re
Sc
Tl
Ti
Y
Zn
Zr
RE
Metals with other structures / 2.5：
Bi / 2.5.1：
Ga
Hg
In
Sb
Sn
U
Ag-Al / 2.6：
Ag-Au
Ag-Zn
Al-Cu
Al-Fe
Al-Ni
Au-Cu
Co-Fe
Co-Pt
Cr-Fe
Cr-Ni
Cu-Mn
Cu-Ni
Cu-Zn
Fe-Ni
Mn-Ni
Mo-Ni
Superconducting alloys
References for 2.1 and 2.3 - 2.6
Helium in metals / H. Ullmaier3：
Symbols and abbreviations / 3.1：
Experimental and theoretical methods / 3.1.3：
Production processes and rates / 3.2：
(n,?)-reactions / 3.2.1：
Other nuclear reactions / 3.2.2：
Implantation / 3.2.3：
Concurrent displacement damage / 3.2.4：
Tritium decay / 3.2.5：
Atomistic properties / 3.3：
Interstitial and substitutional solubility / 3.3.1：
Binding to defects / 3.3.2：
Diffusion / 3.3.3：
Clusters and bubbles / 3.4：
Formation without vacancy clustering / 3.4.1：
Nucleation involving vacancy migration / 3.4.2：
Growth and coarsening / 3.4.3：
Figures for 3
References for 3
Subject index for 3
Introductory material
Production of atomic defects in metals / P. Jung1：
Introduction / 1.1：
52.

図書
図書
52. Behavior-based robotics
Ronald C. Arkin
出版情報: Cambridge, Mass. ; London, England : MIT Press, c1998  xiv, 491 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Intelligent robotics and autonomous agents
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Whence Behavior? / Chapter 1：
Toward Intelligent Robots / 1.1：
Precursors / 1.2：
Cybernetics / 1.2.1：
Artificial Intelligence / 1.2.2：
Robotics / 1.2.3：
The Spectrum Of Robot Control / 1.3：
Deliberative/Hierarchical Control / 1.3.1：
Reactive Systems / 1.3.2：
Related Issues / 1.4：
What's Ahead / 1.5：
Animal Behavior / Chapter 2：
What Does Animal Behavior Offer Robotics? / 2.1：
Neuroscientific Basis For Behavior / 2.2：
Neural Circuity / 2.2.1：
Brain Structure and Function / 2.2.2：
Abstract Neuroscientific Models / 2.2.3：
Schema-Theoretic Methods / 2.2.3.1：
Neural Networks / 2.2.3.2：
Psychological Basis For Behavior / 2.3：
Ethological Basis For Behavior / 2.4：
Representative Examples Of Bio-Robots / 2.5：
Ant Chemotaxis / 2.5.1：
Fly Vision / 2.5.2：
Cockroach Locomotion / 2.5.3：
Primate Brachiation / 2.5.4：
Robotic Honeybee / 2.5.5：
Chapter Summary / 2.6：
Robot Behavior / Chapter 3：
What Are Robotic Behaviors? / 3.1：
A Navigational Example / 3.1.1：
Basis for Robotic Behavior / 3.1.3：
Expression Of Behaviors / 3.2：
Stimulus-Response Diagrams / 3.2.1：
Functional Notation / 3.2.2：
Finite State Acceptor Diagrams / 3.2.3：
Formal Methods / 3.2.4：
RS / 3.2.4.1：
Situated Automata / 3.2.4.2：
Behavioral Encoding / 3.3：
Discrete Encoding / 3.3.1：
Continuous Functional Encoding / 3.3.2：
Assembling Behaviors / 3.4：
Emergent Behavior / 3.4.1：
Notation / 3.4.2：
Behavioral Coordination / 3.4.3：
Competitive Methods / 3.4.3.1：
Cooperative Methods / 3.4.3.2：
Behavioral Assemblages / 3.4.4：
Behavior-Based Architectures / 3.5：
What Is A Robotic Architecture? / 4.1：
Definitions / 4.1.1：
Computability / 4.1.2：
Evaluation Criteria / 4.1.3：
Organizing Principles / 4.1.4：
A Foraging Example / 4.2：
Subsumption Architecture / 4.3：
Behaviors in Subsumption / 4.3.1：
Coordination in Subsumption / 4.3.2：
Design in Subsumption-Based Reactive Systems / 4.3.3：
Foraging Example / 4.3.4：
Evaluation / 4.3.5：
Subsumption Robots / 4.3.6：
Motor Schemas / 4.4：
Schema-Based Behaviors / 4.4.1：
Schema-Based Coordination / 4.4.2：
Design in Motor Schema-Based Systems / 4.4.3：
Schema-Based Robots / 4.4.4：
Other Architectures / 4.5：
Circuit Architecture / 4.5.1：
Colony Architecture / 4.5.3：
Animate Agent Architecture / 4.5.4：
DAMN / 4.5.5：
Skill Network Architecture / 4.5.6：
Other Efforts / 4.5.7：
Architectural Design Issues / 4.6：
Representational Issues for Behavioral Systems / 4.7：
Representational Knowledge / 5.1：
What Is Knowledge? / 5.1.1：
Characteristics of Knowledge / 5.1.2：
Representational Knowledge For Behavior-Based Systems / 5.2：
Short-Term Behavioral Memory / 5.2.1：
Long-Term Memory Maps / 5.2.2：
Sensor-Derived Cognitive Maps / 5.2.2.1：
A Priori Map-Derived Representations / 5.2.2.2：
Perceptual Representations / 5.3：
Hybrid Deliberative/Reactive Architectures / 5.4：
Why Hybridize? / 6.1：
Biological Evidence In Support Of Hybrid Systems / 6.2：
Traditional Deliberative Planners / 6.3：
Deliberation: To Plan Or Not To Plan? / 6.4：
Layering / 6.5：
Representative Hybrid Architectures / 6.6：
AuRa / 6.6.1：
Atlantis / 6.6.2：
Planner-Reactor Architecture / 6.6.3：
The Procedural Reasoning System / 6.6.4：
Other Hybrid Architectures / 6.6.5：
Perceptual Basis for Behavior-Based Control / 6.7：
A Break From Tradition / 7.1：
What Does Biology Say? / 7.2：
The Nature of Perceptual Stimuli / 7.2.1：
Neuroscientific Evidence / 7.2.2：
Psychological Insights / 7.2.3：
Affordances / 7.2.3.1：
A Modified Action-Perception Cycle / 7.2.3.2：
Perception as Communication-An Ethological Stance / 7.2.4：
A Brief Survey Of Robotic Sensors / 7.3：
Dead Reckoning / 7.3.1：
Ultrasound / 7.3.2：
Computer Vision / 7.3.3：
Laser Scanners / 7.3.4：
Modular Perception / 7.4：
Perceptual Schemas / 7.4.1：
Visual Routines / 7.4.2：
Perceptual Classes / 7.4.3：
Lightweight Vision / 7.4.4：
Action And Perception / 7.5：
Action-Oriented Perception / 7.5.1：
Active Perception / 7.5.2：
The Role of Attention in Human Visual Processing / 7.5.5.1：
Hardware Methods for Focus of Attention / 7.5.5.2：
Knowledge-Based Focus-of-Attention Methods / 7.5.5.3：
Perceptual Sequencing / 7.5.6：
Sensor Fusion for Behavior-Based Systems / 7.5.7：
Representative Examples Of Behavior-Based Perception / 7.6：
Road Following / 7.6.1：
Visual Tracking / 7.6.2：
Adaptive Behavior / 7.7：
Why Should Robots Learn? / 8.1：
Opportunities For Learning In Behavior-Based Robotics / 8.2：
Reinforcement Learning / 8.3：
Learning to Walk / 8.3.1：
The Learning Algorithm / 8.3.1.1：
Robotic Results / 8.3.1.2：
Learning to Push / 8.3.2：
Learning to Shoot / 8.3.2.1：
Learning In Neural Networks / 8.3.3.1：
Classical Conditioning / 8.4.1：
Adaptive Heuristic Critic Learning / 8.4.2：
Learning New Behaviors Using an Associative Memory / 8.4.3：
Genetic Algorithms / 8.5：
What Are Genetic Algorithms? / 8.5.1：
Genetic Algorithms for Learning Behavioral Control / 8.5.2：
Classifier Systems / 8.5.3：
On-Line Evolution / 8.5.4：
Evolving Form Concurrently with Control / 8.5.5：
Hybrid Genetic/Neural Learning and Control / 8.5.6：
Fuzzy Behavioral Control / 8.6：
What Is Fuzzy Control? / 8.6.1：
Fuzzy Behavior-Based Robotic Systems / 8.6.2：
Flakey / 8.6.2.1：
Marge / 8.6.2.2：
Learning Fuzzy Rules / 8.6.3：
Other Types Of Learning / 8.7：
Case-Based Learning / 8.7.1：
Memory-based Learning / 8.7.2：
Explanation-Based Learning / 8.7.3：
Social Behavior / 8.8：
Are Two (Or N) Robots Better Than One? / 9.1：
Ethological Considerations / 9.2：
Characterization Of Social Behavior / 9.3：
Reliability / 9.3.1：
Social Organization / 9.3.2：
Communication / 9.3.3：
Spatial Distribution / 9.3.4：
Congregation / 9.3.5：
Performance / 9.3.6：
What Makes A Robotic Team? / 9.4：
Social Organization And Structure / 9.5：
The Nerd Herd / 9.5.1：
Alliance Architecture / 9.5.2：
Stagnation Behaviors / 9.5.3：
Societal Agents / 9.5.4：
Army Ant Project / 9.5.5：
Interrobot Communication / 9.6：
The Need for Communication / 9.6.1：
Communication Range / 9.6.2：
Communication Content / 9.6.3：
Guaranteeing Communication / 9.6.4：
Distributed Perception / 9.7：
Social Learning / 9.8：
L-Alliance / 9.8.1：
Tropism System Cognitive Architecture / 9.8.3：
Learning by Imitation / 9.8.4：
Case Study: Ugv Demo II / 9.9：
Formation Behaviors / 9.9.1：
Multiagent Mission Specification / 9.9.2：
Team Teleautonomy / 9.9.3：
Fringe Robotics: Beyond Behavior / 9.10：
Issues Of The Robot Mind / 10.1：
On Computational Thought / 10.1.1：
On Consciousness / 10.1.2：
On Emotions / 10.1.3：
On Imagination / 10.1.4：
Issues Of The Robot Body / 10.2：
Hormones and Homeostasis / 10.2.1：
The Homeostat / 10.2.1.1：
Subsumption-Based Hormonal Control / 10.2.1.3：
Immune Systems / 10.2.2：
Nanotechnology / 10.2.3：
On Equivalence (Or Better) / 10.3：
Opportunities / 10.4：
References / 10.5：
Name Index
Subject Index
Foreword
Preface
Whence Behavior? / Chapter 1：
53.

図書
図書
53. Interaction of radiation with surfaces and electron tunneling (: gw ; : us)
editor, G. Chiarotti ; contributors, A. M. Bradshaw, ... [et al.]
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1996  xii, 516 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Group 3 . Condensed matter ; v. 24 . Physics of solid surfaces ; subvolume D
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
General introduction (G. CHIAROTTI) / 1：
Motivations for a Landolt-Bomstein volume on surface physics / 1.1：
Outline of the volume / 1.2：
How to consult the volume / 1.3：
List of frequently used symbols and abbreviations / 1.4：
Conversion tables / 1.5：
Crystal structures and bulk lattice parameters of materials quoted in the volume / 1.6：
References for 1 / 1.7：
See Vol.24A / 2：
See Vol.24B / 3-5：
See Vol.24C / 6-7：
Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with surfaces / 8：
Optical properties of surfaces / P. Chiaradia8.1：
Introduction / 8.1.1：
Preliminary remarks / 8.1.1.1：
Differential reflection / 8.1.1.2：
Surface ellipsometry / 8.1.1.3：
Surface photoconductivity / 8.1.1.4：
Surface photovoltage spectroscopy / 8.1.1.5：
Photothermal displacement spectroscopy / 8.1.1.6：
Surface photoluminescence / 8.1.1.7：
Surface second-harmonic generation / 8.1.1.8：
Data / 8.1.2：
Metals / 8.1.2.1：
Semiconductors / 8.1.2.2：
Covalent semiconductors / 8.1.2.2.1：
III-V compounds / 8.1.2.2.2：
ZnO (1100) / 8.1.2.2.3：
Appendix / 8.1.3：
References for 8.1 / 8.1.4：
Photoemission and inverse photoemission / A.M. Bradshaw ; R. Hemmen ; D.E. Ricken ; Th. Schedel-Niedrig8.2：
Group IA (alkali metals); Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs / 8.2.1：
Group IIA (alkaline earth metals); Be, Mg / 8.2.2.1.2：
Group IIIA; Al / 8.2.2.1.3：
Group IIIB; Sc, Y, Lanthanides / 8.2.2.1.4：
Group IVB; Ti / 8.2.2.1.5：
Group VB; Nb,Ta / 8.2.2.1.6：
Group VIB; Cr, Mo, W / 8.2.2.1.7：
Group VIIB; Re / 8.2.2.1.8：
Group VIH; Fe, Ru, Os, Co, Rh, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt / 8.2.2.1.9：
Group IB (noble metals); Cu, Ag, Au / 8.2.2.1.10：
Group VA; Bi / 8.2.2.1.11：
Group IVA semiconductors; C, Si, Ge / 8.2.2.2：
Semiconducting Zn compounds; ZnO, ZnS, ZnSe / 8.2.2.2.2：
II-VI compounds; CdS, CdSe, CdTe / 8.2.2.2.3：
III-V compounds; GaP, GaAs, GaSb, InP, InAs, InSb / 8.2.2.2.4：
References for 8.2 / 8.2.3：
X-ray diffraction of surface structures / R. Colella8.3：
General principles. Early experimental results / 8.3.1：
In Plane Diffraction (IPD) / 8.3.1.3：
Truncation Rod Scattering (TRS) / 8.3.1.4：
Standing waves / 8.3.1.5：
Referenees for 8.3 / 8.3.2：
Electron tunneling at surfaces / 9：
Field emission, field ionization, and field desorption / G.L. Kelwog9.1：
General layout / 9.1.1：
Field electron emission / 9.1.1.2：
Theory of field electron emission / 9.1.1.2.1：
Field emission microscopy / 9.1.1.2.2：
Applications of field electron emission / 9.1.1.2.3：
Field ion emission / 9.1.1.3：
Theory of field ionization / 9.1.1.3.1：
Field ion microscopy / 9.1.1.3.2：
Applications of field ionization / 9.1.1.3.3：
Field desorption / 9.1.1.4：
Theory of field desorption / 9.1.1.4.1：
Atom-probe mass spectroscopy / 9.1.1.4.2：
Applications of field desorption / 9.1.1.4.3：
References for 9.1 / 9.1.2：
Scanning tunneling microscopy (STM) / R.J. Hamers9.2：
Principles and experimental implementation of STM / 9.2.1：
Interpretation of STM images / 9.2.1.2：
Electron structure effects / 9.2.1.3：
Tunneling spectroscopy / 9.2.1.4：
Limitations and continued development of STM / 9.2.1.5：
References for 9.2 / 9.2.2：
General index / C. Goletti10：
Index of surfaces / 10.1：
Introductory material
General introduction (G. CHIAROTTI) / 1：
Motivations for a Landolt-Bomstein volume on surface physics / 1.1：
54.

図書
図書
54. Grading knowledge : extracting degree information from texts
Steffen Staab
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1999  xiv, 187 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Lecture notes in computer science ; 1744 . Lecture notes in artificial intelligence
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Problems in Understanding Degree Expressions / 1.1：
General Approach / 1.2：
Overview / 1.3：
ParseTalk - The System Context / 2：
An Architecture for Text Knowledge Extraction / 2.1：
Syntactic Analysis / 2.2：
Dependency Grammar / 2.2.1：
The ParseTalk Parser / 2.2.2：
Conceptual System / 2.3：
Description Logics / 2.3.1：
Knowledge Base / 2.3.2：
Semantic System / 2.3.3：
Referring and Relating / 2.4：
Centering / 2.4.1：
Relation Path Patterns and Metonymy / 2.4.2：
An Example Text / 2.4.3：
Lexical Semantics of Degree Expressions / 3：
Scales / 3.1：
Critique on Ontological Models for Degree Expressions / 3.1.1：
New Ontological Entities / 3.1.2：
Gradable Adjectives / 3.2：
Classification of Adjectives / 3.2.1：
Figurative Language / 3.2.2：
Multiple Word Senses / 3.2.3：
Nominative vs. Normative Use / 3.2.4：
Two Types of Comparison / 3.2.5：
Non-adjectival Degree Expressions / 3.3：
Summary / 3.4：
Representation and Inferences / 4：
Requirements on Modeling Degree Relations / 4.1：
Linguistic Stipulations / 4.1.1：
Stipulations from Vagueness / 4.1.2：
Stipulations on Inferences / 4.1.3：
The Challenge: Functions / 4.1.4：
Binary Relations / 4.2：
Representation / 4.2.1：
Inferencing / 4.2.2：
Soundness and Incompleteness / 4.2.3：
Computational Complexity / 4.2.4：
Non-binary Relations / 4.3：
TCSPs and Allen's Calculus / 4.3.1：
From Binary to Non-binary Relations / 4.3.2：
A Formal Model of Generalized Temporal Networks (GTNs) / 4.3.3：
Determining Consistency / 4.3.4：
Computing the Minimal Network / 4.3.5：
Scaling by Abstractions / 4.3.6：
Scaling by Generalizations / 4.3.7：
Related Work / 4.4：
Related Work on Representing and Inferencing with Degree Expressions / 4.4.1：
Related Work on Temporal and Spatial Reasoning / 4.4.2：
Conclusion on Representation and Inferences / 4.5：
Relative Comparisons / 5：
Basic Model for Interpreting Relative Comparatives / 5.1：
Comparative Interpretation as Semantic Copying / 5.1.1：
Core Algorithm / 5.1.2：
An Example of Semantic Interpretation / 5.1.3：
Extension to Textual Phenomena / 5.2：
Comparatives with Omitted Complements / 5.2.1：
An Example for Omitted Complements / 5.2.2：
Metonymies in the Complement / 5.2.3：
Metonymic Entities in the Omitted Complement / 5.2.4：
An Example for Metonymic Entities in the Omitted Complement / 5.2.5：
Theoretical and Empirical Coverage / 5.3：
Generative Linguistics / 5.4：
Cognitive Foundations / 5.4.2：
Computational Approaches / 5.4.3：
Conclusion on Relative Comparisons / 5.5：
Absolute Comparisons / 6：
A Cognitive Framework for Absolute Comparisons / 6.1：
Representing Comparison Classes / 6.2：
Knowledge about Intercorrelations / 6.3：
Computing Comparison Classes / 6.4：
The Algorithm / 6.4.1：
A Sample Computation / 6.4.2：
Empirical Evaluation / 6.5：
Conclusion on Absolute Comparisons / 6.6：
Integration and Conclusion / 7：
Integration / 7.1：
(Comparison) Relations and Intercorrelations Revisited 150 / 7.1.1：
Drawing the Lines between the Two Comparison Paradigms / 7.1.2：
Relative Comparisons Meet Absolute Comparisons / 7.1.3：
Comparison Classes Meet Inferences / 7.1.4：
Further Research Issues / 7.2：
Pragmatics / 7.2.1：
Relative Comparisons and Analogy / 7.2.2：
Further Norms of Expectation / 7.2.3：
Conclusion / 7.3：
List of Conventions / A：
The Entity-Relationship Model / B：
Auxiliary Proofs / C：
Proof of Optimization Lemma / C.1：
Proof of Clipping Lemma / C.2：
Efficiency of Constraint Propagation / C.3：
Bibliography
Introduction / 1：
Problems in Understanding Degree Expressions / 1.1：
General Approach / 1.2：
55.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
55. Grading Knowledge
Steffen Staab
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Problems in Understanding Degree Expressions / 1.1：
General Approach / 1.2：
Overview / 1.3：
ParseTalk - The System Context / 2：
An Architecture for Text Knowledge Extraction / 2.1：
Syntactic Analysis / 2.2：
Dependency Grammar / 2.2.1：
The ParseTalk Parser / 2.2.2：
Conceptual System / 2.3：
Description Logics / 2.3.1：
Knowledge Base / 2.3.2：
Semantic System / 2.3.3：
Referring and Relating / 2.4：
Centering / 2.4.1：
Relation Path Patterns and Metonymy / 2.4.2：
An Example Text / 2.4.3：
Lexical Semantics of Degree Expressions / 3：
Scales / 3.1：
Critique on Ontological Models for Degree Expressions / 3.1.1：
New Ontological Entities / 3.1.2：
Gradable Adjectives / 3.2：
Classification of Adjectives / 3.2.1：
Figurative Language / 3.2.2：
Multiple Word Senses / 3.2.3：
Nominative vs. Normative Use / 3.2.4：
Two Types of Comparison / 3.2.5：
Non-adjectival Degree Expressions / 3.3：
Summary / 3.4：
Representation and Inferences / 4：
Requirements on Modeling Degree Relations / 4.1：
Linguistic Stipulations / 4.1.1：
Stipulations from Vagueness / 4.1.2：
Stipulations on Inferences / 4.1.3：
The Challenge: Functions / 4.1.4：
Binary Relations / 4.2：
Representation / 4.2.1：
Inferencing / 4.2.2：
Soundness and Incompleteness / 4.2.3：
Computational Complexity / 4.2.4：
Non-binary Relations / 4.3：
TCSPs and Allen's Calculus / 4.3.1：
From Binary to Non-binary Relations / 4.3.2：
A Formal Model of Generalized Temporal Networks (GTNs) / 4.3.3：
Determining Consistency / 4.3.4：
Computing the Minimal Network / 4.3.5：
Scaling by Abstractions / 4.3.6：
Scaling by Generalizations / 4.3.7：
Related Work / 4.4：
Related Work on Representing and Inferencing with Degree Expressions / 4.4.1：
Related Work on Temporal and Spatial Reasoning / 4.4.2：
Conclusion on Representation and Inferences / 4.5：
Relative Comparisons / 5：
Basic Model for Interpreting Relative Comparatives / 5.1：
Comparative Interpretation as Semantic Copying / 5.1.1：
Core Algorithm / 5.1.2：
An Example of Semantic Interpretation / 5.1.3：
Extension to Textual Phenomena / 5.2：
Comparatives with Omitted Complements / 5.2.1：
An Example for Omitted Complements / 5.2.2：
Metonymies in the Complement / 5.2.3：
Metonymic Entities in the Omitted Complement / 5.2.4：
An Example for Metonymic Entities in the Omitted Complement / 5.2.5：
Theoretical and Empirical Coverage / 5.3：
Generative Linguistics / 5.4：
Cognitive Foundations / 5.4.2：
Computational Approaches / 5.4.3：
Conclusion on Relative Comparisons / 5.5：
Absolute Comparisons / 6：
A Cognitive Framework for Absolute Comparisons / 6.1：
Representing Comparison Classes / 6.2：
Knowledge about Intercorrelations / 6.3：
Computing Comparison Classes / 6.4：
The Algorithm / 6.4.1：
A Sample Computation / 6.4.2：
Empirical Evaluation / 6.5：
Conclusion on Absolute Comparisons / 6.6：
Integration and Conclusion / 7：
Integration / 7.1：
(Comparison) Relations and Intercorrelations Revisited 150 / 7.1.1：
Drawing the Lines between the Two Comparison Paradigms / 7.1.2：
Relative Comparisons Meet Absolute Comparisons / 7.1.3：
Comparison Classes Meet Inferences / 7.1.4：
Further Research Issues / 7.2：
Pragmatics / 7.2.1：
Relative Comparisons and Analogy / 7.2.2：
Further Norms of Expectation / 7.2.3：
Conclusion / 7.3：
List of Conventions / A：
The Entity-Relationship Model / B：
Auxiliary Proofs / C：
Proof of Optimization Lemma / C.1：
Proof of Clipping Lemma / C.2：
Efficiency of Constraint Propagation / C.3：
Bibliography
Introduction / 1：
Problems in Understanding Degree Expressions / 1.1：
General Approach / 1.2：
56.

学位論文
学位
56. Single crystal growth of perovskite-related compounds and electrical properties of La[2]CuO[4+δ] and Bi[2]Sr[2]CaCu[2]O[8+y]
by Yu Jian-ding
出版情報: Tokyo : Tokyo Institute of Technology, 1995
所蔵情報: loading…
57.

図書
図書
57. Practical applications of infrared thermal sensing and imaging equipment
Herbert Kaplan
出版情報: Bellingham, Wash. : SPIE Optical Engineering Press, c1993  xiv, 137 p. ; 26 cm
シリーズ名: Tutorial texts in optical engineering ; v. TT 13
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Basics and Instrument Overview / Part I：
Introduction / Chapter 1：
The Reasons for Using Infrared Instruments / 1.1：
Advantages of Noncontact Thermal Measurement / 1.2：
Some Historical Background / 1.3：
An Overview of This Text / 1.4：
Basics of Noncontact Thermal Measurements / Chapter 2：
Heat Transfer and Radiation Exchange Basics / 2.1：
Heat and Temperature / 2.1.1：
Converting Temperature Units / 2.1.2：
The Three Modes of Heat Transfer / 2.1.3：
Conduction / 2.1.4：
Convection / 2.1.5：
Radiation / 2.1.6：
Radiation Exchange at the Target Surface / 2.1.7：
Specular and Diffuse Surfaces / 2.1.8：
Transient Heat Exchange / 2.1.9：
The Infrared Measurement Problem / 2.2：
Noncontact Thermal Measurements / 2.2.1：
The Target Surface / 2.2.2：
The Transmitting Medium / 2.2.3：
The Measuring Instrument / 2.2.4：
Introduction to Thermal Scanning and Imaging Instruments / 2.3：
Line Scanning / 2.3.1：
Two-dimensional Scanning / 2.3.2：
Multidetector Scanners and SPRITE Technology / 2.3.3：
Infrared Focal Plane Array (IRFPA) Imagers / 2.3.4：
Pyroelectric Vidicon Thermal Imagers / 2.3.5：
Matching the Instrument to the Application / Chapter 3：
Point-Sensing Instruments / 3.1：
Scanners and Imagers--Qualitative and Quantitative / 3.2：
Performance Parameters of Imaging Radiometers / 3.2.1：
Thermal Imaging Software / 3.3：
Overview of Instruments / Chapter 4：
Introduction and Classification of Instruments / 4.1：
Instrument Manufacturers / 4.2：
Discussion of Instruments / 4.3：
Point Sensors (Radiation Thermometers) / 4.3.1：
Infrared Thermocouples and Probes / 4.3.1.1：
Portable Hand-held Group / 4.3.1.2：
On-line Monitoring and Control / 4.3.1.3：
Special / 4.3.1.4：
Line Scanners / 4.3.2：
Portable Line Scanner / 4.3.2.1：
On-line (Monitoring and Control) Line Scanners / 4.3.2.2：
Thermographic / 4.3.3：
Mechanically Scanned Thermal Viewers / 4.3.3.1：
Electronically Scanned Thermal Viewers (Pyrovidicon Imagers) / 4.3.3.2：
"Staring" FPA Thermal Viewers (Qualitative) / 4.3.3.3：
Thermographic Raster Scanners (Imaging Radiometers) / 4.3.3.4：
FPA Imaging Radiometers (Quantitative) / 4.3.3.5：
Thermal Imaging Diagnostic Software / 4.4：
Quantitative Thermal Measurements of Targets / 4.4.1：
Detailed Processing and Image Diagnostics / 4.4.2：
Image Recording, Storage and Recovery / 4.4.3：
Image Comparison / 4.4.4：
Report and Database Preparation / 4.4.5：
Recording, Hard Copy and Storage of Images and Data / 4.5：
Using Ir Sensing and Imaging Instruments / Chapter 5：
Introduction: The Thermal Behavior of the Target / 5.1：
Emissivity Difference / 5.1.1：
Reflectance Difference / 5.1.2：
Transmittance Difference / 5.1.3：
Geometric Difference / 5.1.4：
Mass Transport Difference / 5.1.5：
Phase-change Difference / 5.1.6：
Thermal Capacitance Difference / 5.1.7：
Induced Heating Difference / 5.1.8：
Energy Conversion Difference / 5.1.9：
Direct Heat Transfer Difference / 5.1.10：
Learning about the Target Environment / 5.1.11：
Preparation of Equipment for Operation / 5.2：
Calibration / 5.2.1：
Checking Calibration / 5.2.1.1：
Transfer Calibration / 5.2.1.2：
The Equipment Checklist / 5.2.2：
Equipment Checkout and Calibration / 5.2.3：
Batteries / 5.2.4：
Avoiding Common Mistakes in Instrument Operation / 5.3：
Start-up Procedure / 5.3.1：
Memorizing the Default Values / 5.3.2：
Setting the Correct Emissivity / 5.3.3：
Filling the IFOV meas for Accurate Temperature Measurements / 5.3.4：
Aiming Normal to the Target Surface / 5.3.5：
Recognizing and Avoiding Reflections from External Sources / 5.3.6：
Avoiding Radiant Heat Damage to the Instrument / 5.3.7：
Instrument Applications / Part II：
Introduction to Applications / Chapter 6：
Plant Condition Monitoring and Predictive Maintenance / Chapter 7：
Electrical / 7.1：
High Electrical Resistance / 7.2.1：
Short Circuits / 7.2.2：
Open Circuits / 7.2.3：
Inductive Currents / 7.2.4：
Energized Grounds / 7.2.5：
Condition Guidelines / 7.2.6：
Mechanical / 7.3：
Friction / 7.3.1：
Valve or Pipe Blockage/Leakage / 7.3.2：
Insulation within the Plant or Facility / 7.3.3：
Miscellaneous Applications / 7.4：
Rebar Location / 7.4.1：
Condenser Air In-leakage / 7.4.2：
Containment Spray Ring Headers / 7.4.3：
Hydrogen Igniters / 7.4.4：
Effluent Thermal Plumes / 7.4.5：
Buildings and Infrastructure / Chapter 8：
Measuring Insulating Properties / 8.1：
Considering the Total Structure / 8.3：
Industrial Roof Moisture Detection / 8.4：
Thermographic Inspection of Our Aging Infrastructure / 8.5：
Materials Testing / Chapter 9：
Materials Testing--Infrared Nondestructive Testing / 9.1：
Failure Modes and Establishment of Acceptance Criteria / 9.2：
Selecting the IR Imaging System / 9.3：
Pulsed Heat Injection Applications / 9.4：
Boiler Tube Corrosion Thinning Assessment / 9.4.1：
Infrastructure NDT / 9.5：
Product and Process Monitoring and Control / Chapter 10：
The Evolution of Noncontact Process Control / 10.1：
Full Image Process Monitoring / 10.2：
Product Monitoring of Semiconductors / 10.3：
Steel Wire Drawing Machine Monitoring / 10.4：
Full Image Process Control / 10.5：
Closing the Loop--Examples / 10.6：
Night Vision, Security and Surveillance / Chapter 11：
Nonmilitary Applications / 11.1：
Aerial and Ground (Sea) Based Search and Rescue / 11.2.1：
Firefighting / 11.2.2：
Space and Airborne Reconnaissance / 11.2.3：
Police Surveillance and Crime Detection and Security / 11.2.4：
Drivers' Aid Night Vision / 11.2.5：
Commercial Instrument Performance Characteristics / Appendix A：
Manufacturers of Ir Sensing and Imaging Instruments / Appendix B：
Generic Emissivities of Materials / Appendix C：
Preface
Basics and Instrument Overview / Part I：
Introduction / Chapter 1：
58.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
58. Flows on 2-dimensional Manifolds
Igor Nikolaev, A. Dold, F. Takens, Bernard Teissier, Evgeny Zhuzhoma
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Definitions and examples / 1：
Preliminaries / 1.1：
Basic constructions / 1.2：
The projection method / 1.2.1：
The universal covering method / 1.2.2：
The suspension method / 1.2.3：
Whitney theorem / 1.2.4：
Connected sum of flows / 1.2.5：
The branch covering method / 1.2.6：
Basic examples / 1.3：
Gradient and Morse-Smale flows / 1.3.1：
Transitive flows / 1.3.2：
Flows with Cantor type limit sets / 1.3.3：
Area preserving and Hamiltonian flows / 1.3.4：
Harmonic and geodesic vector fields / 1.3.5：
Poincare-Bendixson's theory / 2：
Existence of closed transversal / 2.1：
Absence of non-trivial recurrent trajectories on some surfaces / 2.2：
Hilmy's and Cherry's theorems on quasiminimal sets / 2.3：
Maier's theorems on quasiminimal sets / 2.4：
Gutierrez's structure theorem / 2.5：
Limit set of individual trajectory / 2.6：
List of limit and minimal sets / 2.6.1：
Results of Solntzev and Vinograd / 2.6.2：
On the existence of minimal sets / 2.6.3：
Decomposition of flows / 3：
Decomposition theorems / 3.1：
Irreducible flows on torus / 3.1.1：
Canonical neighborhood / 3.1.2：
Gardiner - Levitt's decomposition / 3.1.3：
Pants decomposition / 3.1.4：
Decomposition of area preserving and Hamiltonian flows / 3.1.5：
Center of flow / 3.2：
Blowing-down of flows / 3.3：
Regular flows / 3.4：
Singular trajectories / 3.4.1：
Cells / 3.4.2：
Application: smoothing of flows / 3.5：
Local theory / 4：
Topological normal forms / 4.1：
Analytical normal forms / 4.2：
Smooth normal forms / 4.3：
Finitely smooth normal forms / 4.4：
Degenerate critical points / 4.5：
C1 normal forms of degenerate singularities / 4.6：
Space of flows and vector fields / 5：
Structural stability / 5.1：
Peixoto's graphs. Classification of Morse-Smale flows / 5.2：
Rotation systems / 5.2.1：
Peixoto theorems / 5.2.2：
Peixoto's counterexample revisited / 5.2.3：
Lyapunov's method / 5.3：
Lyapunov functions / 5.3.1：
Lyapunov graphs / 5.3.2：
Connected components of Morse-Smale flows / 5.4：
Degrees of non-stability / 5.5：
Typical properties of non-stable flows / 5.6：
Ergodic theory / 6：
Liouville's theorem / 6.1：
Kolmogorov's theorem for flows on torus / 6.2：
Non-trivial invariant measures / 6.3：
Ergodicity / 6.4：
Mixing / 6.5：
Entropy / 6.6：
Invariants of surface flows / 7：
Topological classification of torus flows / 7.1：
Rotation numbers / 7.1.1：
Classification of minimal flows / 7.1.2：
Classification of the Denjoy flows / 7.1.3：
Classification of flows of the Cherry type / 7.1.4：
Oriented surfaces of genus ≥ 2 / 7.2：
Aranson-Grines homotopy rotation class / 7.2.1：
Homotopy rotation orbit / 7.2.2：
Equivalence of irrational flows / 7.2.3：
Properties of the homotopy rotation classes / 7.2.4：
Application of geodesic laminations / 7.3：
Transitive flows on non-orientable surfaces / 7.4：
Torus with a cross-cup / 7.4.1：
Non-orientable surfaces of genus ≥ 4 / 7.4.2：
Classification of exceptional minimal sets / 7.5：
Classification of the regular flows / 7.6：
Leontovich-Maier's theorem for sphere flows / 7.6.1：
Neumann-O'Brien's orbit complex / 7.6.2：
Bolsinov-Fomenko's classification of Hamiltonian flows / 7.6.3：
Classification of non-wandering flows / 7.7：
Elementary cells of non-wandering flows / 7.7.1：
Conley-Lyapunov-Peixoto graphs / 7.7.2：
Equivalence Problem / 7.7.3：
Realization Problem / 7.7.4：
Cayley graph of a flow / 7.8：
Finite groups and Cayley graphs / 7.8.1：
Isomorphism Problem / 7.8.2：
Homology and cohomology invariants / 7.8.3：
Asymptotic cycles / 7.9.1：
Fundamental class of A. Katok / 7.9.2：
Zorich's cycles / 7.9.3：
Rotation sets of surface flows / 7.10：
Smooth classification of flows / 7.11：
Torus and Klein bottle / 7.11.1：
Closed orientable surfaces of genus ≥ 2 / 7.11.2：
C*-algebras of surface flows / 8：
Irrational rotation algebra / 8.1：
Dimension groups / 8.1.1：
Continued fractions / 8.1.2：
Effros-Shen's Theorem / 8.1.3：
Embedding of Aα / 8.1.4：
Projections of Aα / 8.1.5：
Morita Equivalence / 8.1.6：
Artin's rotation algebra / 8.2：
Myrberg's Approximationssatz / 8.2.1：
Artin's numbers / 8.2.2：
K-theory / 8.3：
Torus with Reeb's components / 8.3.1：
Baum-Connes Conjecture / 8.3.2：
C*-algebras of Morse-Smale flows / 8.4：
Semi-local theory / 9：
Denjoy's and Schwarz's theorems / 9.1：
Cherry's problem / 9.2：
Local structure preventing quasiminimality / 9.3：
Anosov-Weil problem / 10：
Theorems of Weil and Anosov / 10.1：
Asymptotic directions / 10.1.1：
Weil's theorem and Weil's conjecture / 10.1.2：
Anosov's theorem / 10.1.3：
Proof of Weil's conjecture and Weil's theorem / 10.1.4：
Asymptotic direction of individual curves / 10.2：
Non-trivial recurrent semi-trajectories / 10.2.1：
Trajectories of analytic flows / 10.2.2：
Leaves of foliation / 10.2.3：
Curves with restriction on the geodesic curvature / 10.2.4：
Approximation of curve by trajectories of a flow / 10.3：
Limit sets of curves and trajectories at the absolute / 10.4：
Deviation of curves from the geodesies / 10.5：
The deviation property of trajectories / 10.5.1：
Deviation from the geodesic frameworks / 10.5.2：
Branched coverings / 10.5.3：
Swing of trajectories near hyperbolic lines / 10.5.4：
Examples of unbounded deviation / 10.6：
Surfaces of genus ≥ 2 / 10.6.1：
Irrational direction on torus / 10.6.2：
Rational direction on torus / 10.6.3：
Non-compact surfaces / 11：
Kaplan's classification / 11.1：
Level curves of harmonic functions / 11.2：
Markus's classification / 11.3：
Neumann's example / 11.4：
Inaba's example and Beniere-Meigniez's theorem / 11.6：
Beniere-Hector's theorem / 11.7：
Aranson-Zhuzhoma's example / 11.8：
Triptych / 12：
Geodesic frameworks revisited / 12.1：
On continuity and collapse of geodesic frameworks / 12.2：
Cr-closing lemma / 12.3：
Definitions and examples / 1：
Preliminaries / 1.1：
Basic constructions / 1.2：
59.

図書
図書
59. Fundamentals of semiconductors : physics and materials properties. 2nd updated ed (hardcover)
Peter Y. Yu, Manuel Cardona
出版情報: New York ; Tokyo : Springer Verlag, 1999  xvi, 620 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
A Survey of Semiconductors / 1.1：
Elemental Semiconductors / 1.1.1：
Binary Compounds / 1.1.2：
Oxides / 1.1.3：
Layered Semiconductors / 1.1.4：
Organic Semiconductors / 1.1.5：
Magnetic Semiconductors / 1.1.6：
Other Miscellaneous Semiconductors / 1.1.7：
Growth Techniques / 1.2：
Czochralski Method / 1.2.1：
Bridgman Method / 1.2.2：
Chemical Vapor Deposition / 1.2.3：
Molecular Beam Epitaxy / 1.2.4：
Liquid Phase Epitaxy / 1.2.5：
Summary
Electronic Band Structures / 2：
Quantum Mechanics / 2.1：
Translational Symmetry and Brillouin Zones / 2.2：
A Pedestrian's Guide to Group Theory / 2.3：
Definitions and Notations / 2.3.1：
Symmetry Operations of the Diamond and Zinc-Blende Structures / 2.3.2：
Representations and Character Tables / 2.3.3：
Some Applications of Character Tables / 2.3.4：
Empty Lattice or Nearly Free Electron Energy Bands / 2.4：
Nearly Free Electron Band Structure in a Zinc-Blende Crystal / 2.4.1：
Nearly Free Electron Energy Bands in Diamond Crystals / 2.4.2：
Band Structure Calculation by Pseudopotential Methods / 2.5：
Pseudopotential Form Factors in Zinc-Blende- and Diamond-Type Semiconductors / 2.5.1：
Empirical and Self-Consistent Pseudopotential Methods / 2.5.2：
The kċp Method of Band-Structure Calculations / 2.6：
Effective Mass of a Nondegenerate Band Using the kċp Method / 2.6.1：
Band Dispersion near a Degenerate Extremum: Top Valence Bands in Diamondand Zinc-Blende-Type Semiconductors / 2.6.2：
Tight-Binding or LCAO Approach to the Band Structure of Semiconductors / 2.7：
Molecular Orbitals and Overlap Parameters / 2.7.1：
Band Structure of Group-IV Elements by the Tight-Binding Method / 2.7.2：
Overlap Parameters and Nearest-Neighbor Distances / 2.7.3：
Problems
Vibrational Properties of Semiconductors, and Electron-Phonon Interactions / 3：
Phonon Dispersion Curves of Semiconductors / 3.1：
Models for Calculating Phonon Dispersion Curves of Semiconductors / 3.2：
Force Constant Models / 3.2.1：
Shell Model / 3.2.2：
Bond Models / 3.2.3：
Bond Charge Models / 3.2.4：
Electron-Phonon Interactions / 3.3：
Strain Tensor and Deformation Potentials / 3.3.1：
Electron-Acoustic-Phonon Interaction at Degenerate Bands / 3.3.2：
Piezoelectric Electron-Acoustic-Phonon Interaction / 3.3.3：
Electron-Optical-Phonon Deformation Potential Interactions / 3.3.4：
Frohlich Interaction / 3.3.5：
Interaction Between Electrons and Large-Wavevector Phonons: Intervalley Electron-Phonon Interaction / 3.3.6：
Electronic Properties of Defects / 4：
Classification of Defects / 4.1：
Shallow or Hydrogenic Impurities / 4.2：
Effective Mass Approximation / 4.2.1：
Hydrogenic or Shallow Donors / 4.2.2：
Donors Associated with Anisotropic Conduction Bands / 4.2.3：
Acceptor Levels in Diamond-and Zinc-Blende-Type Semiconductors / 4.2.4：
Deep Centers / 4.3：
Green's Function Method for Calculating Defect Energy Levels / 4.3.1：
An Application of the Green's Function Method: Linear Combination of Atomic Orbitals / 4.3.2：
Another Application of the Green's Function Method: Nitrogen in GaP and Ga AsP Alloys / 4.3.3：
Final Note on Deep Centers / 4.3.4：
Electrical Transport / 5：
Quasi-Classical Approach / 5.1：
Carrier Mobility for a Nondegenerate Electron Gas / 5.2：
Relaxation Time Approximation / 5.2.1：
Nondegenerate Electron Gas in a Parabolic Band / 5.2.2：
Dependence of Scattering and Relaxation Times on Electron Energy / 5.2.3：
Momentum Relaxation Times / 5.2.4：
Temperature Dependence of Mobilities / 5.2.5：
Modulation Doping / 5.3：
High-Field Transport and Hot Carrier Effects / 5.4：
Velocity Saturation / 5.4.1：
Negative Differential Resistance / 5.4.2：
Gunn Effect / 5.4.3：
Magneto-Transport and the Hall Effect / 5.5：
Magneto-Conductivity Tensor / 5.5.1：
Hall Effect / 5.5.2：
Hall Coefficient for Thin Film Samples (van der Pauw Method) / 5.5.3：
Hall Effect for a Distribution of Electron Energies / 5.5.4：
Optical Properties I / 6：
Macroscopic Electrodynamics / 6.1：
Digression: Units for the Frequency of Electromagnetic Waves / 6.1.1：
Experimental Determination of Optical Constants / 6.1.2：
Kramers-Kronig Relations / 6.1.3：
The Dielectric Function / 6.2：
Experimental Results / 6.2.1：
Microscopic Theory of the Dielectric Function / 6.2.2：
Joint Density of States and Van Hove Singularities / 6.2.3：
Van Hove Singularities in ϵi / 6.2.4：
Direct Absorption Edges / 6.2.5：
Indirect Absorption Edges / 6.2.6：
""""Forbidden"""" Direct Absorption Edges / 6.2.7：
Excitons / 6.3：
Exciton Effect at M0 Critical Points / 6.3.1：
Absorption Spectra of Excitons / 6.3.2：
Exciton Effect at M1 Critical Points or Hyperbolic Excitons / 6.3.3：
Exciton Effect at M3 Critical Points / 6.3.4：
Phonon-Polaritons and Lattice Absorption / 6.4：
Phonon-Polaritons / 6.4.1：
Lattice Absorption and Reflection / 6.4.2：
Multiphonon Lattice Absorption / 6.4.3：
Dynamic Effective Ionic Charges in Heteropolar Semiconductors / 6.4.4：
Absorption Associated with Extrinsic Electrons / 6.5：
Free-Carrier Absorption in Doped Semiconductors / 6.5.1：
Absorption by Carriers Bound to Shallow Donors and Acceptors / 6.5.2：
Modulation Spectroscopy / 6.6：
Frequency Modulated Reflectance and Thermoreflectance / 6.6.3：
Piezoreflectance / 6.6.4：
Electroreflectance (Franz-Keldysh Effect) / 6.6.5：
Photoreflectance / 6.6.6：
Reflectance Difference Spectroscopy / 6.6.7：
Optical Properties II / 7：
Emission Spectroscopies / 7.1：
Band-to-Band Transitions / 7.1.1：
Free-to-Bound Transitions / 7.1.2：
Donor-Acceptor Pair Transitions / 7.1.3：
Excitons and Bound Excitons / 7.1.4：
Luminescence Excitation Spectroscopy / 7.1.5：
Light Scattering Spectroscopies / 7.2：
Macroscopic Theory of Inelastic Light Scattering by Phonons / 7.2.1：
Raman Tensor and Selection Rules / 7.2.2：
Experimental Determination of Raman Spectra / 7.2.3：
Microscopic Theory of Raman Scattering / 7.2.4：
A Detour into the World of Feynman Diagrams / 7.2.5：
Brillouin Scattering / 7.2.6：
Experimental Determination of Brillouin Spectra / 7.2.7：
Resonant Raman and Brillouin Scattering / 7.2.8：
Photoelectron Spectroscopy / 8：
Photoemission / 8.1：
Angle-Integrated Photoelectron Spectra of the Valence Bands / 8.1.1：
Angle-Resolved Photoelectron Spectra of the Valence Bands / 8.1.2：
Core Levels / 8.1.3：
Inverse Photoemission
Surface Effects / 8.2：
Surface States and Surface Reconstruction / 8.3.1：
Surface Energy Bands / 8.3.2：
Fermi Level Pinning and Space Charge Layers / 8.3.3：
Effect of Quantum Confinement on Electrons and Phonons in Semiconductors / 9：
Quantum Confinement and Density of States / 9.1：
Quantum Confinement of Electrons and Holes / 9.2：
Semiconductor Materials for Quantum Wells and Superlattices / 9.2.1：
Classification of Multiple Quantum Wells and Superlattices / 9.2.2：
Confinement of Energy Levels of Electrons and Holes / 9.2.3：
Some Experimental Results / 9.2.4：
Phonons in Superlattices / 9.3：
Phonons in Superlattices: Folded Acoustic and Confined Optic Modes / 9.3.1：
Folded Acoustic Modes: Macroscopic Treatment / 9.3.2：
Confined Optical Modes: Macroscopic Treatment / 9.3.3：
Electrostatic Effects in Polar Crystals: Interface Modes / 9.3.4：
Raman Spectra of Phonons in Semiconductor Superlattices / 9.4：
Raman Scattering by Folded Acoustic Phonons / 9.4.1：
Raman Scattering by Confined Optical Phonons / 9.4.2：
Raman Scattering by Interface Modes / 9.4.3：
Macroscopic Models of Electron-LO Phonon (Fröhlich) Interaction in Multiple Quantum Wells / 9.4.4：
Electrical Transport: Resonant Tunneling / 9.5：
Resonant Tunneling Through a Double-Barrier Quantum Well / 9.5.1：
I-V Characteristics of Resonant Tunneling Devices / 9.5.2：
Quantum Hall Effects in Two-Dimensional Electron Gases / 9.6：
Landau Theory of Diamagnetism in a Three-Dimensional Free Electron Gas / 9.6.1：
Magneto-Conductivity of a Two-Dimensional Electron Gas: Filling Factor / 9.6.2：
The Experiment of von Klitzing, Pepper and Dorda / 9.6.3：
Explanation of the Hall Plateaus in the Integral Quantum Hall Effect / 9.6.4：
Concluding Remarks / 9.7：
Appendix: Pioneers of Semiconductor Physics Remember
Ultra-Pure Germanium: From Applied to Basic Research or an Old Semiconductor Offering New Opportunities / Eugene E. Haller
Two Pseudopotential Methods: Empirical and Ab Initio / Marvin L. Cohen
The Early Stages of Band-Structures Physics and Its Struggles for a Place in the Sun / Conyers Herring
Cyclotron Resonance and Structure of Conduction and Valence Band Edges in Silicon and Germanium / Charles Kittel
Optical Properties of Amorphous Semiconductors and Solar Cells / Jan Tauc
Optical Spectroscopy of Shallow Impurity Centers / Elias Burstein
On the Prehistory of Angular Resolved Photoemission / Neville V. Smith
The Discovery and Very Basics of the Quantum Hall Effect / Klaus von Klitzing
The Birth of the Semiconductor Superlattice / Leo Esaki
References
Subject Index
Table of Fundamental Physical Constants (Inside Front Cover)
Table of Units (Inside Back Cover)
Introduction / 1：
A Survey of Semiconductors / 1.1：
Elemental Semiconductors / 1.1.1：
60.

図書
図書
60. The weak hydrogen bond : in structural chemistry and biology
Gautam R. Desiraju and Thomas Steiner
出版情報: Oxford : Oxford University Press, 1999  xiv, 507 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: International Union of Crystallography monographs on crystallography ; 9
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Acknowledgements
Introduction / 1：
The hydrogen bond / 1.1：
Historical background / 1.1.1：
Geometrical parameters and definitions / 1.1.2：
Energetic parameters and definitions / 1.1.3：
The weak or non-conventional hydrogen bond - scope of this work / 1.2：
Classification of hydrogen bonds / 1.2.1：
The nature of the hydrogen bond interaction and its limits / 1.2.2：
Differences between strong and weak hydrogen bonds / 1.2.3：
Methods of studying weak hydrogen bonds / 1.3：
Crystal structure analysis and statistical treatment of these results / 1.3.1：
Vibrational spectroscopy / 1.3.2：
Gas-phase rotational spectroscopy / 1.3.3：
Computation / 1.3.4：
Summary / 1.4：
Archetypes of the weak hydrogen bond - C--H...O and C--H...N interactions in organic and organometallic systems / 2：
Historical developments / 2.1：
Sutor's study / 2.1.1：
The dark ages / 2.1.2：
The Taylor-Kennard paper / 2.1.3：
General properties / 2.2：
Length properties / 2.2.1：
Angular properties / 2.2.3：
C--H bond lengthening / 2.2.4：
Reduction of thermal vibrations / 2.2.5：
Computational studies and hydrogen bond energies / 2.2.6：
Cooperativity / 2.2.7：
Hardness and softness / 2.2.8：
Intramolecular phenomena / 2.2.9：
Influence on crystal packing / 2.2.10：
Repulsive and destabilizing C--H...O contacts / 2.2.11：
Weak hydrogen bonds in liquids and solution / 2.2.12：
Recapitulation / 2.2.13：
Other weak and non-conventional hydrogen bonds / 3：
[pi]-Acceptors / 3.1：
What is a [pi]-acceptor? / 3.1.1：
Solution and gas phase experiments / 3.1.2：
Phenyl groups / 3.1.3：
Alkynes / 3.1.4：
Alkenes / 3.1.5：
Heterocycles / 3.1.6：
Other [pi]-acceptors / 3.1.7：
Weak atomic acceptors / 3.2：
Group VII elements - covalent halogen / 3.2.1：
Group VI elements - S, Se and Te / 3.2.2：
Group V elements - P, As and Sb / 3.2.3：
Group IV elements - isonitriles, carbanions, carbenes and silylenes / 3.2.4：
Halide anions / 3.3：
Weak donors / 3.4：
S--H / 3.4.1：
P--H and P[superscript +]--H / 3.4.2：
Se--H, As--H and Si--H / 3.4.3：
Organometallics / 3.5：
Metal atoms as acceptors - X--H...M hydrogen bonds / 3.5.1：
Metal atom groups as donors - M--H...A hydrogen bonds / 3.5.2：
Agostic interactions - M...(H--C) / 3.5.3：
Other varieties / 3.6：
The dihydrogen bond - X--H...H--M / 3.6.1：
The inverse hydrogen bond - X--H[superscript -]...A[superscript +] / 3.6.2：
The weak hydrogen bond in supramolecular chemistry / 3.7：
The solid state - influence of weak hydrogen bonds on packing / 4.1：
The crystal as a supermolecule / 4.1.1：
Crystal structures wherein weak hydrogen bonds are important / 4.1.2：
Inclusion complexes / 4.2：
Crown ethers / 4.2.1：
Oligoaryl hosts / 4.2.2：
Cyclodextrins (cycloamyloses) / 4.2.3：
Crystal engineering - promises and problems / 4.3：
From molecular to crystal structure / 4.3.1：
The computational approach / 4.3.2：
The experimental approach - database research / 4.3.3：
Crystal engineering in practice - supramolecular synthons / 4.3.4：
Recognition in solution and related phenomena / 4.4：
Supramolecular assistance to molecular synthesis / 4.4.1：
Drug design and biological recognition / 4.4.2：
The weak hydrogen bond in biological structures / 5：
Biological structures are not time-stable / 5.1：
The crystallographic resolution problem / 5.1.2：
Peptides and proteins / 5.2：
The building blocks - amino acids / 5.2.1：
C--H...O hydrogen bonds / 5.2.2：
X--H...[pi] hydrogen bonds / 5.2.3：
Protein-ligand interactions / 5.2.4：
Enzymatic activity / 5.2.5：
Nucleic acids / 5.3：
Nucleic acid constituents / 5.3.1：
Polymeric DNA and RNA / 5.3.2：
Carbohydrates / 5.4：
Chemical constitution / 5.4.1：
Hydrogen bond geometry / 5.4.2：
Functionally important C--H...O hydrogen bonds / 5.4.3：
Water molecules / 5.5：
Organic hydrates / 5.5.1：
Are there water molecules with vacant hydrogen bond potentials? / 5.5.2：
Macromolecular structures / 5.5.3：
Conclusions / 6：
Some bibliographic statistics / Appendix：
References
Index
Acknowledgements
Introduction / 1：
The hydrogen bond / 1.1：
61.

図書
図書
61. Compiling natural semantics
Mikael Pettersson
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo ; New York : Springer, c1999  xvi, 240 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Lecture notes in computer science ; 1549
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Our Solution / 1.2：
Overview of this Thesis / 1.3：
Relation to our Previous Work / 1.4：
Preliminaries / 2：
Use of Formal Specifications / 2.1：
Why Generate Compilers? / 2.1.1：
Ways to Specify Semantics / 2.2：
Interpreters / 2.2.1：
Abstract Machines / 2.2.2：
Attribute Grammars / 2.2.3：
Donotational Semantics / 2.2.4：
Action Semantics / 2.2.5：
Evolving Algebras / 2.2.6：
Structural Operational Semantics / 2.2.7：
Natural Semantics / 2.3：
Natural Deduction / 2.3.1：
Relation to Programming Languages / 2.3.2：
Example / 2.3.3：
Meaning / 2.3.4：
Pragmatics / 2.3.5：
Recent Extensions / 2.3.6：
The Design of RML / 3：
Syntax / 3.1：
Static Semantics / 3.2：
Bindings and Unknowns / 3.2.1：
Technicalities / 3.2.2：
Modelling Backtracking / 3.3：
Intuition / 3.3.1：
Origins / 3.3.2：
Denotational Semantics of Backtracking / 3.3.3：
Deter minacy / 3.4：
History / 3.5：
Dynamic Semantics / 3.5.1：
Differences from SML / 3.6：
Examples / 4：
A Small Example / 4.1：
Abstract Syntax / 4.1.1：
Inference Rules / 4.1.2：
Operational Interpretation / 4.1.3：
Mini-Freja / 4.2：
Values / 4.2.1：
Environments / 4.2.3：
Evaluation / 4.2.4：
Modularity / 4.2.5：
Adding Recursion / 4.2.6：
Summary / 4.2.7：
Diesel / 4.3：
Static Elaboration / 4.3.1：
Flattening / 4.3.2：
Emitting Code / 4.3.3：
C Glue / 4.3.4：
Petrol / 4.3.5：
Mini-ML / 4.4.1：
Rémy-Style let-Polymorphism / 4.5.1：
Equality Types / 4.5.2：
Wright's Simple Imperative Polymorphism / 4.5.3：
Overloading / 4.5.4：
Specification Fragments / 4.5.5：
Problematic Issues / 4.5.6：
Default Rules / 4.6.1：
Implementation Overview / 4.7：
Compilation Strategy / 5.1：
Development / 5.1.1：
Alternatives / 5.2：
Prolog / 5.2.1：
Warren's Abstract Machine / 5.2.2：
SML / 5.2.3：
Implementation Status / 5.3：
Reducing Nondeterminism / 6：
Background / 6.1：
Grammars / 6.1.1：
FOL Representation / 6.2：
The Front-End / 6.3：
The FOL-TRS Rewriting System / 6.4：
Properties / 6.5：
Termination / 6.5.1：
Confluence / 6.5.2：
Alternatives for Rewriting Negations / 6.5.3：
append / 6.6：
lookup / 6.6.2：
Missed Conditionals / 6.7：
Implementation Notes / 6.8：
Implementation Complexity / 6.8.1：
Limitations / 6.9：
Related Work / 6.10：
Compiling Pattern Matching / 7：
What is Matching? / 7.1：
Compiling Term Matching / 7.1.2：
Troublesome Examples / 7.2：
Copied Expressions / 7.2.1：
Repeated and Sub-Optimal Tests / 7.2.2：
Intuitive Operation / 7.3：
Objects / 7.4：
Operations / 7.4.2：
The Algorithm / 7.5：
Step 1: Preprocessing / 7.5.1：
Step 2: Generating the DFA / 7.5.2：
Step 3: Merging of Equivalent States / 7.5.3：
Step 4: Generating Intermediate Code / 7.5.4：
The Examples Revisited / 7.6：
The demo Function / 7.6.1：
The unwieldy Function / 7.6.2：
State Merging / 7.6.3：
Data Representation / 7.7：
Compile-Time Warnings / 7.7.2：
Matching Exceptions / 7.7.3：
Guarded Patterns / 7.7.4：
Modifications for RML / 7.8：
Experiences and Conclusions / 7.10：
Compiling Continuations / 8：
Properties of CPS / 8.1：
Translating RML to CPS / 8.2：
Local Optimizations on CPS / 8.2.1：
Translating CPS to Code / 8.3：
Control / 8.3.1：
Copy Propagation / 8.3.2：
Memory Allocation / 8.3.3：
Data / 8.3.4：
Translating Code to C / 8.4：
Memory Management / 8.4.1：
A Code Generation Example / 8.5：
Simulating Tailcalls in C / 9：
Overview / 9.1：
Why is C not Tail-Recursive? / 9.2：
Why do not Prototypes Help? / 9.2.1：
ANDF / 9.2.2：
Tailcall Classification / 9.3：
Plain Dispatching Labels / 9.4：
Alternative Access Methods for Globals / 9.4.1：
The Monster Switch / 9.5：
Dispatching Switches / 9.6：
Step 1: Fast Known Intramodule Calls / 9.6.1：
Step 2: Recognizing Unknown Intramodule Calls / 9.6.2：
Step 3: Fast Unknown Intramodule Calls / 9.6.3：
Additional Benefits / 9.6.4：
Pushy Labels / 9.7：
Pushy Labels and Register Windows / 9.7.1：
The `Warped Gotos' Technique / 9.8：
The wamcc Approach / 9.9：
Non-Solutions / 9.10：
Experimental Results / 9.11：
Conclusions / 9.12：
Performance Evaluation / 10：
Target Systems / 10.1：
Allocation Arena Size / 10.2：
State Access Methods / 10.4：
Compiler Optimizations / 10.5：
Facing the Opposition / 10.6：
Concluding Remarks / 10.6.1：
Future Work / 11.1：
Programming Sub-Language / 11.2.1：
Taming Side-Effects / 11.2.3：
Moded Types / 11.2.4：
Linear Types / 11.2.5：
Compile to SML / 11.2.6：
Tuning the Runtime Systems / 11.2.7：
User-Friendliness / 11.2.8：
The Definition of RML / A：
Differences to SML / A.1：
Notation for Natural Semantics / A.2：
Lexical Definitions / A.2.1：
Syntax Definitions / A.2.2：
Sets / A.2.3：
Tuples / A.2.4：
Finite Sequences / A.2.5：
Finite Maps / A.2.6：
Substitutions / A.2.7：
Disjoint Unions / A.2.8：
Relations / A.2.9：
Lexical Structure / A.2.10：
Reserved Words / A.3.1：
Integer Constants / A.3.2：
Real Constants / A.3.3：
Character Constants / A.3.4：
String Constants / A.3.5：
Identifiers / A.3.6：
Type Variables / A.3.7：
Whitespace and Comments / A.3.8：
Lexical Analysis / A.3.9：
Syntactic Structure / A.4：
Derived Forms, Full and Core Grammar / A.4.1：
Ambiguity / A.4.2：
Simple Objects / A.5：
Compound Objects / A.5.2：
Initial Static Environments / A.5.3：
Initial Dynamic Objects / A.5.4：
Inference Rides / A.6.4：
Initial Objects / A.7：
Initial Static Objects / A.7.1：
Bibliography / A.7.2：
Index
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Our Solution / 1.2：
62.

図書
図書
62. Microwaves : industrial, scientific, and medical applications
Jacques Thuery ; edited by Edward H. Grant
出版情報: Boston : Artech House, c1992  xviii, 670 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: The Artech House microwave library
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface to the English Edition
Foreword
Microwaves / Part I：
Electromagnetism and Radiation / 1：
Electromagnetic spectrum, ISM bands / 1.1：
Electromagnetism / 1.2：
Radio broadcasting / 1.3：
Electromagnetic detection / 1.4：
Thermal applications / 1.5：
Microwaves in industry / 1.6：
The Laws of Radiation / 2：
Basic definitions / 2.1：
Maxwell's equations / 2.2：
Propagation equation / 2.3：
Plane wave / 2.4：
Spherical and cylindrical waves / 2.5：
Propagation media / 2.6：
Boundary conditions / 2.7：
Reflection and transmission / 2.8：
Guided propagation / 2.9：
Stationary wave / 2.10：
Electromagnetic cavities / 2.11：
Resonant modes / 2.11.1：
Energy balance / 2.11.2：
Power loss in the walls / 2.11.3：
Quality factor / 2.11.4：
Radiation sources / 2.12：
Characteristics / 2.12.1：
Radiation from a slot / 2.12.2：
Radiation of an aperture / 2.12.3：
Radiation from a horn / 2.12.4：
Radiation zones / 2.12.5：
Microwaves and Matter / 3：
Dielectric polarization / 3.1：
Polarization by dipole alignment in a static field / 3.2：
Polar and nonpolar media / 3.2.1：
Induced dipole moment / 3.2.2：
Permanent dipole moment / 3.2.3：
Dipole alignment polarization in an alternating field / 3.3：
Dielectric relaxation / 3.4：
Hysteresis / 3.4.1：
Debye equation / 3.4.2：
Intermolecular bonds / 3.4.3：
Relaxation time / 3.4.4：
Debye and Cole-Cole diagrams / 3.4.5：
Different types of dielectrics / 3.5：
Permittivity measurements / 3.5.1：
Lowloss dielectrics / 3.5.2：
Aqueous dielectrics / 3.5.3：
Mixtures / 3.5.4：
Saline solutions and biological constituents / 3.5.5：
Heat generation / 3.6：
Thermal runaway / 3.7：
Generators and applicators / 4：
Introduction / 4.1：
Microwave generators / 4.2：
The magnetron / 4.2.1：
Klystron and TWT / 4.2.2：
RF energy transmission / 4.2.3：
Applicators / 4.3：
Different types / 4.3.1：
Design constraints / 4.3.2：
Conclusion / 4.4：
Industrial Applications / Part II：
Drying
Humidity and drying
Drying kinetics
Microwave drying
Paper and printing industries
Paper / 1.4.1：
Printing inks / 1.4.2：
Glued products / 1.4.3：
Leather and textile industries
Leathers / 1.5.1：
Tufts and yarns / 1.5.2：
Dyeing and finishing / 1.5.3：
Tufted carpets / 1.5.4：
Construction
Wood and plywood / 1.6.1：
Plaster, concrete, and ceramics / 1.6.2：
Foundries / 1.7：
Rubbers and plastics / 1.8：
Drying of polymers / 1.8.1：
Photographic film and magnetic tape / 1.8.2：
Pharmaceutical industry / 1.9：
Drying of tobacco / 1.10：
Regeneration of zeolites / 1.11：
The treatment of elastomers
Macromolecules and
Principles of interaction / 2.1.1：
Relaxation mechanisms / 2.1.2：
Dielectric properties of elastomers / 2.1.3：
Vulcanization
Microwave vulcanization
Formulation of mixtures / 2.3.1：
Advantages and disadvantages of microwave vulcanization / 2.3.2：
Materials available / 2.3.3：
Thawing and preheating of rubber
Microwave devulcanization
Miscellaneous applications
Polymerization
Thermosetting and thermoplastic polymers / 3.1.1：
Microwave reticulation of thermosetting resins / 3.1.2：
Thermoplastic polymers / 3.1.3：
Fusion
Dewaxing of casting moulds
Viscous materials in metal
Oil and shale oil
Road repairs / 3.2.4：
Defrosting of soil / 3.2.5：
Consolidation
Hardening of foundry mouldings / 3.3.1：
Fast-setting concrete / 3.3.2：
Sintering of ferrites and ceramics / 3.3.3：
Emulsification
Crushing
Purification of coal
Nuclear waste treatment
Cellulosic waste treatment / 3.8：
Applications in the Food Industry / Part III：
Cooking
Mechanisms
Animal products
Red meat / 1.2.1：
Poultry / 1.2.2：
Bacon and fat / 1.2.3：
Meat patties / 1.2.4：
Fish / 1.2.5：
Dairy products / 1.2.6：
Vegetable products
Vegetables / 1.3.1：
Cereals and soya / 1.3.2：
Roasting / 1.3.3：
Catering
Baking
Bread
Doughnuts
Digestibility of foods cooked by microwaves
Thawing and tempering
Conventional thawing
Mechanisms of microwave
Dielectric properties of frozen products / 2.2.1：
Energy limitations / 2.2.2：
Surface cooling / 2.2.4：
Available equipment
896 and 915 MHz
2.45 GHz
Advantages of microwave processing
Industrial aspects / 2.4.1：
Qualitative aspects / 2.4.2：
Vaporization
Drying at atmospheric pressure
Final drying of potato chips
The drying of pasta
Miscellaneous food products
Drying at low pressure
Freeze drying
Expansion in vacuum
Various processes
Determination of dry content
Preservation
Enzymatic inactivation
Blanching of fruits and vegetables / 4.1.1：
Inactivation of [alpha]-amylase in wheat / 4.1.2：
Treatment of grains and soya beans / 4.1.3：
Sterilization
Prepared meals
Disinfestation / 5：
Soil treatment / 5.2：
Germination / 5.3：
Crop protection / 5.4：
Wine-making by carbonic fermentation / 5.5：
Opening of oysters / 5.6：
Biological Effects and Medical Applications / Part IV：
Interactions with the organism
Dielectric behavior of biological material
Biomolecules / 1.1.1：
Cells and membranes / 1.1.2：
Tissues / 1.1.3：
Quantum aspects
Basic interaction with cell membranes
Continuous wave
The modulated wave
Pearl chain formation
Thermal interaction with the living organism
Absorption and dosimetry
Experimental aspects
Modeling / 1.4.4：
Near-field interaction / 1.4.5：
Main results / 1.4.6：
Biological effects
Cells and micro-organisms
Blood and hematopoiesis
Immune system
Natural resistance
Lymphopoiesis
Multiplication of lymphocytes FcR[superscript +] and CR[superscript +]
Stimulation of the response of lymphocytes to mitogens / 2.3.4：
Modulation of the activity of activator T lymphocytes / 2.3.5：
Nervous system
Fluxes of calcium ions
Neurons and synapses
Blood-brain barrier / 2.4.3：
Central nervous system / 2.4.4：
Peripheral nervous system and sensory perception / 2.4.5：
Auditory perception / 2.4.6：
Autonomic nervous system / 2.4.7：
Psychophysiology / 2.4.8：
Endocrine system
Pituitary-thyroid axis / 2.5.1：
Pituitary-suprarenal axis / 2.5.2：
Pituitary-ovarian and pituitary-testicular axes / 2.5.3：
Growth hormones / 2.5.4：
Thermal regulation and metabolism
Effects on growth
Insects / 2.7.1：
Birds / 2.7.2：
Mammals / 2.7.3：
Lesions and cataracts
Safety standards
Soviet Union
United States of America
Eastern Europe
Canada
Australia
Sweden
European Community
International organisations
Biomedical applications
Hyperthermia for cancer treatment
Historical development
Mode of action
Integrated systems / 4.1.4：
Clinical results / 4.1.5：
Specific effects
Bioelectric vibrations
Antigenicity
Immune response
Clinical
Biological
Addresses
Index
Preface to the English Edition
Foreword
Microwaves / Part I：
63.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
63. Compiling Natural Semantics
Mikael Pettersson
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Our Solution / 1.2：
Overview of this Thesis / 1.3：
Relation to our Previous Work / 1.4：
Preliminaries / 2：
Use of Formal Specifications / 2.1：
Why Generate Compilers? / 2.1.1：
Ways to Specify Semantics / 2.2：
Interpreters / 2.2.1：
Abstract Machines / 2.2.2：
Attribute Grammars / 2.2.3：
Donotational Semantics / 2.2.4：
Action Semantics / 2.2.5：
Evolving Algebras / 2.2.6：
Structural Operational Semantics / 2.2.7：
Natural Semantics / 2.3：
Natural Deduction / 2.3.1：
Relation to Programming Languages / 2.3.2：
Example / 2.3.3：
Meaning / 2.3.4：
Pragmatics / 2.3.5：
Recent Extensions / 2.3.6：
The Design of RML / 3：
Syntax / 3.1：
Static Semantics / 3.2：
Bindings and Unknowns / 3.2.1：
Technicalities / 3.2.2：
Modelling Backtracking / 3.3：
Intuition / 3.3.1：
Origins / 3.3.2：
Denotational Semantics of Backtracking / 3.3.3：
Deter minacy / 3.4：
History / 3.5：
Dynamic Semantics / 3.5.1：
Differences from SML / 3.6：
Examples / 4：
A Small Example / 4.1：
Abstract Syntax / 4.1.1：
Inference Rules / 4.1.2：
Operational Interpretation / 4.1.3：
Mini-Freja / 4.2：
Values / 4.2.1：
Environments / 4.2.3：
Evaluation / 4.2.4：
Modularity / 4.2.5：
Adding Recursion / 4.2.6：
Summary / 4.2.7：
Diesel / 4.3：
Static Elaboration / 4.3.1：
Flattening / 4.3.2：
Emitting Code / 4.3.3：
C Glue / 4.3.4：
Petrol / 4.3.5：
Mini-ML / 4.4.1：
Rémy-Style let-Polymorphism / 4.5.1：
Equality Types / 4.5.2：
Wright's Simple Imperative Polymorphism / 4.5.3：
Overloading / 4.5.4：
Specification Fragments / 4.5.5：
Problematic Issues / 4.5.6：
Default Rules / 4.6.1：
Implementation Overview / 4.7：
Compilation Strategy / 5.1：
Development / 5.1.1：
Alternatives / 5.2：
Prolog / 5.2.1：
Warren's Abstract Machine / 5.2.2：
SML / 5.2.3：
Implementation Status / 5.3：
Reducing Nondeterminism / 6：
Background / 6.1：
Grammars / 6.1.1：
FOL Representation / 6.2：
The Front-End / 6.3：
The FOL-TRS Rewriting System / 6.4：
Properties / 6.5：
Termination / 6.5.1：
Confluence / 6.5.2：
Alternatives for Rewriting Negations / 6.5.3：
append / 6.6：
lookup / 6.6.2：
Missed Conditionals / 6.7：
Implementation Notes / 6.8：
Implementation Complexity / 6.8.1：
Limitations / 6.9：
Related Work / 6.10：
Compiling Pattern Matching / 7：
What is Matching? / 7.1：
Compiling Term Matching / 7.1.2：
Troublesome Examples / 7.2：
Copied Expressions / 7.2.1：
Repeated and Sub-Optimal Tests / 7.2.2：
Intuitive Operation / 7.3：
Objects / 7.4：
Operations / 7.4.2：
The Algorithm / 7.5：
Step 1: Preprocessing / 7.5.1：
Step 2: Generating the DFA / 7.5.2：
Step 3: Merging of Equivalent States / 7.5.3：
Step 4: Generating Intermediate Code / 7.5.4：
The Examples Revisited / 7.6：
The demo Function / 7.6.1：
The unwieldy Function / 7.6.2：
State Merging / 7.6.3：
Data Representation / 7.7：
Compile-Time Warnings / 7.7.2：
Matching Exceptions / 7.7.3：
Guarded Patterns / 7.7.4：
Modifications for RML / 7.8：
Experiences and Conclusions / 7.10：
Compiling Continuations / 8：
Properties of CPS / 8.1：
Translating RML to CPS / 8.2：
Local Optimizations on CPS / 8.2.1：
Translating CPS to Code / 8.3：
Control / 8.3.1：
Copy Propagation / 8.3.2：
Memory Allocation / 8.3.3：
Data / 8.3.4：
Translating Code to C / 8.4：
Memory Management / 8.4.1：
A Code Generation Example / 8.5：
Simulating Tailcalls in C / 9：
Overview / 9.1：
Why is C not Tail-Recursive? / 9.2：
Why do not Prototypes Help? / 9.2.1：
ANDF / 9.2.2：
Tailcall Classification / 9.3：
Plain Dispatching Labels / 9.4：
Alternative Access Methods for Globals / 9.4.1：
The Monster Switch / 9.5：
Dispatching Switches / 9.6：
Step 1: Fast Known Intramodule Calls / 9.6.1：
Step 2: Recognizing Unknown Intramodule Calls / 9.6.2：
Step 3: Fast Unknown Intramodule Calls / 9.6.3：
Additional Benefits / 9.6.4：
Pushy Labels / 9.7：
Pushy Labels and Register Windows / 9.7.1：
The `Warped Gotos' Technique / 9.8：
The wamcc Approach / 9.9：
Non-Solutions / 9.10：
Experimental Results / 9.11：
Conclusions / 9.12：
Performance Evaluation / 10：
Target Systems / 10.1：
Allocation Arena Size / 10.2：
State Access Methods / 10.4：
Compiler Optimizations / 10.5：
Facing the Opposition / 10.6：
Concluding Remarks / 10.6.1：
Future Work / 11.1：
Programming Sub-Language / 11.2.1：
Taming Side-Effects / 11.2.3：
Moded Types / 11.2.4：
Linear Types / 11.2.5：
Compile to SML / 11.2.6：
Tuning the Runtime Systems / 11.2.7：
User-Friendliness / 11.2.8：
The Definition of RML / A：
Differences to SML / A.1：
Notation for Natural Semantics / A.2：
Lexical Definitions / A.2.1：
Syntax Definitions / A.2.2：
Sets / A.2.3：
Tuples / A.2.4：
Finite Sequences / A.2.5：
Finite Maps / A.2.6：
Substitutions / A.2.7：
Disjoint Unions / A.2.8：
Relations / A.2.9：
Lexical Structure / A.2.10：
Reserved Words / A.3.1：
Integer Constants / A.3.2：
Real Constants / A.3.3：
Character Constants / A.3.4：
String Constants / A.3.5：
Identifiers / A.3.6：
Type Variables / A.3.7：
Whitespace and Comments / A.3.8：
Lexical Analysis / A.3.9：
Syntactic Structure / A.4：
Derived Forms, Full and Core Grammar / A.4.1：
Ambiguity / A.4.2：
Simple Objects / A.5：
Compound Objects / A.5.2：
Initial Static Environments / A.5.3：
Initial Dynamic Objects / A.5.4：
Inference Rides / A.6.4：
Initial Objects / A.7：
Initial Static Objects / A.7.1：
Bibliography / A.7.2：
Index
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Our Solution / 1.2：
64.

図書
図書
64. Multiple bonds between metal atoms. 2nd ed
F. Albert Cotton and Richard A. Walton
出版情報: Oxford : Clarendon Press , New York : Oxford University Press, 1993  xxii, 787 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction and Survey
Prolog / 1.1：
From Werner to the new transition metal chemistry / 1.1.1：
Prior to about 1963 / 1.1.2：
How It All Began / 1.2：
Rhenium chemistry from 1963 to 1965 / 1.2.1：
The recognition of the quadruple bond / 1.2.2：
Initial work on other elements / 1.2.3：
An Overview of the Multiple Bonds / 1.3：
A qualitative picture of the quadruple bond / 1.3.1：
Bond orders less than four / 1.3.2：
Oxidation states / 1.3.3：
Growth of the Field / 1.4：
Going Beyond Two / 1.5：
Complexes of the Group 5 Elements
General Remarks / 2.1：
Divanadium Compounds / 2.2：
Triply-bonded divanadium compounds / 2.2.1：
Metal-metal vs metal-ligand bonding / 2.2.2：
Divanadium compounds with the highly reduced V23+ core / 2.2.3：
Diniobium Compounds / 2.3：
Diniobium paddlewheel complexes / 2.3.1：
Diniobium compounds with calix[4]arene ligands and related species / 2.3.2：
Tantalum / 2.4：
Chromium Compounds
Dichromium Tetracarboxylates / 3.1：
History and preparation / 3.1.1：
Properties of carboxylate compounds / 3.1.2：
Unsolvated Cr2(O2CR)4 compounds / 3.1.3：
Other Paddlewheel Compounds / 3.2：
The first 'supershort' bonds / 3.2.1：
2-Oxopyridinate and related compounds / 3.2.2：
Carboxamidate compounds / 3.2.3：
Amidinate compounds / 3.2.4：
Guanidinate compounds / 3.2.5：
Miscellaneous Dichromium Compounds / 3.3：
Compounds with intramolecular axial interactions / 3.3.1：
Compounds with Cr-C bonds / 3.3.2：
Other pertinent results / 3.3.3：
Concluding Remarks / 3.4：
Molybdenum Compounds
Dimolybdenum Bridged by Carboxylates or Other O,O Ligands / 4.1：
General remarks / 4.1.1：
Mo2(O2CR)4 compounds / 4.1.2：
Other compounds with bridging carboxyl groups / 4.1.3：
Paddlewheels with other O,O anion bridges / 4.1.4：
Paddlewheel Compounds with O,N, N,N and Other Bridging Ligands / 4.2：
Compounds with anionic O,N bridging ligands / 4.2.1：
Compounds with anionic N,N bridging ligands / 4.2.2：
Compounds with miscellaneous other anionic bridging ligands / 4.2.3：
Non-Paddlewheel Mo24+ Compounds / 4.3：
Mo2X84- and Mo2X6(H2O)22- compounds / 4.3.1：
[Mo2X8H]3- compounds / 4.3.2：
Other aspects of dimolybdenum halogen compounds / 4.3.3：
M2X4L4 and Mo2X4(LL)2 compounds / 4.3.4：
Cationic complexes of Mo24+ / 4.3.5：
Complexes of Mo24+ with macrocyclic, polydentate and chelate ligands / 4.3.6：
Alkoxide compounds of the types Mo2(OR)4L4 and Mo2(OR)4(LL)2 / 4.3.7：
Other Aspects of Mo24+ Chemistry / 4.4：
Cleavage of Mo24+ compounds / 4.4.1：
Redox behavior of Mo24+ compounds / 4.4.2：
Hydrides and organometallics / 4.4.3：
Heteronuclear Mo-M compounds / 4.4.4：
An overview of Mo-Mo bond lengths in Mo24+ compounds / 4.4.5：
Higher-order Arrays of Dimolybdenum Units / 4.5：
General concepts / 4.5.1：
Two linked pairs with carboxylate spectator ligands / 4.5.2：
Two linked pairs with nonlabile spectator ligands / 4.5.3：
Squares: four linked pairs / 4.5.4：
Loops: two pairs doubly linked / 4.5.5：
Rectangular cyclic quartets / 4.5.6：
Other structural types / 4.5.7：
Tungsten Compounds
Multiple Bonds in Ditungsten Compounds / 5.1：
The W24+ Tetracarboxylates / 5.2：
W24+ Complexes Containing Anionic Bridging Ligands Other Than Carboxylate / 5.3：
W24+ Complexes without Bridging Ligands / 5.4：
Compounds coordinated by only anionic ligands / 5.4.1：
Compounds coordinated by four anionic ligands and four neutral ligands / 5.4.2：
Multiple Bonds in Heteronuclear Dimetal Compounds of Molybdenum and Tungsten / 5.5：
Paddlewheel Compounds with W25+ or W26+ Cores / 5.6：
X3 M ≡ MX3 Compounds of Molybdenum and Tungsten
Introduction / 6.1：
Homoleptic X3M ≡ MX3 Compounds / 6.2：
Synthesis and characterization of homoleptic M2X6 compounds / 6.2.1：
Bonding in M2X6 compounds / 6.2.2：
X3M ≡ MX3 Compounds as Molecular Precursors to Extended Solids / 6.2.3：
M2X2(NMe2)4 and M2X4(NMe2)2 Compounds / 6.3：
Other M2X2Y4, M2X6-n Yn and Related Compounds / 6.4：
Mo2X2(CH2SiMe3)4 compounds / 6.4.1：
1,2-M2R2(NMe2)4 compounds and their derivatives / 6.4.2：
M4 Complexes: Clusters or Dimers? / 6.5：
Molybdenum and tungsten twelve-electron clusters M4(OR)12 / 6.5.1：
M4X4(OPri)8 (X = Cl, Br) and Mo4Br3(OPri)9 / 6.5.2：
W4 (p-tolyl)2 (OPri)10 / 6.5.3：
W4O(X)(OPri)9, (X = Cl or OPri) / 6.5.4：
K(18-crown-6)2Mo4(μ4-H)(OCH2But)12 / 6.5.5：
Linked M4 units containing localized MM triple bonds / 6.5.6：
M2X6L, M2X6L2 and Related Compounds / 6.6：
Mo2(CH2Ph)2(OPri)4(PMe3) and [Mo2(OR)7]- / 6.6.1：
M2(OR)6L2 compounds and their congeners / 6.6.2：
Amido-containing compounds / 6.6.3：
Mo2Br2(CHSiMe3)2(PMe3)4 / 6.6.4：
Calix[4]arene complexes / 6.6.5：
Triple Bonds Uniting Five- and Six-Coordinate Metal Atoms / 6.7：
Redox Reactions at the M26+ Unit / 6.8：
Organometallic Chemistry of M2(OR)6 and Related Compounds / 6.9：
Carbonyl adducts and their products / 6.9.1：
Isocyanide complexes / 6.9.2：
Reactions with alkynes / 6.9.3：
Reactions with C≡N bonds / 6.9.4：
Reactions with C=C bonds / 6.9.5：
Reactions with H2 / 6.9.6：
Reactions with organometallic compounds / 6.9.7：
(η-C5H4R)2W2X4 compounds where R = Me, Pri and X = Cl, Br / 6.9.8：
Conclusion / 6.10：
Technetium Compounds
Synthesis and Properties of Technetium / 7.1：
Preparation of Dinuclear and Polynuclear Technetium Compounds / 7.2：
Bonds of Order 4 and 3.5 / 7.3：
Tc26+ and Tc25+ Carboxylates and Related Species with Bridging Ligands / 7.4：
Bonds of Order 3 / 7.5：
Hexanuclear and Octanuclear Technetium Clusters / 7.6：
Rhenium Compounds
The Last Naturally Occurring Element to Be Discovered / 8.1：
Synthesis and Structure of the Octachlorodirhenate(III) Anion / 8.2：
Synthesis and Structure of the Other Octahalodirhenate(III) Anions / 8.3：
Substitution Reactions of the Octahalodirhenate(III) Anions that Proceed with Retention of the Re26+ Core / 8.4：
Monodentate anionic ligands / 8.4.1：
The dirhenium(III) carboxylates / 8.4.2：
Other anionic ligands / 8.4.3：
Neutral ligands / 8.4.4：
Dirhenium Compounds with Bonds of Order 3.5 and 3 / 8.5：
The first metal-metal triple bond: Re2Cl5(CH3SCH2CH2SCH3)2 and related species / 8.5.1：
Simple electron-transfer chemistry involving the octahalodirhenate(III) anions and related species that contain quadruple bonds / 8.5.2：
Oxidation of [Re2X8]2- to the nonahalodirhenate anions [Re2X9]n- (n = 1 or 2) / 8.5.3：
Re25+ and Re24+ halide complexes that contain phosphine ligands / 8.5.4：
Other Re25+ and Re24+ complexes / 8.5.5：
Other dirhenium compounds with triple bonds / 8.5.6：
Dirhenium Compounds with Bonds of Order Less than 3 / 8.6：
Cleavage of Re-Re Multiple Bonds by o-donor and π-acceptor Ligands / 8.7：
σ-Donor ligands / 8.7.1：
Jπ-Acceptor ligands / 8.7.2：
Other Types of Multiply Bonded Dirhenium Compounds / 8.8：
Postscript on Recent Developments / 8.9：
Ruthenium Compounds
Ru25+ Compounds / 9.1：
Ru25+ compounds with O,O′-donor bridging ligands / 9.2.1：
Ru25+ compounds with N,O-donor bridging ligands / 9.2.2：
Ru25+ compounds with N,N′-donor bridging ligands / 9.2.3：
Ru24+ Compounds / 9.3：
Ru24+ compounds with O,O′-donor bridging ligands / 9.3.1：
Ru24+ compounds with N,O-donor bridging ligands / 9.3.2：
Ru24+ compounds with N,N′-donor bridging ligands / 9.3.3：
Ru26+ Compounds / 9.4：
Ru26+ compounds with O,O′-donor bridging ligands / 9.4.1：
Ru26+ compounds with N,N′-donor bridging ligands / 9.4.2：
Compounds with Macrocyclic Ligands / 9.5：
Applications / 9.6：
Catalytic activity / 9.6.1：
Biological importance / 9.6.2：
Osmium Compounds
Syntheses, Structures and Reactivity of Os26+ Compounds / 10.1：
Syntheses and Structures of Os25+ Compounds / 10.2：
Syntheses and Structures of Other Os2 Compounds / 10.3：
Magnetism, Electronic Structures, and Spectroscopy / 10.4：
Iron, Cobalt and Iridium Compounds / 10.5：
Di-iron Compounds / 11.1：
Dicobalt Compounds / 11.3：
Tetragonal paddlewheel compounds / 11.3.1：
Trigonal paddlewheel compounds / 11.3.2：
Dicobalt compounds with unsupported bonds / 11.3.3：
Compounds with chains of cobalt atoms / 11.3.4：
Di-iridium Compounds / 11.4：
Paddlewheel compounds and related species / 11.4.1：
Unsupported Ir-Ir bonds / 11.4.2：
Other species with Ir-Ir bonds / 11.4.3：
Iridium blues / 11.4.4：
Rhodium Compounds
Dirhodium Tetracarboxylato Compounds / 12.1：
Preparative methods and classification / 12.2.1：
Structural studies / 12.2.2：
Other Dirhodium Compounds Containing Bridging Ligands / 12.3：
Complexes with fewer than four carboxylate bridging groups / 12.3.1：
Complexes supported by hydroxypyridinato, carboxamidato and other (N, O) donor monoanionic bridging groups / 12.3.2：
Complexes supported by amidinato and other (N, N) donor bridging groups / 12.3.3：
Complexes supported by sulfur donor bridging ligands / 12.3.4：
Complexes supported by phosphine and (P, N) donor bridging ligands / 12.3.5：
Complexes supported by carbonate, sulfate and phosphate bridging groups / 12.3.6：
Dirhodium Compounds with Unsupported Rh-Rh Bonds / 12.4：
The dirhodium(II) aquo ion / 12.4.1：
The [Rh2(NCR)10]4+ cations / 12.4.2：
Complexes with chelating and macrocyclic nitrogen ligands / 12.4.3：
Other Dirhodium Compounds / 12.5：
Complexes with isocyanide ligands / 12.5.1：
Rhodium blues / 12.5.2：
Reactions of Rh24+ Compounds / 12.6：
Oxidation to Rh25+ and Rh26+ species / 12.6.1：
Cleavage of the Rh-Rh bond / 12.6.2：
Applications of Dirhodium Compounds / 12.7：
Catalysis / 12.7.1：
Supramolecular arrays based on dirhodium building blocks / 12.7.2：
Biological applications of dirhodium compounds / 12.7.3：
Photocatalytic reactions / 12.7.4：
Other applications / 12.7.5：
Chiral Dirhodium(II) Catalysts and Their Applications
Synthetic and Structural Aspects of Chiral Dirhodium(II) Carboxamidates / 13.1：
Synthetic and Structural Aspects of Dirhodium(II) Complexes Bearing Orthometalated Phosphines / 13.3：
Dirhodium(II) Compounds as Catalysts / 13.4：
Catalysis of Diazo Decomposition / 13.5：
Chiral Dirhodium(II) Carboxylates / 13.6：
Chiral Dirhodium(II) Carboxamidates / 13.7：
Catalytic Asymmetric Cyclopropanation and Cyclopropenation / 13.8：
Intramolecular reactions / 13.8.1：
Intermolecular reactions / 13.8.2：
Cyclopropenation / 13.8.3：
Macrocyclization / 13.8.4：
Metal Carbene Carbon-Hydrogen Insertion / 13.9：
Catalytic Ylide Formation and Reactions / 13.9.1：
Additional Transformations of Diazo Compounds Catalyzed by Dirhodium(II) / 13.11：
Silicon-Hydrogen Insertion / 13.12：
Nickel, Palladium and Platinum Compounds
Dinickel Compounds / 14.1：
Dipalladium Compounds / 14.3：
A singly bonded Pd26+ species / 14.3.1：
Chemistry of Pd25+ and similar species / 14.3.2：
Other compounds with Pd-Pd interactions / 14.3.3：
Diplatinum Compounds / 14.4：
Complexes with sulfate and phosphate bridges / 14.4.1：
Complexes with pyrophosphite and related ligands / 14.4.2：
Complexes with carboxylate, formamidinate and related ligands / 14.4.3：
Complexes containing monoanionic bridging ligands with N,O and N,S donor sets / 14.4.4：
Unsupported Pt-Pt bonds / 14.4.5：
Dinuclear Pt25+ species / 14.4.6：
The platinum blues / 14.4.7：
Other compounds
Extended Metal Atom Chains
Overview / 15.1：
EMACs of Chromium / 15.2：
EMACs of Cobalt / 15.3：
EMACs of Nickel and Copper / 15.4：
EMACs of Ruthenium and Rhodium / 15.5：
Other Metal Atom Chains / 15.6：
Physical, Spectroscopic and Theoretical Results
Structural Correlations / 16.1：
Bond orders and bond lengths / 16.1.1：
Internal rotation / 16.1.2：
Axial ligands / 16.1.3：
Comparison of second and third transition series homologs / 16.1.4：
Disorder in crystals / 16.1.5：
Rearrangements of M2X8 type molecules / 16.1.6：
Diamagnetic anisotropy of M-M multiple bonds / 16.1.7：
Thermodynamics / 16.2：
Thermochemical data / 16.2.1：
Bond energies / 16.2.2：
Electronic Structure Calculations / 16.3：
Background / 16.3.1：
[M2X8]n- and M2X4(PR3)4 species / 16.3.2：
The M2(O2CR)4 (M = Cr, Mo, W) molecules / 16.3.3：
M2(O2CR)4R′2 (M = Mo, W) compounds / 16.3.4：
Dirhodium species / 16.3.5：
Diruthenium compounds / 16.3.6：
M2X6 molecules (M = Mo, W) / 16.3.7：
Other calculations / 16.3.8：
Electronic Spectra / 16.4：
Details of the δ manifold of states / 16.4.1：
Observed δ → δ* transitions / 16.4.2：
Other electronic absorption bands of Mo2, W2, Tc2 and Re2 species / 16.4.3：
Spectra of Rh2, Pt2, Ru2 and Os2 compounds / 16.4.4：
CD and ORD spectra / 16.4.5：
Excited state distortions inferred from vibronic structure / 16.4.6：
Emission spectra and photochemistry / 16.4.7：
Photoelectron Spectra / 16.5：
Paddlewheel molecules / 16.5.1：
Other tetragonal molecules / 16.5.2：
M2X6 molecules / 16.5.3：
Miscellaneous other PES results / 16.5.4：
Vibrational Spectra / 16.6：
M-M stretching vibrations / 16.6.1：
M-L stretching vibrations / 16.6.2：
Other types of Spectra / 16.7：
Electron Paramagnetic Resonance / 16.7.1：
X-Ray spectra, EXAFS, and XPS / 16.7.2：
Abbreviations
Index
Introduction and Survey
Prolog / 1.1：
From Werner to the new transition metal chemistry / 1.1.1：
65.

図書
図書
65. Automatic verification of sequential infinite-state processes
Olaf Burkart
出版情報: Berlin : Springer, c1997  x, 163 p.; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Lecture notes in computer science ; 1354
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Sequential Processes / 1.1：
Model Checking / 1.2：
Equivalence Checking / 1.3：
Organisation of This Book / 1.4：
Background / 2：
Fixpoint Theory / 2.1：
Ordered Sets / 2.2.1：
Fixpoint Theorems / 2.2.2：
Relations and Rewrite Systems / 2.3：
Relations / 2.3.1：
Rewrite Systems / 2.3.2：
Context-Free Languages / 2.4：
Processes and Labelled Transition Graphs / 2.5：
Behavioural Equivalences / 2.5.1：
Normedness and Determinism / 2.5.2：
Context-Free Processes / 2.6：
Syntax and Semantics / 2.6.1：
Normedness / 2.6.2：
Self-bisimulations / 2.6.3：
Pushdown Processes / 3：
Expressiveness / 3.1：
PDPA Laws / 3.4：
Pushdown Normal Form / 3.5：
Parallel Composition / 3.6：
Example / 3.6.1：
Parallel Decomposition and 2-PDNF / 3.7：
Related work / 3.8：
Context-Free Graphs / 3.8.1：
Prefix Transition Graphs / 3.8.2：
Pushdown Transition Graphs / 3.8.3：
Equational graphs / 3.8.4：
MSOL Definable Hypergraphs / 3.8.5：
BPA with the state operator / 3.8.6：
The Modal µ-Calculus / 4：
Syntax / 4.2.1：
Semantics / 4.2.2：
Continuity / 4.2.3：
Alternation Depth / 4.2.4：
Assertion-Based Semantics / 4.3：
A Motivating Example / 4.3.1：
Definition of Assertion-Based Semantics / 4.3.2：
Properties of Assertion-Based Semantics / 4.3.3：
Verifying Behavioural Properties / 4.4：
Hierarchical Equational µ-Formulas / 4.4.1：
The Model Checking Algorithm / 4.4.2：
A Working Example / 4.4.3：
Expressiveness of the modal µ-calculus / 4.5：
The Bisimulation Equivalence Problem / 5：
Separability / 5.3：
Deciding Bisimilarity of Normed BPA / 5.4：
A Bound for Separability / 5.5：
The Algorithm / 5.6：
Bisimulation Bases / 5.6.1：
The Computation of an Initial Base / 5.6.2：
The Branching Algorithm / 5.6.3：
Summary of the Decision Procedure / 5.6.4：
Summary and Perspectives / 6：
Summary of the Main Results / 6.1：
Perspectives / 6.2：
Regularity of Context-Free Processes / 6.2.1：
Index
Introduction / 1：
Sequential Processes / 1.1：
Model Checking / 1.2：
66.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
66. Automatic Verification of Sequential Infinite-State Processes
Olaf Burkart
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin / Heidelberg, 1997
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Sequential Processes / 1.1：
Model Checking / 1.2：
Equivalence Checking / 1.3：
Organisation of This Book / 1.4：
Background / 2：
Fixpoint Theory / 2.1：
Ordered Sets / 2.2.1：
Fixpoint Theorems / 2.2.2：
Relations and Rewrite Systems / 2.3：
Relations / 2.3.1：
Rewrite Systems / 2.3.2：
Context-Free Languages / 2.4：
Processes and Labelled Transition Graphs / 2.5：
Behavioural Equivalences / 2.5.1：
Normedness and Determinism / 2.5.2：
Context-Free Processes / 2.6：
Syntax and Semantics / 2.6.1：
Normedness / 2.6.2：
Self-bisimulations / 2.6.3：
Pushdown Processes / 3：
Expressiveness / 3.1：
PDPA Laws / 3.4：
Pushdown Normal Form / 3.5：
Parallel Composition / 3.6：
Example / 3.6.1：
Parallel Decomposition and 2-PDNF / 3.7：
Related work / 3.8：
Context-Free Graphs / 3.8.1：
Prefix Transition Graphs / 3.8.2：
Pushdown Transition Graphs / 3.8.3：
Equational graphs / 3.8.4：
MSOL Definable Hypergraphs / 3.8.5：
BPA with the state operator / 3.8.6：
The Modal µ-Calculus / 4：
Syntax / 4.2.1：
Semantics / 4.2.2：
Continuity / 4.2.3：
Alternation Depth / 4.2.4：
Assertion-Based Semantics / 4.3：
A Motivating Example / 4.3.1：
Definition of Assertion-Based Semantics / 4.3.2：
Properties of Assertion-Based Semantics / 4.3.3：
Verifying Behavioural Properties / 4.4：
Hierarchical Equational µ-Formulas / 4.4.1：
The Model Checking Algorithm / 4.4.2：
A Working Example / 4.4.3：
Expressiveness of the modal µ-calculus / 4.5：
The Bisimulation Equivalence Problem / 5：
Separability / 5.3：
Deciding Bisimilarity of Normed BPA / 5.4：
A Bound for Separability / 5.5：
The Algorithm / 5.6：
Bisimulation Bases / 5.6.1：
The Computation of an Initial Base / 5.6.2：
The Branching Algorithm / 5.6.3：
Summary of the Decision Procedure / 5.6.4：
Summary and Perspectives / 6：
Summary of the Main Results / 6.1：
Perspectives / 6.2：
Regularity of Context-Free Processes / 6.2.1：
Index
Introduction / 1：
Sequential Processes / 1.1：
Model Checking / 1.2：
67.

図書
図書
67. The econometrics of financial markets (: cloth)
John Y. Campbell, Andrew W. Lo, A. Craig MacKinlay
出版情報: Princeton, N.J. : Princeton University Press, c1997  xviii, 611 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
List of Figures
List of Tables
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Organization of the Book / 1.1：
Useful Background / 1.2：
Mathematics Background / 1.2.1：
Probability and Statistics Background / 1.2.2：
Finance Theory Background / 1.2.3：
Notation / 1.3：
Prices, Returns, and Compounding / 1.4：
Definitions and Conventions / 1.4.1：
The Marginal, Conditional, and Joint Distribution of Returns / 1.4.2：
Market Efficiency / 1.5：
Efficient Markets and the Law of Iterated Expectations / 1.5.1：
Is Market Efficiency Testable? / 1.5.2：
The Predictability of Asset Returns / 2：
The Random Walk Hypotheses / 2.1：
The Random Walk 1: IID Increments / 2.1.1：
The Random Walk 2: Independent Increments / 2.1.2：
The Random Walk 3: Uncorrelated Increments / 2.1.3：
Tests of Random Walk 1: IID Increments / 2.2：
Traditional Statistical Tests / 2.2.1：
Sequences and Reversals, and Runs / 2.2.2：
Tests of Random Walk 2: Independent Increments / 2.3：
Filter Rules / 2.3.1：
Technical Analysis / 2.3.2：
Tests of Random Walk 3: Uncorrelated Increments / 2.4：
Autocorrelation Coefficients / 2.4.1：
Portmanteau Statistics / 2.4.2：
Variance Ratios / 2.4.3：
Long-Horizon Returns / 2.5：
Problems with Long-Horizon Inferences / 2.5.1：
Tests For Long-Range Dependence / 2.6：
Examples of Long-Range Dependence / 2.6.1：
The Hurst-Mandelbrot Rescaled Range Statistic / 2.6.2：
Unit Root Tests / 2.7：
Recent Empirical Evidence / 2.8：
Autocorrelations / 2.8.1：
Cross-Autocorrelations and Lead-Lag Relations / 2.8.2：
Tests Using Long-Horizon Returns / 2.8.4：
Conclusion / 2.9：
Market Microstructure / 3：
Nonsynchronous Trading / 3.1：
A Model of Nonsynchronous Trading / 3.1.1：
Extensions and Generalizations / 3.1.2：
The Bid-Ask Spread / 3.2：
Bid-Ask Bounce / 3.2.1：
Components of the Bid-Ask Spread / 3.2.2：
Modeling Transactions Data / 3.3：
Motivation / 3.3.1：
Rounding and Barrier Models / 3.3.2：
The Ordered Probit Model / 3.3.3：
Recent Empirical Findings / 3.4：
Estimating the Effective Bid-Ask Spread / 3.4.1：
Transactions Data / 3.4.3：
Outline of an Event Study / 3.5：
An Example of an Event Study / 4.2：
Models fo / 4.3：
List of Figures
List of Tables
Preface
68.

図書
図書
68. High-temperature superconductivity : an introduction
Gerald Burns
出版情報: Boston : Academic Press, c1992  xiii, 199 p. ; 23 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Problems
Review of Conventional Superconductors / Chapter 2：
Two-Fluid Model / 2-1：
London Equation / 2-3：
Nonlocal Fields / 2-4：
Nonlocal Electrodynamics Sketched / 2-4a：
Various Situations and Dirty Superconductors / 2-4b：
Ginzburg-Landau Theory / 2-5：
GL Free Energy / 2-5a：
GL Differential Equations / 2-5c：
Flux Quantization / 2-5d：
GL Coherence Length / 2-5e：
Type II Superconductors / 2-5f：
BCS Theory / 2-6：
Cooper Pairs and BCS Introduction / 2-6a：
BCS Results / 2-6c：
Specific Heat / 2-6d：
Anisotropic Superconducting Gap / 2-6e：
Coherence Effects / 2-6f：
Strong-Coupled Superconductors / 2-7：
McMillan Equation / 2-7a：
Maximum T[subscript c]? / 2-7c：
Electron-Phonon Parameter Calculations / 2-7d：
Tunneling / 2-8：
Tunneling Review / 2-8a：
Tunneling Experiments / 2-8b：
Phonon Structure / 2-8c：
Other Topics / 2-9：
Magnetic Superconductors / 2-9a：
Earlier Oxide Superconductors / 2-9b：
Heavy-Electron Metals / 2-9c：
Organic Superconductors / 2-9d：
[superscript 3]He / 2-9e：
Structures / Chapter 3：
Overview / 3-1：
La(n = 1) / 3-2：
2-Tl(n) / 3-2b：
2-Bi(n) / 3-2c：
1-Tl(n) / 3-2d：
Distances / 3-2e：
Y123 / 3-2f：
Other High-T[subscript c] Structures / 3-2g：
Other Phases / 3-3：
Y123 with Intermediate Oxygen Content / 3-3a：
Other Distortions / 3-3d：
Conventional Superconductors / 3-4：
Normal-State Properties / Chapter 4：
Cu-Charge State / 4-1：
Charges / 4-2a：
Molecular Orbitals / 4-2b：
Resistance / 4-3：
Conventional Resistivity Behavior / 4-3a：
Resistivity of High-T[subscript c] Materials / 4-3b：
Hall Effect / 4-4：
Magnetism / 4-5：
Insulator Phase / 4-5a：
Superconducting Phase / 4-5b：
Structural Phase Transitions / 4-6：
Bands--General / 4-7：
Fermi Liquid / 4-7a：
Resonating-Valence-Band State / 4-7b：
Band Theory / 4-7c：
Simple Two-Dimensional Bands / 4-7d：
More Advanced Two-Dimensional Bands / 4-7e：
One-Electron Bands / 4-8：
Photoemission Spectroscopy / 4-9：
PES 2-Bi(n = 2) Results / 4-9a：
PES Y123 Results / 4-9c：
PES Summary / 4-9d：
Superconducting Properties / Chapter 5：
T[subscript c] Values / 5-1：
Cooper Pairs and BCS / 5-2：
Paired Electrons? / 5-2a：
Spin Singlet or Triplet Pairing? / 5-2c：
Symmetry of Electron Pairs / 5-2d：
BCS Superconductors? / 5-3：
Superconducting Energy Gap and Other Properties / 5-4：
PES Results / 5-4a：
Tunneling Spectroscopy / 5-4b：
Infrared Results / 5-4c：
Raman Results / 5-4e：
NMR Results / 5-4f：
Isotope Effect / 5-5：
The Pairing Mechanism / 5-6：
Soft Phonon Modes / 5-6a：
Temperature-Dependent Phonon Modes / 5-6c：
Neutron Measurements / 5-6d：
High-Energy Tunneling Results / 5-6e：
Electron-Phonon Coupling Parameter Calculations / 5-6f：
Electron-Phonon Coupling Parameter Measurements / 5-6g：
Phonons plus Electron Density of States Singularity / 5-6h：
Phonons Alone / 5-6i：
Magnetic Properties / 5-7：
Type II Materials / 5-7a：
Penetration Depth / 5-7b：
H[subscript c1] / 5-7c：
Coherence Length and H[subscript c2] / 5-7d：
Anisotropic Ginzburg-Landau Results / 5-7e：
Torque Magnetometry / 5-7f：
Postscript / 5-8：
Vortex Behavior, J[subscript c], and Applications / Chapter 6：
Flux Lattice, Flux Glass, and Pinning / 6-1：
Flux Lattice and Glass / 6-2a：
Pinning / 6-2b：
Films and Critical Currents / 6-3：
Films / 6-3a：
Superlattices / 6-3b：
Wires / 6-3c：
Critical Current / 6-3d：
Macroscopic Magnetic Properties / 6-4：
Vortex Glass / 6-4a：
Flux Creep / 6-4c：
A True Zero Resistance State? / 6-4d：
Experimental Vortex Glass-Liquid Measurements / 6-4e：
Irreversibility Line / 6-4f：
Applications Introduction / 6-5：
Large-Scale Applications / 6-6：
Wires and Superconducting Magnets / 6-6a：
Levitation / 6-6c：
Small-Scale Applications / 6-7：
Bibliography
Notes for the Chapters
Index
Preface
Acknowledgements
Introduction / Chapter 1：
69.

図書
図書
69. Guidelines for process safety fundamentals in general plant operations
American Institute of Chemical Engineers. Center for Chemical Process Safety
出版情報: New York : Center for Chemical Process Safety of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, c1995  xxiv, 360 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Acronyms and Abbreviations
Glossary
Introduction / 1：
Objective / 1.1：
Scope / 1.2：
Organization / 1.3：
References
Materials/Chemical Handling / 2：
Hazardous Property Identification / 2.1：
Material handling Hazards / 2.2：
Fire and Explosive Properties / 2.2.1：
Chemical Toxicity / 2.2.2：
Biological Hazards / 2.2.3：
Radiation Hazards / 2.2.4：
Electrical Hazards / 2.2.5：
Thermal Hazards / 2.2.6：
Physical Plant Hazards / 2.2.7：
Material Transport / 2.3：
Liquid Handling / 2.4：
Liquid Transport / 2.4.1：
Liquid Storage / 2.4.2：
Spill Control and Cleanup / 2.4.3：
Solids Handling / 2.5：
Storage Procedures / 2.5.1：
Transfer Procedures / 2.5.2：
Bulk Conveying / 2.5.3：
Solids Packaging / 2.5.4：
Gas Handling / 2.6：
Classification of Gases / 2.6.1：
Regulations and Standards / 2.6.2：
Gas Containers / 2.6.3：
Cylinder Auxiliaries / 2.6.4：
Cylinder Handling Procedures / 2.6.5：
Handling Hazardous Gases / 2.6.6：
Cryogenic Liquids / 2.6.7：
Waste Handling / 2.7：
Waste Disposal Plan / 2.7.1：
Release Reporting / 2.7.2：
Scrap and Salvage / 2.7.3：
Vessel Decommissioning / 2.7.4：
Waste Containers / 2.7.5：
Process Equipment and Procedures / 3：
Materials of Construction / 3.1：
Material Selection / 3.1.1：
Material Application / 3.1.2：
Corrosion / 3.2：
Types of Corrosion / 3.2.1：
Sources of Corrosion Information / 3.2.2：
Small Containers / 3.3：
Container Specification / 3.3.1：
Manufacturer's Quality Control / 3.3.2：
Receiving / 3.3.3：
Emptying of Containers / 3.3.4：
Warehousing / 3.3.5：
Loading and Shipping / 3.3.6：
Disposal of Containers / 3.3.7：
Piping / 3.4：
Piping Codes and Specifications / 3.4.1：
Piping Design Safety / 3.4.2：
Piping Installation Safety / 3.4.3：
Piping Operation Safety / 3.4.4：
Piping Maintenance Safety / 3.4.5：
Transfer Hoses / 3.5：
Safety in Design and Installation / 3.5.1：
Safety in Operation / 3.5.3：
Inspection and Maintenance / 3.5.4：
Pumps / 3.6：
Pump Types / 3.6.1：
Pump Design Safety / 3.6.2：
Pump Installation Safety / 3.6.3：
Pump Operation Safety / 3.6.4：
Pump Maintenance Safety / 3.6.5：
Fans and Compressors / 3.7：
Classification of Gas Movers / 3.7.1：
Gas Mover Operating Parameters / 3.7.2：
Gas Mover Safety Precautions / 3.7.3：
Drivers / 3.8：
Motors / 3.8.1：
Steam Turbines / 3.8.2：
Transmission / 3.8.3：
Filters / 3.9：
Safety Considerations / 3.9.1：
Waste Minimization and Disposal / 3.9.2：
Centrifuges / 3.10：
Types of Centrifuges / 3.10.1：
Design Considerations / 3.10.2：
Operation / 3.10.3：
Drying and Particle Size Reduction / 3.10.4：
Dryers / 3.11.1：
Size Reduction Equipment / 3.11.2：
Screening Equipment / 3.11.3：
Packaging of Hot Materials / 3.11.4：
Deflagration Hazards / 3.11.5：
Environmental Concerns and Hygiene / 3.11.6：
Instrument and Controls / 3.12：
I & C Design Safety / 3.12.1：
I & C Installation Safety / 3.12.2：
I & C Operation Safety / 3.12.3：
I & C Maintenance Safety / 3.12.4：
General Topics / 4：
Inspection, Maintenance, and Calibration / 4.1：
Inspection Techniques / 4.1.1：
Maintenance Manuals / 4.1.2：
Preventive Maintenance / 4.1.3：
Equipment Calibration / 4.1.4：
Spare Parts and Equipment / 4.2：
Storage / 4.2.1：
Disbursement / 4.2.3：
Storage and Warehousing / 4.3：
General Storage Techniques / 4.3.1：
Stored Materials and Containers / 4.3.2：
Material Movement / 4.3.3：
Shipping Vehicles / 4.3.4：
Plant Modification / 4.4：
Change Control Program / 4.4.1：
Change/Work Authorization / 4.4.2：
Training / 4.4.3：
Hazardous Work / 4.5：
Confined Space Entry / 4.5.1：
Equipment Lockout / 4.5.2：
Line Breaking and System Opening / 4.5.3：
Hazardous materials / 4.5.4：
4.5
Preface
Acknowledgments
Acronyms and Abbreviations
70.

図書
図書
70. Structured computer organization. 4th ed (:uk ; :us)
Andrew S. Tanenbaum ; with contributions from James R. Goodman
出版情報: London : Prentice Hall International , Upper Saddle River, N.J. : Prentice Hall, c1999  xviii, 669 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Computer Systems Organization / 2：
The Digital Logic Level / 3：
The Microarchitecture Level / 4：
The Instruction Set Architecture Level / 5：
The Operating System Machine Level / 6：
The Assembly Language Level / 7：
Parallel Computer Architectures / 8：
Reading List and Bibliography / 9：
Binary Numbers / Appendix A：
Floating-Point Numbers / Appendix B：
Preface
Structured Computer Organization / 1.1：
Languages, Levels, and Virtual Machines / 1.1.1：
Contemporary Multilevel Machines / 1.1.2：
Evolution of Multilevel Machines / 1.1.3：
Milestones in Computer Architecture / 1.2：
The Zeroth Generation-Mechanical Computers (1642-1945) / 1.2.1：
The First Generation-Vacuum Tubes (1945-1955) / 1.2.2：
The Second Generation-Transistors (1955-1965) / 1.2.3：
The Third Generation-Integrated Circuits (1965-1980) / 1.2.4：
The Fourth Generation-Very Large Scale Integration (1980-?) / 1.2.5：
The Fifth Generation-Invisible Computers / 1.2.6：
The Computer Zoo / 1.3：
Technological and Economic Forces / 1.3.1：
The Computer Spectrum / 1.3.2：
Disposable Computers / 1.3.3：
Microcontrollers / 1.3.4：
Game Computers / 1.3.5：
Personal Computers / 1.3.6：
Servers / 1.3.7：
Collections of Workstations / 1.3.8：
Mainframes / 1.3.9：
Example Computer Families / 1.4：
Introduction to the Pentium 4 / 1.4.1：
Introduction to the UltraSPARC III / 1.4.2：
Introduction to the 8051 / 1.4.3：
Metric Units / 1.5：
Outline of This Book / 1.6：
Processors / 2.1：
CPU Organization / 2.1.1：
Instruction Execution / 2.1.2：
RISC versus CISC / 2.1.3：
Design Principles for Modern Computers / 2.1.4：
Instruction-Level Parallelism / 2.1.5：
Processor-Level Parallelism / 2.1.6：
Primary Memory / 2.2：
Bits / 2.2.1：
Memory Addresses / 2.2.2：
Byte Ordering / 2.2.3：
Error-Correcting Codes / 2.2.4：
Cache Memory / 2.2.5：
Memory Packaging and Types / 2.2.6：
Secondary Memory / 2.3：
Memory Hierarchies / 2.3.1：
Magnetic Disks / 2.3.2：
Floppy Disks / 2.3.3：
IDE Disks / 2.3.4：
SCSI Disks / 2.3.5：
RAID / 2.3.6：
CD-ROMs / 2.3.7：
CD-Recordables / 2.3.8：
CD-Rewritables / 2.3.9：
DVD / 2.3.10：
Blu-Ray / 2.3.11：
Input/Output / 2.4：
Buses / 2.4.1：
Terminals / 2.4.2：
Mice / 2.4.3：
Printers / 2.4.4：
Telecommunications Equipment / 2.4.5：
Digital Cameras / 2.4.6：
Character Codes / 2.4.7：
Summary / 2.5：
Gates and Boolean Algebra / 3.1：
Gates / 3.1.1：
Boolean Algebra / 3.1.2：
Implementation of Boolean Functions / 3.1.3：
Circuit Equivalence / 3.1.4：
Basic Digital Logic Circuits / 3.2：
Integrated Circuits / 3.2.1：
Combinational Circuits / 3.2.2：
Arithmetic Circuits / 3.2.3：
Clocks / 3.2.4：
Memory / 3.3：
Latches / 3.3.1：
Flip-Flops / 3.3.2：
Registers / 3.3.3：
Memory Organization / 3.3.4：
Memory Chips / 3.3.5：
RAMs and ROMs / 3.3.6：
CPU Chips and Buses / 3.4：
CPU Chips / 3.4.1：
Computer Buses / 3.4.2：
Bus Width / 3.4.3：
Bus Clocking / 3.4.4：
Bus Arbitration / 3.4.5：
Bus Operations / 3.4.6：
Example CPU Chips / 3.5：
The Pentium 4 / 3.5.1：
The UltraSPARC III / 3.5.2：
The 8051 / 3.5.3：
Example Buses / 3.6：
The ISA Bus / 3.6.1：
The PCI Bus / 3.6.2：
PCI Express / 3.6.3：
The Universal Serial Bus / 3.6.4：
Interfacing / 3.7：
I/O Chips / 3.7.1：
Address Decoding / 3.7.2：
An Example Microarchitecture / 3.8：
The Data Path / 4.1.1：
Microinstructions / 4.1.2：
Microinstruction Control: The Mic-1 / 4.1.3：
An Example Isa: IJVM / 4.2：
Stacks / 4.2.1：
The IJVM Memory Model / 4.2.2：
The IJVM Instruction Set / 4.2.3：
Compiling Java to IJVM / 4.2.4：
An Example Implementation / 4.3：
Microinstructions and Notation / 4.3.1：
Implementation of IJVM Using the Mic-1 / 4.3.2：
Design of the Microarchitecture Level / 4.4：
Speed versus Cost / 4.4.1：
Reducing the Execution Path Length / 4.4.2：
A Design with Prefetching: The Mic-2 / 4.4.3：
A Pipelined Design: The Mic-3 / 4.4.4：
A Seven-Stage Pipeline: The Mic-4 / 4.4.5：
Improving Performance / 4.5：
Branch Prediction / 4.5.1：
Out-of-Order Execution and Register Renaming / 4.5.3：
Speculative Execution / 4.5.4：
Examples of the Microarchitecture Level / 4.6：
The Microarchitecture of the Pentium 4 CPU / 4.6.1：
The Microarchitecture of the UltraSPARC-III Cu CPU / 4.6.2：
The Microarchitecture of the 8051 CPU / 4.6.3：
Comparison of the Pentium, Ultrasparc, and 8051 / 4.7：
Overview of the ISA Level / 4.8：
Properties of the ISA Level / 5.1.1：
Memory Models / 5.1.2：
Instructions / 5.1.3：
Overview of the Pentium 4 ISA Level / 5.1.5：
Overview of the UltraSPARC III ISA Level / 5.1.6：
Overview of the 8051 ISA Level / 5.1.7：
Data Types / 5.2：
Numeric Data Types / 5.2.1：
Nonnumeric Data Types / 5.2.2：
Data Types on the Pentium 4 / 5.2.3：
Data Types on the UltraSPARC III / 5.2.4：
Data Types on the 8051 / 5.2.5：
Instruction Formats / 5.3：
Design Criteria for Instruction Formats / 5.3.1：
Expanding Opcodes / 5.3.2：
The Pentium 4 Instruction Formats / 5.3.3：
The UltraSPARC III Instruction Formats / 5.3.4：
The 8051 Instruction Formats / 5.3.5：
Addressing / 5.4：
Addressing Modes / 5.4.1：
Immediate Addressing / 5.4.2：
Direct Addressing / 5.4.3：
Register Addressing / 5.4.4：
Register Indirect Addressing / 5.4.5：
Indexed Addressing / 5.4.6：
Based-Indexed Addressing / 5.4.7：
Stack Addressing / 5.4.8：
Addressing Modes for Branch Instructions / 5.4.9：
Orthogonality of Opcodes and Addressing Modes / 5.4.10：
The Pentium 4 Addressing Modes / 5.4.11：
The UltraSPARC III Addressing Modes / 5.4.12：
The 8051 Addressing Modes / 5.4.13：
Discussion of Addressing Modes / 5.4.14：
Instruction Types / 5.5：
Data Movement Instructions / 5.5.1：
Dyadic Operations / 5.5.2：
Monadic Operations / 5.5.3：
Comparisons and Conditional Branches / 5.5.4：
Procedure Call Instructions / 5.5.5：
Loop Control / 5.5.6：
The Pentium 4 Instructions / 5.5.7：
The UltraSPARC III Instructions / 5.5.9：
The 8051 Instructions / 5.5.10：
Comparison of Instruction Sets / 5.5.11：
Flow of Control / 5.6：
Sequential Flow of Control and Branches / 5.6.1：
Procedures / 5.6.2：
Coroutines / 5.6.3：
Traps / 5.6.5：
Interrupts
A Detailed Example: The Towers of Hanoi / 5.7：
The Towers of Hanoi in Pentium 4 Assembly Language / 5.7.1：
The Towers of Hanoi in UltraSPARC III Assembly Language / 5.7.2：
The IA-64 Architecture and the Itanium 2 / 5.8：
The Problem with the Pentium 4 / 5.8.1：
The IA-64 Model: Explicitly Parallel Instruction Computing / 5.8.2：
Reducing Memory References / 5.8.3：
Instruction Scheduling / 5.8.4：
Reducing Conditional Branches: Predication / 5.8.5：
Speculative Loads / 5.8.6：
Virtual Memory / 5.9：
Paging / 6.1.1：
Implementation of Paging / 6.1.2：
Demand Paging and the Working Set Model / 6.1.3：
Page Replacement Policy / 6.1.4：
Page Size and Fragmentation / 6.1.5：
Segmentation / 6.1.6：
Implementation of Segmentation / 6.1.7：
Virtual Memory on the Pentium 4 / 6.1.8：
Virtual Memory on the UltraSPARC III / 6.1.9：
Virtual Memory and Caching / 6.1.10：
Virtual I/O Instructions / 6.2：
Files / 6.2.1：
Implementation of Virtual I/O Instructions / 6.2.2：
Directory Management Instructions / 6.2.3：
Virtual Instructions for Parallel Processing / 6.3：
Process Creation / 6.3.1：
Race Conditions / 6.3.2：
Process Synchronization Using Semaphores / 6.3.3：
Example Operating Systems / 6.4：
Examples of Virtual Memory / 6.4.1：
Examples of Virtual I/O / 6.4.3：
Examples of Process Management / 6.4.4：
Introduction to Assembly Language / 6.5：
What Is an Assembly Language? / 7.1.1：
Why Use Assembly Language? / 7.1.2：
Format of an Assembly Language Statement / 7.1.3：
Pseudoinstructions / 7.1.4：
Macros / 7.2：
Macro Definition, Call, and Expansion / 7.2.1：
Macros with Parameters / 7.2.2：
Advanced Features / 7.2.3：
Implementation of a Macro Facility in an Assembler / 7.2.4：
The Assembly Process / 7.3：
Two-Pass Assemblers / 7.3.1：
Pass One / 7.3.2：
Pass Two / 7.3.3：
The Symbol Table / 7.3.4：
Linking and Loading / 7.4：
Tasks Performed by the Linker / 7.4.1：
Structure of an Object Module / 7.4.2：
Binding Time and Dynamic Relocation / 7.4.3：
Dynamic Linking / 7.4.4：
On-Chip Paralellism / 7.5：
On-Chip Multithreading / 8.1.1：
Single-Chip Multiprocessors / 8.1.3：
Coprocessors / 8.2：
Network Processors / 8.2.1：
Media Processors / 8.2.2：
Cryptoprocessors / 8.2.3：
Shared-Memory Multiprocessors / 8.3：
Multiprocessors vs. Multicomputers / 8.3.1：
Memory Semantics / 8.3.2：
UMA Symmetric Multiprocessor Architectures / 8.3.3：
NUMA Multiprocessors / 8.3.4：
COMA Multiprocessors / 8.3.5：
Message-Passing Multicomputers / 8.4：
Interconnection Networks / 8.4.1：
MPPs-Massively Parallel Processors / 8.4.2：
Cluster Computing / 8.4.3：
Communication Software for Multicomputers / 8.4.4：
Scheduling / 8.4.5：
Application-Level Shared Memory / 8.4.6：
Performance / 8.4.7：
Grid Computing / 8.5：
Suggestions for Further Reading / 8.6：
Introduction and General Works / 9.1.1：
Binary and Floating-Point Numbers / 9.1.2：
Assembly Language Programming / 9.1.10：
Alphabetical Bibliography / 9.2：
Finte-Precision Numbers / A：
Radix Number Systems / A.2：
Conversion From One Radix to Another / A.3：
Negative Binary Numbers / A.4：
Binary Arithmetic / A.5：
Principles of Floating Point / B：
IEEE Floating-Point Standard 754 / B.2：
Overview / C：
Assembly Language / C.1.1：
A Small Assembly Language Program / C.1.2：
The 8088 Processor / C.2：
The Processor Cycle / C.2.1：
The General Registers / C.2.2：
Pointer Registers / C.2.3：
Memory and Addressing / C.3：
Memory Organization and Segments / C.3.1：
The 8088 Instruction Set / C.3.2：
Move, Copy and Arithmetic / C.4.1：
Logical, Bit and Shift Operations / C.4.2：
Loop and Repetitive String Operations / C.4.3：
Jump and Call Instructions / C.4.4：
Subroutine Calls / C.4.5：
System Calls and System Subroutines / C.4.6：
Final Remarks on the Instruction Set / C.4.7：
The Assembler / C.5：
The ACK-Based Tutorial Assembler as88 / C.5.1：
Some Differences with Other 8088 Assemblers / C.5.3：
The Tracer / C.6：
Tracer Commands / C.6.1：
Getting Started / C.7：
Examples / C.8：
Hello World Example / C.8.1：
General Registers Example / C.8.2：
Call Command and Pointer Registers / C.8.3：
Debugging an Array Print Program / C.8.4：
Introduction / 1：
Computer Systems Organization / 2：
The Digital Logic Level / 3：
71.

図書
図書
71. Programming concepts and methods : PROCOMET '98 : IFIP TC2/WG2.2, 2.3 International Conference on Programming Concepts and Methods (PROCOMET '98), 8-12 June 1998, Shelter Island, New York, USA
edited by David Gries, Willem-Paul de Roever
出版情報: London : Chapman & Hall, c1998  viii, 486 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
72.

図書
図書
72. CFCs, the day after, Padova, 21-23 Sept. 1994 : proceedings of meetings of commissions B1, B2, E1, E2 = L'après CFC, Padova, 21-23 Sept. 1994 : compte rendu de la réunion des commisions B1, B2, E1, E2
issued for International Institute of Refrigeration = edité pour Institut International du Froid
出版情報: Paris : Institut International du Froid, [1994]  xxxii, 837 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Science et technique du froid = Refrigeration science and technology ; 1994-2
所蔵情報: loading…
73.

図書
図書
73. Focusing solutions for data mining : analytical studies and experimental results in real-world domains
Thomas Reinartz
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1999  xiv, 307 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Lecture notes in computer science ; 1623 . Lecture notes in artificial intelligence
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Knowledge Discovery in Databases and Data Mining / 1.1：
Focusing for Data Mining / 1.2：
Overview / 1.3：
Knowledge Discovery in Databases / 2：
Knowledge Discovery Process / 2.1：
Humans in the Loop / 2.1.1：
KDD Project Phases / 2.1.2：
Data Preparation / 2.2：
From Business Data to Data Mining Input / 2.2.1：
Data Selection and Focusing / 2.2.2：
Data Mining Goals / 2.3：
From Understanding to Predictive Modeling / 2.3.1：
Classification / 2.3.2：
Data Characteristics: Notations and Definitions / 2.4：
Database Tables / 2.4.1：
Statistical Values / 2.4.2：
Data Mining Algorithms / 2.5：
Classification Algorithms / 2.5.1：
Top Down Induction of Decision Trees / 2.5.2：
Nearest Neighbor Classifiers / 2.5.3：
Selecting the Focusing Context / 2.6：
Focusing Tasks / 3：
Focusing Concepts: An Overview / 3.1：
Focusing Specification / 3.2：
Focusing Input / 3.2.1：
Focusing Output / 3.2.2：
Focusing Criterion / 3.2.3：
Focusing Context / 3.3：
Data Characteristics / 3.3.1：
Focusing Success / 3.3.2：
Filter Evaluation / 3.4.1：
Wrapper Evaluation / 3.4.2：
Evaluation Criteria / 3.4.3：
Selecting the Focusing Task / 3.5：
Focusing Solutions / 4：
State of the Art: A Unifying View / 4.1：
The Unifying Framework of Existing Focusing Solutions / 4.1.1：
Sampling / 4.1.2：
Clustering / 4.1.3：
Prototyping / 4.1.4：
More Intelligent Sampling Techniques / 4.2：
Existing Reusable Components / 4.2.1：
Advanced Leader Sampling / 4.2.2：
Similarity-Driven Sampling / 4.2.3：
A Unified Approach to Focusing Solutions / 4.3：
Generic Sampling / 4.3.1：
Generic Sampling in a Commercial Data Mining System / 4.3.2：
Analytical Studies / 5：
An Average Case Analysis / 5.1：
Experimental Validation of Theoretical Claims / 5.2：
Experimental Results / 6：
Experimental Design / 6.1：
Experimental Procedure / 6.1.1：
Results and Evaluation / 6.1.2：
Wrapper Evaluation for C4.5 / 6.2.1：
Wrapper Evaluation for IB / 6.2.3：
Comparing Filter and Wrapper Evaluation for C4.5 / 6.2.4：
Comparing Filter and Wrapper Evaluation for IB / 6.2.5：
Comparing Wrapper Evaluation for C4.5 and IB / 6.2.6：
Focusing Advice / 6.3：
Sorting, Stratification, and Prototype Weighting / 6.3.1：
Focusing Solutions in Focusing Contexts / 6.3.2：
Conclusions / 7：
Summary and Contributions / 7.1：
More Related Work / 7.2：
Future Work / 7.3：
Closing Remarks / 7.4：
Bibliography
Acknowledgments
Notations / A：
Indices, Variables, and Functions / A.1：
Algorithms and Procedures / A.2：
More Evaluation Criteria / B：
Filter Evaluation Criteria / B.1：
Wrapper Evaluation Criteria / B.2：
Remaining Proofs / C：
Generic Sampling in GenSam / D：
More Experimental Results / E：
Index
Curriculum Vitae
Introduction / 1：
Knowledge Discovery in Databases and Data Mining / 1.1：
Focusing for Data Mining / 1.2：
74.

図書
図書
74. Random walks in the quarter-plane : algebraic methods, boundary value problems and applications (: hardcover)
Guy Fayolle, Roudolf Iasnogorodski, Vadim Malyshev
出版情報: Berlin ; New York : Springer, c1999  xv, 156 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Applications of mathematics ; 40
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction and History
Probabilistic Background / 1：
Markov Chains / 1.1：
Random Walks in a Quarter Plane / 1.2：
Functional Equations for the Invariant Measure / 1.3：
Foundations of the Analytic Approach / 2：
Fundamental Notions and Definitions / 2.1：
Covering Manifolds / 2.1.1：
Algebraic Functions / 2.1.2：
Elements of Galois Theory / 2.1.3：
Universal Cover and Uniformization / 2.1.4：
Abelian Differentials and Divisors / 2.1.5：
Restricting the Equation to an Algebraic Curve / 2.2：
First Insight (Algebraic Functions) / 2.2.1：
Second Insight (Algebraic Curve) / 2.2.2：
Third Insight (Factorization) / 2.2.3：
Fourth Insight (Riemann Surfaces) / 2.2.4：
The Algebraic Curve Q(x,y) = 0 / 2.3：
Branches of the Algebraic Functions on the Unit Circle / 2.3.1：
Branch Points / 2.3.2：
Galois Automorphisms and the Group of the Random Walk / 2.4：
? and ? on S / 2.4.1：
Reduction of the Main Equation to the Riemann Torus / 2.5：
Analytic Continuation of the Unknown Functions in the Genus Case / 3：
Lifting the Fundamental Equation onto the Universal Covering / 3.1：
Lifting of the Branch Points / 3.1.1：
Lifting of the Automorphisms on the Universal Covering / 3.1.2：
Analytic Continuation / 3.2：
More about Uniformization / 3.3：
The Case of a Finite Group / 4：
On the Conditions for H to be Finite / 4.1：
Explicit Conditions for Groups of Order 4 or 6 / 4.1.1：
The General Case / 4.1.2：
Rational Solutions / 4.2：
The Case N(f) = 1 / 4.2.1：
Algebraic Solutions / 4.2.2：
Final Form of the General Solution / 4.3.1：
The Problem of the Poles and Examples / 4.5：
Reversible Random Walks / 4.5.1：
Simple Examples of Nonreversible Random Walks / 4.5.1.2：
One Parameter Families / 4.5.1.3：
Two Typical Situations / 4.5.1.4：
Ergodicity Conditions / 4.5.1.5：
Proof of Lemma 4.5.2 / 4.5.1.6：
An Example of Algebraic Solution by Flatto and Hahn / 4.6：
Two Queues in Tandem / 4.7：
Solution in the Case of an Arbitrary Group / 5：
Informal Reduction to a Riemann-Hilbert-Carleman BVP / 5.1：
Introduction to BVP in the Complex Plane / 5.2：
A Bit of History / 5.2.1：
The Sokhotski-Plemelj Formulae / 5.2.2：
The Riemann Boundary Value Problem for a Closed Con- tour / 5.2.3：
The Riemann BVP for an Open Contour / 5.2.4：
The Riemann-Carleman Problem with a Shift / 5.2.5：
Further Properties of the Branches Defined by Q(x,y) = 0 / 5.3：
Index and Solution of the BVP (5.1.5) / 5.4：
Complements / 5.5：
Computation of w / 5.5.1：
An Explicit Form via the Weierstrass P-Function / 5.5.2.1：
A Differential Equation / 5.5.2.2：
An Integral Equation / 5.5.2.3：
The Genus 0 Case / 6：
Properties of the Branches / 6.1：
Case 1: <$$$> / 6.2：
Case 3: <$$$> / 6.3：
Case 4: <$$$> / 6.4：
Integral Equation / 6.4.1：
Series Representation / 6.4.2：
Uniformization / 6.4.3：
Boundary Value Problem / 6.4.4：
Case 5: <$$$> / 6.5：
Miscellanea / 7：
About Explicit Solutions / 7.1：
Asymptotics / 7.2：
Large Deviations and Stationary Probabilities / 7.2.1：
Generalized Problems and Analytic Continuation / 7.3：
Outside Probability / 7.4：
References
Index
Introduction and History
Probabilistic Background / 1：
Markov Chains / 1.1：
75.

図書
図書
75. 2nd ACM conference on computer and communications security, Nov 2-4 1994, Fairfax, Virginia
sponsored by ACM SIGSAC
出版情報: New York : Association for Computing Machinery, c1994  x, 293 p. ; 28 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
76.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
76. Focusing Solutions for Data Mining
Thomas Reinartz
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Knowledge Discovery in Databases and Data Mining / 1.1：
Focusing for Data Mining / 1.2：
Overview / 1.3：
Knowledge Discovery in Databases / 2：
Knowledge Discovery Process / 2.1：
Humans in the Loop / 2.1.1：
KDD Project Phases / 2.1.2：
Data Preparation / 2.2：
From Business Data to Data Mining Input / 2.2.1：
Data Selection and Focusing / 2.2.2：
Data Mining Goals / 2.3：
From Understanding to Predictive Modeling / 2.3.1：
Classification / 2.3.2：
Data Characteristics: Notations and Definitions / 2.4：
Database Tables / 2.4.1：
Statistical Values / 2.4.2：
Data Mining Algorithms / 2.5：
Classification Algorithms / 2.5.1：
Top Down Induction of Decision Trees / 2.5.2：
Nearest Neighbor Classifiers / 2.5.3：
Selecting the Focusing Context / 2.6：
Focusing Tasks / 3：
Focusing Concepts: An Overview / 3.1：
Focusing Specification / 3.2：
Focusing Input / 3.2.1：
Focusing Output / 3.2.2：
Focusing Criterion / 3.2.3：
Focusing Context / 3.3：
Data Characteristics / 3.3.1：
Focusing Success / 3.3.2：
Filter Evaluation / 3.4.1：
Wrapper Evaluation / 3.4.2：
Evaluation Criteria / 3.4.3：
Selecting the Focusing Task / 3.5：
Focusing Solutions / 4：
State of the Art: A Unifying View / 4.1：
The Unifying Framework of Existing Focusing Solutions / 4.1.1：
Sampling / 4.1.2：
Clustering / 4.1.3：
Prototyping / 4.1.4：
More Intelligent Sampling Techniques / 4.2：
Existing Reusable Components / 4.2.1：
Advanced Leader Sampling / 4.2.2：
Similarity-Driven Sampling / 4.2.3：
A Unified Approach to Focusing Solutions / 4.3：
Generic Sampling / 4.3.1：
Generic Sampling in a Commercial Data Mining System / 4.3.2：
Analytical Studies / 5：
An Average Case Analysis / 5.1：
Experimental Validation of Theoretical Claims / 5.2：
Experimental Results / 6：
Experimental Design / 6.1：
Experimental Procedure / 6.1.1：
Results and Evaluation / 6.1.2：
Wrapper Evaluation for C4.5 / 6.2.1：
Wrapper Evaluation for IB / 6.2.3：
Comparing Filter and Wrapper Evaluation for C4.5 / 6.2.4：
Comparing Filter and Wrapper Evaluation for IB / 6.2.5：
Comparing Wrapper Evaluation for C4.5 and IB / 6.2.6：
Focusing Advice / 6.3：
Sorting, Stratification, and Prototype Weighting / 6.3.1：
Focusing Solutions in Focusing Contexts / 6.3.2：
Conclusions / 7：
Summary and Contributions / 7.1：
More Related Work / 7.2：
Future Work / 7.3：
Closing Remarks / 7.4：
Bibliography
Acknowledgments
Notations / A：
Indices, Variables, and Functions / A.1：
Algorithms and Procedures / A.2：
More Evaluation Criteria / B：
Filter Evaluation Criteria / B.1：
Wrapper Evaluation Criteria / B.2：
Remaining Proofs / C：
Generic Sampling in GenSam / D：
More Experimental Results / E：
Index
Curriculum Vitae
Introduction / 1：
Knowledge Discovery in Databases and Data Mining / 1.1：
Focusing for Data Mining / 1.2：
77.

図書
図書
77. Programming concepts and methods : proceedings of the IFIP Working Group 2.2/2.3 Working Conference on Programming Concepts and Methods, Sea of Galilee, Israel, 2-5 April, 1990
edited by M. Broy, C.B. Jones
出版情報: Amsterdam ; New York : North-Holland , New York, N.Y., U.S.A. : Elsevier Science Pub. Co., distributors for the U.S. and Canada, c1990  viii, 581 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
78.

図書
図書
78. Natural Working Fluids '98, IIR - Gustav Lorentzen Conference : proceedings of the conference of Commission B2 with B1, E1 & E2, (June 2-5, 1998), Oslo, Norway = Fluides Actifs Naturels, Conference IIF - Gustav Lorentzen : compte rendu de la conférence de la Commission B2 with B1, E1 & E2
issued by International Institute of Refrigeration = edité par Institut International du Froid
出版情報: Paris : Institut International du Froid, [1998]  766 p ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Science et technique du froid = Refrigeration science and technology ; 1998-4
所蔵情報: loading…
79.

図書
図書
79. Basic principles and linear beam dynamics. 2nd ed (: pbk.)
Helmut Wiedemann
出版情報: Berlin ; New York : Springer, c1999  xviii, 449 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Particle accelerator physics ; 1
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Short Historical Overview / 1.1：
Particle Accelerator Systems / 1.2：
Basic Components of Accelerator Facilities / 1.2.1：
Applications of Partide Accelerators / 1.2.2：
Basic Definitions and Formulas / 1.3：
Units and Dimensions / 1.3.1：
Basic Relativistic Formalism / 1.3.2：
Partide Collisions at High Energies / 1.3.3：
Basic Principles of Particle-Beam Dynamics / 1.4：
Stability of a Charged-Particle Beam / 1.4.1：
Problems
Linear Accelerators / 2：
Principles of Linear Accelerators / 2.1：
Charged Partides in Electric Fields / 2.1.1：
Electrostatic Accelerators / 2.1.2：
Induction Linear Accelerator / 2.1.3：
Acceleration by rf Fields / 2.2：
Basic Principle of Linear Accelerators / 2.2.1：
Waveguides for High Frequency EM Waves / 2.2.2：
Preinjector Beam Preparation / 2.3：
Prebuncher / 2.3.1：
Beam Chopper / 2.3.2：
Circular Accelerators / 3：
Betatron / 3.1：
Weak Focusing / 3.2：
Adiabatic Damping / 3.3：
Microtron / 3.4：
Cyclotron / 3.4.2：
Synchro Cyclotron / 3.4.3：
Isochron Cyclotron / 3.4.4：
Synchrotron / 3.5：
Storage Ring / 3.5.1：
Snmmary of Characteristic Parameters / 3.6：
Charged Partides in Electromagnetic Fields / 4：
The Lorentz Force / 4.1：
Coordinate System / 4.2：
Fundamentals of Charged Partide Beam Optics / 4.3：
Partide Beam Guidance / 4.3.1：
Partide Beam Focusing / 4.3.2：
Multipole Field Expansion / 4.4：
Laplace Equation / 4.4.1：
Magnetic Field Equations / 4.4.2：
Multipole Fields for Beam Transport Systems
Multipole Field Patterns and Pole Profiles
Equations of Motion in Charged Particle Beam Dynamics
General Solution of the Equations of Motion
Linear Unperturbed Equation of Motion / 4.8.1：
Wronskian / 4.8.2：
Perturbation Terms / 4.8.3：
Dispersion Function / 4.8.4：
Building Blocks for Beam Transport Lines / 4.9：
General Focusing Properties / 4.9.1：
Chromatic Properties / 4.9.2：
Achromatic Lattices / 4.9.3：
Isochronous Systems / 4.9.4：
Linear Beam Dynamics / 5：
Linear Beam Transport Systems / 5.1：
Nomenclature / 5.1.1：
Matrix Formalism in Linear Beam Dynamics / 5.2：
Driftspace / 5.2.1：
Quadrupole Magnet / 5.2.2：
Thin Lens Approximation / 5.2.3：
Quadrupole End Field Effects / 5.2.4：
Quadrupole Design Concepts / 5.2.5：
Focusing in Bending Magnets / 5.3：
Sector Magnets / 5.3.1：
Wedge Magnets / 5.3.2：
Rectangular Magnet / 5.3.3：
Partide Beams and Phase Space / 5.4：
Beam Emittance / 5.4.1：
Liouville's Theorem / 5.4.2：
Transformation in Phase Space / 5.4.3：
Measurement of the Beam Emittance / 5.4.4：
Betatron Functions / 5.5：
Beam Envelope / 5.5.1：
Beam Dynamics in Terms of Betatron Functions / 5.5.2：
Beam Dynamics in Normalized Coordinates / 5.5.3：
Dispersive Systems / 5.6：
Analytical Solution / 5.6.1：
(3 × 3)-Transformation Matrices / 5.6.2：
Linear Achromat / 5.6.3：
Spectrometer / 5.6.4：
Path Length and Momentum Compaction / 5.7：
Periodic Focusing Systems / 6：
FODO Lattice / 6.1：
Sealing of FODO Parameters / 6.1.1：
Betatron Motion in Periodic Structures / 6.2：
Stability Criterion / 6.2.1：
General FODO Lattice / 6.2.2：
Beam Dynamics in Periodic Closed Lattices / 6.3：
Hill's Equation / 6.3.1：
Periodic Betatron Functions / 6.3.2：
Periodic Dispersion Function / 6.4：
Scaling of the Dispersion in a FODO Lattice / 6.4.1：
General Solution for the Periodic Dispersion / 6.4.2：
Periodic Lattices in Circuar Accelerators / 6.5：
Synchrotron Lattice / 6.5.1：
Phase Space Matching / 6.5.2：
Dispersion Matching / 6.5.3：
Magnet Free Insertions / 6.5.4：
Low Beta Insertions / 6.5.5：
Example of a Colliding Beam Storage Ring / 6.5.6：
Perturbations in Beam Dynamics / 7：
Magnet Alignment Errors / 7.1：
Dipole Field Perturbations / 7.2：
Existence of Equilibrium Orbits / 7.2.1：
Closed Orbit Distortion / 7.2.2：
Closed Orbit Correction / 7.2.3：
Quadrupole Field Perturbations / 7.3：
Betatron Tune Shift / 7.3.1：
Resonances and Stop Band Width / 7.3.2：
Perturbation of Betatron Functions / 7.3.3：
Resonance Theory / 7.4：
Resonance Conditions / 7.4.1：
Coupling Resonances / 7.4.2：
Resonance Diagram / 7.4.3：
Chromatic Effects in a Circular Accelerator / 7.5：
Chromaticity / 7.5.1：
Chromaticity Correction / 7.5.2：
Charged Partide Acceleration / 8：
Longitudinal Partide Motion / 8.1：
Longitudinal Phase Space Dynamics / 8.1.1：
Equation of Motion in Phase Space / 8.1.2：
Phase Stability / 8.1.3：
Acceleration of Charged Partides / 8.1.4：
Longitudinal Phase Space Parameters / 8.2：
Separatrix Parameters / 8.2.1：
Momentum Acceptance / 8.2.2：
Bunch Length / 8.2.3：
Longitudinal Beam Emittance / 8.2.4：
Synchrotron Radiation / 8.2.5：
Physics of Synchrotron Radiation / 9.1：
Goulomb Regime / 9.1.1：
Radiation Regime / 9.1.2：
Spatial Distribution of Synchrotron Radiation / 9.1.3：
Radiation Power / 9.1.4：
Synchrotron Radiation Spectrum / 9.1.5：
Photon Beam Divergence / 9.1.6：
Coherent Radiation / 9.2：
Temporal Goherent Synchrotron Radiation / 9.2.1：
Spatially Goherent Synchrotron Radiation / 9.2.2：
Spectral Brightness / 9.2.3：
Matching / 9.2.4：
Insertion Devices / 9.3：
Bending Magnet Radiation / 9.3.1：
Wave Length Shifter / 9.3.2：
Wiggler Magnet Radiation / 9.3.3：
Undulator Radiation / 9.3.4：
Back Scattered Photons / 9.4：
Radiation Intensity / 9.4.1：
Partide Beam Parameters / 10：
Definition of Beam Parameters / 10.1：
Beam Energy / 10.1.1：
Time Strueture / 10.1.2：
Beam Current / 10.1.3：
Beam Dimensions / 10.1.4：
Damping / 10.2：
Robinson Criterion / 10.2.1：
Partiele Distribution in Phase Space / 10.3：
Equilihnurn Phase Space / 10.3.1：
Transverse Beam Parameters / 10.3.2：
Variation of the Equilibrium Beam Emittance / 10.4：
Beam Emittance and Wiggler Magnets / 10.4.1：
Damping Wigglers / 10.4.2：
Variation of the Damping Distribution / 10.5：
Damping Partition and rf Frequency / 10.5.1：
Robinson Wiggler / 10.5.2：
Damping Partition and Synebrotron Oseillation / 10.5.3：
Can We Eliminate tlie Beam Energy Spread? / 10.5.4：
Beam Life Time / 11：
Beam Lifetime and Vacuum / 11.1：
Elastic Seattering / 11.1.1：
Inelastic Seattering / 11.1.2：
Ultra High Vacuum System / 11.2：
Thermal Gas Desorption / 11.2.1：
Synchrotron Radiation Induced Desorption / 11.2.2：
Collective Phenomena / 12：
Linear Space-Charge Effects / 12.1：
Seif Field for Partide Beams / 12.1.1：
Forees from Space-Charge Fields / 12.1.2：
Beam-Beam Effeet
Wake Fields / 12.2：
Parasitic Mode Losses sud Impedanees / 12.3.1：
Beam Instabilities / 12.4：
Beam Emittance and Lattice Design / 13：
Equilibrium Beam Emittance in Storage Rings / 13.1：
Beam Emittance in Periodic Lattices / 13.2：
The Double Bend Achroniat Lattice (DBA) / 13.2.1：
The Triple Bend Achromat Lattice (TBA) / 13.2.2：
The Triplet Achromat Lattice (TAL) / 13.2.3：
The FODO Lattice / 13.2.4：
Optimum Emittance for Colliding Beam Storage Rings / 13.3：
Appendices
Suggested Reading / A：
Bibliography / B：
References
Author Index
Subject Index
Introduction / 1：
Short Historical Overview / 1.1：
Particle Accelerator Systems / 1.2：
80.

図書
図書
80. Nonlinear fiber optics. 2nd ed.
Govind P. Agrawal
出版情報: San Diego : Academic Press, c1995  xviii, 592 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Optics and photonics series
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Historical Perspective / 1.1：
Fiber Characteristics / 1.2：
Material and Fabrication / 1.2.1：
Fiber Losses / 1.2.2：
Chromatic Dispersion / 1.2.3：
Polarization-Mode Dispersion / 1.2.4：
Fiber Nonlinearities / 1.3：
Nonlinear Refraction / 1.3.1：
Stimulated Inelastic Scattering / 1.3.2：
Importance of Nonlinear Effects / 1.3.3：
Overview / 1.4：
Problems
References
Pulse Propagation in Fibers / 2：
Maxwell's Equations / 2.1：
Fiber Modes / 2.2：
Eigenvalue Equation / 2.2.1：
Single-Mode Condition / 2.2.2：
Characteristics of the Fundamental Mode / 2.2.3：
Pulse-Propagation Equation / 2.3：
Nonlinear Pulse Propagation / 2.3.1：
Higher-Order Nonlinear Effects / 2.3.2：
Numerical Methods / 2.4：
Split-Step Fourier Method / 2.4.1：
Finite-Difference Methods / 2.4.2：
Group-Velocity Dispersion / 3：
Different Propagation Regimes / 3.1：
Dispersion-Induced Pulse Broadening / 3.2：
Gaussian Pulses / 3.2.1：
Chirped Gaussian Pulses / 3.2.2：
Hyperbolic-Secant Pulses / 3.2.3：
Super-Gaussian Pulses / 3.2.4：
Experimental Results / 3.2.5：
Third-Order Dispersion / 3.3：
Changes in Pulse Shape / 3.3.1：
Broadening Factor / 3.3.2：
Arbitrary-Shape Pulses / 3.3.3：
Ultrashort-Pulse Measurements / 3.3.4：
Dispersion Management / 3.4：
GVD-Induced Limitations / 3.4.1：
Dispersion Compensation / 3.4.2：
Compensation of Third-Order Dispersion / 3.4.3：
Self-Phase Modulation / 4：
SPM-Induced Spectral Broadening / 4.1：
Nonlinear Phase Shift / 4.1.1：
Changes in Pulse Spectra / 4.1.2：
Effect of Pulse Shape and Initial Chirp / 4.1.3：
Effect of Partial Coherence / 4.1.4：
Effect of Group-Velocity Dispersion / 4.2：
Pulse Evolution / 4.2.1：
Optical Wave Breaking / 4.2.2：
Effect of Third-Order Dispersion / 4.2.4：
Self-Steepening / 4.3：
Effect of GVD on Optical Shocks / 4.3.2：
Intrapulse Raman Scattering / 4.3.3：
Optical Solitons / 5：
Modulation Instability / 5.1：
Linear Stability Analysis / 5.1.1：
Gain Spectrum / 5.1.2：
Experimental Observation / 5.1.3：
Ultrashort Pulse Generation / 5.1.4：
Impact on Lightwave Systems / 5.1.5：
Fiber Solitons / 5.2：
Inverse Scattering Method / 5.2.1：
Fundamental Soliton / 5.2.2：
Higher-Order Solitons / 5.2.3：
Experimental Confirmation / 5.2.4：
Soliton Stability / 5.2.5：
Other Types of Solitons / 5.3：
Dark Solitons / 5.3.1：
Dispersion-Managed Solitons / 5.3.2：
Bistable Solitons / 5.3.3：
Perturbation of Solitons / 5.4：
Perturbation Methods / 5.4.1：
Soliton Amplification / 5.4.2：
Soliton Interaction / 5.4.4：
Higher-Order Effects / 5.5：
Propagation of Femtosecond Pulses / 5.5.1：
Polarization Effects / 6：
Nonlinear Birefringence / 6.1：
Origin of Nonlinear Birefringence / 6.1.1：
Coupled-Mode Equations / 6.1.2：
Elliptically Birefringent Fibers / 6.1.3：
Nondispersive XPM / 6.2：
Optical Kerr Effect / 6.2.2：
Pulse Shaping / 6.2.3：
Evolution of Polarization State / 6.3：
Analytic Solution / 6.3.1：
Poincare-Sphere Representation / 6.3.2：
Polarization Instability / 6.3.3：
Polarization Chaos / 6.3.4：
Vector Modulation Instability / 6.4：
Low-Birefringence Fibers / 6.4.1：
High-Birefringence Fibers / 6.4.2：
Isotropic Fibers / 6.4.3：
Birefringence and Solitons / 6.4.4：
Soliton-Dragging Logic Gates / 6.5.1：
Vector Solitons / 6.5.4：
Random Birefringence / 6.6：
Polarization State of Solitons / 6.6.1：
Cross-Phase Modulation / 7：
XPM-Induced Nonlinear Coupling / 7.1：
Nonlinear Refractive Index / 7.1.1：
Coupled NLS Equations / 7.1.2：
Propagation in Birefringent Fibers / 7.1.3：
XPM-Induced Modulation Instability / 7.2：
XPM-Paired Solitons / 7.2.1：
Bright-Dark Soliton Pair / 7.3.1：
Bright-Gray Soliton Pair / 7.3.2：
Other Soliton Pairs / 7.3.3：
Spectral and Temporal Effects / 7.4：
Asymmetric Spectral Broadening / 7.4.1：
Asymmetric Temporal Changes / 7.4.2：
Applications of XPM / 7.4.3：
XPM-Induced Pulse Compression / 7.5.1：
XPM-Induced Optical Switching / 7.5.2：
XPM-Induced Nonreciprocity / 7.5.3：
Stimulated Raman Scattering / 8：
Basic Concepts / 8.1：
Raman-Gain Spectrum / 8.1.1：
Raman Threshold / 8.1.2：
Coupled Amplitude Equations / 8.1.3：
Quasi-Continuous SRS / 8.2：
Single-Pass Raman Generation / 8.2.1：
Raman Fiber Lasers / 8.2.2：
Raman Fiber Amplifiers / 8.2.3：
Raman-Induced Crosstalk / 8.2.4：
SRS with Short Pump Pulses / 8.3：
Pulse-Propagation Equations / 8.3.1：
Nondispersive Case / 8.3.2：
Effects of GVD / 8.3.3：
Synchronously Pumped Raman Lasers / 8.3.4：
Soliton Effects / 8.4：
Raman Solitons / 8.4.1：
Raman Soliton Lasers / 8.4.2：
Soliton-Effect Pulse Compression / 8.4.3：
Effect of Four-Wave Mixing / 8.5：
Stimulated Brillouin Scattering / 9：
Physical Process / 9.1：
Brillouin-Gain Spectrum / 9.1.2：
Quasi-CW SBS / 9.2：
Coupled Intensity Equations / 9.2.1：
Brillouin Threshold / 9.2.2：
Gain Saturation / 9.2.3：
Dynamic Aspects / 9.2.4：
Relaxation Oscillations / 9.3.1：
Modulation Instability and Chaos / 9.3.3：
Transient Regime / 9.3.4：
Brillouin Fiber Lasers / 9.4：
CW Operation / 9.4.1：
Pulsed Operation / 9.4.2：
SBS Applications / 9.5：
Brillouin Fiber Amplifiers / 9.5.1：
Fiber Sensors / 9.5.2：
Parametric Processes / 10：
Origin of Four-Wave Mixing / 10.1：
Theory of Four-Wave Mixing / 10.2：
Approximate Solution / 10.2.1：
Effect of Phase Matching / 10.2.3：
Ultrafast FWM / 10.2.4：
Phase-Matching Techniques / 10.3：
Physical Mechanisms / 10.3.1：
Phase Matching in Multimode Fibers / 10.3.2：
Phase Matching in Single-Mode Fibers / 10.3.3：
Phase Matching in Birefringent Fibers / 10.3.4：
Parametric Amplification / 10.4：
Gain and Bandwidth / 10.4.1：
Pump Depletion / 10.4.2：
Parametric Amplifiers / 10.4.3：
Parametric Oscillators / 10.4.4：
FWM Applications / 10.5：
Wavelength Conversion / 10.5.1：
Phase Conjugation / 10.5.2：
Squeezing / 10.5.3：
Supercontinuum Generation / 10.5.4：
Second-Harmonic Generation / 10.6：
Physical Mechanism / 10.6.1：
Simple Theory / 10.6.3：
Quasi-Phase-Matching Technique / 10.6.4：
Decibel Units / Appendix A：
Acronyms / Appendix B：
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Historical Perspective / 1.1：
81.

図書
図書
81. Engineering and scientific computing with Scilab (: us)
Claude Gomez, coordinating editor ... [et al.]
出版情報: Boston, Mass. : Birkhäuser, c1999  xxv, 491 p. ; 26 cm.
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
List of Figures
List of Tables
The Scilab Package / I：
Introduction / 1：
What Is Scilab? / 1.1：
Getting Started / 1.2：
The Scilab Language / 2：
Constants / 2.1：
Real Numbers / 2.1.1：
Complex Numbers / 2.1.2：
Character Strings / 2.1.3：
Special Constants / 2.1.4：
Data Types / 2.2：
Matrices of Numbers / 2.2.1：
Sparse Matrices of Numbers / 2.2.2：
Matrices of Polynomials / 2.2.3：
Boolean Matrices / 2.2.4：
Sparse Boolean Matrices / 2.2.5：
String Matrices / 2.2.6：
Lists / 2.2.7：
Typed Lists / 2.2.8：
Functions of Rational Matrices / 2.2.9：
Functions and Libraries / 2.2.10：
Scilab Syntax / 2.3：
Variables / 2.3.1：
Assignments / 2.3.2：
Expressions / 2.3.3：
The list and tlist Operations / 2.3.4：
Flow Control / 2.3.5：
Functions and Scripts / 2.3.6：
Commands / 2.3.7：
Data-Type-Related Functions / 2.4：
Type Conversion Functions / 2.4.1：
Type Enquiry Functions / 2.4.2：
Overloading / 2.5：
Operator Overloading / 2.5.1：
Primitive Functions / 2.5.2：
How to Customize the Display of Variables / 2.5.3：
Graphics / 3：
The Media / 3.1：
The Graphics Window / 3.1.1：
The Driver / 3.1.2：
Global Handling Commands / 3.1.3：
Global Plot Parameters / 3.2：
Graphical Context / 3.2.1：
Indirect Manipulation of the Graphics Context / 3.2.2：
2-D Plotting / 3.3：
Basic Syntax for 2-D Plots / 3.3.1：
Specialized 2-D Plotting Functions / 3.3.2：
Captions and Presentation / 3.3.3：
Plotting Geometric Figures / 3.3.4：
Some Graphics Functions for Automatic Control / 3.3.5：
Interactive Graphics Utilities / 3.3.6：
3-D Plotting / 3.4：
Specialized 3-D Plots and Tools / 3.4.1：
Mixing 2-D and 3-D Graphics / 3.4.3：
Examples / 3.5：
Subwindows / 3.5.1：
A Set of Figures / 3.5.2：
Printing Graphics and Exporting to Latex / 3.6：
Window to Printer / 3.6.1：
Creating a Postscript File / 3.6.2：
Including a Postscript File in Latex / 3.6.3：
Scilab, Xfig, and Postscript / 3.6.4：
Creating Encapsulated Postscript Files / 3.6.5：
A Tour of Some Basic Functions / 4：
Linear Algebra / 4.1：
QR Factorization / 4.1.1：
Singular Value Decomposition / 4.1.2：
Schur Form and Eigenvalues / 4.1.3：
Block Diagonalization and Eigenvectors / 4.1.4：
Fine Structure / 4.1.5：
Subspaces / 4.1.6：
Polynomial and Rational Function Manipulation / 4.2：
General Purpose Functions / 4.2.1：
Matrix Pencils / 4.2.2：
Sparse Matrices / 4.3：
Random Numbers / 4.4：
Cumulative Distribution Functions and Their Inverses / 4.5：
Advanced Programming / 5：
Functions and Primitives / 5.1：
The Call Function / 5.2：
Building Interface Programs / 5.3：
Accessing "Global" Variables Within a Wrapper / 5.4：
Stack Handling Functions / 5.4.1：
Functional Arguments / 5.4.2：
Intersci / 5.5：
A First Intersci Example / 5.5.1：
Intersci Descriptor File Syntax / 5.5.2：
Dynamic Linking / 5.6：
Static Linking / 5.7：
Static Linking of an Interface / 5.7.1：
Functional Argument: Static Linking / 5.7.2：
Tools / II：
Systems and Control Toolbox / 6：
Linear Systems / 6.1：
State-Space Representation / 6.1.1：
Transfer-Matrix Representation / 6.1.2：
System Definition / 6.2：
Interconnected Systems / 6.2.1：
Linear Fractional Transformation (LFT) / 6.2.2：
Time Discretization / 6.2.3：
Improper Systems / 6.3：
Scilab Representation / 6.3.1：
Scilab Implementation / 6.3.2：
System Operations / 6.4：
Pole-Zero Calculations / 6.4.1：
Controllability and Pole Placement / 6.4.2：
Observability and Observers / 6.4.3：
Control Tools / 6.5：
Classical Control / 6.6：
Frequency Response Plots / 6.6.1：
State-Space Control / 6.7：
Augmenting the Plant / 6.7.1：
Standard Problem / 6.7.2：
LQG Design / 6.7.3：
Scilab Tools for Controller Design / 6.7.4：
H[infinity] Control / 6.8：
Model Reduction / 6.9：
Identification / 6.10：
Linear Matrix Inequalities / 6.11：
Signal Processing / 7：
Time and Frequency Representation of Signals / 7.1：
Resampling Signals / 7.1.1：
The DFT and the FFT / 7.1.2：
Transfer Function Representation of Signals / 7.1.3：
Changing System Representation / 7.1.4：
Frequency-Response Evaluation / 7.1.6：
The Chirp z-Transform / 7.1.7：
Filtering and Filter Design / 7.2：
Filtering / 7.2.1：
Finite Impulse Response Filter Design / 7.2.2：
Infinite Impulse Response Filter Design / 7.2.3：
Spectral Estimation / 7.3：
The Modified Periodogram Method / 7.3.1：
The Correlation Method / 7.3.2：
Simulation and Optimization Tools / 8：
Models / 8.1：
Integrating ODEs / 8.2：
Calling ode / 8.2.1：
Choosing Between Methods / 8.2.2：
ODE Integration with Stopping Times / 8.2.3：
Sampled Systems / 8.2.4：
Integrating DAEs / 8.3：
Implicit Linear ODEs / 8.3.1：
General DAEs / 8.3.2：
DAEs with Stopping Time / 8.3.3：
Solving Optimization Problems / 8.4：
Quadratic Optimization / 8.4.1：
General Optimization / 8.4.2：
Solving Systems of Equations / 8.4.3：
SCICOS--A Dynamical System Builder and Simulator / 9：
Hybrid System Formalism / 9.1：
Constructing Simple Model / 9.2：
Model Simulation / 9.2.2：
Symbolic Parameters and "Context" / 9.2.3：
Use of Super Block / 9.2.4：
Simulation Outside the Scicos Environment / 9.2.5：
Basic Concepts / 9.3：
Basic Blocks / 9.3.1：
Inheritance and Time Dependence / 9.3.2：
Synchronization / 9.3.3：
Block Construction / 9.4：
Super Block / 9.4.1：
Scifunc Block / 9.4.2：
Generic Block / 9.4.3：
Fortran Block and c Blocks / 9.4.4：
Interfacing Function / 9.4.5：
Computational Function / 9.4.6：
Example / 9.5：
Palettes / 9.6：
Existing Palettes / 9.6.1：
Constructing New Palettes / 9.6.2：
Symbolic/Numeric Environment / 10：
Generating Optimized Fortran Code with Maple / 10.1：
Maple to Scilab Interface / 10.3：
First Example: Simulation of a Rolling Wheel / 10.4：
Second Example: Control of an n-Link Pendulum / 10.5：
Simulation of the n-Link Pendulum / 10.5.1：
Control of the n-Link Pendulum / 10.5.2：
Graph and Network Toolbox: Metanet / 11：
What Is a Graph? / 11.1：
Representation of Graphs / 11.2：
Standard Tail/Head Representation / 11.2.1：
Other Representations / 11.2.2：
Graphs and Sparse Matrices / 11.2.3：
Creating and Loading Graphs / 11.3：
Creating Graphs / 11.3.1：
Loading and Saving Graphs / 11.3.2：
Using the Metanet Window / 11.3.3：
Generating Graphs and Networks / 11.4：
Graph and Network Computations / 11.5：
Getting Information About Graphs / 11.5.1：
Paths and Nodes / 11.5.2：
Modifying Graphs / 11.5.3：
Creating New Graphs From Old Ones / 11.5.4：
Graph problem Solving / 11.5.5：
Network Flows / 11.5.6：
The Pipe Network Problem / 11.5.7：
Other Computations / 11.5.8：
Examples Using Metanet / 11.6：
Routing in the Paris Metro / 11.6.1：
Praxitele Transportation System / 11.6.2：
Applications / III：
Modal Identification of a Mechanical Structure / 12：
Modeling the System / 12.1：
Modeling the Excitation / 12.2：
Decomposition of the Unknown Input / 12.2.1：
Contribution of the Colored Noise / 12.2.2：
Contribution of the Harmonics / 12.2.3：
The Final Discrete-State Model / 12.2.4：
State-Space Representation and an ARMA Model / 12.3：
Modal Identification / 12.4：
Instrumental Variable Method / 12.4.1：
Balanced Realization Method / 12.4.2：
Numerical Experiments / 12.5：
Basic Computations / 12.5.1：
Some Plots of Results / 12.5.2：
Control of Hydraulic Equipment in a River Valley / 13：
Description of a Managed River Valley / 13.1：
Hydraulic Equipment in a River Valley / 13.2.1：
Power Production / 13.2.2：
Structural Analysis / 13.2.3：
Controller Structure / 13.2.4：
Central Hydraulic Supervision Station / 13.2.5：
Local Controllers / 13.2.6：
Race Modeling / 13.3：
Physical Description / 13.3.1：
Mathematical Model / 13.3.2：
Race Numerical Simulation / 13.3.3：
Choice of Observation / 13.4：
Volume Observer / 13.4.1：
Level Observe / 13.4.2：
Control of a Race / 13.5：
Race Dynamics Identification / 13.5.1：
Local Control Synthesis / 13.5.2：
Series Anticipations Design / 13.5.3：
Parallel Anticipation Design / 13.5.4：
Feedback Controller Design / 13.5.5：
Metalido Overview / 13.6：
Graphical User Interface / 13.6.1：
Scicos / 13.6.2：
Data Structures / 13.6.3：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
List of Figures
List of Tables
82.

図書
図書
82. Wavelength division multiple access optical networks
Andrea Borella, Giovanni Cancellieri, Franco Chiaraluce
出版情報: Boston : Artech House, c1998  x, 322 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: The Artech House optoelectronics library
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Optical Networking / Chapter 1：
Brief History of Optical Communications / 1.1：
Main Features of WDMA Optical Networks / 1.2：
Classification / 1.3：
Practical Limits / 1.4：
Passive Components / 1.5：
Active Devices and Apparatuses / 1.6：
EDFAs / 1.7：
Traffic Aspects / 1.8：
References
Single-Hop Optical Networks / Chapter 2：
General Concepts / 2.1：
Transmission Protocols / 2.2：
Fixed and Semifixed Assignment Protocols / 2.2.1：
Random Access Protocols with No Pretransmission Coordination / 2.2.2：
Random Access Protocols with Pretansmission Coordination / 2.2.3：
Outline of Performance Comparison and Final Remarks on the Transmission Protocols / 2.2.4：
Experimental Broadcast-and-Select Single-Hop Networks / 2.3：
Lambdanet / 2.3.1：
Rainbow / 2.3.2：
Fox / 2.3.3：
Hypass / 2.3.4：
Bhypass / 2.3.5：
Photonic Knockout Switch / 2.3.6：
Passive Photonic Loop / 2.3.7：
Star-Track / 2.3.8：
Fiber Delay Line Switching Matrix / 2.3.9：
Symfonet / 2.3.10：
Mesh with Broadcast-and-Select / 2.3.11：
An Example of Wavelength-Routing WDMA Network: The Linear Lightwave Network / 2.4：
The LLN Architecture / 2.4.1：
Routing Constraints / 2.4.2：
Performance with Different Routing Schemes / 2.4.3：
Multihop Optical Networks / Chapter 3：
Preliminary Remarks / 3.1：
Basic Characteristics of Multihop Networks / 3.1.1：
Meaning and Importance of Some Performance Parameters / 3.1.2：
Manhattan Street Networks / 3.2：
Network Architecture / 3.2.1：
Some Topological Characteristics of a MSN / 3.2.2：
Distributed Routing Rules in MSNs / 3.2.3：
All-Optical Implementation of MSNs / 3.2.4：
Bidirectional MSNs / 3.2.5：
Characteristic Parameters of a BMSN / 3.2.6：
Bidirectional Manhattan Topology with Uplinks / 3.2.7：
Routing in BMSNs / 3.2.8：
Shuffle Networks / 3.3：
The Perfect Shuffle Topology / 3.3.1：
Shufflenets with Shared Channels / 3.3.2：
Size Modifications of Shuffle Networks Based on Multistar Architecture / 3.3.3：
Modular Expansion of Shufflenets / 3.3.4：
Channel Sharing in a Bidirectional Perfect Shuffle Topology / 3.3.5：
Routing in Shufflenets / 3.3.6：
Evolutions of the Shuffle Topology / 3.4：
Duplex Shufflenet / 3.4.1：
Gemnet / 3.4.2：
Enlarged Shufflenet Architecture / 3.4.3：
Modification of the Shufflenet Connectivity Graph / 3.4.4：
Banyan Net / 3.4.5：
De Bruijn Graph Topology / 3.5：
The de Bruijn Graph / 3.5.1：
Routing in de Brujin Networks / 3.5.2：
de Bruijn Versus Shufflenet / 3.5.3：
The Modified de Bruijn Topology / 3.5.4：
de Bruijn Network Variants / 3.5.5：
MATRIX Topology / 3.6：
Space Diversity to Avoid WDM Conversion / 3.6.1：
Network Parameters / 3.6.2：
SWIFT Architecture / 3.7：
The SWIFT Approach / 3.7.1：
The Data Link Layer / 3.7.2：
The Routing Layer / 3.7.3：
SWIFT Performance / 3.7.4：
Starnet Architecture / 3.8：
Starnet Basic Characteristics / 3.8.1：
Node Structure / 3.8.2：
The Circuit Switching and Packet Switching Subnetworks / 3.8.3：
Multihop Networks Supported by Starnet / 3.8.4：
Multilevel Optical Networks / Chapter 4：
Networks of Networks / 4.1：
Star-of-Stars Network / 4.2：
Hierarchical LLN / 4.3：
Combination of Single-Hop and Multihop Connection Modes in MONs / 4.4：
Basic Concepts for the Two-Level Case / 4.4.1：
Analysis and Optimization of MONs / 4.4.2：
Comparison with Shufflenet / 4.4.3：
Multiple Hierarchical Levels / 4.4.4：
About the Authors
Index
Preface
Optical Networking / Chapter 1：
Brief History of Optical Communications / 1.1：
83.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
83. Guidelines for implementing process safety management systems
USA) The Center for Chemical Process Safety (of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1994
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
List of Tables, Figures, and Appendices
Introduction / 1：
Overview and Objective of This Book / 1.1：
Scope / 1.2：
What Kinds of Companies and Operations Are Covered? / 1.2.1：
What Information IS in This Book? What is Not? / 1.2.2：
How to Use This Book / 1.3：
Get Management Commitment / 2：
Why Get Management Commitment? / 2.1：
Getting Top-Level Commitment / 2.2：
Selecting the Right Sponsor(s) / 2.2.1：
Selling the Need for PSM / 2.2.2：
Selling the Need for Top-level Commitment / 2.2.3：
Using Top-Level Commitment / 2.3：
Setting Goals for PSM / 2.3.1：
Communicating the Importance of PSM / 2.3.2：
Providing Resources / 2.3.3：
Sample Document Presenting PSM to Senior Management / Appendix 2-1：
Define Goals / 3：
Select PSM Framework / 3.1：
CCPS Model / 3.2.1：
Other Models / 3.2.2：
Establish a PSM Team / 3.3：
Who Should Be on the Ream? / 3.3.1：
How Should This Team Work? / 3.3.2：
Soliciting Team Members' Participation / 3.3.3：
Scheduling and Organizing the First Meeting / 3.3.4：
Conducting Team Meetings / 3.3.5：
Define Company-Specific Attributes / 3.4：
Characterize Company Management System Approach / 3.4.1：
Define Supervision/Delegation Approach / 3.4.2：
Define Documentation Approach / 3.4.3：
Define Communication Approach / 3.4.4：
Evaluate the Present Status / 4：
Recognize the Objective / 4.1：
Select an Evaluation Too / 4.2：
Audits / 4.2.1：
Surveys / 4.2.2：
Perform the Evaluation / 4.3：
Identify Gaps and Overlaps / 4.4：
Develop a Plan / 5：
Review the Preliminary Plan / 5.1：
Select an Implementation Strategy / 5.2：
Companywide Approach / 5.2.1：
Facility-Specific Approach / 5.2.2：
"Hybrid" Approach / 5.2.3：
Define Priorities / 5.3：
Priority Facilities / 5.3.1：
Priority Elements / 5.3.2：
Limitations on the Scope of the Plan / 5.3.3：
Estimate Resource Needs and Schedule / 5.4：
Develop a Program Plan / 5.4.1：
Develop a Schedule / 5.4.2：
Develop a Resource Plan / 5.4.3：
Communicate and Get Approval of the Plan / 5.5：
Example Facility Ranking Process / Appendix 5-1：
Example of Management Presentation on PSM Plan / Appendix 5-2：
Develop Specific Process Safety Management Systems / 6：
Select and Approach / 6.1：
Total Quality Management (TQM) Techniques / 6.1.1：
Using Model Programs / 6.1.2：
Business Process Redesign / 6.1.3：
Select a Team / 6.2：
Develop the System / 6.3：
Recheck against Criteria / 6.4：
Put the System into Practice / 7：
Pilot Testing / 7.1：
Factors to Consider in Pilot-Site Selection / 7.1.1：
Gaining Local Support for the Pilot Test / 7.1.2：
Implementing a Successful PSM Pilot / 7.1.3：
Assessing Pilot Test Results / 7.1.4：
Plan and Manage Installation / 7.2：
Where to Begin Installation / 7.2.1：
Who Should Manage Installation / 7.2.2：
Sell the System / 7.3：
Describe System Benefits / 7.3.1：
Reinforce Buy-In from Management / 7.3.2：
Reinforce Buy-In from Participants / 7.3.3：
Design and Provide Training / 7.4：
Training Managers / 7.4.1：
Training Trainers / 7.4.2：
Training Users / 7.4.3：
Training Others (e.g., Contractors) / 7.4.4：
Training Methods and Tools / 7.4.5：
Conclusion
Measure and Monitor Installation / 8：
Monitor Installation / 8.1：
Plant-Level Monitoring / 8.2.1：
Companywide Monitoring / 8.2.2：
"Customer Feedback" and Follow-Up / 8.3：
Expanding Beyond Initial Scope / 9：
Expanding Beyond Minimum Requirements / 9.1：
Involve Other Activities / 9.3：
Involve Other Functions / 9.4：
Expand to Other Processes / 9.5：
Expand Internationally / 9.6：
Evaluate Local Needs / 9.6.1：
Establish Priorities / 9.6.2：
Match Systems to Local Needs / 9.6.3：
Epilogue
Case Study in Implementing Process Safety Management
Background
Preface
Acknowledgments
List of Tables, Figures, and Appendices
84.

図書
図書
84. Abstract compositional analysis of iterated relations : a structural approach to complex state transition systems
Frédéric Geurts
出版情報: Berlin : Springer, c1998  xiv, 280 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Lecture notes in computer science ; 1426
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword / Michel Sintzoff
Preface
Prologue: Aims, Themes, and Motivations / 1：
Complex Relational Dynamical Systems / 1.1：
The Context: A First Contact with Dynamical Systems / 1.1.1：
Mutual Exclusion / 1.1.2：
Social Pressure / 1.1.3：
On the Chaotic Demography of Rabbits / 1.1.4：
Tools and Motivations / 1.2：
Overview of the Monograph / 1.3：
Mathematical Framework: Iterated Relations and Composition / Part I：
Dynamics of Relations / 2：
Functional Discrete-Time Dynamical Systems / 2.1：
Relational Dynamical Systems / 2.2：
Point-Level Nondeterministic Dynamics / 2.2.1：
Set-Level Deterministic Dynamics / 2.2.2：
Comparison / 2.2.3：
Preliminary Definitions and Properties / 2.3：
Basic Definitions About Relations / 2.3.1：
Notions from Topology / 2.3.2：
Monotonicity and General Junctivity Properties / 2.3.3：
Fixpoint Theorems / 2.3.4：
Elementary Properties / 2.3.5：
Metric Properties / 2.3.6：
Transfinite Iterations / 2.4：
Motivation / 2.4.1：
Transfinite Fixpoint Theorem / 2.4.2：
Transfinite Limits of Iterations / 2.4.3：
Discussion / 2.5：
Relations vs Functions / 2.5.1：
Set-Level Dynamics and Predicate-Transformers / 2.5.2：
Point-Level Dynamics and Trace Semantics / 2.5.3：
Nondeterminism and Probabilistic Choices / 2.5.4：
Time Structure / 2.5.5：
Dynamics of Composed Relations / 3：
Structural Composition / 3.1：
Composition of Relations / 3.2：
Unary Operators / 3.2.1：
N-Ary Operators / 3.2.2：
Composed Dynamical Systems / 3.2.3：
One-Step Set-Level Evolution of Composed Relations / 3.3：
Point-Level Dynamics of Composed Systems / 3.3.2：
Algebraic Properties of Composition Operators / 3.4：
Composition of Unary Operators / 3.4.1：
Composition of Unary and N-Ary Operators / 3.4.2：
Composition of N-Ary Operators / 3.4.3：
Fixpoint Theory for the Composition / 3.4.4：
Composition Operators / 3.5：
Nondeterminism and Probabilities Revisited / 3.5.2：
Fixpoint Operator and Composition / 3.5.3：
Abstract Complexity: Abstraction, Invariance, Attraction / Part II：
Abstract Observation of Dynamics / 4：
Observation of Systems / 4.1：
Trace-Based Dynamics / 4.2：
Symbolic Observation / 4.3：
Abstraction of Systems / 4.4：
Qualitative Abstract Verification / 4.5：
Observation as Abstraction / 4.6：
Observation and Abstraction: Related Work / 4.7：
Symbolic Dynamics vs Astract Observation / 4.7.2：
Invariance, Attraction, Complexity / 4.7.3：
Invariance / 5.1：
Forward and Backward Invariance / 5.1.1：
Global Invariance / 5.1.2：
Strong Invariance / 5.1.3：
Structure of Invariants / 5.2：
Trace-Parametrized Invariants / 5.2.1：
Fullness and Atomicity / 5.2.2：
Chaos / 5.2.3：
Fullness Implies Trace Chaos / 5.2.4：
Fullness and Atomicity Imply Knudsen Chaos / 5.2.5：
Devaney vs Trace vs Knudsen Chaos / 5.2.6：
Fullness and Atomicity Criteria / 5.3：
Criteria / 5.3.1：
Case Studies: Dyadic Map, Cantor Relation, Logistic Map / 5.3.2：
Attraction / 5.4：
Intuition: From Reachability to Attraction / 5.4.1：
From Weak to Full Attraction / 5.4.2：
A Taxonomy of Attraction / 5.4.3：
Attraction Criteria / 5.5：
Attraction by Invariants / 5.6：
Invariance and Attraction: Related Notions / 5.7：
Energy-Like Functions / 5.7.2：
Dynamical Complexity / 5.7.3：
Abstract Compositional Analysis of Systems: Dynamics and Computations / Part III：
Compositional Analysis of Dynamical Properties / 6：
Aims and Informal Results / 6.1：
Inversion / 6.2：
Restrictions / 6.3：
Domain Restriction / 6.3.1：
Range Restriction / 6.3.2：
Negation / 6.4：
Sequential Composition / 6.5：
Intersection / 6.6：
Union / 6.7：
Products / 6.8：
Free Product / 6.8.1：
Connected Product / 6.8.2：
Combining Union with Free Product / 6.9：
Compositionality: Summary / 6.10：
Limitations and Open Problems / 6.10.2：
Related Work / 6.10.3：
Emergence of Complexity by Structural Composition / 6.10.4：
Case Studies: Compositional Analysis of Dynamics / 7：
A Collection of Complex Behaviors / 7.1：
Smale Horseshoe Map / 7.2：
Cantor Relation / 7.3：
From Cantor Relation to Truncated Logistic Map / 7.4：
Paperfoldings / 7.5：
Introduction / 7.5.1：
Paperfolding Sequences / 7.5.2：
Dynamical Complexity of Paperfoldings / 7.5.3：
Partial Conclusions / 7.5.4：
Discussion: Compositional Dynamical Complexity / 7.6：
Experimental Compositional Analysis of Cellular Automata / 8：
Aims and Motivations: Attraction-Based Classification and Composition / 8.1：
Preliminary Notions / 8.2：
Cellular Automata / 8.2.1：
Transfinite Attraction / 8.2.2：
Shifted Hamming Distance / 8.2.3：
Experimental Classification / 8.3：
Formal Attraction-Based Classification / 8.4：
Type-<$>{\cal N}<$> Cellular Automata / 8.4.1：
Type-<$>{\cal F}<$> Cellular Automata / 8.4.3：
Type-<$>{\cal P}<$> Cellular Automata / 8.4.4：
Type-<$>{\cal S}<$> Cellular Automata / 8.4.5：
Type-<$>{\cal A}<$> Cellular Automata / 8.4.6：
Structural Organizations of CA Classes / 8.4.7：
Motivation: Simulation vs Theoretical Results / 8.5.1：
Linear Periodicity Hierarchy / 8.5.2：
Periodicity Clustering / 8.5.3：
Organization w.r.t. Shifted Hamming Distance / 8.5.4：
Dynamical Complexity in CA / 8.5.5：
Conjectures in CA Composition / 8.6：
Complexity by Composition of Shifts / 8.7：
Rules 2 and 16 / 8.7.1：
A More Precise Conjecture / 8.7.2：
Qualitative Analysis and Complexity Measures / 8.8：
Compositional Analysis of Complex CA / 8.9：
Local Disjunction, Local Union, and Global Union / 8.9.1：
Comparison and Summary of Results / 8.9.2：
Summary and Partial Conclusion / 8.10：
Open Questions / 8.10.2：
Classification: State-of-the-Art / 8.10.3：
Aperiodicity in Cellular Automata / 8.10.4：
Related Work in Composition / 8.10.5：
Compositional Analysis of Computational Properties / 9：
Automata as Dynamical Systems / 9.1：
Comparing Dynamical Systems / 9.2：
Extrinsic Method / 9.2.1：
Intrinsic Method / 9.2.2：
Our Comparison / 9.2.3：
From Locality to Globality / 9.3：
Turing Machines / 9.3.1：
Continuous Functions / 9.3.2：
General Model / 9.3.4：
Comparison Through Simulation / 9.4：
Simulation / 9.4.1：
Choice of Coding / 9.4.2：
From TM to CA / 9.4.3：
From CA to CF / 9.4.4：
Weak Hierarchy / 9.4.5：
Topological and Metric Properties / 9.5：
Continuity / 9.5.1：
Shift-Invariance / 9.5.2：
Lipschitz Property / 9.5.3：
Shift-Vanishing Effect / 9.5.4：
Nondeterminism / 9.5.5：
Summary / 9.5.6：
Computability of Initial Conditions / 9.6：
Hierarchy of Systems / 9.7：
Composition and Computation / 9.8：
Further Work / 9.8.2：
Epilogue: Conclusions and Directions for Future Work / 9.8.3：
Contributions and Related Work / 10.1：
Mathematical Framework / 10.1.1：
Compositional Analysis / 10.1.2：
Directions for Future Research / 10.2：
A Patchwork of Open Technical Issues / 10.2.1：
Fractal Image Compression / 10.2.2：
Distributed Dynamical Optimization / 10.2.3：
Distributed Systems and Self-Stabilization / 10.2.4：
Probabilistic Systems and Measures / 10.2.5：
Higher-Order Systems, Control, and Learning / 10.2.6：
Design of Attraction-Based Systems / 10.2.7：
The Garden of Structural Similarities / 10.3：
Coda: Compositional Complexity Revisited / 10.4：
Bibliography
Glossary of Symbols
Index
Foreword / Michel Sintzoff
Preface
Prologue: Aims, Themes, and Motivations / 1：
85.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
85. Abstract Compositional Analysis of Iterated Relations
Frédéric Geurts
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1998
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword / Michel Sintzoff
Preface
Prologue: Aims, Themes, and Motivations / 1：
Complex Relational Dynamical Systems / 1.1：
The Context: A First Contact with Dynamical Systems / 1.1.1：
Mutual Exclusion / 1.1.2：
Social Pressure / 1.1.3：
On the Chaotic Demography of Rabbits / 1.1.4：
Tools and Motivations / 1.2：
Overview of the Monograph / 1.3：
Mathematical Framework: Iterated Relations and Composition / Part I：
Dynamics of Relations / 2：
Functional Discrete-Time Dynamical Systems / 2.1：
Relational Dynamical Systems / 2.2：
Point-Level Nondeterministic Dynamics / 2.2.1：
Set-Level Deterministic Dynamics / 2.2.2：
Comparison / 2.2.3：
Preliminary Definitions and Properties / 2.3：
Basic Definitions About Relations / 2.3.1：
Notions from Topology / 2.3.2：
Monotonicity and General Junctivity Properties / 2.3.3：
Fixpoint Theorems / 2.3.4：
Elementary Properties / 2.3.5：
Metric Properties / 2.3.6：
Transfinite Iterations / 2.4：
Motivation / 2.4.1：
Transfinite Fixpoint Theorem / 2.4.2：
Transfinite Limits of Iterations / 2.4.3：
Discussion / 2.5：
Relations vs Functions / 2.5.1：
Set-Level Dynamics and Predicate-Transformers / 2.5.2：
Point-Level Dynamics and Trace Semantics / 2.5.3：
Nondeterminism and Probabilistic Choices / 2.5.4：
Time Structure / 2.5.5：
Dynamics of Composed Relations / 3：
Structural Composition / 3.1：
Composition of Relations / 3.2：
Unary Operators / 3.2.1：
N-Ary Operators / 3.2.2：
Composed Dynamical Systems / 3.2.3：
One-Step Set-Level Evolution of Composed Relations / 3.3：
Point-Level Dynamics of Composed Systems / 3.3.2：
Algebraic Properties of Composition Operators / 3.4：
Composition of Unary Operators / 3.4.1：
Composition of Unary and N-Ary Operators / 3.4.2：
Composition of N-Ary Operators / 3.4.3：
Fixpoint Theory for the Composition / 3.4.4：
Composition Operators / 3.5：
Nondeterminism and Probabilities Revisited / 3.5.2：
Fixpoint Operator and Composition / 3.5.3：
Abstract Complexity: Abstraction, Invariance, Attraction / Part II：
Abstract Observation of Dynamics / 4：
Observation of Systems / 4.1：
Trace-Based Dynamics / 4.2：
Symbolic Observation / 4.3：
Abstraction of Systems / 4.4：
Qualitative Abstract Verification / 4.5：
Observation as Abstraction / 4.6：
Observation and Abstraction: Related Work / 4.7：
Symbolic Dynamics vs Astract Observation / 4.7.2：
Invariance, Attraction, Complexity / 4.7.3：
Invariance / 5.1：
Forward and Backward Invariance / 5.1.1：
Global Invariance / 5.1.2：
Strong Invariance / 5.1.3：
Structure of Invariants / 5.2：
Trace-Parametrized Invariants / 5.2.1：
Fullness and Atomicity / 5.2.2：
Chaos / 5.2.3：
Fullness Implies Trace Chaos / 5.2.4：
Fullness and Atomicity Imply Knudsen Chaos / 5.2.5：
Devaney vs Trace vs Knudsen Chaos / 5.2.6：
Fullness and Atomicity Criteria / 5.3：
Criteria / 5.3.1：
Case Studies: Dyadic Map, Cantor Relation, Logistic Map / 5.3.2：
Attraction / 5.4：
Intuition: From Reachability to Attraction / 5.4.1：
From Weak to Full Attraction / 5.4.2：
A Taxonomy of Attraction / 5.4.3：
Attraction Criteria / 5.5：
Attraction by Invariants / 5.6：
Invariance and Attraction: Related Notions / 5.7：
Energy-Like Functions / 5.7.2：
Dynamical Complexity / 5.7.3：
Abstract Compositional Analysis of Systems: Dynamics and Computations / Part III：
Compositional Analysis of Dynamical Properties / 6：
Aims and Informal Results / 6.1：
Inversion / 6.2：
Restrictions / 6.3：
Domain Restriction / 6.3.1：
Range Restriction / 6.3.2：
Negation / 6.4：
Sequential Composition / 6.5：
Intersection / 6.6：
Union / 6.7：
Products / 6.8：
Free Product / 6.8.1：
Connected Product / 6.8.2：
Combining Union with Free Product / 6.9：
Compositionality: Summary / 6.10：
Limitations and Open Problems / 6.10.2：
Related Work / 6.10.3：
Emergence of Complexity by Structural Composition / 6.10.4：
Case Studies: Compositional Analysis of Dynamics / 7：
A Collection of Complex Behaviors / 7.1：
Smale Horseshoe Map / 7.2：
Cantor Relation / 7.3：
From Cantor Relation to Truncated Logistic Map / 7.4：
Paperfoldings / 7.5：
Introduction / 7.5.1：
Paperfolding Sequences / 7.5.2：
Dynamical Complexity of Paperfoldings / 7.5.3：
Partial Conclusions / 7.5.4：
Discussion: Compositional Dynamical Complexity / 7.6：
Experimental Compositional Analysis of Cellular Automata / 8：
Aims and Motivations: Attraction-Based Classification and Composition / 8.1：
Preliminary Notions / 8.2：
Cellular Automata / 8.2.1：
Transfinite Attraction / 8.2.2：
Shifted Hamming Distance / 8.2.3：
Experimental Classification / 8.3：
Formal Attraction-Based Classification / 8.4：
Type-<$>{\cal N}<$> Cellular Automata / 8.4.1：
Type-<$>{\cal F}<$> Cellular Automata / 8.4.3：
Type-<$>{\cal P}<$> Cellular Automata / 8.4.4：
Type-<$>{\cal S}<$> Cellular Automata / 8.4.5：
Type-<$>{\cal A}<$> Cellular Automata / 8.4.6：
Structural Organizations of CA Classes / 8.4.7：
Motivation: Simulation vs Theoretical Results / 8.5.1：
Linear Periodicity Hierarchy / 8.5.2：
Periodicity Clustering / 8.5.3：
Organization w.r.t. Shifted Hamming Distance / 8.5.4：
Dynamical Complexity in CA / 8.5.5：
Conjectures in CA Composition / 8.6：
Complexity by Composition of Shifts / 8.7：
Rules 2 and 16 / 8.7.1：
A More Precise Conjecture / 8.7.2：
Qualitative Analysis and Complexity Measures / 8.8：
Compositional Analysis of Complex CA / 8.9：
Local Disjunction, Local Union, and Global Union / 8.9.1：
Comparison and Summary of Results / 8.9.2：
Summary and Partial Conclusion / 8.10：
Open Questions / 8.10.2：
Classification: State-of-the-Art / 8.10.3：
Aperiodicity in Cellular Automata / 8.10.4：
Related Work in Composition / 8.10.5：
Compositional Analysis of Computational Properties / 9：
Automata as Dynamical Systems / 9.1：
Comparing Dynamical Systems / 9.2：
Extrinsic Method / 9.2.1：
Intrinsic Method / 9.2.2：
Our Comparison / 9.2.3：
From Locality to Globality / 9.3：
Turing Machines / 9.3.1：
Continuous Functions / 9.3.2：
General Model / 9.3.4：
Comparison Through Simulation / 9.4：
Simulation / 9.4.1：
Choice of Coding / 9.4.2：
From TM to CA / 9.4.3：
From CA to CF / 9.4.4：
Weak Hierarchy / 9.4.5：
Topological and Metric Properties / 9.5：
Continuity / 9.5.1：
Shift-Invariance / 9.5.2：
Lipschitz Property / 9.5.3：
Shift-Vanishing Effect / 9.5.4：
Nondeterminism / 9.5.5：
Summary / 9.5.6：
Computability of Initial Conditions / 9.6：
Hierarchy of Systems / 9.7：
Composition and Computation / 9.8：
Further Work / 9.8.2：
Epilogue: Conclusions and Directions for Future Work / 9.8.3：
Contributions and Related Work / 10.1：
Mathematical Framework / 10.1.1：
Compositional Analysis / 10.1.2：
Directions for Future Research / 10.2：
A Patchwork of Open Technical Issues / 10.2.1：
Fractal Image Compression / 10.2.2：
Distributed Dynamical Optimization / 10.2.3：
Distributed Systems and Self-Stabilization / 10.2.4：
Probabilistic Systems and Measures / 10.2.5：
Higher-Order Systems, Control, and Learning / 10.2.6：
Design of Attraction-Based Systems / 10.2.7：
The Garden of Structural Similarities / 10.3：
Coda: Compositional Complexity Revisited / 10.4：
Bibliography
Glossary of Symbols
Index
Foreword / Michel Sintzoff
Preface
Prologue: Aims, Themes, and Motivations / 1：
86.

図書
図書
86. Fields, symmetries, and quarks. 2nd, rev. and enl. ed
Ulrich Mosel
出版情報: Berlin : Springer, c1999  xiii, 310 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Texts and monographs in physics
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preliminaries / Part I：
Units and Metric / 1：
Units / 1.1：
Metric and Notation / 1.2：
Fundamentals of Field Theory / Part II：
Classical Fields / 2：
Equations of Motion / 2.1：
Examples / 2.1.1：
Symmetries and Conservation Laws / 2.2：
Geometrical Space-Time Symmetries / 2.2.1：
Internal Symmetries / 2.2.2：
Free Fields and Their Quantization / 3：
Classification of Fields / 3.1：
Scalar Fields / 3.2：
Quantization of the Hermitian Scalar Field / 3.2.1：
Quantization of the Charged Scalar Field / 3.2.2：
Vector Fields / 3.3：
Massive Vector Fields / 3.3.1：
Massless Vector Fields / 3.3.2：
Fermion Fields / 3.4：
Dirac Equation / 3.4.1：
Lagrangian for Fermion Fields / 3.4.2：
Quantization ofthe Dirac Field / 3.4.3：
Massless Fermions / 3.4.4：
Neutrinos / 3.4.5：
Transition Rates in Quantum Field Theory / 3.5：
Quantum Mechanical Consistency / 3.6：
GlobalSymmetries / Part III：
Symmetries of Meson and Baryon Systems / 4：
U(1) Symmetry / 4.1：
Properties of the Group U(1) / 4.1.1：
Structure of the Nucleon Lagrangian / 4.1.2：
SU(2) Symmetry / 4.2：
Properties of the Group SU(2) / 4.2.1：
General Definitions / 4.2.2：
Application to the Pion-Nucleon System / 4.2.3：
Structure of SU(2) Multiplets / 4.2.4：
SU(3) Symmetry / 4.3：
Properties of the Group SU(3) / 4.3.1：
Structure of SU(3) Multiplets / 4.3.2：
Assignments of Hadrons to SU(3) Multiplets / 4.3.3：
SU(3) Symmetry Breaking / 4.3.4：
Quarks / 5：
Construction of SU(3) Multiplets / 5.1：
Construction of the Representation <$>3 \otimes \bar {3}<$> / 5.1.1：
Construction of the Representation 3 ⊗ 3 ⊗ 3 / 5.1.2：
State Vectors for the Multiplets / 5.2：
Tensor Algebra / 5.2.1：
Hadron Multiplets / 5.2.2：
Color Degree of Freedom / 5.3：
Chiral Symmetry / 6：
Phenomenology of β-Decay / 6.1：
Leptonic β-Decay / 6.1.1：
Semileptonic β-Decay / 6.1.2：
Current Conservation in Strong Interactions / 6.2：
Vector Current Conservation / 6.2.1：
Axial Vector Current Conservation / 6.2.2：
Chiral Symmetry Group / 6.3：
Chiral Symmetry Transformations for the Fermions / 6.3.1：
Chiral Symmetry Transformations for the Mesons / 6.3.2：
Spontaneous Global Symmetry Breaking / 7：
Goldstone Theorem / 7.1：
Goldstone Bosons / 7.1.1：
Examples of the Goldstone Mechanism / 7.2：
Spontaneous Breaking of a Global Non-Abelian Symmetry / 7.2.1：
σ-Model / 7.2.2：
Nambu-Jona-Lasinio Model / 7.2.3：
Local Gauge Symmetries / Part IV：
Gauge Field Theories / 8：
Conserved Currents in QED / 8.1：
Local Abelian Gauge Invariance / 8.2：
Non-Abelian Gauge Fields / 8.3：
Lagrangian for Non-Abelian Gauge Field Theories / 8.3.1：
Properties of Non-Abelian Gauge Field Theories / 8.3.2：
Spontaneous Symmetry Breaking in Gauge Field Theories / 9：
Higgs Mechanism / 9.1：
Spontaneous Breaking of a Local Non-Abelian Symmetry / 9.2：
Summary of the Higgs Mechanism / 9.3：
Electroweak Interaction / Part V：
Weak Interactions of Quarks and Leptons / 10：
Phenomenological Introduction / 10.1：
Strangeness Changing Weak Decays / 10.1.1：
Neutral Currents / 10.1.2：
Intermediate Vector Bosons / 10.2：
Fundamentals of a Theory of Weak Interactions / 10.3：
Electroweak Interactions of Leptons / 11：
Leptonic Multiplets and Interactions / 11.1：
Electroweak Currents / 11.1.1：
Lepton Masses / 11.2：
Electroweak Interactions / 11.3：
Generalization to Other Leptons / 11.3.1：
Parameters of the Lagrangian / 11.4：
Charged Current Experiments / 11.4.1：
Neutral Current Experiments / 11.4.2：
Electroweak Interactions of Quarks / 12：
Hadronic Multiplets / 12.1：
Hadron Masses / 12.1.1：
Electroweak Interactions of Quarks and Leptons / 13：
Lagrangian of Electroweak Interactions / 13.1：
Standard Model / 13.2：
CP Invariance of Electroweak Interactions / 14：
Kobayashi-Maskawa Matrix / 14.1：
Unitarity of the KM Matrix / 14.2：
K0 Decay and CP Violation / 14.3：
CP Invariance and the KM Matrix / 14.4：
Strong Interaction / Part VI：
Quantum Chromodynamics / 15：
Gauge Group for Strong Interactions / 15.1：
QCD Lagrangian / 15.2：
Properties of QCD / 15.3：
Scale Invariance / 15.3.1：
Chiral Invariance / 15.3.2：
Antishielding and Confinement / 15.3.3：
Deconfinement Phase Transition / 15.3.4：
Hadron Structure / Part VII：
Bag Models of Hadrons / 16：
Potential Well in the Dirac Theory / 16.1：
The MIT Bag / 16.2：
Fermions in the MIT Bag / 16.2.1：
Gluons in the MIT Bag / 16.2.2：
Hyperfine Structure of Bag States / 16.2.4：
Magnetic Moments of the Nucleon / 16.2.5：
Axial Vector Current / 16.2.6：
Chiral Symmetry in the MIT Bag / 16.2.7：
Soliton Models of Hadrons / 17：
Skyrmion Model / 17.1：
Hybrid Chiral Bag Model / 17.2：
Linear 7-Model / 17.3：
Friedberg-Lee Soliton Bag Model / 17.4：
NJL Soliton Model / 17.5：
Appendices / Part VIII：
Solutions of the Free Dirac Equation / A：
Properties of Free Dirac States / A.1：
Dirac and Majorana Fields / A.2：
Explicit Quark States for Hadrons / B：
Table of Hadron Properties / C：
Bibliography by Subject
References
Index
Preliminaries / Part I：
Units and Metric / 1：
Units / 1.1：
87.

図書
図書
87. Optical signal processing
Anthony VanderLugt
出版情報: New York : J. Wiley, c1992  xxi, 604 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Wiley series in pure and applied optics
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Basic Signal Parameters / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Characterization of a General Signal / 1.2：
By Bandwidth / 1.2.1：
By Time / 1.2.2：
By Sample Interval / 1.2.3：
By Number of Samples / 1.2.4：
By Number of Amplitude Levels or Signal Features / 1.2.5：
By Degrees of Freedom / 1.2.6：
The Sample Function / 1.3：
Examples of Signals / 1.4：
Spatial Signals / 1.5：
Geometrical Optics / Chapter 2：
Refractive Index and Optical Path / 2.1：
Basic Laws of Geometrical Optics / 2.3：
Law of Reflection / 2.3.1：
Law of Refraction / 2.3.2：
Fermat's Principle / 2.3.3：
The Critical Angle / 2.3.4：
Refraction by Prisms / 2.4：
Minimum Deviation Angle / 2.4.1：
Dispersion by a Prism / 2.4.2：
Beam Magnification by a Prism / 2.4.3：
Counter-Rotating Prisms / 2.4.4：
The Wobble Plate / 2.4.5：
The Lens Formulas / 2.5：
The Sign Convention / 2.5.1：
Refraction at a Curved Surface / 2.5.2：
The Refraction Equation for Combined Surfaces / 2.5.3：
The Condenser Lens Configuration / 2.5.4：
The Collimating Lens Configuration / 2.5.5：
Principal Planes / 2.5.6：
Thin-Lens Systems / 2.5.7：
Afocal or Telescopic Configurations / 2.5.8：
The General Imaging Condition / 2.6：
Ray Tracing / 2.6.1：
Lateral Magnification / 2.6.2：
The Principal Pupil Ray / 2.6.3：
The Optical Invariant / 2.7：
Magnification Revisited / 2.7.1：
Spatial Resolution / 2.7.2：
Space Bandwidth Product / 2.7.3：
Matching the Information Capacity of System Components / 2.7.4：
Classification of Lenses and Systems / 2.8：
The Coddington Shape Factor / 2.8.1：
The Coddington Position Factor / 2.8.2：
Aberrations / 2.9：
Spherical Aberration / 2.9.1：
Coma / 2.9.2：
Astigmatism / 2.9.3：
Curvature of Field / 2.9.4：
Distortion / 2.9.5：
Splitting the Lens / 2.9.6：
Physical Optics / Chapter 3：
The Fresnel Transform / 3.1：
Convolution and Impulse Response / 3.2.1：
Diffraction by Two Sources / 3.2.2：
Fresnel Zones, Chirp Functions, and Holography / 3.2.3：
The Fresnel Transform of a Slit / 3.2.4：
The Fourier Transform / 3.3：
The Fourier Transform of a Periodic Function / 3.3.1：
The Fourier Transform for Nonperiodic Signals / 3.3.2：
The Fourier Transform in Optics / 3.3.3：
Examples of Fourier Transforms / 3.4：
Fourier Transforms of Aperture Functions / 3.4.1：
A Partitioned Aperture Function / 3.4.2：
A Periodic Signal / 3.4.3：
The Inverse Fourier Transform / 3.5：
Bandlimited Signals / 3.5.1：
Rayleigh-Resolution Criterion / 3.5.2：
Abbe's Resolution Criterion / 3.5.3：
The Sample Function, Sampling Theorem, and Decomposition / 3.5.4：
Extended Fourier-Transform Analysis / 3.6：
The Basic Elements of an Optical System / 3.6.1：
Operational Notation / 3.6.2：
A Basic Optical System / 3.6.3：
Cascaded Optical Systems / 3.6.4：
The Scale of the Fourier Transform / 3.6.5：
Maximum Information Capacity and Optimum Packing Density / 3.7：
Maximum Information Capacity / 3.7.1：
Optimum Packing Density / 3.7.2：
Convergent Illumination / 3.7.3：
The Chirp-Z Transform / 3.7.4：
System Coherence / 3.8：
Spatial Coherence / 3.8.1：
Temporal Coherence / 3.8.2：
Spatial and Temporal Coherence / 3.8.3：
Spectrum Analysis / Chapter 4：
Light Sources / 4.1：
Spatial Light Modulators / 4.3：
Light Valve Spatial Light Modulators / 4.3.1：
Optically Addressed Electro-Optic Spatial Light Modulators / 4.3.2：
Liquid-Crystal Spatial Light Modulators / 4.3.3：
Magneto-Optic Spatial Light Modulators / 4.3.4：
The Detection Process in the Fourier Domain / 4.4：
A Special Photodetector Array / 4.4.1：
Spectral Responsivity and Typical Power Levels / 4.4.2：
The Number of Photodetector Elements / 4.4.3：
Array Geometry / 4.4.4：
Readout Rate / 4.4.5：
Blooming and Electrical Crosstalk / 4.4.6：
Linearity and Uniformity of Response / 4.4.7：
System Performance Parameters / 4.5：
Total Spatial Frequency Bandwidth / 4.5.1：
Sidelobe Control and Crosstalk / 4.5.2：
Frequency Resolution/Photodetector Spacing / 4.5.3：
Array Spacing and Number of Photodetector Elements / 4.5.4：
Dynamic Range / 4.6：
Intermodulation Products / 4.6.1：
Signal-to-Noise Ratio and the Minimum Signal Level / 4.6.2：
Integration Time/Bandwidth / 4.6.3：
Example / 4.6.4：
Quantum Noise Limit / 4.6.5：
Raster-Format Spectrum Analyzer / 4.7：
The Recording Format / 4.7.1：
The Two-Dimensional Spectrum Analyzer / 4.7.2：
Illustration of Raster-Format Spectra / 4.7.3：
Summary of the Main Design Concepts / 4.8：
Spatial Filtering / Chapter 5：
Some Fundamentals of Signal Processing / 5.1：
Linear, Space-Invariant Systems / 5.2.1：
Parseval's Theorem / 5.2.2：
Correlation / 5.2.3：
Input/Output Spectral Densities / 5.2.4：
Matched Filtering / 5.2.5：
Inverse Filtering / 5.2.6：
Spatial Filters / 5.3：
Binary Spatial Filters / 5.4：
Binary Filters for Signal Detection or Excision / 5.4.1：
Other Applications of Binary Filters / 5.4.2：
Magnitude Spatial Filters / 5.5：
Phase Spatial Filters / 5.6：
Real-Valued Spatial Filters / 5.7：
Experimental Examples / 5.8：
The Spatial Carrier Frequency Filter / 5.9：
Interferometric Methods for Constructing Filters / 5.10：
Limitations of the Mach-Zehnder Interferometer / 5.10.1：
The Rayleigh Interferometer / 5.10.2：
The Minimum-Aperture Interferometer / 5.10.3：
Information Processing / 5.11：
Arbitrary Reference Function / 5.12：
Bandwidth Considerations / 5.13：
Multiplexed Filters / 5.14：
Computer Generated Filters / 5.15：
Reference Function Optical Processors / 5.16：
Spatial Filtering Systems / Chapter 6：
Optical Signal Processor and Filter Generator / 6.1：
The Light Source / 6.2.1：
The Spatial Light Modulator / 6.2.2：
The Fourier Transform Lens / 6.2.3：
The Filter Plane / 6.2.4：
The Imaging Lens / 6.2.5：
The Readout Module / 6.3：
The Thresholding Operation / 6.3.1：
The Importance of Nonoverlapping Signals / 6.3.2：
On-Chip Processing / 6.3.3：
Constant False-Alarm Rate / 6.3.4：
The Reference-to-Signal-Beam Ratio / 6.4：
Orientation and Scale-Searching Operations / 6.5：
The Orientation Search / 6.5.1：
The Scale Search / 6.5.2：
Methods for Handling Nonuniform Noise Spectral Densities / 6.6：
Dual Frequency-Plane Processing / 6.6.1：
Transposed Processing for Adaptive Filtering / 6.6.2：
Other Applications for Optical Spatial Filtering / 6.7：
Target Recognition / 6.7.1：
Motion Analysis / 6.7.2：
Frame Alignment and Stereo Compilation / 6.7.3：
The Effects of Small Displacements of Spatial Filters / 6.8：
Lateral Displacement / 6.8.1：
Longitudinal Displacements / 6.8.2：
Random Motion of the Filter / 6.8.3：
Acousto-Optic Devices / Chapter 7：
Acousto-Optic Cell Spatial Light Modulators / 7.1：
Raman-Nath Mode / 7.2.1：
The Bragg Mode / 7.2.2：
Diffraction Angles, Spatial Frequencies, and Temporal Frequencies / 7.2.3：
The Time Bandwidth Product / 7.2.4：
Dynamic Transfer Relationships / 7.3：
Diffraction Efficiency / 7.3.1：
Input/Output Relationships / 7.3.2：
Time Delays and Notation / 7.4：
Phase-Modulation Notation / 7.5：
Sign Notation / 7.6：
Conjugate Relationships / 7.7：
Visualization of the Acousto-Optic Interaction / 7.8：
Applications of Acousto-Optic Devices / 7.9：
Acousto-Optic Modulation / 7.9.1：
Acousto-Optic Beam Deflectors / 7.9.2：
Acousto-Optic Power Spectrum Analyzers / Chapter 8：
A Basic Spectrum Analyzer / 8.1：
The Illumination Subsystem / 8.2.1：
A Raman-Nath-Mode Spectrum Analyzer / 8.2.2：
A Bragg-Mode Spectrum Analyzer / 8.2.3：
The Generalization to Arbitrary Signals / 8.2.4：
Aperture Weighting for Sidelobe Control / 8.3：
Resolution / 8.4：
Dynamic Range and Signal-to-Noise Ratio / 8.5：
Spur-Free Dynamic Range / 8.6：
Intermodulation Products Due to Acousto-Optic Cells / 8.6.1：
Signal Compression / 8.6.2：
Scattered Light / 8.6.3：
Photodetector Geometric Considerations / 8.7：
The Signal-to-Noise Ratio / 8.8：
Radiometers / 8.10：
Heterodyne Systems / 8.11：
The Interference Between Two Waves / 9.1：
Spatial Interference / 9.2.1：
Temporal and Spatial Interference / 9.2.2：
Overlapping Waves and Photodetector Size / 9.3：
Optimum Photodetector Size for Plane-Wave Interference / 9.3.1：
Optimum Photodetector Size for a Two-Dimensional Chirp / 9.3.2：
Optimum Photodetector Size for a One-Dimensional Chirp / 9.3.3：
Optimum Photodetector Size for a General Signal / 9.3.4：
The Optical Radio / 9.4：
Direct Detection / 9.4.1：
Heterodyne Detection / 9.4.2：
A Generalized Heterodyne System / 9.5：
Heterodyne Spectrum Analysis / Chapter 10：
Basic Theory / 10.1：
Spatial and Temporal Frequencies: The Mixed Transform / 10.3：
The cw Signal / 10.3.1：
A Short Pulse / 10.3.2：
The Evolving Pulse / 10.3.3：
The Distributed Local Oscillator / 10.4：
The Ideal Reference Signal / 10.4.1：
The Mixed Transform of the Reference Signal / 10.4.2：
Photodetector Geometry and Bandwidth / 10.5：
The Bandpass Filter Shape / 10.5.1：
Crosstalk / 10.5.2：
Resolution, Accuracy, and Photodetector Size / 10.5.3：
Temporal Frequencies of the Reference Bias Term / 10.6：
Comparison of the Heterodyne and Power Spectrum Analyzer Performance / 10.7：
Both Systems Thermal-Noise Limited / 10.8.1：
Both Systems Shot-Noise Limited / 10.8.2：
Power Spectrum Analyzer Thermal-Noise Limited; Heterodyne Spectrum Analyzer Shot-Noise Limited / 10.8.3：
Power Spectrum Analyzer Using a CCD Array / 10.8.4：
Hybrid Heterodyne Spectrum Analyzer / 10.9：
Decimated Arrays and Cross-Spectrum Analysis / Chapter 11：
Background for the Heterodyne Spectrum Analyzer / 11.1：
Photodetector Geometry and Detection Scheme / 11.3：
The Reference and Scanning Functions / 11.4：
Singal-to-Noise Ratio and Dynamic Range / 11.5：
Improved Reference Waveform / 11.6：
The Cross-Spectrum Analyzer / 11.7：
Cross-Spectrum Analysis with Spatial Heterodyning / 11.7.1：
Cross-Spectrum Analysis with Temporal Heterodyning / 11.7.2：
The Heterodyne Transform and Signal Excision / Chapter 12：
The Heterodyne Transform / 12.1：
The Temporal Frequency Range of the Baseband Terms / 12.3：
Probing Arbitrary Three-Dimensional Fields / 12.4：
Signal Excision / 12.5：
Arbitrary Filter Function / 12.6：
Space-Integrating Correlators / Chapter 13：
Reference-Function Correlators / 13.1：
Real-Valued Impulse Responses / 13.2.1：
Complex-Valued Impulse Responses / 13.2.2：
A Wavefront View of Matched Filtering / 13.2.3：
The Photodetector Bandwidth / 13.2.4：
Correlation in the Presence of Doppler Frequency Shifts / 13.2.5：
Programmable Matched Filter / 13.2.6：
Multichannel Operation / 13.3：
Heterodyne/Homodyne Detection / 13.4：
Homodyne Detection in the Fourier Domain / 13.5：
Carrier Frequency Requirements / 13.6：
Illumination Requirements / 13.8：
Integrate and Dump / 13.9：
Some More Configurations / 13.10：
Time-Integrating Systems / Chapter 14：
Requirements on the Reference Signals / 14.1：
The Basic Operation of the Spectrum Analyzer / 14.2.2：
The Key Features of the Time-Integrating Spectrum Analyzer / 14.2.3：
Time-Integrating Correlation / 14.3：
Time-Integrating Correlator Due to Montgomery / 14.3.1：
Time-Integrating Correlator Due to Sprague and Koliopoulos / 14.3.2：
Electronic Reference Correlator / 14.4：
Comparison of Features / 14.5：
Integrated Optical Systems / 14.6：
Two-Dimensional Processing / Chapter 15：
Triple-Product Processing / 15.1：
Crossed Acousto-Optic Cell Geometry / 15.3：
The Bispectrum / 15.4：
Real-Time Raster-Format Spectrum Analysis / 15.5：
Frequency Resolution / 15.5.2：
Experimental Results / 15.5.3：
Ambiguity Function Generation / 15.6：
Ambiguity Function for a cw Signal / 15.6.1：
Ambiguity Function for a Short-Pulse Signal / 15.6.2：
Ambiguity Function for an Infinite Time Duration Chirp Signal / 15.6.3：
Wigner-Ville Distributions / 15.7：
Range and Doppler Signal Processing / 15.8：
Optical Transversal Processor for Notch Filtering / 15.9：
Sampled Time Analysis / 15.9.1：
Continuous-Time Analysis / 15.9.2：
A Frequency Plane Implementation / 15.9.3：
Phased Array Processing / 15.10：
References / Appendix I：
Bibliography
Basic Signal Parameters / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Characterization of a General Signal / 1.2：
88.

図書
図書
88. Superscalar microprocessor design
Mike Johnson
出版情報: Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice Hall, c1991  xxiv, 288 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Prentice Hall series in innovative technology
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Beyond Pipelining, CISC, and RISC / Chapter 1：
An Introduction to Superscalar Concepts / Chapter 2：
Fundamental Limitations / 2.1：
True Data Dependencies / 2.1.1：
Procedural Dependencies / 2.1.2：
Resource Conflicts / 2.1.3：
Instruction Parallelism and Machine Parallelism / 2.1.4：
Instruction Issue and Machine Parallelism / 2.2：
In-Order Issue with In-Order Completion / 2.2.1：
In-Order Issue with Out-of-Order Completion / 2.2.2：
Out-of-Order Issue with Out-of-Order Completion / 2.2.3：
Storage Conflicts and Register Renaming / 2.2.4：
Related Concepts: Vliw and Superpipelined Processors / 2.3：
Very-Long-Instruction-Word Processors / 2.3.1：
Superpipelined Processors / 2.3.2：
Hybrid Techniques / 2.3.3：
Unrelated Parallel Schemes / 2.4：
Developing an Execution Model / Chapter 3：
Simulation Technique / 3.1：
Benchmarking Performance / 3.2：
Basic Observations on Hardware Design / 3.3：
The Philosophy of the Standard Processor / 3.3.1：
Instruction Parallelism of the Benchmarks / 3.3.2：
Machine Parallelism / 3.3.3：
The Design of the Standard Processor / 3.4：
Basic Organization / 3.4.1：
Out-of-Order Issue / 3.4.2：
Register Renaming / 3.4.3：
Loads and Stores / 3.4.4：
The Performance of the Model / 3.4.5：
The Real Performance Limit: Procedural Dependencies / 3.5：
Background / 3.6：
Instruction Fetching and Decoding / Chapter 4：
Branches and Instruction-Fetch Inefficiencies / 4.1：
Improving Fetch Efficiency / 4.2：
Scheduling Delayed Branches / 4.2.1：
Branch Prediction / 4.2.2：
Aligning and Merging / 4.2.3：
Simulation Results and Observations / 4.2.4：
Multiple-Path Execution / 4.2.5：
Implementing Hardware Branch-Prediction / 4.3：
Setting and Interpreting Cache Entries / 4.3.1：
Predicting Branches / 4.3.3：
Hardware and Performance Costs / 4.3.4：
Implementing A Four-Instruction Decoder / 4.4：
Implementing Branches / 4.5：
Number of Pending Branches / 4.5.1：
Order of Branch Execution / 4.5.2：
Simplifying Branch Decoding / 4.5.3：
Reducing the Penalty of Procedural Dependencies: Observations / 4.6：
The Role of Exception Recovery / Chapter 5：
Buffering State Information for Restart / 5.1：
In-Order, Lookahead, and Architectural State / 5.1.1：
Checkpoint Repair / 5.1.2：
History Buffer / 5.1.3：
Reorder Buffer / 5.1.4：
Future File / 5.1.5：
Restart Implementation and Effect on Performance / 5.2：
Mispredicted Branches / 5.2.1：
Exceptions / 5.2.2：
The Effect of Recovery Hardware on Performance / 5.2.3：
Processor Restart: Observations / 5.3：
Register Dataflow / Chapter 6：
Dependency Mechanisms / 6.1：
The Value of Register Renaming / 6.1.1：
Register Renaming with a Reorder Buffer / 6.1.2：
Renaming with a Future File: Tomasulo's Algorithm / 6.1.3：
Enforcing Dependencies with Interlocks / 6.1.4：
Copying Operands to Avoid Antidependencies / 6.1.5：
Partial Renaming / 6.1.6：
Special Registers and Instruction Side Effects / 6.1.7：
Result Buses and Arbitration / 6.2：
Result Forwarding / 6.3：
Supplying Instruction Operands: Observations / 6.4：
Reservation Stations / Chapter 7：
Reservation Station Operation / 7.1.1：
Performance Effect of Reservation-Station Size / 7.1.2：
A Simpler Implementation of Reservation Stations / 7.1.3：
Implementing a Central Instruction Window / 7.2：
The Dispatch Stack / 7.2.1：
The Register Update Unit / 7.2.2：
Using a Reorder Buffer to Simplify the Central Window / 7.2.3：
Operand Buses from a Central Window / 7.2.4：
The Complexity of a Central Window / 7.2.5：
Out-of-Order Issue: Observations / 7.3：
Memory Dataflow / Chapter 8：
Ordering of Loads and Stores / 8.1：
Total Ordering of Loads and Stores / 8.1.1：
Load Bypassing of Stores / 8.1.2：
Load Bypassing with Forwarding / 8.1.3：
Performance of the Load/Store Policy / 8.1.4：
Load Side Effects / 8.1.5：
Addressing and Dependencies / 8.2：
Limiting Address Logic with a Preaddress Buffer or Central Instruction Window / 8.2.1：
Effect of Store-Buffer Size / 8.2.2：
Memory Dependency Checking / 8.2.3：
What is More Load/Store Parallelism Worth? / 8.3：
Esoterica: Multiprocessing Considerations / 8.4：
Accessing External Data: Observations / 8.5：
Complexity and Controversy / Chapter 9：
A Brief Glimpse at Design Complexity / 9.1：
Allocating Processor Resources / 9.1.1：
Instruction Decode / 9.1.2：
Instruction Completion / 9.1.3：
The Painful Truth / 9.1.4：
Major Hardware Features / 9.2：
Hardware Simplifications / 9.3：
Is the Complexity Worth it? / 9.4：
Basic Software Scheduling / Chapter 10：
The Benefit of Scheduling / 10.1：
Impediments to Efficient Execution / 10.1.1：
How Scheduling Can Help / 10.1.2：
Is the Benefit Significant? / 10.1.3：
Program Information Needed for Scheduling / 10.2：
Dividing Code into Basic Blocks / 10.2.1：
The Dataflow Graph of a Basic Block / 10.2.2：
The Precedence Graph / 10.2.3：
The Concept of the Critical Path / 10.2.4：
The Resource Reservation Table / 10.2.5：
Relationship of the Scheduler and the Compiler / 10.3：
Interaction of Register Allocation and Scheduling / 10.3.1：
Scheduling During Compilation Versus After Compilation / 10.3.2：
Algorithms for Scheduling Basic Blocks / 10.4：
The Expense of an Optimum Schedule / 10.4.1：
List Scheduling / 10.4.2：
The Effect of Scheduling Order / 10.4.3：
Other Scheduling Alternatives / 10.4.4：
Revisiting the Hardware / 10.5：
Software Scheduling Across Branches / Chapter 11：
Trace Scheduling / 11.1：
A Simple Example of Trace Scheduling / 11.1.1：
Using Compensation Code to Recover from Incorrect Predictions / 11.1.2：
Trace Scheduling an Entire Program / 11.1.3：
Correctness of Trace Scheduling / 11.1.4：
Loop Unrolling / 11.2：
Unrolling to Improve the Loop Schedule / 11.2.1：
Unrolling with Data-Dependent Branches / 11.2.2：
Software Pipelining / 11.3：
Pipelining Operations from Different Loop Iterations / 11.3.1：
Software-Pipelining Techniques / 11.3.2：
Filling and Flushing the Pipeline: The Prologue and Epilogue / 11.3.3：
Register Renaming in the Software-Pipelined Loop / 11.3.4：
Global Code Motion / 11.4：
Out-of-Order Issue and Scheduling Across Branches / 11.5：
Evaluating Alternatives: A Perspective on Superscalar Microprocessors / Chapter 12：
The Case for Software Solutions / 12.1：
Instruction Formats to Simplify Hardware / 12.1.1：
Instruction Formats for Scheduling Across Branches / 12.1.2：
The Costs and Risks of Software Solutions / 12.1.3：
The Case for Hardware Solutions / 12.2：
Two Models of Performance Growth / 12.2.1：
Estimating Risks in a Performance-Oriented Design / 12.2.2：
Estimating Risks in a Cost-Sensitive Design / 12.2.3：
Putting Risks in Perspective / 12.2.4：
A Superscalar 386 / Appendix：
The Architecture / A.1：
Instruction Format / A.1.1：
Register Dependencies / A.1.2：
Memory Accesses / A.1.3：
Complex Instructions / A.1.4：
The Implementation / A.2：
Out-of-Order Microinstruction Issue / A.2.1：
Overlapping Microinstruction Sequences / A.2.2：
Superscalar Execution of a "RISC Core" Instruction Set / A.2.3：
Conclusion / A.3：
References
Index
Preface
Beyond Pipelining, CISC, and RISC / Chapter 1：
An Introduction to Superscalar Concepts / Chapter 2：
89.

図書
図書
89. Incompressible flow and the finite element method : advection-diffusion and isothermal laminar flow
P. M. Gresho, R. L. Sani in collaboration with M. S. Engelman
出版情報: Chichester : Wiley, c1998  xx, 1021p ; 25cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Glossary of Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
Incompressible Flow / 1.1：
The Finite Element Method / 1.3：
Incompressible Flow and the Finite Element Method / 1.4：
Overview of this Book; Some Subjective Discussion / 1.5：
Why Finite Elements? Why not Finite Volume? / 1.6：
The Advection-Diffusion Equation / 2：
The Continuum Equation / 2.1：
The Advective (Convective) Form / 2.1.1：
Dimensionless Forms and Limiting Cases of the Equation / 2.1.2：
The Divergence (Conservation) Form / 2.1.3：
Conservation Laws / 2.1.4：
Weak forms of PDE's/Natural Boundary Conditions / 2.1.5：
The Finite Element Equations/Discretization of the Weak Form / 2.2：
Advective Form / 2.2.1：
Divergence Form / 2.2.2：
An Absolutely Conserving Form / 2.2.3：
A Finite Difference Interpretation / 2.2.5：
A Control Volume FEM... / 2.2.6：
Some Semi-Discrete Equations / 2.3：
One Dimension / 2.3.1：
Two Dimensions with Bilinear Elements / 2.3.2：
Two Dimension with Biquadratic Elements / 2.3.3：
Two Dimensions with Serendipity Elements / 2.3.4：
Open Boundary Conditions (OBC's) / 2.4：
Two Dimensions / 2.4.1：
Some Non-Galerkin Results / 2.5：
The Lumped Mass Approximation / 2.5.1：
One-point Quadrature / 2.5.2：
Control Volume Finite Element (CVFEM) / 2.5.3：
The Group FEM/Product Approximation / 2.5.4：
The Petrov-Galerkin FEM / 2.5.5：
Dispersion, Dissipation, Phase Speed, Group Velocity, Mesh Design, and - Wiggles / 2.6：
Qualitative Discussion / 2.6.1：
Qualitative Discussion for some 1D Problems / 2.6.2：
Extension to 2D / 2.6.3：
Time Integration / 2.7：
Some Explicit ODE Methods / 2.7.1：
Application to Advection Diffusion (Scalar Transport) / 2.7.2：
Some Implicit ODE Methods / 2.7.3：
A Variable-Step Implicit Method for Advection-Diffusion / 2.7.4：
A Semi-Implicit Method / 2.7.5：
Dispersion (et al.) Errors for some Fully Discrete Methods / 2.7.6：
Concluding remarks and Suggestions / 2.7.8：
Additional Numerical Examples / 2.8：
Unstable ODE Examples / 2.8.1：
Advection-Diffusion of a Puff (Point Source) / 2.8.2：
The Rotating Cone - A Pure Advection Test Problem / 2.8.3：
The Navier-Stokes Equations / 3：
Notational Introduction / 3.1：
The Continuum, Equations (PDE's) / 3.2：
Alternate Forms of the Viscous Term / 3.3：
Stress-Divergence Form / 3.3.1：
Div-Curl Form / 3.3.2：
Curl Form / 3.3.3：
Alternate Forms of the Non-Linear Term / 3.4：
Rotational Form / 3.4.1：
Skew-Symmetric Form / 3.4.3：
A Symmetric Form / 3.4.4：
Derived Equations / 3.5：
The Pressure Poisson Equation (PPE) / 3.5.1：
The Vorticity Transport Equation / 3.5.2：
The Penalized Momentum Equation / 3.5.3：
Alternate Statements of the NS Equations / 3.6：
Velocity-Pressure in Divergence Form / 3.6.1：
Velocity-Pressure in Rotational Form / 3.6.2：
PPE Form / 3.6.3：
The Stream Function-Vorticity (-) / 3.6.4：
The Velocity-Vorticity Formulation / 3.6.5：
Other Formulations / 3.6.6：
Special Cases of Interest / 3.7：
Stokes Flow / 3.7.1：
Inviscid Flow / 3.7.2：
Potential Flow / 3.7.3：
Axisymmetric Flow / 3.7.4：
Boundary Conditions / 3.8：
u-P Equations / 3.8.1：
The Pressure Poisson Equation and Pressure Boundary Conditions / 3.8.2：
The Vorticity Transport Equation and Boundary Conditions on the Vorticity / 3.8.3：
Initial Conditions (and Well-Posedness) / 3.9：
The u-P Formulation / 3.9.1：
The PPE Formulation / 3.9.2：
Vorticity-Based Methods / 3.9.3：
Interim Summary / 3.10：
A Well-Posed IBVP for Incompressible Flow, and the Equivalence Theorem / 3.10.1：
Some Ill-Posed Problems / 3.10.2：
The Simplified PPE is also Ill-Posed / 3.10.3：
Fixing the SPPE and PPE Paradox / 3.10.4：
PPE Solutions that are not NSE Solutions / 3.10.5：
A Remark on the Penalty Method / 3.10.6：
Key Features of Incompressible Flow / 3.10.7：
Global Conservation Laws / 3.11：
Preface
Glossary of Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
90.

図書
図書
90. Stochastic processes for insurance and finance
Tomasz Rolski ... [et al.]
出版情報: Chichester : J. Wiley, c1999  xviii, 654 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Wiley series in probability and mathematical statistics
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
List of Principal Notation
Concepts from Insurance and Finance / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
The Claim Number Process / 1.2：
Renewal Processes / 1.2.1：
Mixed Poisson Processes / 1.2.2：
Some Other Models / 1.2.3：
The Claim Size Process / 1.3：
Dangerous Risks / 1.3.1：
The Aggregate Claim Amount / 1.3.2：
Comparison of Risks / 1.3.3：
Solvability of the Portfolio / 1.4：
Premiums / 1.4.1：
The Risk Reserve / 1.4.2：
Economic Environment / 1.4.3：
Reinsurance / 1.5：
Need for Reinsurance / 1.5.1：
Types of Reinsurance / 1.5.2：
Ruin Problems / 1.6：
Related Financial Topics / 1.7：
Investment of Surplus / 1.7.1：
Diffusion Processes / 1.7.2：
Equity Linked Life Insurance / 1.7.3：
Probability Distributions / 2：
Random Variables and Their Characteristics / 2.1：
Distributions of Random Variables / 2.1.1：
Basic Characteristics / 2.1.2：
Independence and Conditioning / 2.1.3：
Convolution / 2.1.4：
Transforms / 2.1.5：
Parametrized Families of Distributions / 2.2：
Discrete Distributions / 2.2.1：
Absolutely Continuous Distributions / 2.2.2：
Parametrized Distributions with Heavy Tail / 2.2.3：
Operations on Distributions / 2.2.4：
Some Special Functions / 2.2.5：
Associated Distributions / 2.3：
Distributions with Monotone Hazard Rates / 2.4：
Heavy-Tailed Distributions / 2.4.1：
Definition and Basic Properties / 2.5.1：
Subexponential Distributions / 2.5.2：
Criteria for Subexponentiality and the Class S / 2.5.3：
Pareto Mixtures of Exponentials / 2.5.4：
Detection of Heavy-Tailed Distributions / 2.6：
Large Claims / 2.6.1：
Quantile Plots / 2.6.2：
Mean Residual Hazard Function / 2.6.3：
Extreme Value Statistics / 2.6.4：
Premiums and Ordering of Risks / 3：
Premium Calculation Principles / 3.1：
Desired Properties of "Good" Premiums / 3.1.1：
Basic Premium Principles / 3.1.2：
Quantile Function: Two More Premium Principles / 3.1.3：
Ordering of Distributions / 3.2：
Concepts of Utility Theory / 3.2.1：
Stochastic Order / 3.2.2：
Stop-Loss Order / 3.2.3：
The Zero Utility Principle / 3.2.4：
Some Aspects of Reinsurance / 3.3：
Distributions of Aggregate Claim Amount / 4：
Individual and Collective Model / 4.1：
Compound Distributions / 4.2：
Definition and Elementary Properties / 4.2.1：
Three Special Cases / 4.2.2：
Some Actuarial Applications / 4.2.3：
Ordering of Compounds / 4.2.4：
The Larger Claims in the Portfolio / 4.2.5：
Claim Number Distributions / 4.3：
Classical Examples; Panjer's Recurrence Relation / 4.3.1：
Discrete Compound Poisson Distributions / 4.3.2：
Mixed Poisson Distributions / 4.3.3：
Recursive Computation Methods / 4.4：
The Individual Model: De Pril's Algorithm / 4.4.1：
The Collective Model: Panjer's Algorithm / 4.4.2：
A Continuous Version of Panjer's Algorithm / 4.4.3：
Lundberg Bounds / 4.5：
Geometric Compounds / 4.5.1：
More General Compound Distributions / 4.5.2：
Estimation of the Adjustment Coefficient / 4.5.3：
Approximation by Compound Distributions / 4.6：
The Total Variation Distance / 4.6.1：
The Compound Poisson Approximation / 4.6.2：
Homogeneous Portfolio / 4.6.3：
Higher-Order Approximations / 4.6.4：
Inverting the Fourier Transform / 4.7：
Risk Processes / 5：
Time-Dependent Risk Models / 5.1：
The Ruin Problem / 5.1.1：
Computation of the Ruin Function / 5.1.2：
A Dual Queueing Model / 5.1.3：
A Risk Model in Continuous Time / 5.1.4：
Poisson Arrival Processes / 5.2：
Homogeneous Poisson Processes / 5.2.1：
Compound Poisson Processes / 5.2.2：
Ruin Probabilities: The Compound Poisson Model / 5.3：
An Integro-Differential Equation / 5.3.1：
An Integral Equation / 5.3.2：
Laplace Transforms, Pollaczek-Khinchin Formula / 5.3.3：
Severity of Ruin / 5.3.4：
Bounds, Asymptotics and Approximations / 5.4：
The Cramer-Lundberg Approximation / 5.4.1：
Subexponential Claim Sizes / 5.4.3：
Approximation by Moment Fitting / 5.4.4：
Ordering of Ruin Functions / 5.4.5：
Numerical Evaluation of Ruin Functions / 5.5：
Finite-Horizon Ruin Probabilities / 5.6：
Deterministic Claim Sizes / 5.6.1：
Seal's Formulae / 5.6.2：
Exponential Claim Sizes / 5.6.3：
Renewal Processes and Random Walks / 6：
The Renewal Function; Delayed Renewal Processes / 6.1：
Renewal Equations and Lorden's Inequality / 6.1.3：
Key Renewal Theorem / 6.1.4：
Another Look at the Aggregate Claim Amount / 6.1.5：
Extensions and Actuarial Applications / 6.2：
Weighted Renewal Functions / 6.2.1：
A Blackwell-Type Renewal Theorem / 6.2.2：
Approximation to the Aggregate Claim Amount / 6.2.3：
Lundberg-Type Bounds / 6.2.4：
Random Walks / 6.3：
Ladder Epochs / 6.3.1：
Random Walks with and without Drift / 6.3.2：
Ladder Heights; Negative Drift / 6.3.3：
The Wiener-Hopf Factorization / 6.4：
General Representation Formulae / 6.4.1：
An Analytical Factorization; Examples / 6.4.2：
Ladder Height Distributions / 6.4.3：
Ruin Probabilities: Sparre Andersen Model / 6.5：
Formulae of Pollaczek-Khinchin Type / 6.5.1：
Compound Poisson Model with Aggregate Claims / 6.5.2：
Markov Chains / 6.5.5：
Initial Distribution and Transition Probabilities / 7.1：
Computation of the n-Step Transition Matrix / 7.1.2：
Recursive Stochastic Equations / 7.1.3：
Bonus-Malus Systems / 7.1.4：
Stationary Markov Chains / 7.2：
Long-Run Behaviour / 7.2.1：
Application of the Perron-Frobenius Theorem / 7.2.2：
Irreducibility and Aperiodicity / 7.2.3：
Stationary Initial Distributions / 7.2.4：
Markov Chains with Rewards / 7.3：
Interest and Discounting / 7.3.1：
Discounted and Undiscounted Rewards / 7.3.2：
Efficiency of Bonus-Malus Systems / 7.3.3：
Monotonicity and Stochastic Ordering / 7.4：
Monotone Transition Matrices / 7.4.1：
Comparison of Markov Chains / 7.4.2：
Application to Bonus-Malus Systems / 7.4.3：
An Actuarial Application of Branching Processes / 7.5：
Continuous-Time Markov Models / 8：
Homogeneous Markov Processes / 8.1：
Matrix Transition Function / 8.1.1：
Kolmogorov Differential Equations / 8.1.2：
An Algorithmic Approach / 8.1.3：
Monotonicity of Markov Processes / 8.1.4：
Phase-Type Distributions / 8.1.5：
Some Matrix Algebra and Calculus / 8.2.1：
Absorption Time / 8.2.2：
Operations on Phase-Type Distributions / 8.2.3：
Risk Processes with Phase-Type Distributions / 8.3：
The Compound Poisson Model / 8.3.1：
Numerical Issues / 8.3.2：
Nonhomogeneous Markov Processes / 8.4：
Construction of Nonhomogeneous Markov Processes / 8.4.1：
Application to Life and Pension Insurance / 8.4.3：
Markov Processes with Infinite State Space / 8.5：
Mixed Poisson Processes as Pure Birth Processes / 8.5.3：
The Claim Arrival Epochs / 8.5.4：
The Inter-Occurrence Times / 8.5.5：
Examples / 8.5.6：
Martingale Techniques I / 9：
Discrete-Time Martingales / 9.1：
Fair Games / 9.1.1：
Filtrations and Stopping Times / 9.1.2：
Martingales, Sub- and Supermartingales / 9.1.3：
Life-Insurance Model with Multiple Decrements / 9.1.4：
Convergence Results / 9.1.5：
Optional Sampling Theorems / 9.1.6：
Doob's Inequality / 9.1.7：
The Doob-Meyer Decomposition / 9.1.8：
Change of the Probability Measure / 9.2：
The Likelihood Ratio Martingale / 9.2.1：
Kolmogorov's Extension Theorem / 9.2.2：
Exponential Martingales for Random Walks / 9.2.3：
Simulation of Ruin Probabilities / 9.2.4：
Martingale Techniques II / 10：
Continuous-Time Martingales / 10.1：
Stochastic Processes and Filtrations / 10.1.1：
Stopping Times / 10.1.2：
Brownian Motion and Related Processes / 10.1.3：
Uniform Integrability / 10.1.5：
Some Fundamental Results / 10.2：
Ruin Probabilities and Martingales / 10.2.1：
Ruin Probabilities for Additive Processes / 10.3.1：
Law of Large Numbers for Additive Processes / 10.3.2：
An Identity for Finite-Horizon Ruin Probabilities / 10.3.4：
Piecewise Deterministic Markov Processes / 11：
Markov Processes with Continuous State Space / 11.1：
Transition Kernels / 11.1.1：
The Infinitesimal Generator / 11.1.2：
Dynkin's Formula / 11.1.3：
The Full Generator / 11.1.4：
Construction and Properties of PDMP / 11.2：
Behaviour between Jumps / 11.2.1：
The Jump Mechanism / 11.2.2：
The Generator of a PDMP / 11.2.3：
An Application to Health Insurance / 11.2.4：
The Compound Poisson Model Revisited / 11.3：
Exponential Martingales via PDMP / 11.3.1：
Cramer-Lundberg Approximation / 11.3.2：
A Stopped Risk Reserve Process / 11.3.4：
Characteristics of the Ruin Time / 11.3.5：
Compound Poisson Model in an Economic Environment / 11.4：
A Discounted Risk Reserve Process / 11.4.1：
The Adjustment Coefficient / 11.4.3：
Decreasing Economic Factor / 11.4.4：
Exponential Martingales: the Sparre Andersen Model / 11.5：
Backward Markovization Technique / 11.5.1：
Forward Markovization Technique / 11.5.3：
Point Processes / 12：
Stationary Point Processes / 12.1：
Palm Distributions and Campbell's Formula / 12.1.1：
Ergodic Theorems / 12.1.3：
Marked Point Processes / 12.1.4：
Ruin Probabilities in the Time-Stationary Model / 12.1.5：
Mixtures and Compounds of Point Processes / 12.2：
Nonhomogeneous Poisson Processes / 12.2.1：
Cox Processes / 12.2.2：
Compounds of Point Processes / 12.2.3：
Comparison of Ruin Probabilities / 12.2.4：
The Markov-Modulated Risk Model via PDMP / 12.3：
A System of Integro-Differential Equations / 12.3.1：
Law of Large Numbers / 12.3.2：
The Generator and Exponential Martingales / 12.3.3：
Periodic Risk Model / 12.3.4：
The Bjork-Grandell Model via PDMP / 12.5：
General Results / 12.5.1：
Poisson Cluster Arrival Processes / 12.6.2：
Superposition of Renewal Processes / 12.6.3：
The Markov-Modulated Risk Model / 12.6.4：
The Bjork-Grandell Risk Model / 12.6.5：
Diffusion Models / 13：
Stochastic Differential Equations / 13.1：
Stochastic Integrals and Ito's Formula / 13.1.1：
Levy's Characterization Theorem / 13.1.2：
Perturbed Risk Processes / 13.2：
Modified Ladder Heights / 13.2.1：
Other Applications to Insurance and Finance / 13.2.3：
The Black-Scholes Model / 13.3.1：
Stochastic Interest Rates in Life Insurance / 13.3.2：
Simple Interest Rate Models / 13.4：
Zero-Coupon Bonds / 13.4.1：
The Vasicek Model / 13.4.2：
The Cox-Ingersoll-Ross Model / 13.4.3：
Distribution Tables
References
Index
Preface
List of Principal Notation
Concepts from Insurance and Finance / 1：
91.

図書

東工大
目次DB
図書
東工大
目次DB
91. Earthquake motion and ground conditions : in commemoration of the 20th anniversary of the Research Subcommittee on Earthquake Ground Motion, the Architectural Institute of Japan
edited and published by the Architectural Institute of Japan (AIJ)
出版情報: Tokyo : The Architectural Institute of Japan, 1993  4, 5, 596 p. ; 26 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
AIJ Committee Members
Editors and Authors
PART I. FUNDAMENTAL ASPECTS OF EARTHQUAKE MOTION
   1. Earthquake Source Mechanisms and Their Characteristics 1
   1.1 Overview of earthquake sources [R. Inoue, K. Shimazaki, and M. Takeo] 2
   1.1.1 Fault models 2
   1.1.2 Quantification of earthquakes 9
   1.1.3 Seismicity 15
   1.1.4 Earthquakes and active faults 19
   1.2 Earthquake source spectrum from complex faulting processes [J. Koyama] 22
   1.2.1 Earthquake source spectra 22
   1.2.2 Acceleration spectra 35
   1.2.3 Earthquake magnitude and complex faulting processes 45
   2. Propagation and Attenuation of Seismic Waves 65
   2.1 Observed attenuation of seismic waves [M. Takemura] 65
   2.1.1 Definition of a Q-value 65
   2.1.2 Evaluation of Q-values from observed records 66
   2.1.3 Attenuation curves 73
   2.2 Seismic wave propagation in a homogeneous random medium [M. Kawano] 79
   2.2.1 Review of the problems 79
   2.2.2 Effective wave number 80
   2.2.3 Average wave motion 81
   2.2.4 Numerical example 82
   3. Amplification of Seismic Waves 97
   3.1 Amplification of body waves [J. Shibuya] 98
   3.1.1 Effects of local site conditions on damages and earthquake motion 98
   3.1.2 Body waves in layered media 102
   3.1.3 Nonlinear response of soil layers 105
   3.2 Excitation of surface waves in multilayered ground [S. Noda] 106
   3.2.1 Significance of surface waves 106
   3.2.2 Surface waves in layered media 107
   3.2.3 Spatial and temporal variation of earthquake motion 111
   3.2.4 Simulation of surface waves 112
   3.2.5 Site amplification factors 115
   3.3 Effects of surface and subsurface irregularities [H. Kawase] 118
   3.3.1 Various types of irregularities 118
   3.3.2 Material heterogeneity 119
   3.3.3 Input wave type 120
   3.3.4 Surface irregularities 120
   3.3.5 Subsurface irregularities 134
   4. Intensity of Earthquake Motion 157
   4.1 Ground motion severity measures and structure damage [S.Midorikawa] 157
   4.1.1 Ground motion severity measures 157
   4.1.2 Damage and ground motion intensity 161
   4.2 Seismic intensity distribution of large earthquakes [H. Kagami] 166
   4.2.1 Spatial patterns of isoseismals and factors affecting them 167
   4.2.2 Utilization of seismic intensity data 172
   4.3 Seismic intensity measurement and its application [S. Okada] 176
   4.3.1 Advantage of using seismic intensity measurements 176
   4.3.2 Seismic intensity scales 177
   4.3.3 Prospects of an advanced seismic intensity scale 184
   4.3.4 Seismic intensity measurements as the key to seismic disaster management 184
PART II. EARTHQUAKE MOTION OBSERVATION AND GEOTECHNICAL SURVEY
   1. Observation of Strong Ground Motion 191
   1.1 Historical review, instrumentation, and observation system [Y. Kitagawa] 191
   1.1.1 Strong ground motion accelerographs 191
   1.1.2 Observation of subsurface earthquake motion 198
   1.2 Array observation of strong ground motion [K. Kudo and T. Tanaka] 199
   1.2.1 Brief historical review 199
   1.2.2 Purpose and method 200
   1.2.3 Examples 201
   1.3 Data processing and databases for strong motion records [S. Sugito] 206
   1.3.1 Digitization and correction 206
   1.3.2 Databases 211
   1.3.3 Current situation regarding the release of data in Japan 216
   1.4 Application of strong ground motion records and future tasks [K. Ishida and M. Tohdo] 217
   1.4.1 Application of strong ground motion records 217
   1.4.2 Future tasks of strong motion recording systems 225
   1.4.3 Future development of a world-wide data exchange system 227
   2. Subsurface Investigation and Soil Dynamics 231
   2.1 Geophysical properties and soil investigation [N. Yoshida] 231
   2.1.1 In-situ tests 232
   2.1.2 Laboratory tests 234
   2.2 Deformation characteristics of soils [N. Yoshida] 237
   2.2.1 Evaluation at small strains 238
   2.2.2 Evaluation at large strains 242
   2.2.3 Strength characteristics 246
   2.3 Modeling the stress-strain relationship of soils [N. Yoshida] 250
   2.3.1 1-dimensional analysis 250
   2.3.2 2- and 3-dimensional analysis 255
   2.3.3 Equivalent linear method 256
   2.4 Soil liquefaction [N. Yoshida] 258
   2.4.1 Mechanism of liquefaction 258
   2.4.2 Damage caused by soil liquefaction 259
   2.4.3 Evaluation of liquefaction potential 261
   2.4.4 Effective stress analysis for liquefaction 266
   2.4.5 Liquefaction-induced large ground displacement 271
   3. Survey of Deep Subsurface Structure 277
   3.1 Artificial seismic sources [H. Yamanaka] 277
   3.2 Surveying methods [H. Yamanaka and S. Zama] 281
   3.2.1 Seismic refraction method 281
   3.2.2 Seismic reflection method 283
   3.2.3 Other geophysical methods 288
   3.3 Exploration results in Japan [S. Zama] 292
   3.3.1 Examples 292
   3.3.2 Comparison of exploration results obtained by different methods 300
   3.4 Applications to earthquake engineering problems [H. Yamanaka] 304
   3.5 Future prospects [K. Seo] 308
   4. Measurement of Microtremors 315
   4.1 Microtremor or microvibration [N. Taga] 315
   4.1.1 Definition 315
   4.1.2 Measurement 315
   4.1.3 Nature 317
   4.1.4 Applications 319
   4.1.5 Examples 322
   4.1.6 Special cases 323
   4.2 Long-period microtremors [H. Kagami] 324
   4.2.1 Observation scheme 324
   4.2.2 Analysis and interpretation 325
PART III. PREDICTION OF STRONG GROUND MOTION AND ITS APPLICATION TO EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
   1. Simulation and Prediction of Strong Ground Motion 335
   1.1 Theoretical approach [K. Irikura and T. Iwata] 335
   1.1.1 Basic theory for simulating ground motion 335
   1.1.2 Characterization of earthquake ground motions 337
   1.1.3 Numerical simulations of earthquake ground motions 345
   1.2 Semi-empirical approach [K. Irikura, T. Iwata, and M. Takemura] 349
   1.2.1 Basic theory and review 349
   1.2.2 Modeling of heterogeneous faulting 363
   1.2.3 Stochastic modeling and scaling relation of strong motion spectra 370
   1.3 Empirical approach [M. Takemura] 377
   1.3.1 Attenuation curves in near-source regions 377
   1.3.2 Duration time of strong ground motion 383
   1.3.3 Stochastic simulation of high-frequency ground motion 386
   2. Effects of Surface Geology on Strong Ground Motion 395
   2.1 General review of site effects studies [M. Motosaka and T. Ohta] 395
   2.1.1 Effects of soil irregularity and heterogeneity on strong ground motion 395
   2.1.2 Average characteristics and effects of surface geology 402
   2.2 Effects of surface geology on strong motion during destructive earthquakes [Y. Hisada and S. Midorikawa] 406
   2.2.1 Strong ground motion in Mexico City during the 1985 Mexico earthquake 406
   2.2.2 Strong ground motion during the 1989 Loma Prieta, California, earthquake 412
   2.3 International experiments on ground motion prediction [C. Cramer and K. Kudo] 416
   2.3.1 The Turkey Flat, California, experiment 416
   2.3.2 The Ashigara Valley, Japan, experiment 420
   3. Seismic Zonation 435
   3.1 Seismic macrozonation [H. Murakami] 435
   3.1.1 Purpose and overview of macrozonation 435
   3.1.2 Statistical and probabilistic approach 437
   3.1.3 An approach that reflects geological fault information 439
   3.1.4 Linkage to microzonation and future research needs 442
   3.2 Seismic microzonation map [H. Kagami] 443
   3.2.1 Evaluation of seismic input motions and ground failure 443
   3.2.2 Risk zonation map 448
   3.2.3 Recent trends and future problems 453
   3.3 Seismic zonation and earthquake risk management [M. Naganoh] 455
   3.3.1 Critical need for earthquake risk management 455
   3.3.2 Seismic disaster processes 456
   3.3.3 Damage assessment and earthquake planning scenarios 458
   3.3.4 Countermeasures and studies implemented by the government 463
   3.3.5 Countermeasures and studies implemented by the business community 464
   3.3.6 Urban disaster prevention planning 465
   4. Strong Ground Motion in Seismic Design 471
   4.1 Seismic design in current codes [S. Nagahashi, M. Tohdo, K. Wakamatsu, and M. Yamada] 471
   4.1.1 Philosophy behind earthquake resistant design 471
   4.1.2 The Building Standard Law of Japan 472
   4.1.3 High-rise buildings 476
   4.1.4 Specialized buildings 479
   4.2 Approaches to new seismic design codes [M. Hisano, Y. Inoue, M. Kawano, M. Niwa, S. Ohba, T. Ohta, M. Tohdo, K. Ukai, and H. Yokota] 481
   4.2.1 Strong ground motion in seismic design in Japan 481
   4.2.2 Strong ground motion in the Tokyo bay area 483
   4.2.3 Strong ground motion in the Osaka bay area 491
   4.2.4 Strong ground motion for new types of buildings 499
   4.3 Needs and prospects for design earthquake motion [K. Hagio] 502
APPENDICES : FINDINGS FROM RECENT EARTHQUAKES
   A1. Overview [H. Kagami] 507
   A2. Lessons learned from the destructive damage of recent earthquakes in Japan [N. Taga] 515
   A3. Accumulation of strong ground motion records in Japan [T. Watanabe] 527
   A4. Review of recent earthquakes 534
   (1) The 1968 Tokachi-oki earthquake [Y. Kitagawa] 534
   (2) The 1978 Miyagiken-oki earthquake [J. Shibuya] 537
   (3) The 1979 Imperial Valley earthquake [S. Midorikawa] 542
   (4) The 1982 Urakawa-oki earthquake [H. Kagami] 546
   (5) The 1983 Nihonkai-chubu earthquake [S. Noda] 550
   (6) The 1984 Naganoken-seibu earthquake [K. Imaoka and N. Taga] 560
   (7) The 1985 Central Chile earthquake [S. Midorikawa] 565
   (8) The 1985 Michoacan-Guerrero, Mexico, earthquake [T. Ohta] 568
   (9) The 1987 Chibaken Toho-oki earthquake [S. Zama] 575
   (10) The 1989 Loma Prieta, California, earthquake [M. Naganoh] 583
   Index 593
Preface
AIJ Committee Members
Editors and Authors
92.

図書
図書
92. Programming the finite element method. 3rd ed (: cloth ; : pbk)
I.M. Smith and D.V. Griffiths
出版情報: Chichester ; New York : Wiley, c1998  xii, 534 p. ; 23 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgement
Preliminaries: Computer Strategies / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Hardware / 1.2：
Memory management / 1.3：
Vector processors / 1.4：
Parallel processors / 1.5：
BLAS libraries / 1.6：
MPI libraries / 1.7：
Applications software / 1.8：
Arithmetic / 1.8.1：
Conditions / 1.8.2：
Loops / 1.8.3：
Array features / 1.9：
Dynamic arrays / 1.9.1：
Broadcasting / 1.9.2：
Constructors / 1.9.3：
Vector subscripts / 1.9.4：
Array sections / 1.9.5：
Whole-array manipulations / 1.9.6：
Intrinsic procedures for arrays / 1.9.7：
Additional Fortran 95 features / 1.9.8：
Subprogram libraries / 1.9.9：
Structured programming / 1.9.10：
Conclusions / 1.10：
References
Spatial Discretisation by Finite Elements / 2：
Rod element / 2.1：
Rod stiffness matrix / 2.2.1：
Rod mass element / 2.2.2：
The eigenvalue equation / 2.3：
Beam element / 2.4：
Beam element stiffness matrix / 2.4.1：
Beam element mass matrix / 2.4.2：
Beam with an axial force / 2.5：
Beam on an elastic foundation / 2.6：
General remarks on the discretisation process / 2.7：
Alternative derivation of element stiffness / 2.8：
Two-dimensional elements: plane strain and plane stress / 2.9：
Energy approach / 2.10：
Plane element mass matrix / 2.11：
Axisymmetric stress and strain / 2.12：
Three-dimensional stress and strain / 2.13：
Plate-bending element / 2.14：
Summary of element equations for solids / 2.15：
Flow of fluids: Navier-Stokes equations / 2.16：
Simplified flow equations / 2.17：
Steady state / 2.17.1：
Transient state / 2.17.2：
Advection / 2.17.3：
Further coupled equations: Biot consolidation / 2.18：
Programming Finite Element Computations / 2.19：
Local coordinates for quadrilateral elements / 3.1：
Numerical integration for quadrilaterals / 3.2.1：
Analytical integration for quadrilaterals / 3.2.2：
Local coordinates for triangular elements / 3.3：
Numerical integration for triangles / 3.3.1：
Multi-element assemblies / 3.4：
"Element-by-element" or "Mesh-free" techniques / 3.5：
Conjugate gradient method / 3.5.1：
Preconditioning / 3.5.2：
Unsymmetric systems / 3.5.3：
Symmetric non-positive definite equations / 3.5.4：
Symmetric eigenvalue systems / 3.5.5：
Incorporation of boundary conditions / 3.6：
Programming using building blocks / 3.7：
Black box routines / 3.7.1：
Special purpose routines / 3.7.2：
Plane elastic analysis using quadrilateral elements / 3.7.3：
Plane elastic analysis using triangular elements / 3.7.4：
Axisymmetric strain of elastic solids / 3.7.5：
Plane steady laminar fluid flow / 3.7.6：
Mass matrix formation / 3.7.7：
Higher-order 2D elements / 3.7.8：
Three-dimensional elements / 3.7.9：
Assembly of elements / 3.7.10：
Solution of equilibrium equations / 3.8：
Evaluation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors / 3.9：
Jacobi algorithm / 3.9.1：
Lanczos algorithm / 3.9.2：
Solution of first order time dependent problems / 3.10：
Solution of coupled Navier-Stokes problems / 3.11：
Solution of coupled transient problems / 3.12：
Absolute load version / 3.12.1：
Incremental load version / 3.12.2：
Solution of second order time dependent problems / 3.13：
Modal superposition / 3.13.1：
Newmark or Crank-Nicolson method / 3.13.2：
Wilson's method / 3.13.3：
Explicit methods and other storage-saving strategies / 3.13.4：
Static Equilibrium of Structures / 4：
One-dimensional analysis of axially loaded elastic rods using 2-node rod elements / 4.1：
Analysis of elastic pin-jointed frames using 2-node rod elements in two or three dimensions / Program 4.2：
Analysis of elastic beams using 2-node beam elements (elastic foundation optional) / Program 4.3：
Analysis of elastic rigid-jointed frames using 2-node beam/ro / Program 4.4：
Preface
Acknowledgement
Preliminaries: Computer Strategies / 1：
93.

図書
図書
93. Phospholipase A[2] : role and function in inflammation
edited by Patrick Y.-K. Wong and Edward A. Dennis
出版情報: New York : Plenum Press, c1990  viii, 199 p. ; 26 cm
シリーズ名: Advances in experimental medicine and biology ; v. 275
所蔵情報: loading…
94.

図書
図書
94. Multiresolution signal decomposition : transforms, subbands, and wavelets
Ali N. Akansu and Richard A. Haddad
出版情報: Boston : Academic Press, c1992  xii, 376 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Telecommunications : a book series
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Why Signal Decomposition? / 1.1：
Decompositions: Transforms, Subbands, and Wavelets / 1.3：
Block Transforms and Filter Banks / 1.3.1：
Multiresolution Structures / 1.3.2：
The Synthesis/Analysis Structure / 1.3.3：
The Binomial-Hermite Sequences: A Unifying Example / 1.3.4：
Performance Evaluation and Applications / 1.4：
Orthogonal Transforms / 2：
Signal Expansions in Orthogonal Functions / 2.1：
Signal Expansions / 2.1.1：
Least-Squares Interpretation / 2.1.2：
Block Transforms / 2.1.3：
The Two-Dimensional Transformation / 2.1.4：
Singular Value Decomposition / 2.1.5：
Transform Efficiency and Coding Performance / 2.2：
Decorrelation, Energy Compaction, and the KLT / 2.2.1：
Comparative Performance Measures / 2.2.2：
Fixed Transforms / 2.3：
Sinusoidal Transforms / 2.3.1：
Discrete Polynomial Transforms / 2.3.2：
Rectangular Transforms / 2.3.3：
Block Transform Packets / 2.3.4：
Parametric Modeling of Signal Sources / 2.4：
Autoregressive Signal Source Models / 2.4.1：
AR(1) Source Model / 2.4.2：
Correlation Models for Images / 2.4.3：
Coefficient Variances in Orthogonal Transforms / 2.4.4：
Goodness of 2D Correlation Models for Images / 2.4.5：
Performance Comparison of Block Transforms / 2.4.6：
Lapped Orthogonal Transforms / 2.5：
Properties of the LOT / 2.5.1：
An Optimized LOT / 2.5.3：
The Fast LOT / 2.5.4：
Energy Compaction Performance of the LOTs / 2.5.5：
2D Transform Implementation / 2.6：
Matrix Kronecker Product and Its Properties / 2.6.1：
Separability of 2D Transforms / 2.6.2：
Fast 2D Transforms / 2.6.3：
Transform Applications / 2.6.4：
Summary / 2.7：
Theory of Subband Decomposition / 3：
Multirate Signal Processing / 3.1：
Decimation and Interpolation / 3.1.1：
Polyphase Decomposition / 3.1.2：
Bandpass and Modulated Signals / 3.2：
Integer-Band Sampling / 3.2.1：
Quadrature Modulation / 3.2.2：
Mth Band, Mirror, and Power Complementary Filters / 3.3：
Mth Band Filters / 3.3.1：
Mirror Image Filters / 3.3.2：
Power Complementary Filters / 3.3.3：
Two-Channel Filter Banks / 3.4：
Two-Channel PR-QMF Bank / 3.4.1：
Regular Binary Subband Tree Structure / 3.4.2：
Irregular Binary Subband Tree Structure / 3.4.3：
Dyadic or Octave Band Subband Tree Structure / 3.4.4：
Laplacian Pyramid for Signal Decomposition / 3.4.5：
Modified Laplacian Pyramid for Critical Sampling / 3.4.6：
Generalized Subband Tree Structure / 3.4.7：
M-Band Filter Banks / 3.5：
The M-Band Filter Bank Structure / 3.5.1：
The Polyphase Decomposition / 3.5.2：
PR Requirements for FIR Filter Banks / 3.5.3：
The Paraunitary FIR Filter Bank / 3.5.4：
Time-Domain Representations / 3.5.5：
Modulated Filter Banks / 3.5.6：
Cascaded Lattice Structures / 3.6：
The Two-Band Lossless Lattice / 3.6.1：
The M-Band Paraunitary Lattice / 3.6.2：
The Two-Band Linear-Phase Lattice / 3.6.3：
M-Band PR Linear Phase Filter Bank / 3.6.4：
Lattice Realizations of Modulated Filter Bank / 3.6.5：
IIR Subband Filter Banks / 3.7：
All-Pass Filters and Mirror Image Polynomials / 3.7.1：
The Two-Band IIR QMF Structure / 3.7.2：
Perfect Reconstruction IIR Subband Systems / 3.7.3：
Transmultiplexers / 3.8：
TDMA, FDMA, and CDMA Forms of the Transmultiplexer / 3.8.1：
Analysis of the Transmultiplexer / 3.8.2：
Orthogonal Transmultiplexer / 3.8.3：
Two-Dimensional Subband Decomposition / 3.9：
2D Transforms and Notation / 3.9.1：
Periodic Sequences and the DFT / 3.9.2：
Two-Dimensional Decimation and Interpolation / 3.9.3：
The 2D Filter Bank / 3.9.4：
Two-Band Filter Bank with Hexagonal or Quincunx Sampling / 3.9.5：
Fan Filter Banks / 3.9.6：
Filter Bank Families: Design and Performance / 3.10：
Binomial QMF-Wavelet Filters / 4.1：
Binomial QMF and Orthonormal Wavelets / 4.1.1：
Maximally Flat Filters / 4.2：
Bernstein QMF-Wavelet Filters / 4.3：
Johnston QMF Family / 4.4：
Smith-Barnwell PR-CQF Family / 4.5：
LeGall-Tabatabai PR Filter Bank / 4.6：
Princen-Bradley QMF / 4.7：
Optimal PR-QMF Design for Subband Image Coding / 4.8：
Parameters of Optimization / 4.8.1：
Optimal PR-QMF Design: Energy Compaction / 4.8.2：
Optimal PR-QMF Design: Extended Set of Variables / 4.8.3：
Samples of Optimal PR-QMFs and Performance / 4.8.4：
Performance of PR-QMF Families / 4.9：
Aliasing Energy in Multiresolution Decomposition / 4.10：
Aliasing Effects of Decimation/Interpolation / 4.10.1：
Nonaliasing Energy Ratio / 4.10.2：
G[subscript TC] and NER Performance / 4.11：
Quantization Effects in Filter Banks / 4.12：
Equivalent Noise Model / 4.12.1：
Quantization Model for M-Band Codec / 4.12.2：
Optimal Design of Bit-Constrained, pdf-Optimized Filter Banks / 4.12.3：
Time-Frequency Representations / 4.13：
Analog Background--Time Frequency Resolution / 5.1：
The Short-Time Fourier Transform / 5.3：
The Continuous STFT / 5.3.1：
The Discrete STFT / 5.3.2：
The Discrete-Time STFT, or DFT / 5.3.3：
Discrete-Time Uncertainty and Binomial Sequences / 5.4：
Discrete-Time Uncertainty / 5.4.1：
Gaussian and Binomial Distributions / 5.4.2：
Band-Pass Filters / 5.4.3：
Time-Frequency Localization / 5.5：
Localization in Traditional Block Transforms / 5.5.1：
Localization in Uniform M-Band Filter Banks / 5.5.2：
Localization in Dyadic and Irregular Trees / 5.5.3：
From Tiling Pattern to Block Transform Packets / 5.6：
Signal Decomposition in Time-Frequency Plane / 5.6.2：
From Signal to Optimum Tiling Pattern / 5.6.3：
Signal Compaction / 5.6.4：
Interference Excision / 5.6.5：
Wavelet Transform / 5.6.6：
The Wavelet Transform / 6.1：
The Continuous Wavelet Transform / 6.1.1：
The Discrete Wavelet Transform / 6.1.2：
Multiresolution Signal Decomposition / 6.2：
Multiresolution Analysis Spaces / 6.2.1：
The Haar Wavelet / 6.2.2：
Two-Band Unitary PR-QMF and Wavelet Bases / 6.2.3：
Multiresolution Pyramid Decomposition / 6.2.4：
Finite Resolution Wavelet Decomposition / 6.2.5：
The Shannon Wavelets / 6.2.6：
Initialization and the Fast Wavelet Transform / 6.2.7：
Wavelet Regularity and Wavelet Families / 6.3：
Regularity or Smoothness / 6.3.1：
The Daubechies Wavelets / 6.3.2：
The Coiflet Bases / 6.3.3：
Biorthogonal Wavelets and Filter Banks / 6.4：
Discussions and Conclusion / 6.5：
Applications / 7：
Analysis/Synthesis Configuration / 7.1：
Selection of Analysis and Synthesis Filters / 7.2.1：
Spectral Effects of Down- and Up-samplers / 7.2.2：
Tree Structuring Algorithms for Hierarchical Subband Transforms / 7.2.3：
Subband Coding / 7.2.4：
Interference Excision in Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum Communications / 7.2.5：
Synthesis/Analysis Configuration / 7.3：
Discrete Multitone Modulation for Digital Communications / 7.3.1：
Spread Spectrum PR-QMF Codes for CDMA Communications / 7.3.2：
Resolution of the Identity and Inversion / A：
Orthonormality in Frequency / B：
Problems / C：
Introduction / 1：
Why Signal Decomposition? / 1.1：
Decompositions: Transforms, Subbands, and Wavelets / 1.3：
95.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
95. Guidelines for Chemical Process Quantitative Risk Analysis (2nd Edition)
Center for Chemical Process Safety, Center for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS), American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Preface to the First Edition
Acknowledgments
Acknowledgments to the First Edition
Management Overview
Organization of the Guidelines
Acronyms
Chemical Process Quantitative Risk Analysis / 1：
CPQRA Definitions / 1.1.：
Component Techniques of CPQRA / 1.2.：
Complete CPQRA Procedure / 1.2.1.：
Prioritized CPQRA Procedure / 1.2.2.：
Scope of CPQRA Studies / 1.3.：
The Study Cube / 1.3.1.：
Typical Goals of CPQRAS / 1.3.2.：
Management of Incident Lists / 1.4.：
Enumeration / 1.4.1.：
Selection / 1.4.2.：
Tracking / 1.4.3.：
Applications of CPQRA / 1.5.：
Screening Techniques / 1.5.1.：
Applications within Existing Facilities / 1.5.2.：
Applications within New Projects / 1.5.3.：
Limitations of CPQRA / 1.6.：
Current Practices / 1.7.：
Utilization of CPQRA Results / 1.8.：
Project Management / 1.9.：
Study Goals / 1.9.1.：
Study Objectives / 1.9.2.：
Depth of Study / 1.9.3.：
Special User Requirements / 1.9.4.：
Construction of a Project Plan / 1.9.5.：
Project Execution / 1.9.6.：
Maintenance of Study Results / 1.10.：
References / 1.11.：
Consequence Analysis / 2：
Source Models / 2.1.：
Discharge Rate Models / 2.1.1.：
Flash and Evaporation / 2.1.2.：
Dispersion Models / 2.1.3.：
Explosions and Fires / 2.2.：
Vapor Cloud Explosions (VCE) / 2.2.1.：
Flash Fires / 2.2.2.：
Physical Explosion / 2.2.3.：
Bleve and Fireball / 2.2.4.：
Confined Explosions / 2.2.5.：
Pool Fires / 2.2.6.：
Jet Fires / 2.2.7.：
Effect Models / 2.3.：
Toxic Gas Effects / 2.3.1.：
Thermal Effects / 2.3.2.：
Explosion Effects / 2.3.3.：
Evasive Actions / 2.4.：
Background / 2.4.1.：
Description / 2.4.2.：
Example Problem / 2.4.3.：
Discussion / 2.4.4.：
Modeling Systems / 2.5.：
Event Probability and Failure Frequency Analysis / 2.6.：
Incident Frequencies from the Historical Record / 3.1.：
Sample Problem / 3.1.1.：
Frequency Modeling Techniques / 3.1.4.：
Fault Tree Analysis / 3.2.1.：
Event Tree Analysis / 3.2.2.：
Complementary Plant-Modeling Techniques / 3.3.：
Common Cause Failure Analysis / 3.3.1.：
Human Reliability Analysis / 3.3.2.：
External Events Analysis / 3.3.3.：
Measurement, Calculation, and Presentation of Risk Estimates / 3.4.：
Risk Measures / 4.1.：
Risk Indices / 4.1.1.：
Individual Risk / 4.1.2.：
Societal Risk / 4.1.3.：
Injury Risk Measures / 4.1.4.：
Risk Presentation / 4.2.：
Selection of Risk Measures and Presentation Format / 4.2.1.：
Selection of Risk Measures / 4.3.1.：
Selection of Presentation Format / 4.3.2.：
Risk Calculations / 4.4.：
General Comments / 4.4.1.：
Example Risk Calculation Problem / 4.4.5.：
Sample Problem Illustrating That F-N Curves Cannot Be Calculated from Individual Risk Contours / 4.4.6.：
Risk Uncertainty, Sensitivity, and Importance / 4.5.：
Uncertainty / 4.5.1.：
Sensitivity / 4.5.2.：
Importance / 4.5.3.：
Creation of CPQRA Data Base / 4.6.：
Historical Incident Data / 5.1：
Types of Data / 5.1.1.：
Sources / 5.1.2.：
Process and Plant Data / 5.2.：
Plant Layout and System Description / 5.2.1.：
Ignition Sources and Data / 5.2.2.：
Chemical Data / 5.3.：
Environmental Data / 5.3.1.：
Population Data / 5.4.1.：
Meteorological Data / 5.4.2.：
Geographic Data / 5.4.3.：
Topographic Data / 5.4.4.：
External Event Data / 5.4.5.：
Equipment Reliability Data / 5.5.：
Terminology / 5.5.1.：
Types and Sources of Failure Rate Data / 5.5.2.：
Key Factors Influencing Equipment Failure Rates / 5.5.3.：
Failure Rate Adjustment Factors / 5.5.4.：
Data Requirements and Estimated Accuracy / 5.5.5.：
Collection and Processing of Raw Plant Data / 5.5.6.：
Preparation of the CPQRA Equipment Failure Rate Data Set / 5.5.7.：
Human Reliability Data / 5.5.8.：
Use of Expert Opinions / 5.7.：
Special Topics and Other Techniques / 5.8.：
Domino Effects / 6.1.：
Unavailability Analysis of Protective Systems / 6.1.1.：
Reliability Analysis of Programmable Electronic Systems / 6.2.1.：
Other Techniques / 6.3.1.：
MORT Analysis / 6.4.1.：
IFAL Analysis / 6.4.2.：
Hazard Warning Structure / 6.4.3.：
Markov Processes / 6.4.4.：
Monte Carlo Techniques / 6.4.5.：
GO Methods / 6.4.6.：
Reliability Block Diagrams / 6.4.7.：
Cause-Consequence Analysis / 6.4.8.：
Multiple Failure/Error Analysis (MFEA) / 6.4.9.：
Sneak Analysis / 6.4.10.：
CPQRA Application Examples / 6.5.：
Simple/Consequence CPQRA Examples / 7.1.：
Simple/Consequence CPQRA Characterization / 7.1.1.：
Application to a New Process Unit / 7.1.2.：
Application to an Existing Process Unit / 7.1.3.：
Intermediate/Frequency CPQRA Examples / 7.2.：
Intermediate/Frequency CPQRA Characterization / 7.2.1.：
Complex/Risk CPQRA Examples / 7.2.2.：
Complex/Risk Cpqra Characterization / 7.3.1.：
Application to a New or Existing Process Unit / 7.3.2.：
Case Studies / 7.4.：
Chlorine Rail Tank Car Loading Facility / 8.1.：
Introduction / 8.1.1.：
Identification, Enumeration, and Selection of Incidents / 8.1.2.：
Incident Consequence Estimation / 8.1.4.：
Incident Frequency Estimation / 8.1.5.：
Risk Estimation / 8.1.6.：
Conclusions / 8.1.7.：
Distillation Column / 8.2.：
Future Developments / 8.2.1.：
Hazard Identification / 9.1.：
Source and Dispersion Models / 9.2.：
Source Emission Models / 9.2.1.：
Transport and Dispersion Models / 9.2.2.：
Transient Plume Behavior / 9.2.3.：
Concentration Fluctuations and the Time Averaging of Dispersion Plumes / 9.2.4.：
Input Data Uncertainties and Model Validation / 9.2.5.：
Field Experiments / 9.2.6.：
Model Evaluation / 9.2.7.：
Consequence Models / 9.3.：
Unconfined Vapor Cloud Explosions (UVCE) / 9.3.1.：
Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosions (BLEVES) and Fireballs / 9.3.2.：
Pool and Jet Fires / 9.3.3.：
Toxic Hazards / 9.3.4.：
Human Exposure Models / 9.3.5.：
Frequency Models / 9.4.：
Human Factors / 9.4.1.：
Electronic Systems / 9.4.2.：
Failure Rate Data / 9.4.3.：
Hazard Mitigation / 9.5.：
Uncertainty Management / 9.6.：
Integration of Reliability Analysis, CPQRA, and Cost-Benefit Studies / 9.7.：
Summary / 9.8.：
Loss-of-Containment Causes in the Chemical Industry / 9.9.：
Training Programs / Appendix B：
Sample Outline for CPQRA Reports / Appendix C：
Minimal Cut Set Analysis / Appendix D：
Approximation Methods for Quantifying Fault Trees / Appendix E：
Probability Distributions, Parameters, and Terminology / Appendix F：
Statistical Distributions Available for Use as Failure Rate Models / Appendix G：
Errors from Assuming That Time-Related Equipment Failure Rates Are Constant / Appendix H：
Data Reduction Techniques: Distribution Identification and Testing Methods / Appendix I：
Procedure for Combining Available Generic and Plant-Specific Data / Appendix J：
Conversion Factors
Glossary
Index
Preface
Preface to the First Edition
Acknowledgments
96.

図書
図書
96. Synthetic fibers : machines and equipment, manufacture, properties : handbook for plant engineering, machine design, and operation
Franz Fourné
出版情報: Munich : Hanser , Cincinnati, OH : Hanser/Gardner Publications, c1999  xix, 885 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
General Remarks / 1.1：
Conditions for the Production of Textile Fibers / 1.2：
The Most Important Fiber Raw Materials / 1.3：
Economic Development / 1.4：
Price Developments / 1.5：
Raw Materials / 1.6：
References
Polymer Specific Processes / 2：
Polymerization, Polycondensation, and Polyaddition / 2.1：
Polymerization / 2.1.1：
Polycondensation / 2.1.2：
Polyaddition / 2.1.3：
Polyamides (PA) / 2.2：
Polyamide 4 (PA4) / 2.2.1：
Polyamide 6 (PA6) / 2.2.3：
Production Process for Caprolactam / 2.2.3.1：
Polymerization of Caprolactam to Polyamide 6 / 2.2.3.2：
Extrusion, Pelletizing, and Drying / 2.2.3.3：
Remarks on Polycondensation and Important Process Characteristics of PA6 / 2.2.3.4：
Polymerization of Caprolactam in an Autoclave / 2.2.3.5：
Continuous VK-Tube Polymerization / 2.2.3.6：
Vacuum Demonomerization / 2.2.3.7：
Extraction of PA6 Chips / 2.2.3.8：
Large PA6 Polymerization and Chip Production Installations / 2.2.3.9：
Spinning and Drawing of PA6 Filaments / 2.2.3.10：
Polyamide 66 (PA66) / 2.2.4：
Production of the Monomers / 2.2.4.1：
Polycondensation of AH-Salt to PA66 in Autoclaves / 2.2.4.2：
Continuous Polycondensation of PA66 / 2.2.4.3：
Spinning and Drawing of PA66 Filaments / 2.2.4.4：
Other Polyamides / 2.2.5：
Polyamide 46 (PA46) / 2.2.5.1：
Polyamide 610 (PA610) / 2.2.5.2：
Polyamide 7 (PA7) / 2.2.5.3：
Polyamide 11 (PA11, Rilsan) / 2.2.5.4：
Polyamide 12 (PA12) / 2.2.5.5：
Polyester (PES) / 2.3：
Production of Dimethyl Terephthalate (DMT), Terephthalic Acid (TPA) and Ethylene Glycol (EG) / 2.3.1：
Process for the Production of Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET) / 2.3.3：
Transesterification of Diethylene Glycolterephthalate and Ethylene Glycol to Diglycole Terephthalate / 2.3.3.1：
Direct Esterification of Terephthalic Acid and Ethylene Glycol to Diethylene Glycolterephthalate / 2.3.3.2：
Polycondensation of Diethylene Glycolterephthalate to Polyethylene Terephthalate / 2.3.3.3：
Properties of PET Melts and Chips / 2.3.3.4：
Autoclave Polycondensation to PET / 2.3.4：
Continuous Polycondensation to PET / 2.3.5：
Processes and Apparatus for Trans- and Direct Esterification / 2.3.5.1：
Finisher / 2.3.5.2：
Spinning and Drawing of PET / 2.3.6：
Route of PET to Spinning / 2.3.6.1：
Spinning and Take-Up of PET Filaments / 2.3.6.2：
Spinning and Drawing of PET Filaments and Tow / 2.3.6.3：
Production of HM-HT Cotton Type Polyester Staple Fibers / 2.3.6.4：
Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT) / 2.3.7：
Polyolefines / 2.4：
Polypropylene (PP) / 2.4.1：
Production of Polypropylene / 2.4.1.1：
Phenomena during Polypropylene Spinning / 2.4.1.2：
Spinning and Aftertreatment of Polypropylene / 2.4.1.3：
Optimizing the Polypropylene POY Spinning Take-Up Speed for Draw Texturing / 2.4.1.4：
High Tenacity Polypropylene Yarns / 2.4.1.5：
Polypropylene Foil Yarns / 2.4.1.6：
Comparison of Properties / 2.4.1.7：
Polyethylene (PE) / 2.4.2：
Polyacrylonitrile (PAN) / 2.5：
Production of Acrylonitrile (= Vinylcyanide) / 2.5.1：
Polymerization to Polyacrylonitrile (PAN) / 2.5.2：
Theoretical and Experimental Basis / 2.5.2.1：
Apparati and Installations for Polymerization / 2.5.2.2：
Installations to Dissolve PAN / 2.5.2.3：
Spinning and Aftertreatment of Polyacrylonitrile / 2.5.3：
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) / 2.6：
Production of PVC / 2.6.1：
Solving and Spinning of PVC and VC-Copolymers / 2.6.2：
Syndiotactic PVC / 2.6.3：
Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVAL) / 2.7：
Production Process up to the Spinnable Solution / 2.7.1：
Solution Wet Spinning / 2.7.2：
Dry Spinning / 2.7.3：
Spandex or Elastane Yarns (EL, also PUR) / 2.8：
Production of the Polyurethanes / 2.8.1：
Installations and Apparati / 2.8.2：
Wet Spinning System and Equipment / 2.8.3：
Dry Spinning Processes and Installations / 2.8.4：
Reaction Spinning Process / 2.8.5：
Properties / 2.8.6：
Polyurethane Hard Fibers / 2.8.7：
Polytetrafluorethylene Fibers (PTFE) / 2.9：
Spinning and Drawing of the Filaments / 2.9.1：
High Tenacity--High Modulus Filaments According to the Gel Spinning Process / 2.9.2：
Principle / 2.10.1：
Process, Machines, and Plants / 2.10.2：
Properties of PE Gel Filaments and Their Uses / 2.10.3：
High Temperature and High Modulus Fibers / 2.11：
Polyaramides / 2.11.1：
Polyetherketone (PEK, PEEK, etc.) / 2.11.3：
Polysulfones and Polyether Sulfones / 2.11.4：
Liquid Crystals / 2.11.5：
Polyimides / 2.11.6：
Other Polymer Fibers and Further Processes / 2.12：
Silicone Dioxide Fibers / 2.12.1：
Polycarbosilane and Silicon Carbide Fibers / 2.12.2：
Yarn Production via Carrier Filament / 2.12.3：
Phenol Resin Fibers / 2.12.4：
Super-Absorbing Products (SAP) as Fibers / 2.12.5：
Thermo Bonders / 2.12.6：
Organic Optical Fibers (POF) / 2.12.7：
Electrically Conducting Filaments / 2.12.8：
Interfacial Polycondensation Spinning / 2.12.9：
Reaction Spinning / 2.12.10：
Emulsion and Suspension Spinning / 2.12.11：
Electrostatic Spinning / 2.12.12：
Fibers from Natural Products / 2.13：
Protein Fibers / 2.13.1：
Alginate Fibers / 2.13.2：
Filaments on Cellulose Basis / 2.13.3：
Basalt Fibers / 2.13.4：
Theoretical and Experimental Principles / 3：
Reactors for Production and/or Dissolving / 3.1：
Selection Criteria / 3.1.1：
Preferred Reactor Cascades / 3.1.2：
Reactor Design / 3.1.3：
The Spinning Mechanism / 3.2：
General View over Melt Spinning / 3.2.1：
Solution Spinning / 3.2.2：
Filament Take-Up and Filament Cooling / 3.3：
Filament Cooling / 3.3.1：
Take-Up Forces / 3.3.2：
Filament Temperatures / 3.3.3：
Drawing Mechanism / 3.4：
Drawing Process / 3.4.1：
Consequences for Drawing / 3.4.2：
Twisting / 3.5：
False Twist Texturing / 3.6：
Influence of the Filament Way Profile / 3.6.1：
Bobbin Construction / 3.7：
Cops Built-Up in Draw-Twisting and Cops Take-Off / 3.8：
Draw and Holding Forces for Filament and Tow / 3.9：
Contact Heating and Drying of Filaments / 3.10：
Stuffer Box Crimping / 3.11：
Heat Setting / 3.12：
Basics / 3.12.1：
Heat Setting Processes for Synthetic Yarn and Fiber Production / 3.12.2：
Crystallinity / 3.13：
Plants, Equipment, and Machines for the Production of Synthetic Yarns and Fibers / 4：
General / 4.1：
Chemical Equipment / 4.2：
Autoclaves / 4.2.1：
Dissolving and Mixing / 4.2.2：
Pipes and Insulation / 4.2.3：
Pipe Transport Systems for Granules, Powder, and Fibers / 4.2.4：
Strand Casting and Cooling, Granulating / 4.3：
Strand and Ribbon Casting / 4.3.1：
Ribbon and Strand Cooling / 4.3.2：
Granulating / 4.3.3：
Cutting Forces, Drive Powers / 4.3.4：
Mechanical Chip Dehydration / 4.3.5：
Granulators / 4.3.6：
Chip Production from Powder / 4.3.7：
Initial and Intermediate Products, Final Products: Delivery Conditions and Storage / 4.4：
Shipping Forms, Packaging / 4.4.1：
Chip Storage and Transport / 4.4.2：
Drying, Crystallization, and Solid Phase Polycondensation / 4.5：
Vacuum Drying and Similar Processes / 4.5.1：
Continuous Chip Drying / 4.5.2：
Melt Spinning Plants / 4.6：
Calculation of the Plant and Equipment Sizes / 4.6.1：
Survey of Melt Spinning Installations for Filaments / 4.6.2：
Chip Gate Valves / 4.6.3：
Spin Extruders / 4.6.4：
Single-Screw Spin Extruder / 4.6.4.1：
Double-Screw Extruders / 4.6.4.2：
Spinning Heads and Spinning Beams / 4.6.5：
Spinning Heads / 4.6.5.1：
Spinning Beams / 4.6.5.2：
Electrically Heated Spinning Heads / 4.6.5.3：
Polymer or Melt Valves / 4.6.6：
Static Mixers / 4.6.7：
Spinning Pumps and Other Gear Pumps / 4.6.8：
Spinning Pumps / 4.6.8.1：
Spin Finish Pumps / 4.6.8.2：
Discharge Pumps and "In-Line" Pumps / 4.6.8.3：
Melt and Solution Filters / 4.6.9：
Filter Media and Construction / 4.6.9.1：
Use of High Load Filtration to Protect Spin Pumps / 4.6.9.2：
Large Area Filters / 4.6.9.3：
Spinnerets / 4.6.10：
Spinnerets for Melt Spinning / 4.6.10.1：
Spinnerets for Solution Spinning / 4.6.10.2：
Special Spinnerets / 4.6.10.3：
Spin Packs (Housings) and Bolting / 4.6.11：
Spin Packs for Circular Spinnerets / 4.6.11.1：
Spin Packs for Rectangular Spinnerets / 4.6.11.3：
Auxiliary Devices for Pack Insertion / 4.6.11.4：
Spinneret Bolting / 4.6.11.5：
Spinning Pump Drives / 4.6.12：
Quench Cabinets / 4.7：
Preferred Quenches / 4.7.1：
New Quench Chamber Developments for Very High Spinning Speeds / 4.7.3：
Construction Elements for Quench Chambers / 4.7.4：
Quench Air Rectifiers / 4.7.4.1：
Quick-Change Air Filters / 4.7.4.2：
Air Flow Regulation / 4.7.4.3：
Quench Chamber Accessories / 4.7.5：
Monomer (Fume) Aspirations / 4.7.5.1：
Spinneret Blanketing / 4.7.5.2：
Hot Shrouds (Collars) / 4.7.5.3：
Waste Disposal / 4.7.5.4：
Interfloor Tubes / 4.7.5.5：
Quench Air Supply Ducts / 4.7.5.6：
Air Flow Restriction in the Quench Chamber / 4.7.5.7：
Spin Finish Application Systems / 4.8：
Roll Application / 4.8.1：
Rod (Bar) Application / 4.8.2：
Spray Application / 4.8.3：
Dipping Bath Application / 4.8.4：
Pin Application (Metered Spin Finish) / 4.8.5：
Spinning Take-Up Machines / 4.9：
The Various Types of Take-Up Machines / 4.9.1：
Yarn Inlet Zone / 4.9.2：
Rolls, Godets, Draw Rolls / 4.9.3：
Godets (Small Draw Rolls) / 4.9.3.1：
Duos (Godet Pairs) / 4.9.3.2：
Accessories for Godets / 4.9.3.3：
Operating Data for Godets and Duos / 4.9.3.4：
Separator Rolls / 4.9.4：
Winders / 4.9.5：
Package Drives / 4.9.5.1：
Yarn Traverse Systems / 4.9.5.2：
Package Spindles (Chucks) and Holders / 4.9.5.3：
Relative Movement Between Package and Roll, Including Turret Motion / 4.9.5.4：
Number of Packages and Package Size / 4.9.5.5：
Special and Optional Equipment / 4.9.5.6：
Winders for Spinning and Further Processing / 4.9.5.7：
Winders with Spindle Drive and Dancer Arm Tension Control / 4.9.5.8：
Drawtwisting and Draw-Winding Machines / 4.10：
Drawtwisting Machines (Drawtwisters) / 4.10.1：
Construction Elements for Drawtwisters / 4.10.2：
Warp Drawing, Warp Sizing and Slashing / 4.11：
Texturizing and Drawtexturizing / 4.12：
Comparison of Texturizing Processes / 4.12.1：
False Twist Texturizing Machines / 4.12.2：
Construction and Components / 4.12.2.1：
Texturizing Aggregates / 4.12.2.2：
Drives for (Draw-) Texturizing Machines / 4.12.2.3：
Stuffer Box Crimping Machines for Filament Yarns / 4.12.3：
Air Jet Texturizing for Loop- and Entangled Yarn / 4.12.4：
Air Consumption and Yarn Tensions of Texturizing and Aspirating Jets / 4.12.5：
BCF (Bulked Continuous Filament) Texturizing / 4.12.6：
Staple Fiber Plants / 4.13：
Overview / 4.13.1：
Melt Spinning Lines for Staple Fibers / 4.13.2：
Spinning Take-Up Walls and Can Take-Up / 4.13.3：
Creels / 4.13.4：
Tension Compensation and Dipping Bath / 4.13.5：
Drawing Frames / 4.13.6：
Hot Drawing Ovens / 4.13.7：
Tow Spreading and Plying / 4.13.8：
Stuffer Box Crimpers / 4.13.9：
Dryers and Heat-Setting Machines / 4.13.10：
Tow Packaging / 4.13.11：
Staple Cutters / 4.13.12：
Staple Fiber Transport / 4.13.13：
Balers / 4.13.14：
Dry-Spinning Plants / 4.14：
Principle of Dry-Spinning / 4.14.1：
The Dry-Spinning Tube (Shaft, Duct) / 4.14.2：
Staple Fiber Dry-Spinning Lines / 4.14.3：
Solution Wet-Spinning Plants / 4.15：
Wet-Spinning Process / 4.15.1：
Constructional Details of Wet Spinning Lines / 4.15.2：
Spinning Baths / 4.15.2.1：
Spinning Pumps, Spinning Pipes and Spinnerets / 4.15.2.2：
Drawing and Extraction Baths / 4.15.2.3：
High Throughput Wet-Spinning Machines / 4.15.2.4：
Aftertreatment Lines for Dry-Spun Tow / 4.15.3：
Solution Wet-Spinning of Multi- and Monofilaments / 4.15.4：
Piston (Rod) Spinning Units / 4.16：
Spinning of Very Small Quantities / 4.16.1：
Ram Extrusion / 4.16.2：
Special Processes and Plants / 5：
Short-Spinning Process / 5.1：
"Automatik" Compact Staple Spinning System for PP, PE, PA and PET, Combined with a Fleissner Drawing and Crimping Line / 5.1.1：
"Barmag" Compact Staple Spinning System for PP, PE and PET / 5.1.2：
Other Compact Spinning Plants / 5.1.3：
Compact Staple Spinning Plants for Take-Up Speeds up to 2000 m/min / 5.1.4：
Compact Spinning Machines for Coarse Filaments and Fibers / 5.1.5：
Compact Spinning Machines for Filaments / 5.1.6：
Film Tapes and Monofilaments / 5.1.7：
Bi- and Multicomponent Yarns and Fibers / 5.2：
Bicomponent Spinning Processes, -Spinnerets and -Filament Cross-Sections / 5.2.1：
Melt Manifolds for Bicomponent Yarns, etc / 5.2.2：
Hollow Filaments / 5.3：
Fine Filament Man-Made Fibers / 5.4：
Microfilaments / 5.4.1：
Superdrawing / 5.4.2：
Melt Blowing Process / 5.4.3：
"Flash" Spinning / 5.4.4：
Spunbond / 5.5：
Spinning Equipment / 5.5.1：
Filament Take-Up Devices / 5.5.2：
Spunbond Lines / 5.5.3：
Web Bonding / 5.5.4：
"Claw" Mats / 5.5.5：
High Temperature Spinning / 5.6：
Melt Spinning at Temperatures up to ca. 550[degree]C / 5.6.1：
Melt Spinning Plants for Temperatures above 700[degree]C / 5.6.2：
Carbon Fibers / 5.7：
Processes / 5.7.1：
Process Stages for PAN Precursor Fibers / 5.7.2：
Composites and Prepregs / 5.7.3：
Converters (Tow to Top or Tow to Spun Yarn Process) / 5.8：
PET Tow for Stretch-Break Conversion / 5.8.1：
The Sydel Stretch-Break Converter; The Schlumberger Converter / 5.8.2：
Tirecord and Other Technical Yarns / 5.9：
Yarn Production / 5.9.1：
Cord Construction / 5.9.2：
Cord Physical Properties / 5.9.3：
Fiberfill / 5.10：
Biodegradable Fibers / 5.11：
Auxiliary Plants and Equipment / 6：
Package Handling / 6.1：
Simple Yarn Package Transport Equipment / 6.1.1：
Doffer Systems / 6.1.2：
Bobbin Transport, Storage, and Packing / 6.1.3：
Air Conditioning: Conditions and Plants / 6.2：
Quench Air Conditioning Plants / 6.2.1：
Air Conditioning of the Winding Room / 6.2.2：
Air Conditioning of Staple Fiber Plants / 6.2.3：
Climatization of Other Rooms / 6.2.4：
Dust Content of Conditioned Air / 6.2.5：
Air Conditioning State Plotted on ix-Diagram / 6.2.6：
Air Conditioning Plants / 6.2.7：
Heating Systems and Heat Transfer Media / 6.3：
Heating Plants / 6.3.1：
Protective Gas / 6.4：
Compressed Air / 6.5：
Cleaning of Polymer-Soiled Parts / 6.6：
Burning-Out Ovens / 6.6.1：
Molten Salt Bath Ovens / 6.6.2：
Aluminum Oxide Fluidized Bed Process / 6.6.3：
Hydrolytic (Pre-) Cleaning / 6.6.4：
Solvent Cleaning / 6.6.5：
Vacuum Pyrolysis / 6.6.6：
Final Cleaning and Comments / 6.6.7：
Cleaning Plants / 6.6.8：
Spin Finishes and Spin Finish Systems / 6.7：
Spin Finish / 6.7.1：
Frictional Behavior / 6.7.2：
Filament Cohesion / 6.7.3：
Antistatic / 6.7.4：
Emulsifiers / 6.7.5：
Spin Finish Application in Practice / 6.7.6：
Spin Finish Preparation / 6.7.7：
Uniformity of Spin Finish Application / 6.7.8：
Delustering and Spin Dyeing / 6.8：
Delustering / 6.8.1：
Dyestuffs for Spin Dyeing / 6.8.2：
Addition of Pigments/Dyestuffs / 6.8.3：
Additives / 6.8.4：
Testing of Spinning Pumps / 6.9：
Testing of Spinnerets / 6.10：
Yarn Containers (Spinning Tubes, etc.) / 6.11：
Maintenance / 6.12：
Auxiliary Devices, Calculations, and Construction / 7：
Control Drives / 7.1：
Mechanically Adjustable- and Control Drives / 7.1.1：
Control Motors / 7.1.2：
Current Converters and Inverters / 7.1.3：
Yarn Guides, Spin Finish Applicators, and Yarn Sensors / 7.2：
Yarn and Tow Cutters / 7.3：
Air Jets / 7.4：
Yarn Aspirator Jets / 7.4.1：
Intermingling Jets (Tangling Jets) / 7.4.2：
Rotating Cylinders (Godets, Yarn Bobbins, etc.) / 7.5：
Inclined Rolls / 7.6：
Melt and Solution Viscosity / 7.7：
Melt Viscosity / 7.7.1：
Solution Viscosity / 7.7.2：
Molecular Weight, Polymerization Degree, etc. / 7.7.3：
Uster Uniformity Testing / 7.8：
Temperature Measurements, Melt Pressure Measurements / 7.9：
Temperature Measurement / 7.9.1：
Melt and Solution Pressure Measurement / 7.9.2：
Moisture Measurement / 7.9.3：
Fluid Mechanics / 7.10：
Air Flows for Re = 0.1 ... 500 / 7.10.1：
Laminar and Turbulent Flow / 7.10.2：
Heat Transfer from Yarn to Air / 7.10.3：
Construction Materials / 7.11：
High Temperature Threads / 7.12：
Waste Processing and Recovery (Recycling) / 8：
Chemical Processing of PA 6 Waste / 8.1：
Recovery of Caprolactam from PA 6 by Thermal Decomposition / 8.2.1：
PA 6 Recovery through Deploymerization-Filtration-Re-Polymerization / 8.2.2：
Recovery through Reprecipitation of PA 6 / 8.2.3：
Lactam Recovery across the Entire Production Process / 8.2.4：
Chemical Processing of PA66 Waste / 8.3：
Depolymerization of Polyester / 8.4：
Conversion of Polyester to TPA or DMT / 8.4.1：
DMT Recovery via Glycolysis of PET / 8.4.2：
Recovery of DMT via Polyester Methanolysis / 8.4.3：
Gaseous Byproducts in PET Production / 8.4.4：
Mechanical Waste Processing / 8.5：
Polyester Bottle Granulate / 8.5.1：
Polymer Blocks (Solid Waste and PET Bottles) / 8.5.2：
Compaction of Filament Waste / 8.5.3：
Yarn to Staple Processing / 8.5.4：
Direct Extruder Processing of Yarn and Film Waste / 8.6：
Recovery and Cleaning of Gases and Fluids / 8.7：
Testing and Influencing the Properties of Man-Made Fibers / 9：
Introduction to Testing / 9.1：
Aims and Tasks / 9.1.1：
Fundamental Principles of Textile Testing / 9.1.2：
Quality Systems / 9.1.3：
Terminology and Morphology / 9.2：
Man-Made Fiber Terminology / 9.2.1：
Morphology of Man-Made Fibers / 9.2.2：
Application and Fiber Properties / 9.2.3：
Physical and Textile Properties / 9.3：
Fiber Structure and Fiber Properties / 9.3.1：
External Form and Constitution of Fibers / 9.3.2：
Cross-Section and Surface / 9.3.2.1：
Fineness of Staples and Yarns / 9.3.2.2：
Spun Fiber (Staple) Length / 9.3.2.3：
Crimping (Bulking) Properties / 9.3.2.4：
Twist and Intermingling (Tangling) / 9.3.2.5：
Mechanical Properties / 9.3.3：
Tensile Testing and Properties Derived Therefrom / 9.3.3.1：
Tenacity in the Non-Axial Direction / 9.3.3.2：
Elastic Properties / 9.3.3.3：
Shrinkage and Shrinkage Force / 9.3.4：
Shrinkage of Fibers and Yarns / 9.3.4.1：
Shrinkage Force / 9.3.4.2：
Uniformity of Yarns and Fibers / 9.3.5：
Test Methods for External Uniformity / 9.3.5.1：
Test Methods for Internal Uniformity / 9.3.5.2：
Results from Investigations into Uniformity, and Causes of Non-Uniformity / 9.3.5.3：
Fiber and End-Use Properties / 9.4：
Cause and Effect Chain Between Fiber and Endproduct / 9.4.1：
Fiber Shape: Tactile and Optical Properties / 9.4.1.1：
Influence of the Fiber Properties on Various Endproduct Properties / 9.4.1.2：
Fiber Properties and Physiological Behavior / 9.4.1.3：
Fiber Mixtures / 9.4.1.4：
Methods of Fiber Identification / 9.5：
Diagnostic Dyeing Tests / 9.5.1：
Microphotographs of Fibers / 9.5.2：
Solubility / 9.5.3：
Type Reactions / 9.5.4：
Embedding the Fiber in Specific Reagents / 9.5.5：
Thermal Tests / 9.5.6：
Infrared Spectral Analysis / 9.5.7：
Literature and Further Reading
Conversion Factors and Other Tables / 10：
Decimal Definitions and SI Units / 10.1：
Dimensional Conversion Factors / 10.2：
Molecular Weights of Raw Materials / 10.3：
Definition of Yarn Types According to Spinning and Drawing Speed / 10.4：
Abbreviations for Fibers, Polymers, Pre- and Intermediate Products / 10.5：
Formulas for Spinning, etc / 10.6：
Statistics / 10.7：
Pre-Products, Solids: Properties / 10.8：
Fiber Tables / 11：
Index
Introduction / 1：
General Remarks / 1.1：
Conditions for the Production of Textile Fibers / 1.2：
97.

図書
図書
97. Atomic force microscopy for biologists
V J Morris, A R Kirdy, A P Gunning
出版情報: London : Imperial College Press, c1999  xiv, 332 p. ; 23 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
An Introduction / Chapter 1：
Apparatus / Chapter 2：
The atomic force microscope / 2.1.：
Piezoelectric scanners / 2.2.：
Probes and cantilevers / 2.3.：
Cantilever geometry / 2.3.1.：
Tip shape / 2.3.2.：
Tip functionality / 2.3.3.：
Sample holders / 2.4.：
Liquid cells / 2.4.1.：
Detection methods / 2.5.：
Optical detectors: laser beam deflection / 2.5.1.：
Optical detectors: interferometry / 2.5.2.：
Electrical detectors: electron tunnelling / 2.5.3.：
Electrical detectors: capacitance / 2.5.4.：
Electrical detectors: piezoelectric cantilevers / 2.5.5.：
Control systems / 2.6.：
AFM electronics / 2.6.1.：
Operation of the electronics / 2.6.2.：
Feedback control loops / 2.6.3.：
Design limitations / 2.6.4.：
Enhancing the performance of large scanners / 2.6.5.：
Vibration isolation: thermal and mechanical / 2.7.：
Calibration / 2.8.：
Piezoelectric scanner non-linearity / 2.8.1.：
Tip related factors / 2.8.2.：
Determining cantilever force constants / 2.8.3.：
Calibration standards / 2.8.4.：
Tips for scanning a calibration specimen / 2.8.5.：
Integrated AFMs / 2.9.：
Combined AFM-light microscope (AFM-LM) / 2.9.1.：
'Submarine' AFM-the combined AFM-Langmuir Trough / 2.9.2.：
Combined AFM-surface plasmon resonance (AFM-SPR) / 2.9.3.：
Cryo-AFM / 2.9.4.：
Basic Principles / Chapter 3：
Forces / 3.1.：
The Van der Waals force and force-distance curves / 3.1.1.：
The electrostatic force / 3.1.2.：
Capillary and adhesive forces / 3.1.3.：
Double layer forces / 3.1.4.：
Imaging modes / 3.2.：
Contact dc mode / 3.2.1.：
Non-contact ac modes / 3.2.2.：
Error signal or deflection mode / 3.2.3.：
Image types / 3.3.：
Topographical / 3.3.1.：
Frictional force / 3.3.2.：
Phase / 3.3.3.：
Substrates / 3.4.：
Mica / 3.4.1.：
Glass / 3.4.2.：
Graphite / 3.4.3.：
Common problems / 3.5.：
Thermal drift / 3.5.1.：
Multiple tip effects / 3.5.2.：
Tip convolution and probe broadening / 3.5.3.：
Sample roughness / 3.5.4.：
Sample mobility / 3.5.5.：
Imaging under liquid / 3.5.6.：
Getting started / 3.6.：
DNA / 3.6.1.：
Troublesome large samples / 3.6.2.：
Image optimisation / 3.7.：
Grey levels and colour tables / 3.7.1.：
Brightness and contrast / 3.7.2.：
High and low pass filtering / 3.7.3.：
Normalisation and plane fitting / 3.7.4.：
Despike / 3.7.5.：
Fourier filtering / 3.7.6.：
Correlation averaging / 3.7.7.：
Stereographs / 3.7.8.：
Do your homework! / 3.7.9.：
Macromolecules / Chapter 4：
Imaging methods / 4.1.：
Tip adhesion, molecular damage and displacement / 4.1.1.：
Depositing macromolecules onto substrates / 4.1.2.：
Metal coated samples / 4.1.3.：
Imaging in air / 4.1.4.：
Imaging under non aqueous liquids / 4.1.5.：
Binding molecules to the substrate / 4.1.6.：
Imaging under water or buffers / 4.1.7.：
Nucleic acids: DNA / 4.2.：
Imaging DNA / 4.2.1.：
DNA conformation, size and shape / 4.2.2.：
DNA-protein interactions / 4.2.3.：
Location and mapping of specific sites / 4.2.4.：
Chromosomes / 4.2.5.：
Nucleic acids: RNA / 4.3.：
Polysaccharides / 4.4.：
Imaging polysaccharides / 4.4.1.：
Size, shape, structure and conformation / 4.4.2.：
Aggregates, networks and gels / 4.4.3.：
Cellulose, plant cell walls and starch / 4.4.4.：
Proteoglycans / 4.4.5.：
Proteins / 4.5.：
Globular proteins / 4.5.1.：
Antibodies / 4.5.2.：
Fibrous proteins / 4.5.3.：
Interfacial Systems / Chapter 5：
Introduction to interfaces / 5.1.：
Surface activity / 5.1.1.：
AFM of interfacial systems / 5.1.2.：
The Langmuir trough / 5.1.3.：
Langmuir-Blodgett film transfer / 5.1.4.：
Sample preparation / 5.2.：
Cleaning protocols: glassware and trough / 5.2.1.：
Performing the dip / 5.2.2.：
Phospholipids / 5.3.：
AFM studies / 5.3.1.：
Modification of phospholipid bilayers with the AFM / 5.3.2.：
Studying intrinsic bilayer properties by AFM / 5.3.3.：
Ripple phases in phospholipid bilayers / 5.3.4.：
Mixed phospholipid films / 5.3.5.：
Effect of supporting layers / 5.3.6.：
Dynamic processes of phopholipid layers / 5.3.7.：
Liposomes and intact vesicles / 5.4.：
Lipid-protein mixed films / 5.5.：
Miscellaneous lipid films / 5.6.：
Interfacial protein films / 5.7.：
Specific precautions / 5.7.1.：
AFM studies of interfacial protein films / 5.7.2.：
Ordered Macromolecules / Chapter 6：
Three dimensional crystals / 6.1：
Crystalline cellulose / 6.1.1.：
Protein crystals / 6.1.2.：
Nucleic acid crystals / 6.1.3.：
Viruses and virus crystals / 6.1.4.：
Two dimensional protein crystals / 6.2.：
What does AFM have to offer? / 6.2.1.：
Sample preparation: membrane proteins / 6.2.2.：
Sample preparation: soluble proteins / 6.2.3.：
AFM studies of 2D membrane protein crystals / 6.3.：
Purple membrane / 6.3.1.：
Gap junctions / 6.3.2.：
Photosynthetic protein membranes / 6.3.3.：
ATPase in kidney membranes / 6.3.4.：
OmpF porin / 6.3.5.：
Bacterial S layers / 6.3.6.：
Bacteriophage [phis]29 head-tail connector / 6.3.7.：
Gas vesicle protein / 6.3.8.：
AFM studies of 2D crystals of soluble proteins / 6.4.：
Imaging conditions / 6.4.1.：
Electrostatic considerations / 6.4.2.：
Cells, Tissue and Biominerals / Chapter 7：
Force mapping and mechanical measurements / 7.1.：
Microbial cells: bacteria, spores and yeasts / 7.2.：
Bacteria / 7.2.1.：
Yeasts / 7.2.2.：
Blood cells / 7.3.：
Erythrocytes / 7.3.1.：
Leukocytes and lymphocytes / 7.3.2.：
Platelets / 7.3.3.：
Neurons and Glial cells / 7.4.：
Epithelial cells / 7.5.：
Non-confluent renal cells / 7.6.：
Endothelial cells / 7.7.：
Cardiocytes / 7.8.：
Other mammalian cells / 7.9.：
Plant cells / 7.10.：
Tissue / 7.11.：
Embedded sections / 7.11.1.：
Embedment-free sections / 7.11.2.：
Hydrated sections / 7.11.3.：
Freeze-fracture replicas / 7.11.4.：
Immunolabelling / 7.11.5.：
Biominerals / 7.12.：
Bone, tendon and cartilage / 7.12.1.：
Teeth / 7.12.2.：
Shells / 7.12.3.：
Other Probe Microscopes / Chapter 8：
Overview / 8.1.：
Scanning tunnelling microscope (STM) / 8.2.：
Scanning near-field optical microscope (SNOM) / 8.3.：
Scanning ion conductance microscope (SICM) / 8.4.：
Scanning thermal microscope (SThM) / 8.5.：
Optical tweezers and the photonic force microscope (PFM) / 8.6.：
SPM books
Index
An Introduction / Chapter 1：
Apparatus / Chapter 2：
The atomic force microscope / 2.1.：
98.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
98. Guidelines for Safe Process Operations and Maintenance
Center for Chemical Process Safety (Ccps, Center for Chemical Process Safety, American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1995
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
List of Tables
List of Figures
Glossary
Introduction / 1：
Process Safety Management Activities of the Center for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS) / 1.1：
Process Safety Activities of Governmental Agencies and Trade Organizations / 1.2：
Target Audience and Objective of This Document / 1.3：
Use of This Document / 1.4：
References / 1.5：
Role of Operations and Maintenance in Process Safety Management / 2：
Accountability / 2.1：
Process Knowledge and Documentation / 2.2：
Capital Project Review and Design Procedures / 2.3：
Process Risk Management / 2.4：
Process and Equipment Integrity / 2.5：
Human Factors / 2.6：
Training and Performance / 2.7：
Incident Investigation / 2.8：
Standards, Codes, and Regulations / 2.9：
Audits and Corrective Action / 2.10：
Enhancement of Process Safety Knowledge / 2.11：
Management of Change / 2.12：
Importance of Changes / 2.12.1：
Examples of Lessons To Be Learned from the Failure to Manage Change / 2.12.2：
What Constitute Change? / 2.12.3：
Process Change Authorization / 2.12.4：
Summary / 2.13：
Plant Design / 2.14：
Operations and Maintenance Departments' Roles / 3.1：
Documentation / 3.2：
Process Hazard Reviews / 3.3：
Designing for Inherent Process Safety / 3.4：
Process Fluids / 3.4.1：
Inventory Minimization / 3.4.2：
Operating and Storage Conditions / 3.4.3：
Controlling of Hazards to Reduce Risks / 3.5：
Plant Layout / 3.6：
Site Planning / 3.6.1：
Process Area Layout / 3.6.2：
Plant Standards and Practices / 3.7：
Human Factors in Plant Design / 3.8：
Maintenance Considerations / 3.9：
Plant Construction / 3.10：
Roles of the Operations and Maintenance Department / 4.1：
Communication and Coordination with Project Team / 4.1.1：
Control of Specific Construction-Related Activities / 4.1.2：
Inspection of Equipment Installation / 4.1.3：
Materials of Construction / 4.2：
Custom Equipment Fabrication and Inspection / 4.3：
Field Installation / 4.4：
Piping Installation / 4.4.1：
Pressure-Relief/Vent Collection / 4.4.2：
Other Safety Systems / 4.4.3：
Equipment Recordkeeping / 4.5：
Pre-Startup and Commissioning / 4.6：
Organization and Roles / 5.1：
Startup Team / 5.1.1：
Role of Operations and Maintenance Departments / 5.1.2：
Planning / 5.2：
Preparation for Startup / 5.3：
Staffing Operations and Maintenance Departments / 5.3.1：
Training / 5.3.2：
Maintenance Activities during Pre-startup / 5.3.3：
Development of Operating Procedures / 5.3.4：
Pre-startup Safety Review / 5.4：
Commissioning / 5.5：
Commissioning Utilities / 5.5.1：
Commissioning Equipment / 5.5.2：
Instruments, Computer, and Control / 5.5.3：
Final Preparations for Startup / 5.6：
Startup / 5.7：
Roles and Responsibilities / 6.1：
Initial Startup / 6.2：
Final Preparation / 6.2.1：
Introduction of Process Chemicals and Materials / 6.2.2：
Process and Process Equipment Monitoring / 6.2.3：
Baseline Data / 6.2.4：
Updating Startup Procedures / 6.2.5：
Restart / 6.3：
Startup after Turnaround / 6.4：
Startup after Extended Outage / 6.5：
Resources / 6.6：
Operation / 6.7：
Routine Operations / 7.1：
Operating within Process and Equipment Limits / 7.2.1：
Written Procedures / 7.2.2：
Communication / 7.2.3：
Communication During Shift Changes / 7.2.4：
Special Safety Considerations of Batch Processes / 7.2.5：
Process Control Software / 7.2.6：
Nonroutine Operations / 7.3：
Abnormal Operations / 7.3.1：
Standby Operations / 7.3.2：
Emergency Operations / 7.4：
Safety Protective Systems / 7.5：
Safety Shutdown Systems / 7.6.1：
Pressure Relief Equipment / 7.6.2：
Operator Training / 7.7：
Refre / 7.7.1：
Preface
Acknowledgments
List of Tables
99.

電子ブック
ＥＢ
99. Guidelines for Safe Storage and Handling of Reactive Materials
Center for Chemical Process Safety (Ccps), American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1995
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Acronyms
Introduction
Chemical Reactivity Hazards / 1：
Framework for Understanding Reactivity Hazards / 1.1：
Grouping of Reactivity Hazards into General Categories / 1.1.1：
Key Parameters That Drive Reactions / 1.1.2：
Types of Runaway Reactions / 1.1.3：
How Reactive Chemical Storage and Handling Accidents Are Initiated / 1.1.4：
Self-Reactive Polymerizing Chemicals / 1.2：
Thermal Instability / 1.2.1：
Induction Time / 1.2.2：
Example / 1.2.3：
Self-Reactive Decomposing Chemicals / 1.3：
Peroxides / 1.3.1：
Self-Accelerating Decomposition Temperature / 1.3.2：
Predicting Instability Potential / 1.3.3：
Deflagration and Detonation of Pure Material / 1.3.4：
Slow Gas-Forming Reactions / 1.3.5：
Heat of Compression / 1.3.6：
Minimum Pressure for Vapor Decomposition / 1.3.7：
Shock Sensitivity / 1.3.8：
Examples of Shock Sensitivity / 1.3.9：
Self-Reactive Rearranging Chemicals / 1.4：
Isomerization / 1.4.1：
Disproportionation / 1.4.2：
Reactivity with Oxygen / 1.5：
Spontaneous Ignition and Pyrophoricity / 1.5.1：
Pyrophoricity versus Hypergolic Properties / 1.5.2：
Accumulation and Explosion of Pyrophoric Materials / 1.5.3：
Competition between Air and Atmosphere Moisture / 1.5.4：
Peroxide Formation / 1.5.5：
Reactivity with Water / 1.6：
Water Reactivity: Fast and Slow Reactions / 1.6.1：
Water-Reactive Structures / 1.6.2：
Reactivity with Other Common Substances / 1.7：
Reactions with Metals / 1.7.1：
Surface Area Effects / 1.7.2：
Catalyst Deactivation and Surface Passivation / 1.7.3：
Reactive with Other Chemicals Incompatibility / 1.8：
Oxidizing and Reducing Properties / 1.8.1：
Acidic and basic Properties / 1.8.2：
Formation of Unstable Materials / 1.8.3：
Thermite-Type Reactions / 1.8.4：
Incompatibility with Heat Transfer Fluids and Refrigerants / 1.8.5：
Adsorbents / 1.8.6：
References
Chemical Reactivity Classifications / 2：
NFPA Reactivity Hazard Signal / 2.1：
NFPA 704 Rating System for Overall Reactivity / 2.1.1：
Definitions for Reactivity Signal Ratings / 2.1.2：
Reactivity Hazards Not Identified by NFPA 704 / 2.1.3：
NFPA Reactivity Ratings for Specific Chemicals / 2.1.4：
NPCA Hazardous Materials Identification System / 2.2：
Classifications of Organic Peroxides / 2.3：
SPI 19A Classification of Organic Peroxides / 2.3.1：
NFPA 43B Classification of Organic Peroxides / 2.3.2：
Classification of Materials That Form Peroxides / 2.4：
Classification of Water-Reactive Materials / 2.5：
Materials That React Violently with Water / 2.5.1：
Materials That React Slowly with Water / 2.5.2：
Materials Assessment / 3：
Prior Experience Review / 3.1：
Common Knowledge / 3.1.1：
Analogy / 3.1.2：
Safety Data and Literature / 3.1.3：
Theoretical Evaluations / 3.2：
Unstable Atomic Groups / 3.2.1：
Oxygen Balance / 3.2.2：
Thermodynamics: Heat of / 3.2.3：
Thermodynamics: Heats of Reaction and Self-Reaction / 3.2.4：
Thermodynamics: Equilibrium Considerations / 3.2.5：
CHETAH / 3.2.6：
Example Evaluation / 3.2.7：
Expert Determination / 3.3：
Expert Committees / 3.3.1：
Kinetics Determination Factors / 3.3.2：
Reactivity Screening Tests / 3.4：
Thermal Stability Screening Tests / 3.4.1：
Shock Sensitivity Screening / 3.4.2：
Pyrophoricity Screening / 3.4.3：
Water Reactivity Screening / 3.4.4：
Peroxide Formation Screening / 3.4.5：
Compatibility Screening / 3.4.6：
Consequence Analysis / 4：
Identifying Potential Accident Scenarios / 4.1：
Process Hazard Analysis / 4.1.1：
Checklist of Potentially Hazardous Events / 4.1.2：
Chemical Interaction Matrix / 4.1.3：
Industry Experience / 4.1.4：
Local Size Experience / 4.1.5：
Severity Testing / 4.2：
Calorimetric Testing for Consequence Analysis / 4.2.1：
Isoperibolic Calorimetry / 4.2.2：
Assessment of Maximum Pr / 4.2.4：
Preface
Acknowledgments
Acronyms
100.

図書
図書
100. Inorganic membranes ICIM2-91 : proceedings of the 2nd International Conference, Montpellier, France, July 1-4, 1991
editors, A.J. Burggraaff, J. Charpin and L. Cot
出版情報: Zürich : Trans Tech Pub., 1991  614 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Key engineering materials ; vol. 61-62
所蔵情報: loading…
文献の複写および貸借の依頼を行う
 文献複写・貸借依頼